WICHITA STATE UNUVERSITY 
1971-72 CATALOG 
% 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY-Eighth Session 
UNIVERSITY OF WICHITA-Forty-sixth Session 
fAIRMOUNT CQLLEGE-Seventy-fifth Session 
JULY, 1971 

This catalog becomes effective August 1,1971. 
This catalog is for information only 
and does not constitute a contract. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
PICIE 
CALENDAR 1971-1972FOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
 6 

 BOARDOF REGENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 

 ADMINISTRATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
OFFICERS 

 UNIVERSITYFACULTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 

 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41 

 . .Descr~pticm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41 

 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42 

 Admission to Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 

 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47 

 Residence Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47 

 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 

 Regulations Governing Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 

 Requirements for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60 

 Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66 

 Assistantships and Student Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 

 Financial Aids and Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 Foundations for Religious Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  96 

 COLLEGE 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  97 

 FAIRMOUNT OF LIBERAL 

 UNIVERSITY 

 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  101 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  105 

 COLLEGE ARTSAND SCIENCES 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .  108 

 Transfer of Credit Within the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109 

 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111 

 DEPARTMENTS.MAJORS.MINORS. COURSES 

 Administration of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  117 

 American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  119 

 Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . I . . . . . .  120 

 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123 

 Chemistiy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . ... ..... . 127 

 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  130 

 English Language and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  130 

 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1i O  

 Geology and Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136 

 German 140 

 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  142 

 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 3 

PA= 

 Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  172 

 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  147 

 Latin and Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  173 

 Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 

 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 

 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .  323 

 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  155 

 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  158 

 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  160 

 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  165 

 . . Rellglon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  168 

 Romance Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  170 

 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  177 

 Social Work 180 

 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  174 

 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  180 

 COLLEGE ADMINISTRATIONOF BUSINESS 

 Objectives and Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  185 

 Regulations 187 

 Curricular Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  185 

 Certificate of Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  190 

 Departments, Majors, Minors, Courses 
Accounting 191 

 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . .  194 

 Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  199 

 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  201 

 COLLEGEOF EDUCATION 

 Accreditation and Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  207 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 Teaching Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  212 

 Departmental Majors and Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  215 

 Departments, Majors, Minors, Courses 
Aerospace Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  215 

 Art Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  218 

 Educational Administration and Supervision . . . . . . . . . . .  219 

 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .  221 

 Elementary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .  223 

 Industrial Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  226 

 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  229 

 Logopedics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  229 

 Military Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  235 

 4 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
PAGE 

 Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  237 

 Physical Education. Health. and Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . .  2~11 

 COLLEGE 

 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  245 

 Foundations of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  248 

 Student Personnel and Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  240 

 OF ENG~EEFUNG 
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  252 

 Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  254 

 Departments, Courses 

 Aeronautical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  262 

 Electrical Engineering 
COLLEGE ARTS 

 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 

 Industrial Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  268 

 Mechanical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  271 

 OF FINE 

 Department of Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  275 

 Requirements 
COLLEGEOF HEALTHRELATEDPROFESSIONS 

 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  276 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 

 School of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  292 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 

 Applied Music Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  295 

 Major, Minor, Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297,301 

 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  318 

 Dental Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -- . 319 

 Diploma Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  321 

 Inhalation Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  322 

 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  323 

 Cytotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  325 

 Nursing-Baccalaureate Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  326 

 SUMMERSCHOOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  331 

 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  333 

 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
CALENDAR FOR 1971-1972 

 August 25-28, IVednesday- 
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Fall semester registration 
August 30, Monday . . . . . . . . .  Classes begin 
September 6, Monday . . . . . . .  Labor Day, holiday 
October 9, Saturday . . . . . . . .  Final date for removing incompletes 
October 22, Friday . . . . . . . . .  Mid-term reports 
November 5, Friday . . . . . . . .  Final date for non-penalty grades 
November 8, Monday . . . . . . .  Advising for preregistration for second semester 
November 11, Thursday . . . . .  Preregistration for spring semester 
November 24, Wednesday . . .  Preregistration closes 
November 25,26,27, 
Thursday-Saturday . . . . . . .  Thanksgiving recess 
.. -
 December 10, Friday . . . . . . . .  Classes close 
December 11-17, Saturday 
through Friday . . . . . . . . . . .  First semester final examinations 
January 12-15, Wednesday- 

 Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Spring semester regisbation 

 January 17, Monday . . . . . . . .  Classes begin 

 February 26, Saturday . . . . . . .  Final date for removing incompletes 

 March 10, Friday . . . . . . . . . . .  Mid-term reports 

 March 24, Friday . . . . . . . . . . .  Final date for non-penalty grades 

 March 25, Saturday . . . . . . . . .  Spring recess begins at close of classes 

 April 4, Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . .  Classes resume 

 April 4, Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . .  Advising for preregistration for fall semester 

 April 10, Monday . . . . . . . . . . .  Preregistration for fall semester 

 April 20, Thursday . . . . . . . . .  Preregistration closes 

 May 4, Thursday . . . . . . . . . . .  Classes close 

 May 5-11, Friday 

 through Thursday . . . . . . . .  Second semester final examinations 

 May 14, Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . .  Commencement 

 June 2 and 3, Friday 

 and Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . .  Summer session registration 

 June 5, Monday . . . . . . . . . . . .  Summer session classes begin 

 July 4, Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . .  Holiday 

 July 28, Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Summer session closes 

 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
ADMlNlSTRATlVE OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Clark D. Ahlberg-President of the University 
Walter J. Duerksen-Special Assistant to the President 
John B. Breazeale-Academic Vice President and Dean of Faculties 
Martin EI. Bush-Assistant Vice President for Academic Resource 
Development 
H. 
R. Reidenbaugh-Executive Vice President of the Board of 
Trustees and Executive Secretary to the Endowment Asso- 
ciation 
Roger D. Lowe-Assistant to the President for Finance and Busi- 
ness Manager 
Ambrose Saricks-Dean of the Graduate School 
Francis Jabara-Dean of the College of Business Administration 
Leonard M. Chaffee-Dean of the College of Education 
Charles V. Jakowatz-Dean of the School of Engineering 
Charles L. Spohn-Dean of the College of Fine Arts 
D. Cramer Reed-Dean 	 of the College of Health Related Pro- 
fessions 
Paul J. Magelli-Dean of the Fairmount College of Liberal Arts 
and Sciences 
Walter S. Friesen-Dean of University College 
Gordon Tenvilliger-Director of Summer Session 
James J. Rhatigan-Dean of Students 
Laura M. Cross-Acting Dean of Admissions and Records 
Jasper G. Schad-Director of Libraries 
Helen Crockett-Director of Continuing Education 
M~u A. Schaible-Director of Information and Public Events 
George M. Platt-Director of Planning 
Frederick Sudermann-Director of Research and Sponsored Pro- 
grams 
Armin Brandhorst-Director of Physical Plant 
Cecil Coleman-Director of Athletics 
Ethel Jane King-Executive Director of the Alumni Association 
BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE STATE OF KANSAS 
James J. Basham, M.D., Chairman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Fort Scott 

 Henry A. Bubb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . . . . . . . . . .  Topeka 

 Carl L. Courter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Wichita 

 William F. Danenbarger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concordia 

 T. J. Griffith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manhattan 

 Robert W. Helman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . Goodland 

 Elmer C. Jackson, Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Kansas City 

 Jess Stewart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . Wamego 

 Paul R. Wunsch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Kingman 

 Max Bickford, Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . .  Topeka 

 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 7 
UNIVERSITY FACULTY 1970-1971 
(Date or dates following title refer to time of initial and successive appoint- 
ments to the faculty with rank of assistant instructor or higher.) 
Ackerman, Paul D., Assistant Professor of Psychology (1968). B. A., University 
of Kansas, 1964; M. A. ibid., 1966; Ph. D. ibid., 1968. 
Adams, David L., Instructor in Electrical Engineering (1967). B. S. E. E., Uni- 
versity of Kansas, 1964; M. S. E. E., Wichita State University, 196s. 
Adrian, Phillip, Instructor in Men's Physical Education (1966). B. A., Wichita 
State University, 1965; M. A., ibid., 1967. 
Ahlber CIark D., President and University Professor ( 1968). B. A., University 
of ~ i c k t a ,  1939; M.A., Syracuse University, 1942; Ph. D., ibid., 1951; LL. D., 
ibid., 1969. 
Allegrucci Robert L., Assistant Professor of Socio!ogy (1967). B. S., Kansas 
State ~ o d e g e  of Pittsburg, 1959; M. .4., ibid, 1960; Ph. D., University of 
hlissouri, 1969. 
Allen, Anneke S. ,  Assistant Professor of Chemistry (1964). Candidate Ryk- 
suniversiteit Groningen Netherlands, 1952; Ph. D., Tulane University, 1955. 
Alley, Robert D., Associate Professor and Chairman of Department of Secondary 
Education (1967). B. S., Iowa State University, 1957; M. E., Montana State 
University, 1960; Ed. D., Arizona State University, 1967. 
Anderson, Robert E., Associate Professor of Educational Administration ( 1967).
 B. A., State University of Iowa, 1952; h4. A., ibid., 1953; Ed. D., University of 
Nebraska, 1963. 
Anslinger, Raymond W., Major, U. S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military 
Science (1968). B. A. in Industrial Education, University of Wichita, 1960; 
U. S. Army Armor School, 1966. 
Artiaga, Lucio, Professor of Mathematics (1068). B. A,, University of Zaragoza, 
Spain, 1942; M. S., Dalhousie University, 1959; Ph. D., University of' Sas-
 katchewan, 1964. 
Austin, David L., Assistant Professor of Music Lihrary and Theory (1966). 
B. M., University of hfichigan, 1964; A. M., ibid., 1967. 
Avant, James P., Instructor in Painting (1966). B. A., Emory University, 1962; 
hl .  A., University of Iowa, 1966. 
Avithal, Theodor, Assistant Professor of Orchestra and Conducting (1970). 
Diploma in Arts, University Conservatory Ciprian Pommbescu, Bucharest, 1955. 
Bachus, Nancy, Instructor in Economics (1967). B. S., University of Ca!ifornia, 
Los Angeles, 1965; M. S., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Bair, Sue F., Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education (1966). B. 4., 
University of Wichita, 1961; M. A., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Bajaj, Prem N., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1968). B. A., Punjab Uni- 
versity, 1951; M. A., ibid., 1954; M. S., Case Western Reserve University, 1967; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1968. 
Ballenger, Marcus T., Visiting Assistant Professor of Elementary Education 
(1970). B. S. in Ed., North Texas State University, 1960; M. Ed., Texas Tech 
University, 1963; Ed. D., ibid., 1970. 
Bartel, Peter S., Assistant Professor of Physics (1965). A. B., Bethel College, 
1943; M. A., State University of Iowa, 1953. 
Bartz, James R., Assistant Professor of Art Education (1970). B. S., Ohio State 
University, 1964; M. A., ihid., 1970. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 8 
Bateman, hlorita hl., Associate Professor of Administration (1966). B. S. h4. E., 
University of South Caroiina, 1946; h4. S., University of North Carolina, 1950; 
Ph. D., Oklahoma State University, 1967. 
Bath, James H., Instructor in the Reading Laboratory (1969). B. A., Wichita 
State University, 1967. 
Beckcr, D. Tl'aync, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education (1982). B. A., 
University of Wichita, 1958; h4. S., Kansas State College of Pittsburg, 1962; 
Ed. D., University of Illinois, 1969. 
Bendell, Roberta B., Assistant Instructor in Educational Psychology (1970). 
B. A., University of Southern California, 1961; M. E., Wichita State University, 
1970. 
Bennett, James B., Lieutenant Colonel, U. S. Air Force, Assistant Professor of 
Aerospace Studies (1970). B. S., University of Illinois, 1954; h4. S., The 
George Washington University, 1968. 
Benningficld, Lloyd M., Professor and Chairman of Department of Electrical 
Engineering (1967). B. S. E. E., Oklahoma State University, 1951; M. S. E. E., 
University of hiIissouri, 1957; Ph. D., Purdue University, 1965. 
Berg, J. R., Professor of Geology ( 1946). B. A., Augustana College, 1938; hl. S., 
State University of Iowa, 1940; Ph. D., ibid., 1942. 
Bernard, David E., Professor of Printmaking ( 1949). B. I?. A., University of 
Illinois, 1939; h4. F. A,, State University of Iowa, 1949. 
Bernhart, Walter D., Professor of Aeronautical Engineering ( 1954, 1964) . 
B. S. C. E., Kansas State University, 1950; h4. S., University of Wichita, 1959; 
Ph. D., Oklahoma State University, 1964. 
Beshara, Robert J., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1968).
 B. S. E. E., Oklahoma State University, 1958; M. S. E. E., ibid., 1961. 
Bezzi, D. R., Associzte Professor of Elementary Education (1959). B. S., 
Xlichign State College, 1948; Ed. h4., University of Oklahoma, 1954; Ecl. D., 
,ibid., 1956. 
Billings, Dorothy, Assistant Professor of Anthropology ( 1968). B. .4., Univer-
 sity of IVisconsin, 1955. 
Bish, John T., Assistant Professor of Biology (1963). B. S., University of 
Wichita, 1962; M. S., Wichita State University, 1965. 
Blake, Leslie M., Professor and Chairman of Department of Speech (1940). 
B. S., Kansas State College, 1937; M. S., ibid., 1939. 
Blake, Rufus CV., Jr., Assistant Instructor in Sociology and Administrative 
Assistant to the Dean of Students ( 1968). A. B., TVichita State University, 1966. 
Blythe, Jack G., Professor of Geology (1949). B. A., University of Wichita, 
1947; M. S., Northwestern University, 1950; Ph. D., University of Oklahoma, 
1957. 
Boardman, Eunice, Professor of Music Education ( 1957). B. M. E., Cornell 
College, 1947; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1951; Ed. D., 
University of Illinois, 1964. (Leave of absence, 1970-71). 
Bolton, H. Philip, Assistant Professor of English (1970). B. A., Brown Uni- 
versity, 1966; M. A., University of Chicago, 1967. 
Bontrager, Ralph L., Associate Professor of Eclucational Administration ( 1966). 
B. S., University of Kansas, 1951; M. S., ibicl., 1952; Ed. D., ibid., 1965. 
Born, John D., Jr., Associate Professor of History (1965). B. A,, University of 
Texas, 1952; M. A., University of Houston, 1958; Ph. D., University of New 
Mexico, 1963. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 9 
Borresen, C. Robert, Assistant Professor of Psychology (1965). B. S., North- 
western University, 1954; A. M., University of Missouri, 1959; Ph. D., ibid., 
1968. 
Bostrom, Edwin A., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education ( 1969) . B. A., 
Arizona State University, 1961; M. A., ibid., 1967; Ed. D., ibid., 1968. 
Boswell, Jacquelyn, Associate Professor of Elementary X4usic Education 
(1966). B. M. E., Murray State College, 1935; M. hl. E., Louisiana State 
University, 1960; Ed. D., University of Illinois, 1969. 
Boughton, Harrison, Associate Professor cf Choral h4usic and Music Education 
(1961). B. A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M. A., University of Den- 
ver, 1959. 
Bowman, Barbara, Instructor in Biology (1966). B. S., University of Utah, 
1954; M. S. E., Wichita State University, 1966. 
Brady, Phyllis, Visiting Instructor in Elementary Education ( 1970) . B. S., 
Indiana University, 1964; M. S., ibid., 1965. 
Brady, Stephen W., Assistant Professor of mathematics ( 1967). A. B., Indiana 
University, 1963; A. M., ibid., 1965; Ph. D., ibid., 1968. 
Brandhorst, Armin L., Assistant Professor of Engineering and Director of 
Physical Plant (1964). B. S. M. E., Kansas State University, 1959; M. S. M. E., 
OMahoma State University, 1964. 
Breazeale, John, Professor of Physics, Academic Vice President, and Dean of 
Faculties (1959). B. S., Millsaps College, 1947; M. S., University of Alabama, 
1951; Ph. D., University of Virginia, 1955. 
Brewer, Donald D., Assistant Professor of Administration (1966, 1970). B. S. 
in C. E., Kansas State University, 1964; M. S., Wichita State University, 1966. 
Brewer, Jeneva J., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1949). A. B., Univer-
 sity of Wichita, 1946; M. A., ibid., 1949. 
Brier, Stephen S., Instructor in Mathematics (1970). B. S., The Cooper Union, 
1968; M. S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1970. 
Brinkman, Sidney E., Assistant Professor of Accounting (1958, 1963). B. A,, 
University of Wichita, 1956; M. S., Wichita State University, 1966; CPA 
Certificate, Kansas. 
Britton, Clark V., Jr., Associate Professor of Art ( 1957). B. A. A., Alabama 
Polytechnic Institute, 1952; M. A. A., ibid., 1955. 
Bruno, Joan D., Assistant Professor of Accounting (1970). B. S., Louisiana 
State University in New Orleans, 1964; M. S., ibid., 1965; Ph. D., ibid., 1969. 
Bruno, Sam J., Assistant Professor of Administration ( 1969). B. B. A., Lamar 
State College of Technology, 1962; h4. S., Louisiana State University, 1963; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1971. 
Bryant, Donald E., Assistant Professor of Administration (1969). B. B. A., 
University of Oklahoma, 1958; M. B. A., ibid., 1960. 
Bubieniec, Ernest Julian, Professor of Biology (1961). A. B., Harvard Uni- 
versity, 1949; M. S., University of Wisconsin, 1952; Ph. D., ibid., 1937. 
Buess, Charles M., Professor of Chemistry (1961). B. A., Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1942; M. S., Western Reserve University, 1946; Ph. D., University of 
Southern California, 1949. 
Burdsal, Charles, Jr., Assistant Professor of Adminisbation (1970). B. A., 
Texas Tech University, 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1971. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Burgess, Phyllis, Professor of Secondary Education ( 1957). B. A., South-
 western College, 1932; h4. A., Northwestern University, 1940; Ed. D., Uni-
 versity of Colorado, 1964. 
Burnett, Darrell Jack, Instructor in Administration, and Administrative Assist- 
ant to the Assistant to the President and Business Manager ( 1967). B. S. B. A., 
Universiy of Wichita, 1957; M. S., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Bush, hiartin H., Associate Professor of History and Assistant Vice President for 
Academic Resource Development (1970). B. A,, State University of New York 
at Albany, 1958; M. A., ibid., 1959; Ph. D., Syracuse University, 1966. 
Butterworth, William C., Instructor in Men's Physical Education (1965). 
A. B., Ottawa University, 1953; M. Ed., University of Wichita, 1964. 
Camin, Kathleen Q., Associate Professor of Economics (1965). A. B., Smith 
College, 1957; Ph. D., University of Missouri, 1969. 
Campbell, James H., Associate Professor of Administration (1964). B. A., Mi- 
ami University, 1956; Ph. D., Michigan State University, 1966. 
Carper, William R., Professor of Chemistry ( 1967). B. S., State University of 
New York at  Albany, 1960; Ph. D., The University of Mississippi, 1963. 
Carraway, Edward E., Assistant Professor, Library and Head of Circulation 
Department (1967). A. B., East Carolina College, 1961; M. L. S., University 
of Oklahoma, 1967. 
Carson, Doris M., Assistant Professor, Library (1957). B. A., Kansas Wes- 
leyan University, 1933; M. A., University of Kansas, 1941; h4. S., University 
of Illinois, 1954. 
Cathers, Robert E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (1965). B. S., Uni-
 versity of Wichita, 1961; M. S., ibid., 1963; Ph. D., Texas Technological Col- 
lege, 1966. 
Cavarozzi, Joyce Pennington, Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama (1965). 
B. S. in Ed., Ohio University, 1953; h4. A., The Ohio State University, 1963. 
Caesar, James, Professor of Violin and Chairman of Stringed Instruments 
Department (1949). B. M., Cleveland Institute of Music, 1940; B. S., Western 
Reserve University, 1947; M. A., ibid., 1949. 
Chaffee, Leonard M., Professor of Education anrl Dean of the College of Eclu- 
cation ( 1967). B. A., Hiram College, 1951; M.Ed., Kent State University, 
1952; Ph. D., The Ohio State University, 1961. 
Chambers, Ronald Dean, Instructor in Logopedics (1968). B. A,, Uni\!ersity
 of Wichita, 1964; M. A., Wichita State University, 1968. 
Chandler, Thomas J., Assistant Professor of Speech (1970). B. A,, University of 
Nebraska, 1964; M. A., ibid., 1965. 
Childs, David, Assistant Professor and Chairman of Department of Music 
Theory ( 1965). B. M., Houghton College, 1960; M. M., George Peabody 
College, 1961; B. D., Vanderbilt University, 1965; Ph. D., U. of Michigan, 1971. 
Chopra, Dharam Vir, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1967). B. A., Punjab 
University India, 1950; M. A., ibid., 1953; &I. S., University of Michigan, 1961; 
A. h4., ibid., 1963; Ph. D., University of Nebraska, 1968. 
Chrisman, Paul G., Assistant Professor of Speech, Counselor, and Director of 
Financial Aids ( 1955, 1957). B. S., Kansas State Teachers College of Pittsburg, 
1936; M. S., ibid., 1941. 
Christenson, Donald D., Professor of Administration, Associate Dean of College 
of Business Administration and Director of Graduate Programs ( 1958). B. S., 
University of Wichita, 1955; M. S., University of Illinois, 1958; Ph. D., ibicl., 
1962. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 11 
Christian, Robert V., Jr., Professor and Chairman of Department of Chemistry 
(1946). B. S., University of Wichita, 1940; Ph. D., Iowa State College, 1946. 
Chung, Kae H., Associate Professor of Administration (1970). B. A., Seoul 
National University, Seoul, Korea, 1959; M. B. A,, Louisiana State University, 
1965; Ph. D., ibid., 1968. 
Ciboski, Kenneth N., Assistant Professor of Political Science (1968). B. A., 
University of Kansas, 1961; M.A., ibicl., 1965. 
Cochran, Corydon E., Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology (1969). 
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1954; M. Ed., ibid., 1959; Ed. D., Oklahoma 
State University, 1969. 
Coin, Herbert H., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering ( 1967) . 
B. S. M. E., University of Wichita, 1957; M. S. M. E., ibid., 1963. 
Coleman, Cecil, Professor of Physical Education and Director of Athletics 
(1971). B. A., Arizona State College, 1950; M. A., ibid., 1952. 
Collins, George W., Associate Professor of History (1968). B. S., Northwestern 
University, 1948; M. A., ibid., 1950; Ph. D., University of Colorado, 1965. 
Collins, Janet R., Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology ( 1969). A. B., 
University of Cincinnati, 1941; hl. A,, Washington University, 1962. 
Collins, Marilyn P., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1970). B. S. N., Univer- 
sity of Kansas, 1966; M. N., Enlory University, 1969. 
Collison, Brooke B., Assistant Professor of Sh~dent Personnel and Guidance 
(1969). 13. S., University of Kansas, 1956; M. Ed., ibid., 1952; Ph. D., Univer- 
sity of Missouri, Columbia, 1969. 
Combs, Joseph C., Assistant Professor of Percussion and Music Literature 
(1970). B. S. Ed., Northwest Missouri State College, 1962; M. Mus. Ed., 
University of Oklahoma, 1966; D. hIus. Ed., ibid., 1967. 
Cornstock, George A., Professor of Education and Director of Counseling Ser- 
vices (1953). B. A., University of Colorado, 1935; M. A., ibid., 1940; Ed. D., 
ibid., 1948. 
Conley, Curtis D., Visiting Professor of Geology (1968). B. S., Colorado 
School of Mines, 1952; Ph. D., University of Wyoming, 1964. 
Cook, Everett L., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1953,
 1969). B. S. A. E., University of Wichita, 1954; M. S. A. E., 1958; Ph. D., 
Oklahoma State University, 1967. 
Cook, Sandra L., Instructor in Administration (1968). B. B. A., Wichita State 
University, 1966; M. S., ibid., 1968. 
Copeland, Jerry, Captain, U. S. Air Force, Assistant Professor of Aerospace
 Studies (1968). B. S., Oklahoma State Universi , 1962; B. S., Unive~sity of 
Washington, 1963; Academic Instructor and Alliex Officer School, Air Univer- 
sity, 1968. 
Corbin, Harry F., University Professor (1946). A. B., University of Wichita, 
1940; B. D., University of Chicago, 1943; LL. B., University of Kansas, 1949. 
Costley, Dan L., Associate Professor of Administration (1965). B. A,, Univer- 
sity of Oklahoma, 1957; M. A., ibid., 1958; Ph. D., Michigan State University, 
1964. 
Cowles, Josephine M., Associate Professor, Library, and Head of Cataloging 
Department (1947). Sc. B., Ottawa University, 1928; B. S., in L. S., Univer- 
sity of Illinois, 1936; M. S., ibid., 1949. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 12 
Cowling, David H., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering (1970).
 B. S. E., Washington University, 1958; M. S. E. E., University of Illinois, 1967; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Cox, Roger A., Instructor in Industrial Education ( 1967). B. A., Wichita State 
University, 1967. 
Craig, Andrew J., Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1957, 1960, 1964). 
B. S. A. E., Texas A & M, 1952; M. S. A. E., University of Wichita, 1960; Ph. D., 
Stanford University, 1964. 
Crawford, Alfred E., 11,Instructor and Counselor in University College ( 1970).
 B. A. in Education, University of Wichita, 1964; M. A,, Wichita State Univer- 
sity, 1967. 
Cress, Allan M., Professor and Chairman of Department of German (1953). 
A. B., University of Illinois, 1942; M. A., ibid., 1948; Ph. D., ibicl., 1952. 
Crockett, Helen, Assistant Professor and Director of Continuing Education 
(1961). A. B., University of Wichita, 1951; M. A., ibid., 1955. 
Crown, Gary, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1962, 1968). B. A., Uni- 
versity of Wichita, 1960; M. S., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., University of New Mexico, 
1968. 
Cruce, Andrew C., Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering (1969). B. S., 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1965; M. S., ibid., 1965; M. E. in E. E., 
Oklahoma State University, 1966. 
Curzydlo, Roland, Instructor in French ( 1968). B. A., University of Wichita, 
1961; M. A., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Cutler, Bruce, Professor of English (1960). B. A., State University of Iowa, 
1951; M. S., Kansas State University, 1957. 
Dannelley, Paul E., Instmctor in Journalism (1966). B. A., McPherson College, 
1942. 
Davidson, Marvin L., Research Associate in Aeronautical Engineering ( 1963) . 
B. A., University of Wichita, 1961. 
Davis, Margaret E., Instructor in Community Health Nursing (1971). B. S., 
University of Minnesota, 1949. 
Davison, Ronald G., Assistant Professor of Educational Administration and Ad- 
ministrative Assistant to the Dean of the College of Education ( 1969). B. A., 
University of Buffalo, 1959; Ed. M., State University of New York at Buffalo, 
1964; Ed. D., ibid., 1969. 
Decker, Warren, Instructor in Speech (1969). B. A,, Kansas State Teachers 
College, Emporia, 1967; M. A., Southwest Missouri State College, 1969. 
DeFatta, Joseph A., Assistant Professor of Accounting (1970). B. S., Centenary 
College, 1966; M. S., Louisiana State University, 1967; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Dempsey, Albert P., Jr., Colonel, U. S. Army, Professor of Military Science 
(1969). B. B. A., University of Wichita, 1948; Infantry School, 1955; Language 
School, 1958; U. S. Army Command and General Staff College, 1962. 
Dent, Dorothy L., Instructor in Business Education ( 1966). A. A., San Angelo 
College, 1962; B. S., North Texas State University, 1964; M. B. E., ibid., 1966. 
Denton, Densil Ray, Jr., Assistant Insdctor in Psychology and Administrative 
Assistant to the Director of Research and Sponsored Programs (1968). B. A., 
University of Wichita, 1963. 
DeVun, Esmund E., Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1969). B. S., 
Louisiana State University at  New Orleans, 1963; M. S., Louisiana State Uni- 
versity at Baton Rouge, 1966; Ph. D., University of Massachusetts, 1969. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 13 
Dey, Glen R., Associate Professor of Student Personnel and Guidance ( 1967) . 
B. S., The University of Kebraaka, 1954; 5.1. Ed., ibicl., 1939; Ed. D., ibid., 
1961. 
Diaz, Victor Fabri, Instructor in Spanish (1968). B. A., Javeriana University, 
Bogotit, Colombia, 1963. 
Dicker, Michael H., Instructor in bl'oodwinds ancl Music Literature (1970). 
B. A., University of California a t  Los Angeles, 1906; Diploma, Bassoon, Juil- 
liard School of Music, 1970. 
Distler, Donald A., Assistant Professor of Biology (1963). B. A,, University of 
Louisville, 1952; h4. S., ibid., 1957; Ph. D., University of Kansas, 1967. 
Doerler, Charles E., Jr., Major, U. S. Army, Assistant Professor of 13ilitary 
Science (1970). B. A., Louisiana State University and X & M College, 1961. 
Doig, J. Robert, Jr., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering ( 1963). 
B. S., Phy-s., Union College, 1938; h?. S., Pennsylvania State College, 1930. 
Dominic, Joseph F., Assistant Professor of English ( 1969). B. A., Michigan 
State University, 1962; M. A,, ibicl., 1964; Ph. D., ibid., 1969. 
Douglas, Donald M., Assistant Professor of I-Iistory (1965). A. B., Kansas State 
University, 1961; M. A., ibicl., 1963; Ph. D., University of Kansas, 1968. 
Douglas, J. Rex, Associate Professor of Eclucational Administration (1969). 
B. B. A., University of Texas, 1947; M. A., \Yestem State College, 1961; 
Ed. D., Tesas Technological College, 1967. 
Douglas, Virginia C., Instructor in Nursing ( 1970) . B. S., Texas Techno-
 logical College, 1967; M. E., West Texas State University, 1969. 
Downey, H. Kirk, Instructor in Administration (1967, 1969). A. B., Kansas 
Wesleyan University, 1955; M. B. A., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Dralle, Lewis A,, Professor of History (1963). A. B., University of Chicago, 
1939; M. A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1948; Ph. D., ibicl., 1952. 
Dreifort, John E., Assistant Professor of History (1970). B. S., Bowling Green 
State University, 1965; h4. A., ibicl., 1966; Ph. D., Kent State University, 1970. 
Drum, Dale S., Assistant Professor of Ecollomics (1969). B. S., Bradley Uni- 
versity, 1964; M. A., University of Nebraska, 1966. 
Duell, Dennis C., Assistant Professor of Economics (1967). B. S., Kansas 
State University, 1961; M. S., ibid., 1963; Ph. D., University of Illinois, 1969. 
Duell, Orpha K., Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology ( 1967). B. S., 
Kansas State University, 1963; M. S., University of Illinois, 1965; Ph. D., ibid., 
1967. 
Duerksen, George N., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education ( 1967). 
B. S., Kansas State College of Pittsburg, 1929; M. S., ibid., 1938. 
Duerksen, Walter, University Professor and Special Assistant to the President 
(1932). B. P. S. M., University of Wichita, 1931; \I. M., Northwestern Uni-
 versity, 1938. 
Duggan, Bessie L., Assistant Professor of Speech, Assistant to the Dean and 
Counselor in University College (1964). B. S., Kansas State Teachers College, 
Emporia, 1954; M.S., ibid., 1937; Specialist, Southern Illinois University, 1961. 
Dunn, Colon I-I., Professor of Electrical Engineering ( 1959 ) . B. S., John 
Brown University, 1942; M. E.  E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1953. 
Dunning, Wayne W., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (1961). B. S., Iowa 
State College, 1952; M. S., Iowa State University, 1959; Ph. D., ibid., 1964. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 14 
Duram, James C., Assistant Professor of History (1968). B. A., Western Michi- 
gan University, 1961; M. A., ibid., 1963; Ph. D., Wayne State University, 1968. 
Durfee, Kent A., Adjunct Assistant Instructor in Industrial Engineering ( 1969). 
B. S. I. E., Wichita State University, 1969. 
Dybdahl, Russell E., Assistant Professor, Library ( 1956). B. A., Union College, 
1937; M.A., University of South Dakota, 1947. 
Elcrat, Alan E., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1967). B. S., University 
of New Mexico, 1963; h4. A., Indiana University, 1965; Ph. D., ibid., 1967. 
Elder, Frederick T., Instructor in h4echanical Engineering ( 1967). B. S. hI. E., 
The University of Kansas, 1965; M. S. M. E., Wichita State University, 1969. 
Ellis, Howard E., Professor of Music Education and Assistant Dean of the 
School of hdusic (1955). A. B., Albion College, 1942; &I. M., University of 
Michigan, 1947; Ph. D., ibid., 1957. 
Enlow; Ronald A., Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering (1970). 
B. A., Sorthwestern University, 1962; M. A., Arizona State University, 1968; 
b f .  S., ibid., 1968; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Epley, Donald R., Instructor in Economics (1966). B. A., Wichita State Uni- 
versity, 1964; hl. A., ibid., 1966. (Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Erickson, James, Associate Professor of English (1964). B. A., University of 
Minnesota, 1955; h4. .4., ibid., 1957; Ph. D., ibid., 1961. 
Eti, Ersin, Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1969). R. S., 
Pennsylvania State University, 1965; LM.S., Mississippi State University, 1967; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Eubanks, Betty, Visiting Instructor in Elementary Education (1970). B. S. in 
Ed., Wichita State University, 1964; M. S. in Ed., ibid., 1967. 
Eversman, Walter, Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering and 
Assistant Dean of the Graduate School (1964). B. S. A. E., Purdue Uni-
 versity, 1959; irl. S., Engineering Mechanics, Stanford University, 1961; Ph. D., 
ibid., 1964. 
Eye, Carlene, Assistant Instructor and Scientific Programmer in the Digital 
Computer Center (1969). B. S., Wichita State University, 1969. 
Fahrbach, Carl G., Associate Professor of Education and Dean of Admissions 
and Records (1964). B. S., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1948; 
M. S., ibid., 1951; Ed. D., University of Kansas, 1958. (Deceased, October, 
1970.) 
Faires, Wesley L., Assistant Professor of Logopedics (1965). B. A., Uni-
 versity of Wichita, 1958; M. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., Wichita State University, 
1965. 
Famsworth, David N., Professor of Political Science ( 1956). B. A., University 
of Wichita, 1933; A.M., University of Illinois, 1955; Ph. D., ibid., 1959. 
Fearey, L. Darlene, Instructor in Mathematics (1966). B. S., University of 
Wichita, 1964; M. S., Wichita State University, 1968. 
Felton, Michael L., Instructor ancl Su ervisor of Graphic Production in the 
Audiovisual Center (1968). B. S., ~kfahoma State University, 1967; M. S., 
ibid., 1968. 
Fife, Natasha Matson, Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education 
(1959). B. S., Tesas Women's University, 1938; M.S., Wichita State Uni- 
versity, 1967. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Fincher, John H., Assistant Professor of Drawing and Coordinator of Graduate 
Art Studies (1966). B. A., Texas Technological College, 1964; 51. F. A., 
University of Oklahoma, 1966. 
Finlayson, Eleanor, Assistant Professor of German (1969). A. B., Wayne 
State University, 1960; M. A., ibid., 1964. 
Fisher, Glenn W., Regents' Professor of Urban Affairs (1970). B. A., Uni- 
versity of Iowa, 1948; M. A., University of North Carolina, 1950; Ph. D., Uni-
 versity of Wisconsin, 1954. 
Fisher, James E., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education (1969). B. A., 
Oklahoma State University, 1958; M. S., ibid., 1960; Ed. D., ibid., 1969. 
Floerchinger, Sharon, Instructor in English ( 1965). B. A., University of Ne- 
braska, 1960; M. A., Wichita State University, 1966. 
Ford, William R., Professor of Electrical Engineering ( 1961). B. S. E. E., Kan- 
sas State University, 1942; M. S. E. E., ibicl., 1948; B. S. in Bus. Adm., ibid., 
1950. 
Forsyth, Garyfallia L., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1970). B. A., Fort Hays 
Kansas State College, 1950; M. S. N., University of Colorado, 1967. 
Foster, Donald L., Assistant Professor of Physics (1966). B. A., Reed College, 
1957; Ph. D., University of Kansas, 1969. 
Foster, Mary Sue, Assistant Professor of Art Education (1966). B. A. E., 
University of Kansas, 1961; M. S., ibid., 1963. 
Founds, Jean, Assistant Instructor in Journalism and Supervising Auditor for 
the Publications Board ( 1970). 
Fremont, Theodore S., Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology (1970). 
B. A., Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1965; M. S., Fort Hays Kansas State 
College, 1966; Ed. D., Oklahoma State University, 1970. 
French, Thomas C., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1965). B. S., Univer- 
sity of Wichita, 1962; M. S., Colorado State University, 1964. 
Friesen, Walter S., Associate Professor of Student Personnel and Guidance 
and Dean of University College (1969). A. B., Tabor College, 1953; M. S., 
Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1957; Ed. D., Colorado State College, 
1963. 
Frnka, Robert L., Assistant Professor of Economics (1965). B. S., Southern 
Methodist University, 1957; Ph. D., ibid., 1967. 
Froning, Dorothy Gardner, Professor of Spanish (1947). A. B., Park College, 
1936; M. A,, University of Alabama, 1947; Ph. D., University of California at 
Los Angeles, 1961. 
Fugate, Josephine B., Professor of Mathematics (1955). A. B., University of 
Kansas, 1924; M. A., ibid., 1929. 
Fulton, James A., Assistant Professor of Philosophy ( 1970). B. .4., Kansas 
State College of Pittsburg, 1965; M. A., University of Illinois, 1967; Ph. D., 
Brown University, 1970. 
Furgeson, Charles T., Major, U. S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Sci- 
ence (1969). A. A. S., Mechanical Engineering, Alfred Technical Institute, 
1958; B. S., General Science, Alfred University, 1961; U. S. Army Annor 
School, 1968. 
Gane, Elizabeth Mae, Assistant Professor and Counselor in Student Services 
(1960). A. B., Randolph-Macon Women's College, 1937; M. A,, Syracuse Uni- 
versity, 1959. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
- - 
Gass, Marcelle, Instructor in Business Education (1969). B. S., University of 
Kansas, 1949; M. S., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Gates, Therese, Assistant Professor of French ( 1965). Diploma, Paiis, France, 
1940; CertScat dlAptitude, Pedagogique n I'enseignement, Paris, 1954; 13. A., 
University of Wichita, 1962; M. A., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Genova, Anthony C., Jr., Professor and Chairman of Department of Philosophy 
(1962). A. B., University of Chicago, 1957; Ph. B., ibid., 1958; A.M., ibid., 
1958; Ph. D., ibid., 1965. 
Gerhard, Armin, Instructor in German ( 1968). B. A., The University of Texas, 
1966; M. A,, ibid., 1968. 
Gerlach, E. Hugh, Jr., Adiunct Assistant Professor of Biology (1969). B. S., 
University of Kentucky, 1953; Ph. D., ibid., 1967. 
Gerling, Amy G., Professor of Sociology (1947). A. B., University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1931; A. M., ibid., 1933; Ph. D., Cornell University, 1939. 
Gibson, George H., Assistant Professor of Opera Theatre and Voice (1967). 
B. hl., Unive~sity of hliami, 195G; M. >I.,University of Texas, 1959. 
Ph. D., University of California, 1971. (Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Gleason, Kenneth G., Professor and Chairman of Department of Educational 
Administration (1965). A. B., University of Wichita, 1950; M. A., Columbia 
University, 1952; Ed. D., ibid., 1964. 
Gohn, Lyle, Assistant Professor and Associate Dean of Students (1967). B. S., 
Purdue University, 1962; M. S., ibid., 1964; Ph. D., ibid., 1967. 
Goldman, Louis, Assistant Professor of Foundations of Education ( 1962).
 A. B., University of Michigan, 1950; M. A., Columbia University, 1954. 
Goodpasture, Carter, Adjunct Associate Professor of Health Education ( 1970).
 B. S., Princeton University, 1932; hl. D., University of Chicago, 1936. 
Gosman, Albert L., Professor and Chairman of Department of Mechanical 
Engineering (1967). B. S. M. E., University of Michigan, 1950; M. S. XI.  E., 
University of Colorado, 1955; Ph. D., State University of Iowa, 1965. 
Goudie, Andrea, Assistant Professor of English (1968). B. A., University of 
Minnesota, 1962; M. A,, Indiana University, 1963; Ph. D., ibid., 1969. 
Goudy, Robert S., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering ( 1967).
 B. S. C. E., Duke University, 1957; M. S. C. E., h4assachusetts Institute of 
Technolom. 1958: M. S. Auulied Mechanics. Kansas State University. 1963: 
Ph. D., ibyd:, 1967: 
Gould, Loyal N., Professor and Chairman of Department of Journalism ( 1970).
 B. A,, Florida State University, 1951; hl. A., University of North Carolina, 
1954; Ph. D., ibid., 1958. 
Graham, Archie Richard, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
(1965). B. S., Kansas State University, 1957; M. S. M. E., ibid., 1960; Ph. D., 
University of Iowa, 1966. 
Graham, Gerald H., Associate Professor and Chairman of Department of 
Administration (1967). B. S., Northwestern State College, 1959; M. S. B. A., 
ibicl., 1960; Ph. D.. Louisiana State University, 1968. 
Graham, J. Keith, Professor and Chairman of Department of Logopedics 
(1966). B. S.. Wayne State University, 1948; M. A., ibid., 1951; Ph. D., 
Northwestern University, 1964. 
\ 
Graham, Linda, Instructor in Economics (1966, 1967, 1969). B. S., OMa-
 homa State University, 1963; M. S., ibid., 1965. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 17 
Gray, James, Associate Professor of History ( 1963). B. A,, University of Cali- 
fornia, Los Angeles, 1954; PI]. D., ibid., 1966. 
Greenberg, Gary, Assistant Professor of Ps chology ( 1966, 1970). B. S., 
Brooklyn College, 1962; M.A., University orwichi ta ,  1964; Ph. D., Kansas 
State University, 1970. 
Gregg, Alvin, Assistant Professor of English ( 1968). B. A., Texas Technological 
Colicge, 1936; XI. A., ibid., 1957; Ph. D., University of Texas, 1969. 
Grrwal, hfahesh S., Associate Professor of blechanical Engineering (1969). 
B. Sc., University of Allahabad, India, 1953; B. S., University of Ca!ifornia, 
Berkeley, 1937; h.1. S., ibid., 1959; Ph. D., ibid., 1962. 
Griffith, Kathryn, Professor of Political Science ( 1957). A. B., University of 
Wichita, 1947; M. P. A., Syracuse University, 1954; Ph. D., University of 
Chicago, 1967. 
Groh, Magda V., Instructor in Chemistry (1970). B. S., University of hlel-
 bourne, Australia, 1959. 
Gundersen, James N., Professor and Chairman of Department of Geology 
(1970). B. S., University of Wisconsin, 1949; hl. A., University of California 
at Los Angeles, 1955; Ph. D., University of Minnesota, 1958. 
Gustafson, hfaril~m, Instructor in Spanish (1965). 4 .  B., Lindenwood College, 
1963; hI. A., University of New Mexico, 1965. 
Haines, Forrest, Assistant: Professor of Industrial Engineering ( 1957, 1965). 
B. S., Kansas State Teachers College of Pittsburg, 1947. 
Haley, hlargaret, Assistant Professor of English ( 1967). B. A,, Oklahoma Col- 
lege for Women, 1949; M. A., University of Oklahoma, 1954. 
Hall, Cliford, E., Jr., Assistant Instructor in Speech (1970). B. A., Wichita 
State University, 1966. 
Halstead, Helen L., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1970). B. S. N., Univer-
 sity of Kansas, 1955; M. Ed., University of Minnesota, 1959. 
IIammond, Geraldine, Professor of English (1932). A. B., University of 
Wichita, 1931; hl. A,, University of Kansas, 1932; Ph. D., University of Colo- 
rado, 1944. 
Hansan, John, .4ssociate Professor of Men's Physical Education ( 1964). B. S., 
University of Kansas, 1962; M. S., ibid., 1963; Ed. D., University of Oregon, 
1969. 
Hanson, Gordon C., Professor of Educational Psychology (1938). B. A., Augs- 
burg College, 1928; Ph. D., University of North Dakota, 1937. 
Hanson, Loring O., Professor of Aeronautical Engineering and Assistant to the 
Dean of School of Engineering ( 1955). B. S. C. E., University of Kansas, 1928; 
If. S. C. E., University of Wisconsin, 1932. 
Harder, Marvin A., Professor of Political Science (1947). A. B., University of 
Wichita, 1947; A. M., Colnmbia University, 1949; Ph. D., ibicl., 1959. 
Hardy, James Lynn, Professor ancl Chairman of Department of Music Ecl~~cn- 
tion (1965). B. S. hrl. E., Southwest Missouri State College, 1948; M. hl. E., 
University of Kansas, 1956; Ecl. D., ibid., 1969. 
Harnsberger, John L., Professor and Chairman of Department of History ( 1962). 
B. A., Hamline University, 1948; hl. A., University of Minnesota, 1950; Ph. D., 
ibid., 1956. 
Harrison, William II., Instructor in Industrial Engineering ( 1966). B. S. in 
Architecture, University of Kansas, 1938. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 18 
Hartman, John J., Professor and Chairman of Department of Sociology ( 1968). 
B. S., Southwest Missouri State College, 1961; M. S., University of Missouri, 
1963; Ph. D., ibid., 1966. 
Hay, Bryan S., Assistant Professor of English (1963). B. S. University of 
Rochester, 1958; Ph. D., ibid., 1969. 
Haydon, Randall B., Distinguished Professor of Money and Banking ( 1970). 
B. B. A., University of Massachusetts, 1934; 11. B. A., ibid., 1958; Ph. D., 
University of Illinois, 1962. 
Heacock, Audrey M., Assistant Professor of Latin (1969). A. B. ancl h l .  .I., 
State University of New York, Albany, 1956. 
Heaston, hlichael, Instructor, Library (1969). B. A., Wichita State University, 
1966; M. A,, ibid., 1969. 
I-Iecht, Sabrina M., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1950). A. B., Kansas 
State Teachers College of Pittsburg, 1939; M. S., University of hlichigan, 1945. 
Heckel, Philip H., Visiting Professor of Geology (1968). B. S., Amherst Col- 
lege, 1960; Ph. D., Rice University, 1965. 
Hedblom, Jack H., Assistant Professor of Sociology (1970). B. A., University 
of Illinois, 1960; 51. .4., University of Rhode Island, 1962. 
IIeilmann, Charles, Assistant Professor of Sociology (1965). B. A. Washburn 
College, 1936; LL. B., ibid.., 1939; M. A., University of Wichita, 1964. 
Helt, Richard C., Assistant Professor of German (1970). B. A., Kansas State 
College at Pittsburg, 1965; M. A,, University of Wyoming, 1966. 
Herman, David T., Professor and Chairman of Department of Psychology 
(1949). A. B., Indiana University, 1940; M. A., ibid., 1942; Ph. D., ibid., 1947. 
(Leave of absence, second semester, 1970-1971.) 
Hines, Robert S., Professor of Choral Music and Chairman of Department of 
Voice (1961). B. S. Juilliard School of Xlusic, 1952; M. XI., University of 
Michien, 1956. 
Hilton, Judith L., Instructor in Logopedics (1970). B.A., University of 
Wichita, 1964; M. A., Wichita State University, 1970. 
Hoag, Gerald B., Associate Professor of English (1967). A. B., Loyola Uni- 
versity (Xew Orleans), 1951; M. A,, Tulane University, 1955; Ph. D., ibid., 
1965. 
Holman, Cnrol Schowalter, Assistant Professor of Education and Director of 
:\udiovisual Services (1942). B. hl . ,  University of Wichita, 1935; h4. M. E., 
ibid., 19Fj0. 
Holmer, Robert hf., Professor and Chairman of Department of Physical Educa- 
tion, Health and Recreation (1955). B. S., University of Kansas, 1941; M. S., 
ibid., 1948; Ph. D., State IJniversity of Iowa, 1954. 
Holmes, Lowell D., Professor of Anthropology (1959). B. S., Northwestern 
University, 1950; Ph. D., ibicl., 1957. 
Ilomburger, Richard EI., Professor of .4ccounting and Coordinator of Graduate 
Studies in Accounting (1956). J. D., University of Zurich, 1937; M. S., Colum- 
bia University, 1946; CPA Certificate, West Virginia. 
Houston, Xlartha P., Instructor, Library (1968). B. S., Kansas State Univer- 
sity, 1945; 1.1. i.,Kansas State Teachers College, 1968. 
Hoyer, Elmer A., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering (1966). B. S. 
E. E., University of Wichita, 1962; hl. S. E. E., University of Missouri, 1964; 
Pli. D., ibid., 1967. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Hudson, Randall O., Associate Professor of History (1964). B. S., University of 
Georgia, 1957; M. A., University of North Carolina, 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 1935. 
IJummel, Don A., Assistant Professor of Low Brass Instruments (1965). B. A., 
Arizona State University, 1958; M. M., Southern Illinois University, 1959. 
Humphrey, Bobbye J., Assistant Professor of Social Work (1968). A. B., Friends 
University, 1948; M. S. W., University of Kansas, 1964. 
Humphrey, Samuel M., Instructor in Men's Physical Education (1969). B. A., 
Wichita State University, 1968. 
Ingmire, Bruce D., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education (1968). B. A., 
San Francisco State College, 1954; M. A., ibid., 1957; Ed. D., Arizona State 
University, 1968. 
Jabara, F. D., Professor of Accounting and Dean of College of Business Ad- 
ministration (1949). B. S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M. B. A., North- 
western University, 1949; CPA Certificate, Kansas. 
Jackson, Bill N., Assistant Professor of Graphic Desi~qn and Publications De- 
signer in Office of Information and Public Events (1970). Kansas City Art 
Institute, 1938. 
Jackson, Keenan D., Instructor in Mathematics (1971). B. S., Wichita State-
 University, 1968; M. s., ibid., 1970. 
Jakowatz, Charles V., Professor of Electrical Engineering and Dean of School 
of Engineering (1965). B. S. E. E. Kansas State College, 1944; M. S. E. E., 
ibid., 1947; Ph. D., University of ~ilinois, 1953. 
Jamison, Ines, Assistant Professor of Voice (1970). B. M., University of Kansas, 
1926. 
Jantze, Margaret L., Associate Professor and Chairman of Department of 
Business Education (1965). B. S., Union College, 1947; M. Ed., University of 
Nebraska, 1959; Ed. D., ibid., 1965. 
Johns, Buddy Ava, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1964). B. A.,. 
Friends University, 1947; M. A., University of Kansas, 1960; Ph. D., ibid., 1964. 
Johnson, Charles E., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1971). B. S., Univer- 
sity of Utah, 1961; M. S., University of Wisconsin, 1962; Ph. D., The Univer-- 
sity of Ohio, 1970. 
Johnson, Everett L., Assistant Professor of ElectricaI Engineering (1971).
 B. S. E. E., University of Kansas, 1962; M. S. E. E., University of New Mexico, 
1964; Ph. D., University of Kansas, 1969. 
Johnson, John W., Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry (1955). A. B., Uni-
 versity of Wichita, 1952; M. S., ibid., 1953; Ph. D., University of Illinois, 1956. 
Johnston, Clara Frances R., Assistant Professor, Library (1954). A. B., Uni-
 versity of Wichita, 1950; A. h.1. L.S., University of Michigan, 1953. 
Johnston, Keith L., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education (1968). B. S., 
Fort Hays Kansas State College, 1962; A. M., Coloraclo State College, 1966. 
Johnston, Robert A., Assistant Professor and Assistant Director of FinanciaT 
Aids (1969). B. S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1963; M. S., ibicl., 1964. 
Jones, W. James, Assistant Professor of Clarinet (1969). B. M. and B. S. E., 
Ohio State University, 1960; M. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., University of Iowa, 
1970. 
Jong, Maw-Tsuey, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering (1967). B. S. 
E. E., National Taiwan University, 1960; M. S. E. E., South Dakota School of 
Mines and Technology, 1965; Ph. D., University of Missouri, 1967. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 20 
Jordan, Donald E., Assistant Professor and Counselor and Director of Career 
Planning and Placement Center (1965). A. B., University of Wichita, 1959; 
M. Ed., ibid., 1962. 
Jovanovic, Milan K., Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1968). Diploma,
 Ing. (M. E.), University of Belgrade, 1938; Diploma, Physics, ibid., 1945; M. S., 
Northwestern University, 1954; Ph. D., ibid., 1957. 
Joyner, H. Sajon, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1959). B. S. 
in Physics, University of Texas, Austin, 1962; M. A. in Physics, ibid., 1964; 
M. S., University of Missouri, Rolla, 1967; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Joyner, Mary Ellen, Assistant Instructor in Secondary Education (1969). A. B., 
Washington University, 19634. 
Kahn, hfelvin A., Professor and Chairman of Department of Political Science 
(1970). B. A., University of Florida, 1952; M. A., University of Chicago, 1958; 
Ph. D., Indiana University, 1964. 
Kastor, Frank S., Professor and Chairman of Department of English (1969). 
A. B., University of Illinois, 1955; A. M., ibid., 1956; Ph. D., University of 
California, Berkeley, 1963. 
Katcher, Leo, Distinguished Writer-in-Residence (1970). B. A., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1929; M. A., Columbia University, 1930. 
Katz, Jonathan, Assistant Professor of English (1970). B. A,, Brooklyn College, 
City University of New York, 1965; M. A., Purdue University, 1967. 
Katzenmeyer, Albert C., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Director 
of Athletics (1968). A. B., Alma College, 1942; A. M., University of Michigan, 
1950. ( Deceased, October, 1970. ) 
Kelly, Francis L., Assistant Professer of Speech (1965). B. A., DePaul Univer- 
sity, 1954; M. T., University of lllinois, 1959. 
Kelly, Joseph, Assistant Professor of Gennan (1967). hl. A., Wayne State 
University, 1964. (Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Kelso, Dennis, Assistant Professor of Secondary Education (1970). B. A,, State 
University of New York at Buffalo, 1964; Ed. M., ibid., 1967. 
Kenyon, G. Y., Professor of Psychology (1955). B. S., University of Wichita, 
1949; M. A., ibid., 1951; Ph. D., University of Rochester, 1957. 
Kessinger, Byrl, Assistant Professor and Counselor and Assistant Director of 
Career Planning and Placement Center (1965). B. S. and M. S., Kansas State 
College of Pittsburg, 1956. 
Kidder, Rushworth M., Assistant Professor of English (1969). A. B., Amherst 
College, 1965; M. A., Columbia University, 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1969. 
Killian, Donald G., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1958). B. S., Southeast 
Missouri State College, 1952; M. E., University of Missouri, 1956; A. M., ibid., 
1958. 
Killian, Marilyn R., Instructor in Flute (1967, 1970). B. S., University of 
Missouri, 1958; M. S., University of Illinois, 1962. 
Kimble, Raymond L., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education (1969). 
B. S., h,fansfield State Teachers College, 1957; M. S., State University of New 
York, 1965; Ed. D., Arizona State University, 1969. 
Kiskadden, Robert M., Professor and Chairman of Department of Art (1949). 
B. F. A,, University of Kansas, 1947; M. A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1949. 
Kitch, Sally L., Instructor in English (1969). A. B., Cornell University, 1967; 
M. A,, University of Chicago, 1968. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Klavins, Andrew, Visiting Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering 
(1971). B. S., University of Illinois, 1963; M. S., ibid., 1968; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Kliewer, Warren, Associate Professor of English, Speech and Drama (1966). 
B. A., University of Minnesota, 1953; h4. A., University of Kansas, 1959; 
M. F. A., University of Minnesota, 1967. (Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Klingsporn, M. J., Assistant Professor of Psychology (1965). A. B., University 
of Nebraska, 1957; M. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 1965. 
Knapp, Robert K., Associate Professor of Psycho10,qy (1961). B. A., Kent State 
University, 1954; M. A., ibid., 1956; Ph. D., Michigan State University, 1980. 
Kneil, Thomas R., Assistant Professor of Logopedics ( 1967). A. B., Bowdoin 
College, 1955; M. S., Syracuse University, 1960. 
Knight, Dorothy, Assistant Professor, Library (1966). B. Ed., Illinois State 
University, 1936; M. S., Kansas State Teachers College, E~nporia, 1961. 
Knight, Kenneth, Assistant Professor, Library (1971). B. S, in L. S., University 
of Illinois, 1946; M. S. (L. S.), ibid., 1947. 
Konek, Carol W., Instructor in English (1969). B. S., University of Kansas, 
1961; M. A., Wichita State University, 1968. 
Koppenhaver, John H., Assistant Professor of Spanish (1966). A. B., Uni-
 versity of Wichita, 1964; M. A,, University of Iowa, 1966. (Leave of absence, 
1970-1971. ) 
Krauss, Art, Assistant Professor of Graphic Design ( 1969). B. A., Michigan 
State University, 1968; M. A., ibid., 1969. 
Kreps, Donald R., Assistant Professor of Sociology (1970). B. A,, Western 
Illinois University, 1966; M. A., University of Iowa, 1969. 
Kuhal, Dean K., Instructor in Mathematics (1968). A. B., Wabash College, 
1964; A. M., Indiana University, 1966. (Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Lakin, Wilbur, Professor of Physics ( 1967). A. B., Union College, 1943; 
Ph. D., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1954. 
Lampert, Dorothy O., Instructor, Library (1970). A. B., Southwestern Col- 
lege, 1937; M. S. L. S., Syracuse University, 1970. 
Laptad, Richard C., Assistant Professor of Men's Physical Education (1965).
 B. S., University of Kansas, 1957; h4. S., ibid., 1962. (Leave of absence, 
1970-1971. ) 
Lautz, Robert P., Assistant Professor and Director of Testing ( 1968). B. A., 
Southern Illinois University, 1966; M. S., ibid., 1968. 
Lee, Douglas A., Associate Professor of Music Literature and Piano (1964). 
B. hfus., DePauw University, 1954; M. Mus., University of Michigan, 1955; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1968. 
Leidig, Ruth M., Associate Professor of Nursing (1969). B. S., Nursing Educa- 
tion, Maryrnount College, 1956; M. S., Nursing Education, Indiana University, 
1962. 
Leslie, John H., Jr., Assistant Professor and Chairman of Department of In-
 dustrial Engineering (1962); B. S. I. E., University of Wichita, 1961; M. S. 
M. E., ibid., 1964. 
Lewis, Eldon C., Professor of Accounting and Associate Dean of College of 
Business Administration (1967). B. B. A., Washburn University, 1959; 
M. B. A., University of Kansas, 1961; Ph. D., University of Missouri, 1967; 
CPA Certificate, Kansas. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 22 
Lewis, George A., Jr., Assistant Professor of Psychology (1065). B. il., 
University of Wichita, 1962; M. A., Texas Christian University, 1965; Ph. D., 
ibid.. 1967. 
Lieberstein, H. Melvin, Professor of h,lathematics (1967). B. A. and B. S., 
University of Arkansas, 1947; M. A., The University of Kansas, 1949; Ph. D., 
University of Maryland, 1956. 
Linder, Wayne A., Assistant Professor of Music Literah~re (1970). B. A., 
University of Iowa, 1965; M. Mus., University of Michigan, 1966. 
Lindquist, Emory, University Professor (1953). A. B., Bethany College, 1930; 
B. A., Oxford University, 1933; M. A., ibicl., 1937; Ph. D., University of Colo- 
rado, 1941; LL. D., Augustana College, 1952; L. H. D., Bethany College, 1963. 
(Leave of absence, first semester, 1970-1971.) 
Lindsley, Sara Rodewald, Instructor in German (1968). B. S., Kansas State 
University, 1963; M. A,, University of Kansas, 1968. 
Linscheid, Harold W., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1958). B. A., 
Bethel College, 1929; M. Ed., Phillips University, 1937; M. A., University of 
Oklahoma, 1941; Ph. D., ibid., 1955. 
Loper, Gerald D., Jr., Associate Professor and Chairman of Department of 
Physics (1964). B. A., University of Wichita, 1959; M. S., Oklahoma State 
University, 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 1964. 
Lowe, Roger D., Assistant Professor of Accounting, Assistant to President for 
Finance, ancl Business Manager (1984). B. S. B. A., Kansas State Teachers 
College of Pittsburg, 1960; CPA Certificate, Kansas. 
Lucas, Walter A., Associate Professor of Elementary Education (1951). B. E., 
State Teachers College, Fredonia, New York, 1941; M. S., New York State 
College for Teachers, Albany, 1947; Ed. D., University of Colorado, 1949. 
Lukas, Gaze E., Visiting Professor of Accounting (1970). B. S., University 
of Illinois, 1930; M. S., ibid., 1933; J. D., ibid., 1956. 
MacLaren, Alan R., Major, US Air Force, Assistant Professor of Aerospace 
Studies ( 1969). A. B., Amherst College, 1956. 
McBride, John, Assistant Professor of Anthropology (1965). -4. B., University 
of Kansas, 1953; LL. B., ibid., 1955. 
McCall, Mary Gayle, Assistant Professor of Sociology (1969). B. A., Wash- 
burn University, 1965; M. A., Wichita State University, 1967. 
McCarten, John B., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (1964). B. S., Creighton 
University, 1958; M. S., ibid., 1960; Ph. D., State University of Iowa, 1954. 
McCroskey, Robert Lee, Professor of Logopedics (1967). B. S. in Ed., Ohio 
State University, 1948; M. A., ibid., 1952; Ph. D., ibid., 1956. 
McFarland, Burch, Assistant Professor of Elementary Education (1970). 
B. A., Howard Payne College, 1940; M. E., Texas Western College, 1959. 
McFarland, David E., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering ( 1967). 
B. S., University of Wichita, 1961; M. S., ibid., 1964; Ph. D., University of 
Kansas, 1967. 
McIntyre, Donald W., Associate Professor of Psychology ( 1968). A. B., Uni- 
versity of California a t  Santa Barbara, 1955; h4. A., University of Connecticut, 
1959; Ph. D., ibid., 1965. 
McKee, John B., Assistant Professor of English (1970). B. A., State Uni- 
versity of New York at Binghampton, 1965; hl. A., ibid., 1968. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 23 
McKenney, James W., Assistant Professor of Political Science ( 1966). B. A., 
Williamette University, 1958; M. A., University of Oregon, 1964; Ph. D., ibid., 
1969. 
McLuen, Peggy, Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education, (1966). 
A. B., University of Wichita, 1947; M. E., ibid., 1960. 
McNelis, Leslie L., Associate Professor of Accounting (1970). B. B. A,, Uni- 
versity of Oklahoma, 1956; M. B. A., University of Tulsa, 1963; Ph. D., Uni- 
versity of Oklahoma, 1970; CPA Certificate, Oklahoma. 
Magelli, Paul J., University Professor and Dean of Fairmount College of 
Liberal Arts and Sciences (1969). A. B., University of Illinois, 1959; M. S., 
ibid., 1960; Ph. D., ibid., 1965. 
Mahrous, Mohamed Ali, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1966). B. S., 
Teachers Training College, Cairo, Egypt, 1958; M. S., North Carolina State 
College of Agriculture and Engineering, 1964; Ph. D., Iowa State University, 
1966. 
Majors, Troy, Associate Professor of Philosophy ( 1964). B. A., University of 
Arkansas, 1958; M. A., ibid., 1959; Ph. D., Northwestern University, 1967. 
hlallory, William, Assistant Professor of Philosophy (1965). B. A., North-
 western University, 1957; h4. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Malone, Henry I-I., Assistant Professor of English, and Associate Dean of Col- 
lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences ( 1948). A. B., University of Wichita, 1932; 
M. A., ibid., 1950. 
Malone, Majorie, Instructor in Spanish ( 1967). B. A., University of Wichita, 
1932; A. M., The University of Kansas, 1934. 
Mann, Vivian B., Assistant Professor of Art History ( 1968). B. A,, University 
of Washington, 1965; M. A., Wichita State University, 1967. 
Marks, Bernard J., Professor of Economics ( 1969). B. S. C., Drake University, 
1941; M. S., Iowa State College, 1949; Ph. D., University of Minnesota, 1960. 
Marsh, T. Reese, Professor of English (1943). B. A., Johns Hopkins University, 
1924; Ph. D., State University of Iowa, 1933. 
Martin, Donna Kay, Instructor in Economics (1970). B. S., Oklahoma State 
University, 1967; M. S., ibid., 1969. 
Martin, Keith A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene (1970).
 D. D. S., University of Mksouri at Kansas City, 1967. 
Mathis, William, Associate Professor of Music Education and Coordinator of 
Graduate hlusic Studies ( 1969). A. B., Brigham Young University, 1957; M. S., 
ibid., 1961; Ph. D., University of Michigan, 1969. 
Matson, Ronald R., Assistant Professor of Sociolo (1970). A. B., University
 of South Dakota, 1965; M. A,, University of ~olorayo,  1967. 
Matthews, Jack, Distinguished Writer-in-Residence (1970). B. A., Ohio State 
University, 1949; M. A,, ibid., 1954. 
Maurer, Anne-Marie C., Assistant Instructor in French (1970). Diplome, 
Ecole de Secretariat Pigier, 1952. 
Mays, Walter A., Assistant Professor of Music Theory (1970). B. S., Univer-
 sity of Cincinnati, 1963; N. M., ihid., 1964; D. h4. A., ibid., 1970. 
Meredith, Georgette, Assistant Professor of Antluopology ( 1967). B. A., Uni- 
versity of Chicago, 1962; M. A., ibid., 1966. 
Merriam, Daniel F., Visiting Professor of Geology ( 1968). B. S., University of 
Kansas, 1949; M. S., ibid., 1953; Ph. D., ibid., 1961. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 24 
Merriman, James, Professor of English (1966). B. A., Texas Technological 
College, 1947; A. M., Columbia University, 1950; Ph. D., ibid., 1962. 
Merriman, Mira P., Associate Professor of Art History (1966). B. S., Columbia 
University, 1960; A. M., ibid., 1963; Ph. D., ibid., 1968. 
hleyars, Robert R., Professor of English (1967). B. A., Abilene Christian Col- 
lege, 1948; M. A., University of Oklahoma, 1950; Ph. D., \Vashington Univer- 
sity, 1954. 
MickeI, Howard A., Assistant Professor of Religion (1965). B. A., Nebraska, 
University, 1949; M. A,, Korthwestern University, 1951; B. D., Gettysburg
 Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph. D., Claremont Graduate School, 1969. 
Miller, Glendon R., Assiqtant Professor of Biology (1968). B. A., Southern 
Illinois University, 1960; M. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., University of Missouri, 
1966. 
Miller, Glenn W., Professor of Economics (1969). B. Ed., Southern Illinois 
University, 1934; A. M., llniversity of Illinois, 1935; Ph. D., ibid., 1939. 
Miller, Marguerite, Instructor in Piano (1968). B. M., Wichita State Univer- 
sity, 1967. 
Miller, William E., Associate Professor of Logopedics (1949). B. S., University 
of Wichita, 1940; M. A., ibid., 1947; Ph. D., Northwestern University, 1950. 
(Leave of absence, second semester, 1970-1971.) 
hlillett, John H., Professor of Political Science ( 1957). A. B., Beloit College, 
1940; M. A., University of Cincinnati, 1942; Ph. D., University of Illinois, 1950. 
(Leave of absence, second semester, 1970-1971.) 
Milleti, Nancy C., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education (1968). B. A., 
University of Rochester, 1949; M. A., ibid., 1951. (Leave of absence, first 
semester, 1969-1970.) 
Mi!ls, Tonk, Adjunct Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene (1968). D. D. S., 
University of Missouri at Kansas City, 1955. 
Miner, H. Craig, Assistant Professor of History (1969). B. A., Wichita State- 
University, 1966; ?.I. A., ibid., 1967; Ph. D., University of Colorado, 1970. 
r 	hlittelstaedt, James S., Assistant Professor of Biology (1970). B. S., University 
of Arkansas, 1965; XI. S., ibid., 1968; Ph. D., Purdue University, 1970. 
hlohr, Phillip J., Associate Professor of Speech (1950, 1968). B. A., University 
of Wichita, 1946; M. A., ibid., 1947; Ph. D., Ohio State University, 1960. 
htoini, LMostafa J., Assistant Professor of Administration (1969). B. A., Univer- 
sity of Oklahoma, 1964; M.A., ibid., 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
hloler, Penna R., Assistant Professor of French (1967). B. A., University of 
Kansas, 1964; M. A,, ibid., 1966. 
Moore, James C., Assistant Professor of Art History (1970). B. F. A., Univer- 
sity of New Mexico, 1966; A. M., Indiana University, 1968. 
Moorhouse, Melvin Paul, Associate Professor of Speech (1957). A. B., West--
 minister College (Pennsylvania), 1935; M. A., Ohio State University, 1956. 
Mullikin, Margaret D., Assistant Professor of Sociology ( 1967). B. A,, Univer-- 
sity of Wichita, 1954; M. A., ibid., 1958. 
Murphey, Dwight D., Assistant Professor of Administration (1967). B. S. L., 
University of Denver, 1957; LL. B., ibid., 1959. 
Murphy James M., Distinguished Professor of Bank Management in Depart- 
ment o! Administration (1968). B. s., Indiana University, 1943; hI. B. A., 
ibid., 1948; D. B. A,, ibid., 1959. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 25.. 
kfusser, Robert C., Assistant Professor of Oboe and Music Education (1968). 
B. S., Lebanon Valley College, 1960; M. M., University of Michigan, 1966. 
hlyers, James E., Assistant Professor of Geology (1968). B. S., Iowa State 
University, 1942; M. S., University of Wichita, 1956; h4. S., Wichita State 
University, 1968. 
Myers, Marilyn S., Instructor, Library ( 1968). B. A,, Kansas State University, 
1966; h l .  S., University of Illinois, 1968. 
hlyers, Roger A,, Instructor in Journalism (1970). B. A., Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1969; h l .  A., ibid., 1970. 
hlyers, Walter J., Associate Professor of Trumpet and Chairman of Department 
of Wind and Percussion Instruments (1963). B. S., Ohio State University, 
1959; h l .  h l .  E., University of Colorado, 1961; M. M., Performance, ibid., 
1966. 
Nance, Donald W., Assistant Professor and Counseling Psychologist (1968). 
B. A., University of Redlands, 1964; hl. A,, University of Iowa, 19G7; Ph. D., 
ibid., 1968. 
Nash, John C., 111, Captain U. S. Air Force, Assistant Professor of Aerospace 
Studies (1968). B. B. A., Baylor University, 1961; Academic Instructor and 
Allied Officer School, Air University, 1968. 
Navrat, Leonard, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene (1968). B. S., 
Ed., Kansas State Teachers College, 1957; D. D. S., Loyola University, 1963. 
Needles, Audrey, Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama (1965). A. B., 
University of Denver, 1947; M. A., ibid., 1948. 
Neill, Jeffrey P., Instructor in English (1968). B. A., Arnherst College, 1963; 
h l .  A,, Washington University, 1965; M. F. A., University of Iowa, 1967. 
Nelson, F. William, Professor of English (1947). A. B., University of Texas, 
1943; A. M., Columbia University, 1949; Ph. D., University of Oklahoma, 1957. 
Nelson, Susan, Instructor in English (1966). B. A., University of Wichita, 1954; 
M. A., University of Oklahoma, 1958. 
Nelson, Wallace, Jr., Assistant Professor of Economics (1967). B. S., Lawrence 
College, 1956; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1961. 
Newman, Arthur N., Assistant Professor of Voice (1959). St. Louis Opera 
Company; International Opera Company; NBC Opera Television and New 
Pork City Center Opera. 
Newton, Lyle D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Police Science (1969). B. A., 
University of Wichita, 1961; M. S., Wichita State University, 1965. 
Nickel, James W., Assistant Professor of Philosophy (1968). A. B., Tabor 
College, 1964; h.1. A., University of Kansas, 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1968. 
Nickel, John M., Associate Professor of Secondary Education (1967). B. S., 
Fort Hays Kansas College, 1957; hl. S., ibid., 1959; Ed. D., University of 
Kansas, 1970. 
Nickel, Kenneth N., Professor of Secondary Education and Associate Dean of 
College of Education (1956). B. A., University of Wichita, 1936; M. A., 
University of Kansas, 1947; Ed. D., University of Colorado, 1958. 
Nielsen, Carl C., Associate Professor of Administration and Coordinator of 
Graduate Studies in Administration (1968). B. S., Dana College, 1956; h4. A,, 
University of Nebraska, 1963; Ph. D., ibid., 1966. 
Nini, Eugene A., Associate Professor of Accounting (1970). B. B. A., Lamar 
State College, 1958; M. B. A., University of Arkansas, 1959; Ph. D., Louisiana 
State University, 1966; CPA Certificate, Louisiana. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 26 
Noah, Calvin, Assistant Professor of Geology (1956). A. B., Fort Hays Kansas 
State College, 1952; M. S., University of Wichita, 1956. 
Noel, 0. Carroll, Professor of Elementary Education (1950). B.S., Kansas 
State Teachers College, Emporia, 1927; hI. A., University of Wichita, 1948. 
Nordstrom, Richard D., Instructor in Administration (1970). B. S., University 
of Kansas, 1954; LM.B. A., Wichita State University, 1970. 
Norris, Roy, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering (1961). B. S. E. E., 
University of \Vichita, 1959; M.S., ibid., 1962. 
O'Hana, Downing P., Professor, Library (1935). A. B., Southwestern College, 
1925; 4. hl., University of Illinois, 1928. 
O'Loughlin, John B., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering and Director 
of the Computer Center (1967). B. S. E. E., Massachusetts Institute of Tech- 
nology, 1954; M. S. E. E., ibid., 1956. 
Ott, Gary L., Assistant Instructor ancl Systems Analyst, Digital Computer Cen- 
ter (1970). B. S. B., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1968. 
Overstake, Charles P., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Logopedics (1965, 1968, 
1970). A. B., University of Wichita, 1949; M. A., ibid., 1952; Ph. D., Wichita 
State University, 1950. 
Oxley, H'arry G., Visiting Assistant Professor of Anthropology (1970). B. A., 
University of Capetown, 1959; M. A., ibid., 1961; Ph. D., University of Sydney, 
1970. 
Padclock, Beatrice, Assistant Professor, Library (1962). A. B., Friends Univer- 
sity, 1926; A. B. L. S., University of Michigan, 1930. 
Pantaleoni, C.  Alex, Visiting Professor of Police Science (1970). A. B., Los 
Angeles State College, 1949; M. S., ibid., 1958. 
Park, F. Wesley, Adjunct Professor of Dental Hygiene (1968). A. B., Univer- 
sity of Wichita, 1934; D. D. S., University of Missouri at Kansas City, 1937. 
Park, Jon, Adjunct Associate Professor and Acting Chairman of Department of 
Dental Iiygiene (1968). D. D. S., University of hiissouri at Kansas City, 1964. 
Parker, Albert R., Professor of History (1952). B. S., Central State College, 
1935; Ed. M., University of Oklahoma, 1942; Ph. D., ibid., 1950. 
Pai-ris, Wayne L., Associate Professor of Anthropology (1968). A. B., McPher-
 son College, 1944; B. D., Bethany Biblical Seminary, 1947; M. A., University 
of Wichita, 1953; hi. A,, University of Colorado, 1966. 
Partridge, Hugh., Assistant Professor of Viola (1970). B. M., Indiana Univer- 
sity, 1963; h.1. M., Butler University, 1966. 
Paske, Gerald I*., Associate Professor of Philosophy (1967). B. S., University of 
\Visconsin, 1958; M. S., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 1964. 
Pate, Robert T., Professor and Chairman of Department of Elementary Edu- 
cation (1967). B. A,, Central State College, 1958; M. Ed., University of Okla- 
homa, 1962; Ed. D., ibid., 1964. 
Paulson, Merle J., Assistant Professor, Library and Head of Acquisitions De- 
partment (1962). B. A,. Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1953; B. S., 
ibid., 1954; M. A., University of Denver, 1962. 
Payne, Joe Dean, Associate Professor of Elementary Education (1967). B. A,, 
Texas Technological College, 1950; M. Ed., ibid., 1953; Ed. D., ibid., 1963. 
Pecchioni, Frank T., Instructor in Mathematics (1970). B. A., Duns Scotus 
College, 1969. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 27 
Perel, William M., Professor and Chairman of Department of Mathematics 
(1966). A. B., Indiana University, 1949; A. M., ibid., 1950; Ph. D., ibid., 1955. 
Perline, Martin M., Associate Professor of Economics (1965). B. A,, Arizona 
State University, 1960; M. A., Ohio State University, 1952; Ph. D., ibid., 1965. 
Perry, Floyd, Jr., Progam Associate in the Center for Urban Studies (1970). 
B. A., University of Wichita, 1962; M. S., University of Missouri, 1966. 
Perry, Janice B., Instructor in Accounting (1969). P,. B. A., Wichita State Uni- 
versity, 1968; M. S., ibid., 1970. 
Pettersen, Kenneth, Assistant Professor of Spanish (1965). B. A., Wichita State 
University, 1954; hi. A., University of Wisconsin, 1965. 
Pfannestiel, Maurice, Associate Professor of Economics (1936). B. A., Fort Hays, 
Kansas State College, 1960; M. S., Oklahoma State University, 1966; Ph. D., 
ibid., 1967. 
Pfeffer, Charles B., Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering (1956). B. S., 
Northeast Missouri State College, 1936; M. A,, ibid., 1949. 
Pfeifer, H. Daniel, Assistant Professor and Counselor in University College- 
(1969). B. A., University of Wichita, 1959; M. E., ibid., 1964. 
Phillips, Susan, Instructor in Spanish (1970). B. S., University of Nebraska, 
1965; M. A,, ibid., 1966. 
Platt, George M., Associate Professor of Political Science and Director of the-
 Office of Planning (1969). B. A., South Dakota State University, 1953; M. A., 
Syracuse University, 1955; Ph. D., ibid., 1962. 
Plett, Sara F., Associate Professor of Nursing (1969). A. B., Tabor College, 
1947; B. S., Nursing Education, University of Minnesota, 1949; M. S., Uni- 
versity of California, Berkeley, 1955. 
Pluckhan, Margaret L., Associate Professor of Nursing (1970). B. S, in Nursing, 
University of LVisconsin, 1950; M. P. S., University of Colorado, 1956; Ph. D., 
University of Denver, 1970. 
Podlena, William F., Research Associate in Logopedics (1970). Wichita Tech- 
nical Institute, 1970. 
Poe, John W., Assistant Professor of English (1970). B. S., Kansas State Teach- 
ers College, 1960; M. A,, ibid., 1964. 
Poland, Leo A., Associate Professor of Accounting (1958). B. S., University of 
Kansas, 1947; M. B.A., IIarvard University, 1948; D. B. A., University of 
Indiana, 1362. 
Poley, Barbara A., Instructor in Nursing (1970). B. S., University of Colorado, 
1969; M. S., ibid., 1970. 
Powell, Jackson O., Professor of Psychology (1950). B. S., southeastern State 
College, Oklahoma, 1941; M. S., Syracuse University, 1947; Ph. D., ibid., 1950. 
Pratt, Stephen H., Professor of Psychology (1970). B. A., University of Cali- 
fornia at Los Angeles, 1940; M. S., Purdue University, 1950; Ph. D., ibid., 1952. 
Pronko, N. H., Professor of Psychology (1947). A. B., Geor e Washington Uni- 
versity, 1941; A. M., Indiana University, 1941; Ph. D., ibif., 1944. 
Pucacco, Leo R., Instructor in Electrical Engineering (1967). B. S. E. E., Fair- 
leigh Dickinson University, 1963; M. S. E. E., Wichita State University, 1968. 
Rains, Ruth R., Associate Professor of French (1970). B. S., University of Illi- 
nois, 1948; A. M., ibid., 1956; Ph. D., ibid., 1963. 
Randle, William E., Adjunct Instructor in Logopedics (1969). B. S., Fort Hays 
Kansas State College, 1958; M. A., University of Missouri, 1962. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 28 
Rappaport, Allen, Assistant Professor of Administration (1966). B. S., University 
of South Carolina, 1961; M. B. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., University of Texas, 
1968. 
Rector, Larry, Assistant Professor and Associate Director of Financial Aids 
(1967). B. A., southwestern College, 1962; M. Ed., Wichita State University, 
1967. 
Xeed, D. Cramer, Dean of the College of Health Related Professions, Associate 
Dean of University of Kansas Medical Center, and Professor of Health Educa- 
.tion (1970). A. B., University of Wichita, 1937; M. D., Washington University, 
1941. 
Reed, John A., Assistant Professor of French Horn and Music Theory (1966). 
B. M., Eastman School of Music, 1955; hl. M. E., University of Oklahoma, 1961. 
Reed, Paul E., Associate Professor of Piano and Chairman of Department of 
Keyboard Instruments (1966). B. M., Drake University, 1956; M. M., ibid., 1957. 
Reif, Martin A., Professor of History and Associate Dean of College of Liberal 
Arts and Sciences (1959). A. B., University of California, Los Angeles, 1934; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1960. 
Rensner, Delmar A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene (1968). 
B. S., University of Illinois, 1945; D. D. S., ibid., 1947. 
Rhatigan, James J., Associate Professor and Dean of Students (1965). B. A., 
Coe College, 1957; M. A., Syracuse University, 1959; Ph. D., The State Uni- 
versity of Iowa, 1965. 
Richardson, James H., Instructor in Electrical Engineering (1970). B. S. E. E., 
Wichita State University, 1968; M. S. E. E., ibid., 1970. 
Richardson, William H., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1962). A. B., 
Chico State College, 1959; M. S., Iowa State University, 1961. 
Riley, James R., Associate Professor of Music Theory (1970). B. M., Centenary 
-College, 1970; M. M., North Texas State University, 1963; D. M. A., University 
of Texas, 1968. 
Risser, Arthur C., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering (1951). A. B.,
 Grinnell College, 1929. 
Ritchie, Gisela, Associate Professor of German (1965). M. A., Free University 
of Berlin, 1952; Ph. D., University of Michigan, 1965. 
Robertson, James P., Distinguished Professor of Orchestra and Conducting and 
Director of University Symphon (1949). A. B., Drury College, 1932; 13. M., 
ibid., 1936; M. A., Teachers ~ogege ,  Columbia University, 1943. (Leave of 
absence, 1970-1971.) 
Rodgers, Edward J., Professor and Chairman of Department of Aeronautical 
Engineering (1970). B. S. E., University of Michigan, 1950; M. S. E., ibid., 
1952; Ph. D., Pennsylvania State University, 1963. 
Rogers, Ben F., Assistant Professor of Philosophy (1966). B. A., University of 
Tennessee, 1958; M. A. T., Vanderbilt University, 1961; XI. A., University of 
Indiana, 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Rogers, Ethel Elizabeth, Assistant Professor of h4athematics (1958). B. S., Kan- 
sas State College, 1946; M. A., Northwestern University, 1950. 
Rogers, Mary B., Instructor in French (1966). B. A., Vanderbilt University, 
1961; M. A. T., ibid., 1964. (Leave of absence, first semester, 1970-1971.) 
Rohn, Arthur H., Associate Professor and Chairman of Department of Anthro- 
pology (1970). A. B., Harvard College, 1951; Ph. D., Harvard University, 1966. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Rounds, Harry D., Professor of Biology (1963). B. A., University of Virginia, 
1952; M. S., University of Pittsburg, 1960; Ph. D., ibid., 1962. 
Sabus, Francis John, Assistant Professor of Men's Physical Education (1956). 
B. A,, Iowa State Teachers College, 1951; M. A. State University of Iowa, 
1957. 
Sanderson, Robert W., Colonel, U. S. Air Force, Professor of Aerospace Studies 
(1970). B. S., Arizona State College at Tempe, 1953; M. S., University of 
Michigan, 1959. 
Sarachek, Alvin, Professor and Chairman of Department of Biology (1958). 
B. A,, University of Missouri a t  Kansas City, 1948; M. A., ibid., 1950; Ph. D., 
Kansas State University, 1958. 
Saricks, Ambrose, Professor of History, Dean of the Graduate School, and As- 
sociate Dean of Faculties (1970). B. A., Buchell University, 1937; M. A., ibid., 
1941; Ph. D., University of Wisconsin, 1950. 
Savaiano, Eugene, Professor and Chainnan of Department of Romance Lan- 
guages (1946). B. S., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 19.36; M. S., 
ibid., 1937; Ph. D., University of Chicago, 1948. 
Schad, Jasper G., Professor of Library Science and Director of Libraries (1971). 
B. A., Occidental College, 1954; M. A., Stanford University, 1957; \I. L. S., 
University of California at Los Angeles, 1961. 
Schaible, Max A., Assistant Professor of Journalism and Director of Information 
and Public Events (1970). B. A., University of Colorado, 1957. 
Schlesier, Karl, Professor of Anthropology (1962). Ph. D., University of Bonn, 
1956. 
Schmidt, Gerald L., Instructor in English (1967). B. S., University of Okla-
 homa, 1962, M. A,, Ohio State University, 1967. 
Schmitt, Irene L., Instructor in Administration (1971). B. S., \Vichita State 
University, 1968; M. S., ibid., 1970. 
Schneider, Philip H., Instructor in English (1967). B. A., State University of 
New York, College at  Oneonta, 1965; M. F. A., University of Iowa, 1967. 
Schoener, Wilhelmina, Instructor in German (1963). A. B., Friends University, 
1926; M. A., University of Kansas, 1962. 
Schrag, Dwayne D., Instructor, Library (1970). B. A., Bethel College, 1956; 
M. L., Kansas State Teachers College, 1967. 
Schrag, Robert L., Professor of Electrical Engineering (1957). B. S. in E. E., 
Kansas State College, 1945; M. S., California Institute of Technology, 1946; 
Ph. D., Pennsylvania State University, 1954. 
Schrag, Sam, Assistant Professor, Library (1966). B. A., BetheI College, 1961; 
M. S., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1966. 
Schrag, Sandra K., Instructor, Library (1970). B. A., Kansas State Teachers 
College, 1966; M. L., ibid., 1967. 
Schuh, Marceil, Instructor in Speech (1968). B. A,, Wichita State University, 
1967; M. E., ibid., 1968. 
Schule, Donald K., Assistant Professor of Sculpture (1967). B. A., University 
of Minnesota, 1964; M. F. A,, ibid., 1967. 
Scriven, Nancy L., Assistant Professor of Music Education (1967). 13. h.1. E., 
University of Wichita, 1952; M. M. E., Wichita State University, 1965. 
Segler, Bert L., Assistant Professor of Administration (1965, 1967). B. B. A,, 
University of Wichita, 1960; M. S., ibid., 1962. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Selden, Charles E., Assistant Professor and Assistant Director of Records (1969). 
B. A., Kansas Wesleyan University, 1953; M. S., Fort Hays Kansas State Col- 
lege, 1965. 
Seng, Jerry T., Assistant Professor of Biology (1970). B. S., Purdue University, 
1957; M. A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Sevart, John B., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1960). B. S. 
M. E., University of Wichita, 1960; M. S., ibid., 1962. 
Sharp, Douglas, Associate Professor and Chairman of Department of Account- 
ing (1969). B. B. A,, University of Oklahoma, 1961; M. B. A., ibid., 1963; 
Ph. D., University of Missouri, Columbia, 1969. 
Shaughnessy, J. Michael, Instructor in Mathematics (1970). B. A,, LeMoyne 
College, 1968; M. A., Indiana University, 1970. 
Sherman, Dorothy M., Professor and Chairman of Department of Student Per- 
sonnel and Guidance (1964). B. A., University of Oregon, 1932; h4. A., ibid., 
1934; Ph. D., Ohio State University, 1945. 
Sherman, Twyla Gaye, Assistant Professor of Elementary Education (1965).
 B. A., Buena Vista College, 1964; M. A,, Michigan State University, 1965. 
Shih, Philip C., Instructor, Library (1969). B. A., Tunghai University, Taiwan, 
China, 1965; M. S., The Florida State University, 1968. 
Shumard, Jack L., Assistant Instructor in Engineering and Assistant Director of 
Physical Plant (1969). B. A., University of Wichita, 1951; B. S in M. E., ibid., 
1958. 
Sirnoni, John P., Professor of Graphic Design (1955). A. B., Colorado State 
College, 1948, A. ht., ibid., 1949; Ph. D., Ohio State University, 1952; Certifi- 
cate, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1958. 
Skaggs, Jimmy M., Assistant Professor of Economics (1970). B. S., Sul Ross 
State College, 1962; M. A., Texas Technological College, 1965; Ph. D., ibid., 
1970. 
Slay, Annie T., Assistant Instructor in French (1968). L'Institut Professionelle 
feminin, CAP and BEPC, 1961. 
Slingerland, F. Yvonne, Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education 
(1967). B. S., Fort Hays Kansas State College, 1954; M. S., ibid., 1964. 
Small, Blanche L., Assistant Professor, Library (1966). A. B., Fort Hays Kansas 
State College, 1939; M. S., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1964. 
Smith, Benjamin, N., Associate Professor of Cello (1968). B. M., Eastman 
School of Music, 1958; M. M., ibid., 1950; A. Mus. D., ibid., 1968. 
Smith, Bert L., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1966). B. S., 
University of Missouri at Rolla, 1953; M. S., ibid., 1960; Ph. D., Kansas State 
University, 1966. 
Smith, Clifford J., Instructor in English (1967). B. A,, University of Wichita, 
1960; M. A,, Wichita State University, 1966. 
Smith, Clifton T., Instructor in Secondary Education and Director of Upward 
Bound (1969). B. A,, The University of Texas, 1959; M. A., Wichita State Uni- 
versity, 1967. 
Smith, L. George, Professor of Administration and Coordinator of Graduate 
Studies in M. B. A. Program (1967). -4. B., Ball State University, 1932; M. B. A., 
Indiana University, 1957; D. B. A., ibid., 1963. 
Smith, Robert M., Instructor in Speech (1968). B. A., Wichita State University, 
1967; M. A., Ohio University, 1968. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Snodgrass, Fritz M., Assistant Professor of Men's Physical Education (1956). 
B. S., Kansas State College of Pittsburg, 1926; M. S., ibid., 1942. 
Snortland, Neil E., Assistant Professor of Political Science (1970). B. A., Uni- 
versity of Colorado, 1965; M. A., ibid., 1966. 
Snyder, Melvin H., Jr., Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1947). B. S. 
M. E., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1947; M. S. A. E., University of Wich- 
ita, 1950; Ph. D., Oklahoma State University, 1987. (Leave of absence, 1970- 
1971.) 
Sobin, Anthony G., Instructor in English (1970). B. A,, Tulane University, 
1966; M. F. A., University of Iowa, 1969. 
Soper, Fred J., Associate Professor of Accounting and Director of Center for 
Management Development (1960, 1963). B. S., University of Kansas, 1955; 
M. B. A., University of Wichita, 1962; CPA Certificate, Kansas. 
Soulas, Genevieve, Instructor in French (1970). License es Lettres, University 
of Paris, 1969; M. A., Kansas State College at Pittsburg, 1970. 
Sowards, J. Kelley, Professor of History (1956). A. B., University of Wichita, 
1947; M. A., University of Michigan, 1948; Ph. D., ibid., 1952. (Leave of 
absence, first semester, 1970-1971.) 
SpangIer, Eugene C., Associate Professor of Speech and Drama and Director 
of Theatre Services (1939). B. h4., University of Wichita, 1939; h4. F. A., State 
University of Iowa, 1950. 
Spohn, Charles L., Professor of Music and Dean of the College of Fine Arts 
(1970). B. M., Butler University, 1950; h4. A., The Ohio State University, 1953; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1959. 
Stabler, Robert D., Associate Professor of French (1963). A. B., Stanford Uni- 
versity, 1948; Diploma, Institut de PhonCtique, Paris, France, 1949; Diploma, 
UniversitC d'Aix-Marseille, 1950; Diploma, l'Universit8 de Paris, France, 1952. 
(Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Stanga, John E., Assistant Professor of Political Science (1968). B. A., South- 
eastern Louisiana College, 1981; M. A., Louisiana State University, 1963; Ph. D., 
University of Wisconsin, 1971. 
Stanga, Joyce, Instructor in English (1968). B. A., Wagner College, 1964; M. A., 
Ohio University, 1965. 
Stephens, Frances A., Assistant Professor of English (1970). B. A., Texas A. & I. 
University, 1956; M. A., The University of Texas, 1967; Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
St. John, Richard W., Assistant Professor of Ceramics (1969). B. F. A,, Kansas 
City Art Institute, 1967; M. F. A,, Alfred University, 1989. 
Strecker, Joseph L., Associate Professor of Physics (1968). B. S., Rockhurst 
College, 1955; Ph. D., Johns Hopkins University, 1961. 
Streeter, Ronald J., Instructor in Speech (1968). B. A., Kansas State University, 
1965; M. A., ibid, 1969. 
Sudermann, Frederick, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Assistant to the 
Academic Vice President, and Director of Research and Sponsored Programs 
(1964). B. A., University of Wichita, 1958; M. A., ibid., 1960. 
Summerviile, William L., Assistant Professor of Piano (1970). B. M., Univer- 
sity of Alabama, 1955; M. M., Indiana University, 1957; D. M. A., University 
of Michigan, 1970. 
Swaim, Daniel, Assistant Professor of Music Theory and String Bass (1966), 
B. M., Cincinnati College Conservatory of Music, 1957; M. M. E., Indiana Uni- 
versity, 1964. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
.Sweet, George H., Associate Professor of Biology (1966). B. S., University of 
Wichita, 1960; M. A., University of Kansas, 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 1965. 
.Sweney, Arthur B., Professor of Administration (1968). B. S., University of 
Illinois, 1947; M. S. W., ibid., 1949; Ph. D., University of Houston, 1938. 
Tcggart, Gladys Martha, Professor of Physical Education for Women (1928). 
B. S., State University of Iowa, 1923; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia 
University, 1930; Ph. D., New York University, 1959. 
Taggart, Thoburn, Jr., Assistant Professor, Library, ancl Coordinator of Public 
Services (1962). B. A., The University of the South, 1953; M. A., George Pea- 
body College for Teachers, 1938. (Leave of absence, April l ,  1971-June 30, 
1971.) 
Talaty, Erach R., Professor of Chemistry (1969). B. S., Nagpur University, 
Nagpur, India, 1948; Ph. D., ibid., 1954; Ph. D., Ohio State University, 1957. 
Tasch, Paul, Professor of Geology (1955). B. S., College of the City of New 
York, 1948; M. S., Pennsylvania State University, 1950; Ph. D., State University 
of Iowa, 1952. 
Tasch, Ruth J., Associate Professor of Elementary Education (1966). B. A., 
Brooklyn College, 1940; M. A,, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1942; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1950. 
Taylor, Richard J., Adjunct Associate Professor and Acting Chairman of De-
 partment of Medical Technology (1970). B. A., University of Coloraclo, 194-1; 
M.D., Creighton University, 1919. 
Taylor, Ross McLaury, Professor and Chairman of Department of American 
Studies (1939). A. B., University of Oklahoma, 1930; M. A., ibid., 1933; Ph. D., 
State University of Iowa, 1935. 
Teall, Mary Jane Woodard, Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama (1946). 
B. S., Northwestern University, 1933; M. A., ibirl., 1937. 
TenElshof, Annette R., Assistant Professor of Student Personnel and Guidance 
and Associate Dean of Students (1970). B. S., University of Michigan, 1961; 
hl. A., IVheaton College, 1963; Ed. S., Michigan State University, 1966; Ph. D., 
ibicl., 1970. 
Tejeda, Antoinette, Instructor in Spanish (1967). A. B., Bradley University, 
1946; h4. A., Texas Technological College, 1965. 
Terflinger, Curtis D., Professor of Administration (1957). B. A., University cf 
Kansas, 1953; Juris Doctorate, ibid., 195.3. 
Terrell, Willialn T., Associate Professor of Economics (1987). R. S., Oklahoma 
State University, 1958; M. S., ibid., i861; Ph. D., Vanderbilt University, 1970. 
Tenvilliger, Gordon B., Professor of Music, Associate Dean of the Graduate 
School, ancl Director of the Summer Session and Worlcshop Program (1946). 
B. XI. E., Northwestern University, 1942; M. A., Columbia University, 1916; 
Ed. D., ibid., 1952. 
Teufel, Hugo, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1963). B. S., University 
of Kansas, 1953; M. S., University of New Mexico, 1960; Ph. D., ibid., 1995. 
(Leave of Absence, second semester, 1970-71.) 
Thi~y,Roberta D., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1969). B. A,, University of 
Wichita, 1958; hl. S. Nursing, University of Colorado, 1961. (Leave of 
absence, 1970-1971.) 
Thomas, Phillip D., Associate Professor of History (1965). B. A,, Baylor Uni- 
versity, 1960; M. A,, University of New Mexico, 1951; Ph. D., i!;icl., 1969. 
(Leave of Absence, second semester, 1970-71.) 
2-7247 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 33 
Thomason, Dwayne B., Assistant Instructor in Biology (1968). B. S., Bethany 
Nazarene College, 1963. 
Thompson, Norman D., Assistant Instructor and Director of Operations, Digital 
Computing Center (1967). 
Throckmorton, Ilelen J., Associate Professor of English (1954). A. B., Friends 
University, 1945; M. Ed., University of Colorado, 1956. 
Thye, Larry D., Instructor in Men's Physical Education (1968). B. A., Wichita 
State University, 1967. 
Tilford, Michael, Assistant Professor of Secondary Education (1967). B. S., 
Langston University, 1957; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1958; Ed. D., 
Oklahoma State University, 1970. 
Tinterow, M. M., Adjunct Associate Professor and Acting Chairman of De-
 partment of Inhalation Therapy (1970). B. A., Rice University, 1937; bl. D., 
University of Texas, 1941. 
Todd, Richard, Associate Professor of History (1963). A. B., Sacramento State 
College, 1952; B. D., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1955; M. A., University of 
California at Berkeley, 1958; Ph. D., ibid., 1963. 
Town, Robert, Assistant Professor of Organ (1965). B. M., Eastrnan School of 
Music, 1960; M. M., Syracuse University, 1962. 
Traylor, Elwood B., Professor and Chairman of Department of Educational 
Psychology (1967). A. B., Greenville College, 1948; hl. A., Washington Uni- 
versity, 1951; Ed. D., ibid., 1966. 
Tuttle, Edward H., Associate Professor of Social Work (1967). B. A,, University 
of Wichita, 1934; A. M., University of Chicago, 1949. 
Ulbricht, Jarvis W., Assistant Professor of Art Education (1970). B. A. E., Uni- 
versity of Kansas, 1965; M. A,, ibid., 1968. 
Unrau, William, Professor of History (1965). B. A., Bethany College, 1951; 
M. A., University of Wyoming, 1956; Ph. D., University of Colorado, 1963. 
Unruh, Henry, Jr., Professor of Physics (1961). A. B., University of Wichita, 
1950; XI. S., Kansas State University, 1932; Ph. D., Case Institute of Tech-
 nology, 1960. 
Vahdat, Pari, Associate Professor of Psychology (1967). A. B., Indiana Uni- 
versity, 1953; A. M., ibid., 1957; Ph. D., ibicl., 1964. 
Vanasco, Rocco, Assistant Professor of French and Italian ( 1968). Laurea, Uni- 
versity of Catania, 1959; M. A., University of Wisconsin, 1965. 
VanderLeest, Patricia, Professor and Chairman of Department of Nursing 
(1970). B. S. N., University of Washington, 1954; M. N., ibid., 1935; Ph. D., 
University of Denver, 1970. 
Vargo, Albert J., Assistant Professor of German (1970). B. A,, Wayne State 
University, 1964; M. A., ibid., 1966. 
Vedder, Charles B., Assistant Professor of Sociology (1970). B. A,, Lawrence 
University, 1965; M. A., University of Iowa, 1969. 
Veon, Betty A., Instructor in Elementary Education (1970). B. A., University 
of Wichita, 1963; M. E., Wichita State University, 1968. 
Vogelsang, Arthur, Instructor in English (1970). B. A., University of Mary-
 land, 1965; M. A., Johns Hopkins University, 1966; M. F. A,, University of 
Iowa, 1970. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
VonRiesen, R. Dale, Associate Professor of Administration (1966). B. B. A,, 
Washbum University, 1960; M. S., University of Illinois, 1962; Ph. D., ibid., 
1968. 
Waddell, Mina Jean, Assistant Professor, Library and Head of Reference De- 
partment (1965). B. A., University of Wichita, 1938; hl. S., Kansas State Teach- 
ers College, Emporia, 1965. 
Wall, Hugo, Professor of Political Science (1929). A. B., Leland Stanford Uni- 
versity, 1926; Ph. D., ibid., 1929. 
Wall, Lillian, Associate Professor of S anish (1963). B. A,, Kansas Wesleyan, 
1932; hl. S., Kansas State Teachers ~ofiege, Emporia, 1953; Ph. D., University 
of Wisconsin, 1969. 
Wallingford, Frances A., Assistant Professor of Piano (1956). B. M.,South-
 western College, 1931; A. B., ibid., 1933; M. M., University of Wichita, 1956; 
Certificates, American Conservatory in Fontainebleau, France, 1928 and 1963. 
Walters, Dorothy, Associate Professor of English (1967). B. A,, University of 
Oklahoma, 1948; B. A. in L. S., ibid., 1951; Ph. D., ibid., 1960. 
Watertor, Jean L., Assistant Professor of Biology (1968). B. A., University of 
Iowa, 1944; M. S., University of Wisconsin, 1948; Ph. D., Iowa State Univer- 
sity, 1965. 
Watson, Dale L., Assistant Professor and Chairman of Department of Religion 
( 1969). B. A., Guilford College, 1958; B. D., Louisville Presbyterian Theologi- 
cal Seminary, 1961; Th. M., Duke University, 1963; Ph. D., Hartford Seminary 
Foundation, 1970. 
Watson, Louis W., Assistant Professor of Physics (1965). B. S., University of 
Oklahoma, 1956; h1. S., ibid., 1963. 
Watson, Tully F., Professor of Physics (1947). B. A., University of Oklahoma, 
1928; M. S., ibid., 1930; Ph. D., University of Illinois, 1935. 
Webb, Edgar L., Assistant Professor and Chairman of Department of Industrial 
Education (1959). B. A,, University of Wichita, 1959; M. S., Kansas State Col- 
lege of Pittsburg, 1961. 
Webb, Samuel C., Associate Professor of Economics (1966). B. S., University 
of Missouri, 1957; M. S., ibid., 1959; Ph. D., University of Kansas, 1968. 
Weldin, Scott J., Instructor in Speech and Drama (1968). B. A., Michigan State 
University, 1967; M. A,, ibid., 1968. 
Welsbacher, Betty T., Assistant Professor of Music Education (1964, 1968, 
1970). B. S. E., Ohio State University, 1946; M. M. E., University of Wichita, 
1961. 
Welsbacher, Richard C., Professor of Speech and Drama (1958). A. B., Denison 
University, 1948; M. A., University of Denver, 1950, Ph. D., The Ohio State 
University, 1965. 
Wentz, William H., Jr., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1957, 
1963). B. S. M. E., University of Wichita, 1955; M. S. A. E., ibid., 1961; Ph. D., 
University of Kansas, 1989. 
West, Elles C., Associate Professor of Men's Physical Education (1965).
 Physical Therapy, h'arolinska University, Stockholm, Sweden, 1950; M.A., 
Stanford University, 1956; Ph. D., University of Oregon, 1965. 
Wheeler, Clifford E., Assistant Professor of Economics (1970). B. A,, The Uni- 
versity of Texas, 1960; M. A., ibid., 1962; Ph. D., University of hlissouri, 
Columbia, 1971. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Wherritt, Robert C., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1962). 13. S., Tulane 
University, 1955; M. S., ibid., 1961; Ph. D., New Mexico State University, 
1971. 
White, Katherine, Instructor in Voice (1968). B. M., Texas Christian Univer- 
sity, 1962; M. M., ibid., 1964. 
Wiebe, Paul G., Assistant Professor of Religion (1969). B. A., Bethel College, 
1960; M. A., University of Chicago, 1966. 
Wiebe, Raymond F., Assistant Professor, Assistant to the Dean, and Counselor 
in University College (1965). A. B., Tabor College, 1953; M. S., Kansas State 
University, 1965. 
Wilcox, Don G., Associate Professor of Band and Instrumental Music (1969). 
B. M. E., University of Michigan, 1958; M. A., California State College, Long 
Beach, 1966. 
Wilde, Ronnie L., Captain, U. S. Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science 
(1969). B. S., Mathematics, Midwestern Ihiversity, 1963; U. S. Army Artiilery 
and Missile School, 1967. 
Wilkes, Mary Nell, Assistant Professor of Business Education (1956). B. S., 
Texas Women's University, 1939; M. B. E., University of Colorado, 1961. 
Williams, Michael G., Assistant Professor ancl Counselor in Student Services 
(1970). B. A., San Jose State College, 1966. 
\Villiamson, Don T., Instructor in English (1967). 13. A,, Midwestern Univer- 
sity, 1967; M. A., ibid., 1967. 
Wilson, Herman, Assistant Professor of Men's Physical Education and Track 
Coach (1967). B. S., Kansas State College, 1952; h.1. S., ibid., 1903. 
Wilson, John H., Associate Professor of Elementary Education (1968). B. A., 
University of Wichita, 1958; Ed. M., Wichita State University, 1964; Ed. D., 
University of Olclahoma, 1967. 
Winget, Lynn, Professor of Spanish (1961). B. A., University of Wichita, 1918; 
M. A., University of Wisconsin, 1949; Ph. D., ibid., 1960. 
Wolfe, Joseph A., Instructor in French (1968). B. A,, University of Iowa, 19G6; 
M. A., ibid., 1968. 
Wong, John C., Assistant Professor of Health Education and Administrative 
Assistant to the Dean of College of Health Related Professions (1970). A. B., 
Phillips University, 1958; M. S., University of Oklahoma, 1967. 
Wood, L. Curtise, Professor of Administration (1956). B. A,, Coe College, 
1938; M. A., State University of Iowa, 1956; Ph. D., ibid., 1956. 
Woodard, Francis O., Professor and Chairman of Department of Economics, 
and Coordinator of Graduate Studies in Economics (1965). B. S., University 
of Nebraska, 1941; M. A,, ibid., 1958; Ph. D., ibid., 1952. 
Wu, Dah Cheng, Assistant Professor of Geology (1968). B. S., National Taiwan 
University, 1962; M. S., University of Oklahoma, 1966; Ph. D., ibid., 1969. 
Wyancko, Ronald J., Assistant Professor of Silversmithing (1969). B. F. A., 
University of Kansas, 1961; hl. A., Arizona State University, 1966; M. F. A,, 
University of Kansas, 1969. 
Wyatt, P. J., Assistant Professor of English (1964, 1966). A. B., University of 
Arizona, 1951; M. A., Indiana University, 1957. (Leave of absence, 1970-1971.) 
Wynn, Claude T., Assistant Professor of Administration (1965). B. B. A,, Uni- 
versity of Wichita, 1962; hl. S. B. A., ibid., 1933. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 36 
Yeargan, Richard G., Assistant Professor and Acting Director of the Reading 
Improvement Lal~oratory (1970). A. B., Fort Hays Kansas State College, 1959; 
M. A., Colorado State College, 1963. 
Yenne, Vernon Lee, Assistant Professor of Voice (1996). B. M. E., University of 
Indiana, 1961; M. M. E., ibicl., 1953; D. M. A., ibid., 1969. 
Yoon, I. N., Associate Professor of Economics (1968). B. A., Lynchburg Col- 
lege, 1955; M. A., University of llinnesota, 1958; Ph. D., ibid., 19G7. 
Youngman, Arfhur L., Assistant Professor of Biology (1965). B. A., Montana 
State University, 1959; M. S., Western Reserve University, 1961; Ph. D., Uni- 
versity of Texas, 1965. 
Zandler, hfelvin E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry ( 1966). B. A., Friends 
University, 1960; M. S., University of Wichita, 1963; Ph. D., Arizona State 
University, 1965. 
Zavarella, Victor, Assistant for Enrollnlent and Schccluling and Assistant Profes- 
sor of Education (1970). B. s., University of Illinois, 1950; M. Ed., ibid., 1933; 
Ph. D., ibid., 1970. 
Zody, Richard E., Assistant Professor of Political Science (1968). A. B., Indiana 
State University, 1963; M. A., ibid., 1965; Ph. D., Southern Illinois University, 
1968. 
Zuercher, Victor H., Instructor and Counselor in University College (1967). 
B. A., Wichita State University, 1966; M. E., ibid., 1967. 
Zumwalt, Glen W., Distinguished Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1968). 
B. S., University of Texas, 1948; B. S. M. E., ibid., 1949; M. S. M. E., ibid., 
1953; Ph. D., University of Illinois, 1959. 
RETIRED FACULTY 
Albright, Penrose S., Professor Emeritus of Physics (1943). B. S., Renssalaer 
Polytechnic Institute, 1922; M. S., University of Wisconsin, 1929; Ph. D., ibid., 
1936. 
Aldrich, Benjamin M., Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1956). 
B. S. M. E., University of Nebraska, 1927; M. S., South Dakota College, 1934; 
Registered Professional Engineer. 
Angulo, J. E., Retired Assistant Professor of Spanish (1961). B. S., Instituto 
Santiago de Cuba, 1921; A. B., Friends University, 1925; M. A., University of 
Kansas, 1931. 
Beebe, Viola McKinney, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 
( 1929). A. B., Fairmount College, 1909; A. M.,University of Wichita, 1932. 
Branch, Hazel Elisabeth, Professor Emeritus of Zoology (1922). B. A,, Univer- 
sity of Kansas, 1908; A. M., ibid., 1912; Ph. D., Cornell University, 1921. 
Downing, Jacquetta, Professor Emeritus of French (1917). A. B., Fairmount 
College, 1921; B. M., ibid., 1921; A. M., University of Kansas, 1922; L'Institut 
de Phonetique (Sorbonne), 1929. 
Fletcher, Worth A., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1927). A. B., University 
of Indiana, 1925; M. A., ibid., 1926; Ph. D., ibid., 1927. 
Gossett, Lucille, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1937). B. A., Baker 
University, 1922; M. A., University of Wichita, 1940. 
Graham, Marie, Associate Professor Emeritus of History (1917). A. B., Fair-
 mount College, 1915; M. A,, University of Chicago, 1916. 
Haymaker, Mary, Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1925). A. B., Fair-
 mount College, 1925; M. A., University of Colorado, 1927. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Hekhuis, Lambertus, Dean Emeritus of Colle e of Liberal Arts and Sciences 
(1926). A. B., Hope College, 1913; M. I.,ifid., 1916; B. D., University of 
Chicago, 1925; Ph. D., ibid., 1925. 
Hinton, Evelyn A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Educational Psychology 
(1929). Graduate, Columbia Normal School of Physical Education at Chicago, 
1924; B. A., University of Wichita, 1929; M. S., University of Washington, 1938. 
Major, S.  S., Retired Instructor in Physics (1932). A. B., William Jewell 
College, 1917. 
Mood, Robert Gibbs, Professor Emeritus of English (1936). A. B., South-
 western University, 1920; A. M., Columbia University, 1925; Ph. D., University 
of Illinois, 1939. 
Ricketts, Faye Margaret, Associate Professor Emeritus of Business Education 
(1931). A. B., Business Administration, University of Wichita, 1927; M. B. A., 
University of Texas, 1932. 
Ryan, Robert, Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics (1946). B. S., Michi- 
gan State Normal College, 1934; B. C. S., Detroit Business University, 1936; 
M. A., Wayne University, 1946. 
Rydjord, John, Dean Emeritus of Graduate School (1926). A. B., University of 
Wisconsin, 1922; M. A,, Northwestern University, 1923; Ph. D., University of 
California, Berkeley, 1925. 
Strange, John M., Associate Professor Emeritus of Art (1944). B. F. A., Uni- 
versiw of Oklahoma, 1931; M. S., Fcrt Hays Kansas State College, 1938. 
Van Kewen, Katharine, Associate Professor Emeritus, Library (1945). A. B., 
Fairmount College, 1922; M. A., Columbia University, 1938. 
Walker, Margaret L., Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1947). A. B.,
 University of Kansas, 1919; M. A., RadcliEe College, 1930. 
Wilner, George D., Professor Emeritus of S eech and Dramatic Act (1923). 
A. B., University of Michigan, 1917; A. M., ibicf, 1919. 
Wrestler, Ferna E., Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (1947). B. S.,
 Kansas State Teachers College of Pittsburg, 1924; A. B., University of Kansas, 
1925; M. A,, ibid., 1926. 
Wuertz, Clara L., Retired Instructor, Reference Librarian (1939). A. B., North 
Central College, 1920. 
APPLIED MUSIC INSTRUCTORS-1970-1971 

 Bickford, Mary Scott, Rob G. 
Bryant, Steven Southard, Jacqueline 
Daniels, Shirley Spoon, James 
Eubanks, Don Steele, Terry 
Fear, Judith Strunk, Kathleen 
Jones, Stephen Thomas, Frank 
Kasper, Kathryn Unrau, Mildred 
Melhouse, Dennis Wood, Joyce 
Pease, Beatrice Yenne, Janet 
Reed, Sharon 
Addison, Larry L.-Mathematics Beene, Peggy-Medical Technology
 Almquist, David D.-Dental Hygiene Benedict, Esther E.-Mathematics 
Barbosa, Ruth M.-Spanish Bevis, Clyde E.-Police Science 
Bauman, Alice-Physical Education Biles, Karen-Medical Technology 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 38 
Blaclrwood. \Vallace B.- 
t at he ma tics 
Blakely, hlax F.-Administration 
Blakemore. Glenn A.-S~eech 
Boothe, Byron-Journall'sm 
Borth~vick, Donald R.-Accounting 
Aredfeldt, John C.-Economics 
Britton, F.egina-Art 
Brooks, Nancy A,-Sociology 
Brumaghim, Joan T.-Psychology 
Burch, Patricia-Sociology 
Burger, Sister Ann Catherine- 
hledical Technology 
Bums, Paul D.-Romance Languages 
Campbell, Glen L.-Police Science 
Cannon, Robert-Medical 
Technology 
Cardenas, Michael P.-Mathematics 
Carnahan, hiichael-Mathematics 
Carr, Dennis-Medical Technology 
Carrier, Cecil C.-Geology 
Carter, Dale B.-Chemistry 
Carter, Dr. James B.-Medical 
Technology 
Caurley, Dr. Leo-Medical 
Technology 
Chaffin, \Vi!ma-Heaclstart 
Challehder. Craig-English 
Craig, M. ~ennire-~nuthropologythro~ology
 Crews, Robert T.-Medical 
Technology 
Criss, Carthur-Speech and Religion 
Duckworth. Kenneth-Police Science 
Duggan, ~ 6 u i s  E.-Industrial 
Engineering 
Eckert, Dr. William G.-Medical 
Technology 
Focht, A. Jack-Police Science 
Frahm, Robert-Medical Technology 
Franklin, Eugene-Speech 
Fritz, Dr. GeorgeMedical  
Technology 
Gerlach, E. Hugh, Jr.-Medical 
Technology 
Giovanis, Ethel-Medical Technology 
Gire. Terrv H.-Political Science 
~ l e n h ,~ f i l i a mM.-Speech 
Goering, Dr. Robert C.-Medical 
Technology 
Granger, Carey Donald-Secondary 
Education 
Gurley, L. Lorenne-Educational 
Psychology 
Hamilton, Beryl A,-Political Science 
Hamilton, Stella-Mathematics 
Ilaney, Philip E.-Accounting 
Hannon, Floycl B., Jr.-Police Science 
Hayes, Lance-Speech 
Hayes, Patricia-Speech 
Henrichs, Audrey-Dental Hygiene 
Herstein, Samuel-Industrial 
Engineering 
Hirrhsmith. Marv 0.-Educational 
Psychology 
Hiratzka, Dr. Tom-Medical 
Technolorn and Inhalation 
-. 
T h ~ m p y  
Hogan, Linda-Medical Technology 
Holmes, Jeannette R.-Secondary 
Education 
Humann, Paul-Speech 
Hunter, Ruby-Medical Technology 
Jackson, Frances-Music 
Jenkinson, Barbara-Elementary 
Education 
Johnson, Kathryn-Medical 
Technology 
Johnson, Robert L.-Religion 
Jones, Betty-Medical Technology 
Jones, Clint-Inhalation Therapy 
Jones, John C.-Medical Technology 
Jones, Jordan-Police Science 
~udcl. William S.-Secondary 
- ~ 
Kastor, Sue D.-Art 
Kelly, Dr. Robert H.-Medical 
Technology 
Kice. Nancv lane-h4edical 
~kchnolbiy 
Klassen, Darlene-Dental Hygiene 
Knorr, Margaret-Physical Education 
Koontz, Mary Jane-Elementary 
Education 
LaFever, Janice-English 
Lank, Claudette-Medical 
Technology 
Lent, Hortensia G.-Spanish 
Lewis, Vashti-English and Headstart 
Lies, Janiece-Medical Technology 
Linsner, James D.-Mathematics 
Lobemeyer, Jeanne-English 
Maclec, Daniel-French 
htadison, Dr. Ward N., Jr.-
 Medical Technology 
hlarsh. Dr. Harrv I-I.-Medical 
~eihnology ' 
Martin, Thomas-Mathematics 
Martinez, Frank-Spanish 
Marymount, Dr. Jesse-Medical 
Technology 
McConachie. Bettie-Physical 
ducati ion 
hlcNally, Crystal-Library Science 
McQueen, Jimmie C.-h4athematics 
LIcReynolcls, Dr. C. R.-Medical 
Technology 
Melcher, Edward L.-Administration 
Mier, Mildred-Physical Education 
Miller, Margaret J.-University 
College 
Moen, Roger 0.-Administration 
Molloy, Vera-Elementary 
Education 
Moore, Jean Oliver-Speech 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
ltorgan, Betty L.-University College 
hlorra, h'lichael-Psycholo,ny and 
Headstart 
Nance, Louise-Lledical Technology 
Nathan, C. Henry-Speech 
Nickel, Phyllis A.-Business 
Education 
Noone, James J.-Speech 
Os~!&l. Charlcs R.-Police Scicnce 
Eclucation 
Osley, Dr. Dwight-Medical 
Technology 
Page, Judy D.-Speech 
Palmer, Lorn-Dental Hygiene 
Pearson, Charles G.-Journalism 
Pease, Beatrice Sanford-hlusic 
Peebles, Carol-Medical Technology 
Pfeffer, Viola P.-Libmry Science 
Phares, Alan, Jr.-Logopedics 
Pierpoint, Pat-Business Education 
Pinkerton, James L.-Administration 
Pletcher, Sammie-Dental Hygiene 
Poiev, FranceeMathematics 
Prather, J o h n s p e e c h  
Pringle, Buford F.-Secondary 
Eclucation 
Ramstack, S. C.-Speech 
Reals, Dr. William J.-Medical 
Technology 
Reece, Willard T.-Religion 
Reed, Anthony C.- ournalism 
Regehr, Jerry-Inha Iation Therapy 
Rhoads, Ellen C.-Anthropology 
Richardson, Robert W.-Industrial 
Education 
Riddel, James V., Jr.-Speech 
Roe. J. hlyrne-English and Speech 
Roller, Francis-Mathematics 
Ross, Ralph M.-Histcry 
Royal, S. J.-Speech 
Ruth, Lonnie H.-Mathematics 
Sanbom, Keith-Speech 
Schmitt, Irene L.-Administration 
Sillimnn. Dr. Y. E.-l,ledical 
~ e c h ~ o l o ~ ~  
Simpson, Roy M.-Industrial 
Education 
Smith, Elizn1,cth Ruth-Biolc.~!. 
Spann, Dr. Richard-Inhalation 
Therapy 
Stephan, Robert T.-Speech 
Stucky, Virginia-Nutrition 
Swanson. Tanis-Medical Technolonv 
Taylor, &. Ruth S.-Medical -. 
Technology 
Tharp, Rosemary-Inha!ation 
Therapy 
Troutman. Loretta 1.-Mathematirs 
Villalpando, Innes j.-spanish 
Vollmer, George-English 
Voth, Ken-Medical Technology 
Wagner, Barbara-Medical 
Technology 
Wheeler, Leslie J.-Police Science 
Whisman, Shirley-Medical 
Technolo 
White. C.-Meclical 
~ e c h n o l o g ~  
Wolverton, John D.-Mathematics 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 40 
DESCRlPTlON OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Wichita State University, an urban university located in Kansas' 
largest metropolitan area, provides educational opportunity for stu- 
dents of varying ages, races and nationalities. 
More than 12,300 students are enrolled in both daytime ancl 
evening courses offered by the various colleges ancl schools of the 
University. Better than 5,000 of the student body are men and 
women over age 40, and the University has the largest minority 
race enrollment of any college or  university in a 14-state region. 
Students at Wichita State University can choose from more than 
100 areas of academic concentration within the University's eight 
schools and colleges. These academic units are University College, 
Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of Busi- 
ness Administration. College of Education, College of Engineering, 
College of Health Related Professions, College of Fine Arts and 
the Graduate School. 
In addition, the University offers an eight-week Summer Session 
with ar! enrollment larger than any other college or university in 
Kansas. 
The academic programs at  Wichita State University culminate 
in bache!or's, master's, specialist's and, in some cases, doctoral de- 
grees. The University is cooperating with the University of Kansas 
in offering doctorates in aeronautical engineering and chemistry and 
offers its own doctoral degree in logopedics. 
The four basic objectives of Wichita State University are: to pro- 
vide general education; to provide advanced and special educa- 
tion; to provide continuing educational opportunities for adults, and 
to provide graduate studies and stimulate research. 
The objectives are met through the full employment of the Uni- 
versity's vnried resources. Genzral education is provided through 
the core curriculum of the University and is fostered by enrolling 
all entering freshman students in a "general" college knoum as Uni- 
versity College. Advanced and special education are provided 
through the various major studies in liberal arts ancl sciences ancl 
in the degree programs of the professional colleges or schools. 
The Division of Continuing Education provides ongoing educa- 
tional opporti~nities for adults through special seminars, workshops, 
classes and related University programs and activities. 
Gracluate studies and research, the fourth objective, are accom- 
plished through a variety of graduate programs authorized by the 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 4 1 
State Board of Regents and through the ongoing programs of Uni- 
versity research and sponsored research. Implicit in all objectives 
of the University is student welfare and continuing public service. 
HISTORY 
IVichita State University began as Fainnount College, founded 
by the Congregational Church, in 1895. In 1926, Wichita citizens 
voted to make Fairmount College the X4unicipal University of 
Wichita. On July 1, 1964, the 'CJniversity mas officially added to 
the state system of higher education, as an associate of the Univer- 
sity of Kansas, through an act of the 1963 session of the state legis- 
lature. 
Although no longer an ass~ciate of the University of Kansas, 
Wichita State University is proud of its cooperative doctoral pro- 
grams offered in conjunction with the University of Kansas. 
Wichita State has grown from 12 students to more than 12.300 
students and from 5 instructors to more than 700 faculty members 
since its beginning. Since 1964, the University has nearly doubled 
its enrollment and has more than doubled its budget. 
Governance of the University has evolved with its changes in 
legal status as an institution. Originally led by the Congregational 
Church, the University was under the direction of a Board of 
Trustees from 1926 to 1964 as the Municipal University of Wichita. 
In its present status, Wichita State University is one of six state in- 
stitutions of higher education governed by the Kansas State Board 
of Regents. 
ACCREDITATION AND ASSOCIATIONS 
Programs at Wichita State University are accredited by the fol- 
lowing professional organizations: North Central Association of 
Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the 
Accreditation of Teacher Education, the National Association of 
Schools of Music, the Engineers' Council for Professional Develop- 
ment (Aeronautical, Electrical and Mechanical), the American 
Chemical Society Committee for the Professional Training of 
Chemists and the American Association of Colleges and Schools 
of Business. 
Women graduates of the University with bachelor's degrees or 
higher are eligible for membership in the American Association of 
University Women. 
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 
All students entering Wichita State University for the first time 
must file an application for admission with the Office of Admissions, 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 42 
Wichita State University. Transcripts of high school and college 
work must be submitted before a student may enroll. 
Transcripts received in the office of the Dean of Admissions 
will not be returned to the applicant. If the student enrolls, the 
transcripts are retained by the University for its official files. If a 
student does not enroll, the transcripts are destroyed. The admission 
of a student is independent of race, nationality, or creed. 
New students may begin their college study during the Summer 
Session, the Fall Semester, or the Spring Semester. The application 
and supporting transcripts must be received well in advance of the 
term in which the applicant wishes to begin study. An application 
for admission shoulcl be mailed by June 1for the fall semester and 
by December 1for the spring semester. Both application and tran- 
scripts of previous work must be received on or before August 1 
for fall registration and January 1for spring registration. Appli-
 cations by Kansas residents received after these dates will be  
processed as vacancies in University programs permit. High school 
seniors are encouraged to make application early during the senior 
pear of high school. Prospective students are invited to visit the 
campus for the purpose of discussing their educational plans with 
University staff members, and the student should begin his visit by 
reporting Erst to the Admissions Office, Jardine Hall. 
Freshmen 
Any graduate of an accredited Kansas high school who has not 
previously attended a college will be  admitted on application to 
\Vichita State University. A graduate of an out-of-state accredited 
high school or preparatory school will be el i~ible for admission if 
the applicant ranlcs in the upper one-half of his high school gradu- 
ating class. Exceptions may be made under special circumstances 
when valid reasons prevail. Priority of admission among out-of- 
state students will be given to sons and daughters of alumni of this 
University. 
An applicant without a secondary school diploma who wishes to 
be considered for admission to freshman standing should present 
his case to the Office of Admissions. Students who have not com- 
pleted high school may be adn~itted upon the presentation of fifteen 
acceptable units of proper quality, statement from the high school 
principal, and approval of admissions committee. The University 
Committee on Admissions will examine the evidence for admission 
and make its determination upon the individual merits of the case. 
Admission of special students is restricted to persons over 21 
years of age who are not candidates for degrees. Upon completion 
of sixty semester hours with a 2.00 average, a special student may 
petition for admission to regular standing. Any other special peti- 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 43 
tioner should present his case through the Office of Admissions for 
the Committee on Admissions. 
All entering freshmen are enrolled in University College and are 
required to complete the American College Testing Program Bat- 
tery and a Health Certificate as a part of their enrollment in 
University College. The clean of University College will send all 
freshmen complete information about orientation and enrollment. 
High school seniors should arrange to complete the American 
College Testing Program Battery through the offices of their high 
school principal or counselor. 
Transfers 
Students who have been enrolled in other colleges or universities 
will be eligible for admission to undergraduate study if they have 
honorable dismissal from the last recognized college or university 
attended and meet the required scholastic standards of Wichita 
State University. 
Transfer students with 24 or more hours of acceptable college 
credit are not required to complete the freshmen examinations. 
Transfer students with 24 or more acceptable hours, a ~ d  not on 
probation, are eligible to apply for admission to a baccalaureate 
degree college if they meet specific requirements. 
ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING 
The regulations governing admission to advanced standing in 
the colleges of Wichita State University are administered by a 
committee on advanced standing which evaluates the credentials 
of each candidate. 
These credentials must include original official transcripts of 
preparatory school records and college records, and a certificate 
stating that the student is eligible to return to the college or uni- 
versity last attended. Students transferring from a junior college 
must complete at least two years of additional college work to 
qualify for graduation in a four-year curriculum. In no case will 
work done in a junior college be credited as work of the junior or 
senior years in the University. 
A student transferring from an accredited institution shall receive 
the credit in the courses submitted, without presentation of a written 
examination, provided it supplements the work in the curriculum in 
which he is enrolled. 
The distribution of courses which are to fulfill either a major or 
minor presented by a transfer student must be approved by the 
head of the department concerned. In the event the courses trans- 
ferred complete the pattern required at Wichita State University, 
the requirement of additional work is at the discretion of the de- 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 44 
partment head. Should the pattern invo!ve two or more depart- 
ments, approval of each must be secured. 
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 
Advanced standing credit may be obtained by examination. h 
student desiring advanced standing credit by examination should 
file a petition with the Committee on Admission, Advanced Stand- 
ing, and Exceptional Programs. If the request for an examination 
is approved by the committee, the student will pay the Business 
Office a 35.00 fee. Upon presentation of the receipt from the Busi- 
ness Office, the assigned instructor will give the examination. Credit 
will be granted only if a grade of C or better is attained and ap- 
proval is given by the Committee. D and I; grades will be recorded 
on the student's transcript. 
ADVANCED PLACEMENT CREDIT 
The designation "Advanced Placement"-programs, or credit, 
refers specifically to the courses offered in many high schools, 
constructed and coordinated under the supervision of the College 
Entrance Examination Board; examinations furnished by the 
C. E. E.  B. are taken by the student and later sent to the Educational 
Testing Service for grading, and subsequently sent by E. T. S. to 
the college or university of the student's choice. Tests are assigned 
grades from a low of ( 1 )  to a high of (5);at most universities such 
numerical designations have no necessary relationship to letter 
grades, although most universities automatically grant credit for 
a grade of 4 or 5, and in some cases for a 3. 
At Wichita State University, Advanced Placement Credit may be 
granted in the areas of Biology, Chemistry, English, French, Ger- 
man, History, Latin, Mathematics, Physics, and Spanish. The cor- 
responding university department, however, reserves the right to 
determine the eligibility of the student for Advanced Placement 
credit. Such credit may be regarded as comparable to other transfer 
credit, in that no fee is charged, nor is the student re-examined over 
such credit or content. 
Entering freshmen who present scores on the CEEB test will be 
credited as follows: for a score of 5, automatic credit in both 
English 111and 211; for a score of 4, automatic credit in English 
111. Students planning to major in English may be permitted to 
enroll in English 225 in lieu of 211 upon recommendation of the 
English Department. 
Advanced Placement credit may be  established on the strength 
of successful scores earned on the College Board's College-Level 
Examination Program (CLEP).  Students who pass the CLEP 
examinations with 65th percentile scores or better will be given 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 45 
three hours of credit in the respective core curriculum area for 
which the test is presented. 
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL 
Wichita State University offers graduate work in the following 
departments: Accounting, Administration, Aeronautical Engineer- 
ing, Anthropology, Art, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Electrical 
Engineering, English, Geology, History, Logopedics, Mathematics, 
Mechanical Engineering, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, 
Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, Spanish, and 
Teacher Education. 
For admission to full graduate standing an applicant must have 
a minimum 2.5 grade average in all work undertaken during the 
junior and senior years, and a four-year minimum average of 2.5 ir 
his major and minor work. 
Application for admission to graduate standing must be filed with 
the Graduate School three weeks in advance of the registration day, 
and must be accompanied by two complete and official transcripts 
of all college work. 
Students have no official status in the Graduate School until their 
applications and transcripts are on file and the transcripts have 
been evaluated by the Graduate Office. 
An application to candidacy should be filed in the Graduate 
Office upon completion of 15 graduate hours which will be applied 
toward a degree. This application must be filed at least one 
semester prior to the semester in which the student expects to com- 
plete his program. 
Specific requirements vary from department to department and 
are listed in the Graduate Bulletin. This bulletin should be 
consulted for information about the requirements in a particular 
program. 
Graduate Credit for Seniors 
Seniors at Wichita State University who have an overall grade 
point index of 3.0 or about in the major field and in upper division 
courses and who are within 10 hours of completing the Bachelor's 
degree may take work for graduate credit. However, this work 
must be beyond the requirements for their undergraduate degrees 
for which they must then be enrolled; and, the students must have 
been admitted to the Graduate School. Application for graduate 
credit must be made to the Graduate School and approved by the 
Graduate Office, the student's undergraduate Dean, and his major 
advisor, before the course(s) may be taken for graduate credit. 
For further information inquire at the graduate office or request 
a graduate bulletin from the Dean of the Graduate School. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 46 
REGISTRATION 
Specific information regarding registration is set forth in the 
Schedule of Classes published each semester and summer session. 
Registration will not be permitted after the second week of classes. 
Falsification of information or withholding of information pertinent 
to records of the University is grounds for dismissal from the Uni- 
versity. 
RESIDENCE DEFINED 
The residence of students entering Wichita State University is 
determined by an act of the legislature (Sec. 76-2701 G. S. 1949) 
which reads as follows: 
"Persons entering the state educational institutions who, if adults, 
have not been, or if minors, whose parents have not been, residents 
of the state of Kansas for six months prior to matriculation in the 
state educational institutions, are non-residents for the purpose of 
the payment of matriculation and incidental fees: Prouided further, 
That no person shall be deemed to have gained residence in this 
state for the aforesaid purpose while or during the elapse of time 
attending such institutions as a student, nor while a stuclent of any 
seminary of learning, unless in the case of a minor \vho has neither 
lived with nor been supported by his parents or either of them for 
three years or more prior to enrollment and during said years has 
been a resident in good faith of the state of Kansas." 
The responsibility of registering under proper residence is placed 
on the student. If there is any possible question of residence under 
the rules of the college, it is the duty of the student when register- 
ing and paying fees to raise the question with the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records. If the student disagrees with the residency 
determination, he shall within 30 days from the date of opening 
of such semester or term give notice in writing to the Office of 
Admissions and Records of appeal to the Committee of said decision. 
If notice of said appeal is not given in writing within 30 days, the 
determination of the Office of Admissions and Records shall be 
binding upon said student. 
Reporting clzange of address: Each student is required to report 
his correct acldress at the time of registration each semester. This 
must be the student's actual place of residence and will be the one 
to which all University correspondence will be sent. If any change 
in residence is macle during the semester, the new address must be 
reported within three days to the Enrollment Office. 
FEES 
The current fees, listed below, are subject to change by action of 
the Board of Regents and/or the Legislature. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 47 
Tuition 
Resident (Graduate and Undergraduate) . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $12.00 per cr. hour 

 Nonresident (Graduate and Undergraduate) . . . . . . . . . .  $31.65 per cr, hour 

 Campus Privilege Fee 
The Campus Privilege Fee is required of every studect enrolled 
for work on or off the Wichita State University campus at the rate 
of $2.65 per credit or clock hour during the regular semesters and 
$2.40 during the summer session, in accordance with University 
policy. The fee will be distributed to pay revenue bonds for Park- 
ing, Student Union, Sta?ium addition and Library, and for Student 
Health Services, AthIetic Admissions, forensic, student gover~menf: 
asscciation, University Forum, student publications, concerts, drama, 
opera productions, etc. 
Library Revenue Bond Fee 
A Library Revenue Bond Fee of $2.5(! per student per semester 
and summer session, is charged to support the Library Revenue 
Bond issue. 
Audit Courses 
The charge per semester hour for courses audited is the same 
as for courses taken for credit. The charge for noncredit courses, 
unless otherwise specified, is the same as for credit courses. 
Departmental Fees 
1. MUSIC-During the academic school year, undergraduates 
enrolled in six or more hours will be charged no fees for the follow- 
ing ensembles: Music 111-512A, 111-512B, 111-512F, and 111-512M. 
No fees will be charged graduate students enrolled in the above 
courses. Summer Session: No fees for these ensembles will be  
charged to undergraduate or graduate students enrollecl for two or 
more credit hours in courses other than the above. 
2. MECHANICALENGINEERING-NO fee will be charged for the 
ME 300 course, monthly lecture course. 
3. AEROSPACESTUDIESFEE-$~.SO per year. 
4. MILITARYSCENCE FEE-$~.SO per year. 
5. MUSIC-Practice Roonz Rental Fee: No additional charge for 
graduate or undergraduate students enrolled in a program with 
major emphasis in music or for music minors in the College of 
Education or Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The 
schedule below applies to all other persons: 
Regular Summer 
Resident and Nonresident Semester Session 
Organ (University) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$10.00 $5.00 
All Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.00 3.00 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 48 
I.nstru:mnt Rental: Instrument Rental fee of $4.50 per semester 
or summer session is charged each student requesting the use of 
a musical instrument owned by Wichita State University. 
Private Lessons: No additional charge for undergraduate students 
enrolled in nine or more hours in a program with major emphasis 
in music, wherein applied music is required in the program, or for 
music minors in the College of Education or Fairmount College of 
Liberal Arts and Sciences. No additional charge for graduate stu- 
dents pursuing a degree program in music, regardless of credit hour 
1 through 3 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $5.00 

 load. The schedule below applies to all other persons. 
Resident ancl Nonresident 
Regular 
Semester 
Summel-
 Session 
Cost for 1credit hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $23.00 $11.50 
Cost for 2 credit hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42.00 21.00 
Misce~laneousFees 
Late Registration Fees: 
4 t l u o u g h 6  hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10.00 
7 or more hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15.00 
This fee is charged for registration after the beginning of classes. 
Credit by Examination-advanced standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $5.00 

 Dropping of Course, after enrollment completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.00 

 Identification Card Fee--permanent card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1.00 

 Orientation, all new freshmen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.00 

 Transcript per copy charge after first copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1.00 

 Unpaid Fees 
Records of students who leave the University with uncleared obligations 
may be impounded in the Records Office, and no transcript of record will b e  
issued unless the account is cleared. A student will not be permitted to enroll 
unless all fees are paid. 
Teacher Placement Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$2.00 

 Testing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.00. 

 Deposits 
In certain courses deposits are required to cover the cost of sup- 
plies and equipment furnished by the University for the convenience 
of the student, to provide for the replacement of University equip- 
ment checked out to the iildividual student and lost or broken while 
in his possession. That portion of the deposit, if any, which remains 
after the actual cost of those services has been deducted will b e  
returned to the student at the completion of the semester. The 
following courses require deposits as indicated. 
Chemistry: All laboratory courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  each $10.00 

 Geology: 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . each 5.00' 

 Assessment and Collection 
The OfEce of Admissions and Records is responsible for assess- 
ment of student fees; the Controller is responsible for their collec- 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 49 
tion. A committee consisting of the Assistant to the President for 
Finance and Business Manager, the Director of Summer School and 
\Vorkshops, and a faculty member from the College of Business 
Administration constitutes a Board of Appeals for students who 
believe their fees have been incorrectly assessed. The decision of 
this committee is final. 
Period of Payment 
,411 semester fees (including private music lesson fees, practice 
room rental fees, the laboratory fees) are due and payable in full 
not later than thirteen calendar days after the day of beginning of 
classes of the semester. The enrollment of any student whose fees 
are not paid in full on the fourteenth calendar day after day of 
beginning of classes will be canceled by the Office of Admissions 
and Records. (Fees of students sponsored by recognized founda- 
tions or loan funds are presumed to be paid on presentation to the 
Controller of written recognition of responsibility for such fees.) 
Refund Policy 
The following refund policy shall apply to the tuition, campus 
privilege, private lessons and practice room rental fees, except $15 
of non-returnable fees (students carrying seven hours or less, non- 
returnable fee is $ 5 ) ,  upon application, for a student who with- 
draws: 
1. 	Within thirteen days after the first day of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  100% 

 2. 	 After the thirteenth day after the first day of classes and during the 
first one-third of the semester or summer session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50% 
3. 	 After the first one-third of the semester or summer session . . . . . . . . . None 

 REGULATIONS GOVERNING SCHOLARSHIP 
GRADING NOTATION 
Grades are A, B, C, D, I, F, WF, Wd, Au, Cr. and NCR. 
A-Indicates distinguished achievement. 
%Indicates superior achievement. 
C-Indicates average achievement. 
D-Indicates below average. 
F-Indicates failure; the work must be repeated in class in order 
to receive credit. 
WF-Indicates withdrawal from a course in which the student 
was doing failing work. Counts as I?. 
IVd-Indicates withdrawal from a course in which the student 
was doing passing work. 
Au-Indicates audit. 
Cr-Indicates credit. 
NCR-No credit received. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 50 
The grade incomplete ( I )  is used when a student may have 
further time, at the discretion of the instructor, to complete the 
required work. This work must be completed by the end of the 
sixth week of classes of the semester in which the student re-enrolls. 
If the work is not completed in this period, the incomplete grade 
becomes an F. If a student re-enrolls in a course in which he has 
received an incomplete grade, the incomplete will become either 
an F or a LVd at the discretion of the instructor or Dean. 
No student may enroll in any ccurse more than three times. Each 
time a student's academic record shows any grade, including Wd 
or WF, for a given course, this constitutes an enrollment in that 
course. Exceptions may be made by concurrence, in writing, of 
the heads of the student's major department and the department 
offering the course. No course in which a grade of "C" or better 
has been earned may be repeated for credit. 
An auditor may register in a class but will receive no credit. He 
may do all of the required work, a portion thereof, or no work at all. 
For the record, attendance and failure to do the required work will 
be reported to the respective deans. Fees for audit are identical 
with those set for the credit course. Auditing a course later to be 
pursued for credit is not approved. 
The change from audit to credit in the course, or the reverse, 
is effected through the regular change of course cards with the 
attendant signatures required. No student may make the change 
from credit to audit unless he is earning a passing grade at the time 
of the change. After the tenth week oE the semester, the student 
may not change from credit to audit. 
The grade CR is given for successful completion in courses for 
which no letter grade is given. 
CREDIT-NO CREDIT COURSES 
A student may take credit-no credit courses up to a maximum of 
24 hours. Courses taken for credit-no credit must be outside the 
student's major, except as allowed by individual departments. A 
student may choose whether to take a course as a credit-no crecfit by 
the end of the drop period by indicating his choice through his 
Dean's office. Otherwise the course will be treated as a regular 
gradecl course. Once a student has decided to take the course as 
graded or as credit-no credit, he may not change his enrollment 
from "graded" to "credit-no credit," or vice versa. A grade below 
a C will be recorded as NCR (no credit received) on the student's 
transcript. Repeat courses taken initially for a letter grade may not 
subsequently be taken for CR-NCR, but a course initially taken for 
CR-NCR may be repeated for CR-NCR if the student has received 
an NCR grade. Credit-no credit courses shall not count on a 
student's G. P. A. However, upon fulfilling the requirements for 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 51 
graduation, the student's overall G.P. A. shall be applied to his 
credit-no credit hours. A student may take no more than two 
courses of credit-no credit per semester. Credit-no credit courses 
will apply only to undergraduate students. 
All courses numbered below 100 and all Personal Development 
courses are automatically CR-NCR. These CR-NCR courses are not 
counted in the 24 hours of CR-NCR maximum permitted. 
CREDIT POINTS AND CREDIT POINT INDEX 
For each hour of work which the student takes, credit points are 
given according to the grade attained as follows: A, 4 points; B, 3 
points; C, 2 points; D, 1 point; I, Wd, and Au, F and WF, no points. 
The "credit point index" for any term is calculated by dividing t h ~  
number of credit points earned by the number of credit hours at- 
tempted and for which a grade (including F and WF) was received. 
The "cumulative credit point index" is calculated by dividing the 
Total number of credit points earned in college by the Total num-
 ber of credit hours attempted and for which a grade (including F 
and JYF) has been received. Exception: When a course is repeated 
for credit, the h t enrollment and grade will be used in computing 
the cumulative grade point index. 
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS 
Regulations governing probation and dismissal standards are 
established by the various colleges of the University and are to b e  
found in the introductory statement for each college. 
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 
Students are to be classified according to the following table: 
FRESHMEN: Under 24 semester hours and 48 credit points. 
SOPHOMORES:24 semester hours and 48 credit points. 

 JUNIORS: 50 semester hours and 120 credit points. 

 SENIORS: 90 semester hours and 200 credit points. 

 ELIGIBILITY FOR COURSES 
Courses numbered 99 or below are not acceptable for credit in 
a baccalaureate college. 
Courses numbered 100 to 199 are primarily for freshmen, but stu- 
dents from other classes may be admitted for lower division credit. 
Courses numbered 200 to 299 are primarily for sophomores, but 
juniors and seniors may be admitted for lower division credit. 
Freshmen may be admitted if they are qualified and are not ex- 
pressly excluded. 
Courses numbered 300 to 399 are primarily for juniors. Seniors 
will be admitted. Freshmen and sophomores are excluded except 
as noted. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 52 
Courses numbered 400 to 499 are primarily for seniors. Juniors 
may be admitted if they meet the prerequisites and are not specifi- 
cally excluded. Freshmen and sophomores are excluded except as 
noted. 
Courses numbered 500 to 699 are for graduate students only, and 
no student may be admitted to these courses unless he has been 
admitted to the Graduate School. See page 46 for special conditions 
under which seniors may be admitted to graduate courses. 
Students with completed prerequisites in industrial education, 
language, engineering, logopedics, mathematics, natural sciences, 
-aerospace studies, ancl military science courses may be admitted to 
upper division courses in sequence for upper division credit. With 
these exceptions lower division courses must be taken exclusively 
until the student has completed 50 hours and 120 credit points, 
when he may elect upper division courses. 
University College students are not eligible for enrollment in 
upper division courses unless admitted through the exception noted 
.above, or by virtue of a 3.25, or higher, grade average. 
KEY TO COURSE SYMBOLS 
When two course numbers are joined by a hyphen (-), the first 
semester is prerequisite to the second; when the numbers have an 
ampersand (&)  between them, the two semesters may be  taken in 
either order. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the first course 
listed is offered in the fall semester, the second in the spring. 
The number of hours of credit for each course is indicated in 
parentheses following the course title. The number of class meet- 
ings per week is normally the same as the number of credit hours. 
Two hours of laboratory work are usually required for one hour 
credit. In courses involving other than lecture periods, the follow- 
ing symbols are used: R, lecture; L, laboratory; C, conference; D, 
demonstration. 
LIhlITATIONS ON STUDENT LOAD 
Except in the School of Engineering, the maximum semester 
schedule for freshmen is 16 hours, for sophomores 17 hours, and 
for upperclassmen 18 hours, to each of which may be added one 
hour of military or aerospace studies or physical education. Half 
the hours of a course audited count toward the maximum. To 
register in upper division courses, except by special permission, a 
student must have completed 50 semester hours and attained 120 
credit points. 
A student whose average for the last 30 hours of work or whose 
overall average for more than 30 semester hours is 2.600 or above 
may apply to his Dean for permission to take one hour in excess of 
the maximum load in any session; if the average is 3.000 he may 
WlCHlTA STATE UNlVERSlTY 53 
apply for permission to carry two hours in excess. A student with 
a cumulative credit point index of 3.25 or above may carry more 
than two excess hours during a semester or summer term without 
petition. Students in the School of Engineering must apply for 
permission to take hours in excess of those prescribed in the engi- 
neering curricula. In order to be eligible to apply for excess hours 
at least a portion of the students' prior work must have been taken 
in Wichita State University. 
EXEMPTIONS FOR SUPERIOR ACHIEVEMENT 
A student who has completed a minimum of twelve hours at 
Wichita State University and has a cumulative credit point index 
of at least 3.25 and a credit point inc?es of at least 3.00 the previous 
semester may be granted the follouiing privileges: 
(1) Exemptions from regulations governing the maximum num- 
ber of hours a student can take during a semester or summer term. 
( 2 )  Exemption from college regulations, if any, governing the 
maximum number of hours a student can take during a semester 
in one department. 
( 3 )  Permission to enroll in 300 and 400 courses prior to having 
established 50 semester hours and 120 credit points. 
(4 )  Permission to have coure prerequisites waived with the con- 
sent of the instructor of the course and the head of the de~artment 
in which the course is taken. 
UNIVERSITY IlONORS PROGRAM 
The University Honors Program consists of designated sections, 
specially designed courses and related activities established to help 
outstanding students find challenging and enriched learning situa- 
tions. I t  is one of several avenues leading toward a fuller intellectual 
life for those who might benefit from smaller classes, seminar situa- 
tions and independent study. 
General policies for the Program are established by the Honors 
Committee and are administered by an Honors Coordinator who 
is administratively accountable to the Vice-president for Academic 
Affairs. 
A student may enter the Program at any stage in his career that 
he and the Honors Coordinator believe he may profit from such 
work. Prospective students or students already enrolled in the 
University would contact the Coordinator for information on taking 
part in the Program. Any student who has completed 30 semester 
hours at Wichita State University with a grade point average of 
3.25 may enroll in any Honors course or section for which he is 
otherwise eligible. 
Students are expected to perform at a "B" level, equivalent to a 
3.0 grade point average; but no student will be dropped from the 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 54 
Program until his performance falls below expectation for at  least 
two consecutive semesters, and then only after an opportunity for 
consultation and appeals from any such decision. 
INDEPENDENT STUDY LEADING TO A DEGREE WITH 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 
Outstanding students may enroll in their junior and senior years 
in Independent Study, which may lead to a degree with depart- 
mental honors if the work is satisfactorily completed. Any student 
who has junior standhg and a cumulative grade point index of at 
least 3.00 is eligible to undertake a project in his major area of 
study. A student desiring to undertake Independent Study should 
consult with the Honors Coordinator and obtain approval of the 
instructor under whom the work will be performed, his depart- 
mental chairman and the dean of his college. The application must 
be filed with the Honors Coordinator and be approved by the 
Honors Committee not later than the registration time for the 
student's last semester in the University, or the semester for which 
he desires credit for the work, whichever comes earlier. 
An Independent Study project should consist of original research 
or of creative work of an outstanding order. In order to graduate 
with departmental honors the student should complete his project 
and write up the results according to specifications established by 
the Honors Coordinator. He must then stand examination on his 
project and such aspects of his major field of study as appear rele- 
vant. The Honors Coordinator, in consultation with the student's 
instructor, will appoint a three member faculty committee to con- 
duct the examination and determine the student's eligibility for 
graduation with Departmental Honors. Should the student not 
secure such a degree either because of failure to complete his 
project or failure in the examination, he will receive academic 
credit toward the regular degree for the credit hours completecl, 
with the grade determined by the instructor under whom the work 
was performed. In no case may any student receive more than six 
hours of credit for such Independent Study. 
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY 
(1) The student shall consult his adviser on all matters pertaining 
to his academic career, including any change in his program. 
(2 )  The student shall observe all regulations of his college, and 
shall select courses according to the requirements of his college. 
( 3 )  The student shall attend all meetings of each class for \vhich 
he is enrolled. The instructor will announce at the beginning of the 
semester whether he considers attendance in computing final grades. 
( 4 )  The student shall fulfill all requirements for graduation. 
( 5 ) The student shall be personally responsible for the fulfillment 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 55 
of all University requirements and the observation of all University 
regulations. 
( 6 )  Summons by Advisers and other oficers: Students are ex- 
pected to answer promptly, written notices of Advisers, Faculty, 
Deans, Student Health and other University Officers. 
WITHDRAWAL 
Voluntary Withdrawal 
Voluntary withdrawal on the part of the student from a course 
or courses in which he is enrolled must follow official procedure: 
PROCEDURE: 
(1) Consult adviser, obtain Drop slip(s) at this time, and have 
adviser sign in appropriate place. 
( 2 )  Take Drop slip(s) to instructor(s) for grade and signature. 
( 3 )  Take Drop slip(s) ancl Certificate of Registration to Dean's 
Office for final signature. 
( 4 )  Take completed Drop slip(s) and Certificate of Registration 
to the Enrollment Office. 
(5) Refund, if any, will be made according to the schedule 
published in the Schedule of Classes. 
( 6 )  Complete withdrawal from the University must be made 
in writing to the Dean's Office. 
GRADE 
(1) A Drop slip marked "Wd" indicates that withdrawal from 
the course has occurred, but no grade has been earned. 
( 2 )  A Drop slip marked "Windicates that withdrawal from 
the course has occurred, that a grade of " W F  will appear on the 
student's permanent record, and that this grade will count as an 
"F"when the student's grade point average is calculated. 
( 3 )  During the first ten weeks of the semester (or the correspond- 
ing period of a summer session), a student may withdraw by official 
procedure from a course with either "Wd" or "WF" depending on 
his status in the course at the time of withdrawal, as judged by his 
instructor. 
( 4 )  After the tenth week of the semester (or the corresponding 
period of a summer session), a student who withdraws from a 
course shall receive the grade of "TVF unless he makes complete 
withdrawal from the University, in which case his grades shall be 
determined by his instructors according to his status in the courses 
at  the time of withdrawal. 
Administrative Withdrawal 
Administrative Withdrawal may be initiated by the student's 
Dean's Office in the following instances: 
W!CHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 55 
Class attendance so irregular that in the instructor's opinion full 
benefit cannot be derived from the course; 
Consecutive absence for two weeks or more; 
Failure to withdraw from one or more classes by the oGcial 
procedure given above; 
Failure to makc complete withdrnwal from the University by the 
official procedure given above; 
Failure to be accepted by n baccalaureate college before the 
completion of 72 credit hours; 
Behavior prejudicial to the University. 
PROCEDURE 
(1) The student will be notified by the Dean's Office before final 
action is taken, and will be given a chance to explain his position. 
( 2 )  In the case of official notices from the Dean's Office which 
are ignored, or returned because the address given by the student 
at the time of enrollment is incorrect, Administrative Withdrawal 
will take place. 
GRADE 
A grade of "WF" will be officially recorded on the student's per- 
manent record for a course or courses from which he is officially 
withdrawn; this grade will count as an "F"when the student's grade 
point average is calculated. 
RULES REGARDING EXAMINATIONS 
No re-examination shall be given. The grade received on a 
regular quiz or examination shall be final. 
Special examinations, when requested, will be given only with 
the dean's consent. 
A student who misses an assigned examination should arrange 
with his instructor to take a make-up examination. The dean of the 
college will serve as arbitrator only when he deems it necessary. 
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 
A total of at least 124 hours of credit, acceptable toward the 
degree for which the student is working, is required. This means 
hours of credit earned and does not include courses with grades of 
F, Wd, WF, Au, NCR, or I. 
In addition, a student must have a credit point index of 2.000 
or over at the time of graduation. This rule applies to students 
whose first day of admission to any institution of collegiate rank was 
on or after September, 1958. 
For the purpose of graduation, a grade point average of 2.000 
or better must be earned on all work taken at this University which 
could be applied to the degree sought. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 57 
A credit point index of 2.000 or better must be achieved in the 
student's major. 
No student shall be allowed credit toward graduation for D grade 
work in excess of one-quarter of total hours. 
A minimum of 40 hours must be taken in courses numbered 300 
and 400 after a total of at least 50 hours and 120 credit points has 
been attained. 
At least 30 hours must be taken at Wichita State University and 
24 of the last 30 hours or 50 of the last 60 hours must be taken in 
residence. 
Not more than six hours of the last thirty or ten hours of the 
total number of hours required for graduation may be nonresident 
work, such as extension or correspondence courses, provided the 
dean of college consents. 
PRESCRIBED FIELDS OF STUDY (CORE CURRICULUM) 
(I)Mathematics and Natural Sciences: 9 hours. Courses must 
be taken in at least 2 of the four subdivisions; a minimum of four 
hours must be a laboratory science. 
( a )  Alathemtics: Any mathematics course taken for degree 
credit. 
( b )  Chemistry: All courses except 201. Geology: 101 ( 4 ) ,  111 
( 5 ) ,  112 ( 4 ) ,  201 ( 3 ) .  Physical Science: 101 ( 5 ) .  Physics: 103 
( 5 ) ,  123 ( 5 ) ,  124 ( S ) ,  243 ( S ) ,  244 ( 5 ) .  
( c )  Biology: 100 ( 4 ) ,  111 (4), 112 ( 4 ) .  Biological Science: 
102 ( 5 ) .( d )  Engineering: 127 ( 3 ) ,  225 ( 3 ) ,  300 ( 3 ) .  
(11) Communications: 8 hours. 6 hours must be in English 
composition or grammar * and 2 in Speech 111. 
( a )  English: 111 " ( 3 ) ;and one of the following courses: 211 
( 3 ) ,  225 f ( 3 ) ,  311 ( 3 ) ,  312 ( 3 ) ,  313 ( 3 ) ,  314 ( 3 ) .  
( b )  Speech: 111 ( 2 ) ,  additional courses: 212 ( 2 ) ,  228 ( 3 ) .  
(HI)Humanities: 12-15 hours. $ Courses must be taken in at 
least 3 of the six subdivisions. 
(a)  Art: All Art History courses except 407g and 463. 
J.4usic: 113 ( 2 ) ,  114 ( 2 ) ,  161 ( 2 ) ,  315 ( 2 ) ,  316 ( 2 ) ,  331 ( 3 ) ,  
332 ( 3 ) ,  493 ( 2 )  ; ensembles and applied music where background 
justifies. Speech: 143 ( 3 ) .  
( b )  History: 101 ( 4 ) ,  102 ( 4 ) ,  103 ( 4 ) ,  109 ( 4 ) ,  131 ( 4 ) ,  132 
( 4 ) ,and all other History courses except 300 and 498. 
* Students exceptionally qualified in English as selected by the English Department may 
be exempted from the composition requirement or may be invited to enroll in English 211 
rather than 111. These students. upon completion of English 211 or upon recommendation 
of the Department, will have satisfied their English Communications requirements: Other-
 wise they must complete the requirements with onc of the additional English courses listed 
above under "Communications." 
t For English Majors and Minors. 
t Selection from I11 and IV must total 24 hours with a minimum of 12 in group I11 
and a minimum of 9 in group IV. 
58 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
( c )  Literature (English or foreign): English 103 ( 3 ) ,  104 (3 ) ,  
201 (3 ) ,  29.3 ( 3 ) ,  224 (3 ) ,  240 ( 3 ) ,  252 (3 ) ,  250 (3 ) ,  309 (3 ) ,  
343 ( 3 ) ,  plus all literature courses as alternates; French, German, 
or Spmish literature courses. 
(cl) Philosophy and Religion: Philosophy, all courses; Religion, 
all courses. 
( e )  American Studies: All courses except 498 and 499. 
( f )  Humanities: 102 (4). 
(IV) Social Sciences: 9-12 hours. $ Courses must be taken in 
at least 3 of the five subdivisions. 
( a )  Anthropology: All courses. 
( b )  Economics: BA 211 ( 3 ) ,  BA 212 (3 ) ,  Eco. 211 (3) ,  Eco. 
212 ( 3 ) ,  Eco. 221 (3 ) ,  Eco. 222 (3 ) ,  any upper division course. 
( c )  Political Science: All 100 and 200-level courses, except 150 
and 200. 
( d )  Psychology: 111 ( 3 ) ,  all other psychology courses. 
( e )  Sociology: 111 ( 3 ) .  All other sociology courses may be  
counted after the stuclent has completed Sociology 111. 
(V) Electives: 4 hours. Four hours of electives in courses offered 
by any department except the student's major department. (Ex-
 ception: hlusic majors may take marching band, and physical 
education majors may take physical education in the 101-108 series 
under this section.) These electives may include courses in aero- 
space studies, military science, physical education, and marching 
band. 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 
The credits of transfer students will be evaluated on the basis of 
the nature of the course at the institution from which the transfer 
is made. 
The stuclent must meet the specific graduation requirements of 
the college from which he expects to graduate. 
The specific requirements for major and minor fields of study 
must be met. 
A student-- - -whose college prosram has not been interrupted by 
m o x a n  two consecutive catanclar years may graduate under the 
requirements in effect at the university- on the' di te  he first entered 
--.
 a n Y m e g e  orvniversity or the requirements of any subsequent 
catalog; provided however, that in no case will a student be 
allowed to graduate under the requirements of a catalog in effect 
e_arjier .--- t h a n ~ w oyears preceding his matriculation at this University. 
If his college program has been interrupted by more than two 
consecutiGTyears-a student will be subject to the catalog require- 
ments in effect when he  re-enters, or if he elects, the requirements 
of a later catalog. 
t Selection from I11 and IV must total 24 hours with a minimum of 12 in group 111 
and a minimum of 9 in group IV. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 59 
RECOGNITION FOR OUTSTANDING ACADEblIC PERFORMANCE 
Graduation With Excellence 
Degrees are conferred with cJistinction upon students who have 
shown exceptional scholarship. Students attaining a scholarship 
index of 3.90 receive the szinamo cunz lazlde, those with an index 
of 3.55 receive the nzrrgnn c z m  lnude, and those with an index of 
3.25 receive the cum laucTe ~warc?.Those performing Inzependent 
Study and meeting the appropriate requirements (see p. 55) will 
graduate with 2epartmental Honors. 
Deans' Honor Rolls 
The Dean's Honor Roll shall be composed of those students 
enrolled in twelve or more hours of work which may include up 
to six hours of credit no-credit work and who achieve a grade 
point index of 3.25 or higher on such work. No student receiving 
no credit on a credit no-credit enrollment may be included on the 
Dean's Honor Roll in that semester. 
Attendance for Second Degree 
To be eligible for a second bachelor's degree a student must 
complete 30 hours in residence in the school from which a second 
degree is sought in addition to the work required for the first 
bachelor's degree. 
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 
Student services of universities today concern themselves with 
the noncurricular aspects of a student's development. At Wichita 
State University, such services are the responsibility of the Division 
of Student Services. All requests for information not provided in 
this catalog should be addressed to the Dean of Students. 
Human Relations 
Wichita State University, in pursuit of its educational goals, wel- 
comes students of all races, nations, and creeds. I t  is guided by 
the principle that equal opportunity and access to facilities, pro- 
grams, and services shall be available to all. The University 
accepts, as a primary responsibility, the implementation of this 
principle in its own affairs and in its relations with the broader 
community of which it is a part. 
ORIENTATION 
Advance Registration Period 
Special orientation programs are presented through small group 
interaction and discussions, led by trained student leaders, for new 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 60 
fall semester students to become acquainted with the University, 
college life, University faculty, and other new students. Personal 
goals, objectives and expectations are discussed during these sum- 
mer programs. 
Shocker Week 
Prior to the first day of classes, numerous educational and social 
activities are presented to better acquaint new students with the 
campus. Library and campus tours are arranged; an activities open 
house is presented, involving many organizations which new stu- 
dents may find interesting; a prominent off-campus speaker is 
featured; special programs for residence hall students are planned; 
educational and entertaining films are shown; and the annual 
Shocker Week Dance provides an early opportunity to meet fellow 
students. 
COUNSELING 
Professional Counseling is available on a voluntary basis for 
students seeking such services. Areas specifically served include: 
( 1 )  Emotional and adjustment difficulties. 
( 2 )  Vocational and professional planning. 
( 3 )  Aiarital counseling. 
( 4 )  Educational counseling as related to 1, 2, and 3 above. 
TESTING CENTER 
Each student working toward a degree must take the American 
College Test. Information regarding this test and interpretation of 
scores is available upon request. Special tests measuring interests, 
abilities, and personality are available in connection with the ser- 
vices of the Counseling Center. Information regarding national 
testing programs (Graduate Record Examination, etc.) is also avail- 
able at the Center. 
ADVISEMENT 
Each student is assigned to a faculty member whose responsibility 
it is to advise him in academic matters. In the event that either 
the student cr the faculty member feels that the student is in 
need of more professiona! services, a referral to the Counseling Cen- 
ter map be made. 
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 
The University welcomes students from abroad. There are, 
however, no scholarships or grants available to the newly-entering 
undergraduate international student, so it is imperative that he have 
sufficient funds to cover his expenses while in this country. 
International students who qualify for admission to Graduate 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 61 
School may apply to their Department Head or the Dean of their 
college for information on graduate fellowships and assistantships. 
A few small scholarships are available, upon application, to iilter- 
national students after the successful completion of one year's study 
at this University. 
Admission Requirements 
( 1 )  Graduation from an accredited high school or collese. 
( 2 )  A certificate of proficiency in the English language. 
( 3 )  Notarized statement of financial responsibility in an amount 
of $3,250or more to cover expenses for 12 months. 
( 4 )  Enrollment in at least 12 hours at the undergraduate level 
and in at least 9 hours if qualified at the graduate level. 
For further information, write to the International Program Di- 
rector. 
CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT CENTER 
The Career Planning and Placement Center, located in hiorrison 
Hall, provides career planning and employment placement services 
to assist undergraduate students, graduating seniors, graduate stu- 
dents, and alumni. 
Placement services cover all types of employmect (with the ex- 
ception of teaching positions) including part-time school jobs and 
summer employment as well as permanent career positions for 
graduates and alumni. 
The Career Planning and Placement Center receives direct em- 
ployment listings daily from employers in the Wichita area, Kansas, 
and the nation. Also, many company and government agency re- 
cruiters from all over the United States visit the Career Planning and 
Placement Center each year. 
Considerable emphasis is also placed on career guidance and 
counseling with the main objective toward assisting the student to: 
study himself, explore occupational areas, choose an occupational 
area, make a decision either to embark on graduate study or to 
select an entry position, plan a job campaign, prepare for job inter- 
views, and choose an entry position. 
Occupational and career infcrmation, employer directories, in- 
formation on employment trends and opportunities, recruiting litera- 
ture, and annual salary survey reports are all available in the 
Career Planning and Placement Center. A special Graduate School 
Opportunities section has been added to assist students in planning 
for advanced study. 
TEACHER PLACEMENT BUREAU 
Assistance is given to students and alumni desiring teaching posi- 
tions. The service is available only to students who have completed 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 62 
15 semester hours at  Wichita State University and who have an 
over-all C average. The registration fee of $2.00 is to be paid to 
the University cashier. Application forms may be obtained from 
the Teacher Placement Bureau. 
VETERANS' AFFAIRS AND SELECTIVE SERVICE 
There are certain problems of special concern to veterans and to 
those students who must maintain continuing relations with local 
draft boards. Students who have problems or questions pertaining 
to veterans' benefits or selective service should contact the Director 
of Admissions and Records. 
READING IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY 
The University provides special aid to students who wish to 
improve skills in reading and study habits. A course aimed pri- 
marily at reading improvement is available. In connection with 
this service a battery of tests is administered, and through individual 
conferences an attempt is made to identify particular weaknesses 
and to suggest ways to overcome them. A further description of 
the reading course can be found in the listings of the University 
College. 
HOUSING 
The Wichita State University housing policy for 1971-72 classifies 
the various housing units for students as follows: 
1. University-approved housing. (a) University-owned residence 
halls-Grace Wilkie, Brennan No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3-required for 
freshmen to extent of capacity. 
( b ) Privately-owned residence hall-Fairmount Towers. 
( c )  Fraternities. 
2. University - registered housing. Apartments, single rooms, 
houses, etc., which are nondiscriminatory on the basis of race, creed, 
or color. 
The policy further states: 1.All single freshmen under 21 years 
of age enrolIed in 9 or more credit hours who are not living with 
relative or guardian are required to live in University-approved 
housing, with priority given to University-owned housing. 
3. All other students can select their own accommodations; how- 
ever, University-approved housing is highly recommended. Listings 
of registered housing facilities are available in the Housing OfEce. 
4. Special exceptions to these regulations will be reviewed by 
the Housing Office. 
Admission to the University does not mean automatic room reser- 
vation, but each student admitted will receive a card from the 
Admissions Office to be filled in and returned to the Housing Office. 
Upon receipt of this card, proper information will be sent by the 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 63 
Housing Office. However, for prior or additional information at  
any time, please write to the Director of Housing, Morrison Hall, 
Wichita State University, Wichita, Kansas. 
Contract costs-University-owned Residence Halls. Room and 
board-$925.00 per year or $462.50 per semester. Installment pay- 
ments may be arranged. 
All housing contracts, whether for university-owned or privately- 
owned housing, are made on a 9-month basis, unless specific ar-
 rangements are made to  the contrary. 
The University reserves the right to make policy adjustments 
where the situation demands and to change the residence of any 
student or to deny or cancel residence accommodations of any 
student in cases where such action is deemed desirable. 
STUDENT GOVERNMENT 
Wichita State University bejieves that one of its primary tasks is 
educating for the responsibilities of citizenship in our democratic 
society. With this in mind, it places an ever increasiag emphasis 
on the role that the Student Government Association plays on the 
campus. 
The S. G. A., under its present constitution, is divided into three 
organs of student government. The Cabinet, Senate, and Student- 
Faculty Court carry out the executive, legislative, and judicial func- 
tions respectively. 
In addition to sponsoring such student activities as Freshman 
Orientation, Hippodrome, Parents Day, and May Day, the Senate, 
which is completely student elected, charters and registers all other 
student organizations subordinate to it. It  recommends to the 
President of the University the names of students to be  appointed 
to University committees and advises the University Administration 
on the student views about policy. 
THE COURT OF STUDENT ACADEMIC APPEALS 
The University faculty has established a procedure to adjudicate 
disputes arising out of the classroom. The jurisdiction of the Court 
includes appeals from students who feel they have been treated 
unfairly either as to the course grade they receive, or in countering 
charges of plagiarism, cheating, etc., that an icstructor may levy. 
The Court is regarded as an agency to resolve differences that 
cannot be settled within the framework of the student-faculty 
classroom relationship. 
Any student may use the appeal procedure. Forms are available 
in the Dean of Students' Office. The general procedure will be 
explained to students when they pick up the form. 
The Court is an important safeguard for students. 
WICHITA STATE UNlVERSlN 
STUDENT HEALTH AND HOSPITALIZATION 
Wichita State University maintains a Student Health Service 
staffed by community physicians. The staff are members of the 
American College Health Association, an organization which at- 
tempts to standardize practices regarding activities in American 
colleges and universities. 
All new and transfer students, or students registering anew after 
an interruption of their program, working toward a degree and 
enrolled for nine ( 9 )  or more credit hours, are required to submit 
to the Student Health Service a "Medical History and Physical 
Examination Form" signed by a licensed physician (M. D.). The 
appropriate form will be mailed to all new applicants for admission 
to the University, or may be obtained from the Student Health 
Service. 
The nurse may be seen at  the Student Health Service Office for 
first aid, illness, or counseling regarding personal health problems. 
Services of the staff physicians are available by appointment during 
the schedulecl clinic hours as posted in the Student Health Service 
Office. Polio, tetanus, and flu immunizations are offered to those 
desiring them. Summaries of medical health records are prepared 
for students upon request. A terminal physical examination is 
optional for senior students. 
The Wichita State University student body has chosen to par- 
ticipate in the Blue Cross-Blue Shield group plan for accident and 
sickness coverage. Opportunities to participate in the program are 
offered at  the beginning of each regular semester. Information is 
available at the Student Health Service Office. 
THE CAMPUS ACTMTIES CENTER 
The Campus Activities Center is designed to provide recreational 
areas, lounging and reading rooms and opportunities for student 
groups to meet and carry on their programs. Dining facilities are 
available to the students, faculty, and their friends. The bookstore 
stock texts and supplies which meet the students' day-to-day cam- 
pus needs. The program of activities is planned by the Program 
Board, a representative body of students, faculty, and alumni. 
The Campus Activities Center is the community center of the 
university, for all the members of the University family-students, 
faculty, administration, alumni and guests. It  is not just a building; 
i t  is also an organization and a program. 
As a part of the educational program of the university, it serves 
as a center for training students in social responsibility ancl for 
leadership in our democracy. 
In all its processes it encourages self-directed activity, giving 
maximum opportunity for self-realization and for growth in indi- 
vidual social competency and group effectiveness. Its goal is the 
3-7247 65WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
development of persons as well as intellects. The Center serves as 
a unifying force in the life of the university, cultivating enduring 
regard for and loyalty to the university. 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 
The University welcomes the participation of a number of campus 
religious groups oEfering a variety of activities to students. Their 
programs are developed through campus organizations and/or 
centers and directors. These programs include informal discussion 
groups, counseling, worship, service projects, and attendance at 
off-campus conferences. The value of these resources is recognized 
within the University community. The WSU registration packet 
includes an optional religious preference card which is made avail- 
able to campus religious advisers. 
ORGANIZATIONS 
Student organizations may be granted the privilege of (1) the 
use of names in which the name of the University is embodied or 
suggested, and (2) the use of the University rooms or grounds for 
meetings and of bulletin boards for announcements, only if they 
have filed their registration forms furnishing the Student Govern- 
ment Association with lists of oEcers and other executive members, 
statements of purposes, and copies of constitution and by-laws. 
FRATERNAL ORGANIZATIONS 
Seven national sororities are recognized by Panhellenic Council 
at the University: Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Kappa Alpha, Alpha 
Phi, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma, Gamma Phi Beta, and Sigma 
Gamma Rho. Delta Sigma Theta has been recognized by the 
Student Government Association and is in the process of seeking 
recognition by the Panhellenic Council. Eight national fraternities 
are recognized by the Interfraternity Council: Alpha Phi Alpha, 
Beta Theta Pi, Delta Upsilon, Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, 
Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Chi Sigma, and Sigma Phi Epsilon. 
In addition, two national fraternities have been recognized by the 
Student Government Association: Kappa Alpha Psi and Omega 
Psi Phi. 
Fraternity and Sorority Awards 
Each year there is awarded to the fraternity having the highest 
scholastic average a silver loving cup and to the sorority having 
the highest average an engraved plaque. The fraternity and sorority 
so honored are in possession of the awards for one year at  the end 
of which time new awards are made and the trophies go to the nenr 
winners. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 66 
Independent Students Association 
An Independent Students Association exists on the campus to 
promote friendship among the student body, as well as to further 
the educational and social interests of its members. 
HONORARY ORGANIZATIONS 
Alpha Kappa Delta-Sociology 
Beta Gamma Sigma-Business Administration 
Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha-Forensics 
Eta Kappa Nu-Electrical Engineering 
Honors Society-Honor Students 
Kappa Delta Pi-Education 
Kappa Kappa Psi-Bandsmen 
Kappa Mu Psi-Radio-TV 
Kappa Pi-Art 
Lambda Alpha-Anthropology 
Lambda Iota Tau-Literature 
Men's Honor Five-Service, scholarship, leadership (men) 
Mortar Board-Service, scholarship, leadership (women) 
Mu Phi Epsilon-Music (\vomen) 
National Collegiate Players (Pi Epsilon Delta) 
Omicron Delta Kappa-Senior (men) 
Phi Alpha Theta-History 
Phi Delta Kappa-Education 
Phi Eta Sigma-Freshmen (men) 
Phi Kappa Phi-University-wide 
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia-Music 
Phi Sigma Tau-Philosophy 
Pi Delta Phi-French 
Pi Sigma Alpha-Political Science 
Pi Tau Sigma-Mechanical Engineering 
Psi Chi-Psychology 
Sigma Alpha Eta-Speech and Hearing 
Sigma Delta Chi-Journ a1'~ s m  
Sigma Delta Pi-Spanish 
Sigma Gamma Epsilon-Geology 
Sigma Gamma Tau-Aeronautical Engineering 
Sigma Pi Sigma-Physics 
Spurs-Sophomore IVomen 
Tau Beta Pi-Engineering 
Tau Beta Sigma-Band (women) 
Zeta Phi Eta-Speech Arts 
OTHER ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES 
Accounting Club 
Alphabettes 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 67 
Alpha Kappa Psi (Business and Commerce) 
Alpha Phi Omega (Service) 
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers 
American Society of Tool and Manufacturing Engineers 
Ananda Marga Yoga Society 
Anchorettes 
Angel Flight 
Anthropology Club 
Arab Club 
Army Blues 
h o l d  Air Society (AFROTC Cadets) 
Art Council 
Art Education 
Associated Women Students (A. W. S.) 
Association for Environmental Improvement 
Baha'i 
Baptist Student Union 
Biology Club 
Black Student Union 
Brennan Hall I11 
Brennan Residence Hall Association 
Campus Activities Center Program Board 
Campus Crusade for Christ 
Campus Girl Scouts 
Canterbury Club 
Chemistry Club 
Chess Club 
Christian Science Organization 
Circolo Italiano 
Committee for Student Rights 
Debate Society 
Dialectica (Philosophy) 
Engineering Council 
Epsilon Chi 
Film Society 
Flying Club 
Geology Club 
Harvard Club 
Health Related Professions Organization 
Industrial Arts Club 
Institute of Electronics and Electrical Engineers 
Inter-Fraternity Council 
International Club 
Inter-Residence Council 
Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 68 
Jewish Student Organization 
Kansas Mobilization Committee to End the War in Viet Nam 
le Cercle Francais 
Liberal Arts Council 
Little Sisters of Minerva of SAE 
Lutheran Chapel and Student Center 
Men's Physical Education Major's Club 
h4exican-American Students Association 
Newman Club 
Orchesis (Modern Dance) 
Parnassus 
Pershing Rifles 
Pep Council 
Political Science Club 
Pre-Law Club 
Psychology Club 
Rodeo Club 
Scabbard and Blade 
Shoutin' Shockers 
Sky Diving Club 
Society of Automotive C+ n  ineers g' 
Spanish Club 
Student Advertising Club 
Student Affiliate Chapter of American Chemical Society 
Student American Federation of Teachers 
Student Book Exchange 
Student Branch of the Association for Childhood Education 
Student Government Association 
Student Music Educators National Conference 
Student Education Association 
Student Physics Society 
Student Religious Liberals (Unitarian Universalist) 
Student Volunteer Tutorial 
Sunflower 
S-Wheat Shockers 
Theta Sigma 
Varsity Rifle Team 
Veterans on Campus 
Wichita Association for Peace in the Middle East 
Wichita Islamic Foundation 
Women's Liberation 
Women's Panhellenic Council 
Women's Physical Education Major's Club 
Women's Recreational Association (W. R. A,) 
Young Americans for Freedom 
Young Democrats 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 69 
Young People's Socialist League 

 Young Republicans 

 Zero Population Growth 

 ASSISTANTSHIPS AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 
Graduate Assistantships 
Graduate assistantship grants are made in several departments 
upon recommendation of the department concerned and the Dean 
of the Graduate School. These assistantships carry a stipend of up 
to $2400. Application should be made to the Dean of the Graduate 
School. 
t 
Undergraduate Employment 
Students may earn a portion of their educational expenses through 
part-time employment during the school year either through the 
Regular Student Employment Program or the College Work-Study 
Program. 
Application for Regular Employment may be made to the par-
 ticular department or to the Placement Office for aid in finding 
employment. Application for Work-Study Employment is made in 
.~\ the Financial Aids Office. 
Eligibility for regular or work-study employment: 
( lj-A~cepted-.-- for-endme-n_t_or.-enrolled-as_a full-time studen1 
(12 unclergradu~ateeh~~r_ssSor9 ~raduate  hours). 
(2)  Need-Students with a demonstrated financial need receive 
priority in placement. (If justified in terms of need, Work-Study 
participants may be considered for additional financial aid in the 
form of scholarships, opportunity grants, and loans.) 
Selection of students to be employed will be made by the Office 
of Student Financial Aid, Room 101, Morrison Hall. 
Employment authorizations are subject to the approval of the 
Financial Aids Office and the Committee on Scholarships and 
Student Aid. 
Departmental Assistants 
Academic assistantships are open to upper division students who 
have been recommended by their respective departments. Depart- 
ments may select sophomores with outstanding ability. These 
assistants grade papers, assist in laboratories, and assume the duties 
of clerical or technical assistants. 
Clerical and Technical Assistants 
Clerical assistants must be recommendecl by the department con- 
cerned. Technical assistants must have the Committee's permission, 
70 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
be recommended by the department head, have upper division 
standing, and have an overall and major department grade of 2.25. 
Library Assistants 
Library work is available to both men and women students. 
Interested students should apply to the Librarian or to the Student- 
Alumni Employment O5ce. 
Custodial and Food Service Workers 
Work is available for a limited number of students in these areas. 
Interested students should apply to the Office of Buildings and 
Grounds or to the Office of Director of Food Service. 
Work-Study Program 
This program provides a limited number of part-time work 
assignments for students who are in need of earnings from such 
employment so as to pursue their courses of study. 
Conditions of eligibility include that a student must: 
(1) If currently enrolled, be in good standing and in full-time 
under graduate or graduate attendance. (Preregistered freshman 
and transfer students are also eligible.) 
( 2 )  Be capable of maintaining satisfactory standing while em-
 ployed. 
( 3 )  Be a national of the United States or intend to become a 
permanent resident. 
Those students from low-income families will be provided prefer- 
ence in placement, but all students of determined need will be 
considered for emdovment. A , 
Employment.-. . . . -- be.limited to an average of  15 hours per week . will . . 
in which clas~sss are in-~~s~&nL~rTTfor-nottmore_than40-hours in- 
any other ye& 
Selection of students to be employed will be made by the Office 
. 
of Student Financial Aid, Room i01; Morrison Hall. 
FINANCIAL AIDS AND AWARDS 
Under the provisions of the 1963 Kansas Senate bill No. 152, a 
Board of Trustees was appointed by the governor. This Board of 
Trustees administers the endowment property formerly owned by 
the University of Wichita in support of the educational undertakings 
of TVichita State University. It  receives and administers gifts, be- 
quests and trusts and manages endowed property and funds as pre- 
scribed by the donors and approved by the State Board of Regents. 
Scholarship funds and awards now under the jurisdiction of the 
Board of Trustees and administered by them in cooperation with 
the State Board of Regents are listed below. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 71 
Educational Opportunity Grants 
These grants are nlacle from Federal Funds allocated to Wichita 
State University u~lder  Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965. Grants will range from $200 to 31000 per year. 
Students who submit Financial Aid applications as of January 1 
will be considered for these grants if they qualify under the re- 
quirements of the United States Office of Education for the program. 
Eligibility will be assessed by consideration of the resources at 
the students' command as well as assets of his parents. 
Approval for these grants will be  based upon the student's finan- 
cial need and capability of maintaining good standing. Full-time 
student status must be maintained. 
A "Financial Aid Package" consisting of aid from various qualify- 
ing sources is approved for each recipient. The Educational Oppor- 
tunity Grant portion does not have to be  repaid; however, all loans 
received as a part of the "package" must be repaid. Other matching 
funds Wichita State University is required to use in approving such 
a "package" includes student employment, scholarships, and other 
qualified sources. 
Information may be obtained from the office of Student Financial 
Aid, Room 101,Morrison Hall. 
AWARDS 
University Citizenship Award 
The Wichita Branch of the American Association of University 
Women established in 1927 an annual gift of $25 to the girl of 
the junior class who attained the highest efficiency in university 
citizenship. 
American Civilization Research Award 
An award of $50 from a fund established by a private donor will 
be made annually to a student in American Civilization classes 
whose research project is judged by a selected committee to be  
the most outstanding submitted during the academic year. 
Cosmopolitan Achievement Award in Accounting 
Established in 1953. An award of $50 is made annually to an 
upper-division student with a declared major in accounting upon 
the recommendation of the Department of Accounting. 
Thurlow Lieurance Memorial Fund 
This award was established in 1964, is given to a senior in the 
Music Department of the College of Fine Arts in recognition of 
scholarship, service to the University and community, and out-
 standing achievement in the development of his talent. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 72 
Frank A. Neff Memorial Award 
Established in 1961, in memory of Dean Frank A. Neff, this award 
is made to the outstanding junior in the College of Business 
Administration. 
Parnassus Service Award 
Established in 1954 by the University. This award is given 
annually to one or more students working on the Parnassus staff 
upon recommendation of the Student Publications Committee. The 
total annual stipend paid by the award is $600. 
Sunflower Service Award 
Established in 1954 by the University. This award is given 
annually to one or more students working on the Sunflower staff 
upon recommendation of the Student Publications Committee. The 
total annual stipend paid by the awdrd is $600. 
Larry Ricks Geology Award Fund 
Established in 1957, in memory of Larry Ricks. The interest from 
the investment is used as a cash gift or award made at the end of 
each academic year to an undergraduate student in Geology who 
shows great promise and excellence in scholarship. 
H. W. Sullivan Award 
Established in 1966 in memory of H. W. Sullivan. This award 
is given annually to the graduating senior who has achieved the 
highest cumulative grade point index for work completed toward 
an  engineering degree. The award consists of income from the 
H. W. Sullivan funds. 
William H. Swett Prize for Efficiency 
William H. Swett, by the terms of his will, established a prize 
consisting of the income from $5,000. "The yearly income therefrom 
shall be given at the end of each school year to the graduating 
student who shall have attained the highest average in his studies 
and school work during his or her last year in college." The fund 
became available in 1924. 
SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOAN FUNDS 
The following schoIarship and loan funds are available to stu- 
dents of Wichita State University. All inquiries regarding student 
aid and all applications for undergraduate scholarships or loans 
must be addressed to the Office of Student Financial Aid. Appli-
 cations for graduate fello\vships must be made to the Dean of the 
Graduate School. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERS!TY 73 
UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AIDS 
Regent's Recognition Scholarship 
An honorary award given to a selected group of students with 
outstanding high school records. Certain special privileges are 
extended with this scholarship. 
The Wichita Chapter of the National Association of 
Accountants Accounting Awards 
These awards, established in 1962 by the Wichita Chapter of 
the National Association of Accountants, will be presented annually 
in the amount of $50 to two or more full-time male students who 
are juniors majoring in accounting. Criteria for selection consist of 
high academic achievement and clualities of leadership and charac- 
ter. Announcement of award winners will be made at the October 
meeting of the Association. 
Administrative Management Society 
Established in 1958 by the Wichita Chapter of the National 
Office Management Association. This is an annual scholarship in 
the amount of $350 for a junior in Business Administration majoring 
in h4anagement. The basis for selection of the recipient will be 
scholastic achievement and financial need. The final date for appli- 
cation is January 1. 
Advertising Club of Wichita Scholarship 
Established in 1962 by the Advertising Club of Wichita, the 
scholarship is an annual award of $300 or $150 per semester to an 
advertising major or minor of junior or senior status. Criteria are 
need, scholastic record, and active participation record in outside 
advertising activities. 
Aeronautical Local 733 International Association 
of Machinists Scholarship 
Four scholarships were established in 1962 by Aeronautical Local 
733 of the International Association of Machinists. They will be 
granted to members of Local 733 or their children in the amount 
of $200 for the year. The primary criterion for selection will be 
academic achievement. Each year one grant will be made to a 
freshman, a sophomore, a junior, and a senior. Final date for 
application is January 1. 
Air Force ROTC Scholarships 
Awarded to cadets in the AFROTC four-year program on a best 
qualified, competitive basis. Recipients have all tuition, fees, texts 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 74 
and lab expenses paid, plus $50 per month in cash. For further 
information contact the Department of Aerospace Studies. 
Alpha Tau Sigma Delta Gamma Elizabeth Spicer and 
Eva C. Hangen Memorial Scholarship Fund 
Established by the alumni of Alpha Tau Sigma Sorority. Interest 
on the fund to be used to award a scholarship to a deserving mem- 
ber of the Delta Gamma Sorority. 
The Wichita State University Alumni Scholarships 
Established in 1950 by the Wichita State University Alumni 
Association, these scholarships are open to incoming freshmen and 
to undergraduate students. They are awarded on the basis of 
scholarship and need, and provide from $100 to $300 a year. The 
final date for application is January 1. 
Armed Forces Communications and Electronics 
Association Scholarship Award 
The AFCEA Scholarship in the amount of $500 is awarded an- 
nually to a sophomore ROTC student majoring in electronics, com- 
munications engineering or technical photography. The award is 
made on the basis of merit and need. Applications should be sub- 
mitted to the Professor of Military Science by 15April. 
Army ROTC Scholarship 
Established in 1964 by Department of the Army, these scholar- 
ships provide for payment of all tuition, books and fees plus $50 
per month during the school year. The 4-year scholarship is 
awarded to qualified high school seniors or other students entering 
a four-year university for the first time. Awards are made on a 
best qualified, competitive basis. 
Three-, two- and one-year scholarships are available to qualified 
freshmen, sophomore and junior cadets respectively. 
Further information may be obtained from the Professor of Mili- 
tary Science. 
Olive Baker-Nease Scholarship 
Established in 1954 by Stephen G. Nease as a memorial to his 
wife. The annual income from the estate is available for the scholar- 
ship stipend. Selection of scholarship winners is based upon need, 
academic achievement, and personality development. Final date for 
application is January 1. 
Beech Aircraft Corporation Scholarships 
Beech Aircraft Corporation, through the Beech Aircraft Founda- 
tion, has established two yearly scholarships for entering freshmen 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 75 
who are sons or daughters of Beech Aircraft Corporation employees. 
The grants are for $500.00 each and are rene~vabIe for the second, 
or sophomore, year. Studies to be supported include the fields of 
Aeronautical, Industrial, and Electrical Engineering; Business Ad- 
ministration, including Accounting, Marketing, Production, Indus- 
trial Relations, Computer Application; Political Science; Education, 
and the Sciences. Students must maintain a grade of "C" or better 
and write a brief report at the end of the school year for Beech 
Aircraft Foundation. The final date for application is January 1. 
The Olive AM Beech Civil Aviation Private Pilot's License Award 
The Olive Ann Beech Civil Aviation Private Pilot's License Award 
is presented each year to one member of the Olive Ann Beech Angel 
Flight and one member of the Walter H. Beech Arnold Air Society. 
The award provides for complete flying instruction culminating in 
a private pilot's license for both recipients. Applicants must be a 
junior or senior member of Angel Flight or Arnold Air Society. 
Applications for these awards should be submitted no later than 
September 1of each year to the Department of Aerospace Studies, 
WSU Armory. 
Olive Ann Beech Music Scholarship Fund 
Student applicants must be recommended by the School of Music 
Scholarship Committee to the Wichita State University Scholarship 
Committee for scholarship grants. Applicants must be music majors 
with 3.000 overall grade point average. Grants are not limited to 
any specific amount. 
Walter H. Beech Squadron Scholarship 
Established in 1952 by Mrs. Olive Ann Beech and daughters. 
This scholarship carries a stipend of $600 ($300 per year for two 
years). Recipient must be a junior or senior and an active mem- 
ber of the Arnold Air Society. The final date for application is 
January 1. 
The Walter H. Beech Scholarships in 
Aeronautical Engineering and Aerospace Studies 
This scholarship is awarded in two parts. The freshman scholar- 
ship will be granted to five freshmen for one year in the amount of 
$250 each on the basis of their high school records and entrance 
examinations. The upperclass scholarship is awarded at the end 
of the freshman year to one of the five freshman scholars who at- 
tained the best academic record. This alvard shall be a three-year 
grant in the amount of $600 annually. A 3.0 grade average must 
be maintained to retain the scholarship. Final date for application 
is January 1. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 76 
Biological Science Scholarship 
The Sedgwick County Medical Society has established a trust 
fund to provide scholarships for students preparing for careers in 
medicine or research relating to medicine. One scholarship in the 
amount of $250 will be granted each year to an incoming freshman. 
The grant may be renewed each year for three years if the recipient 
maintains a 3.0 grade average and remains in the biological science 
field. Final date for application is January 1. 
The Boeing Company Scholarships 
The Boeing Company contributes annually for scholarship pur- 
poses. The scholarship awards substantially cover tuition and fees. 
The awards are renewable for four years. 
Boeing scholarship recipients must be students who enroll in 
courses leading to a degree in one of the following fields of study: 
Engineering, mathematics, physics or business administration. In 
selecting the winners of the scholarships the Committee will con- 
sider the applicant's scholastic record, his interest in and personal 
qualifications for his chosen field of study, character and leadership 
qualities, and need for financial assistance in carrying on his educa- 
tional program. Application must be made through the office of 
Financial Aids no later than January 1. 
Luella Bosworth Scholarship Fund 
Established in honor of the class of 1902, income from this fund 
shall be used for scholarship awards to students majoring in English. 
Classification as a senior and the highest overall grade average will 
be considered by the Department of English and College of 
Liberal Arts in recommending students for this Award. Applications 
are made through the Department of English to the Office of 
Student Financial Aid prior to the close of each Spring semester. 
Merrill Bosworth Music Scholarship 
This scholarship, established in 1964, is administered by the 
School of Music, and is awarded to a music major whose chief 
performing medium is flute. Final date for application is January 1. 
Steven W. Burnam Memorial Scholarship 
Established in 1968, this award is made to a h4echanical Engi- 
neering student. The award may be renewed as long as scholarship 
requirements are met. 
Marjorie Calkins Piano Scholarship 
The Marjorie Calkins Piano Scholarships were created in 1968 
through a bequest by Russell Calkins and his son Russell W. Calkins, 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 77 
111. Designed specifically for Piano majors, this fund provides 
$300.00 to be awarded annually to a qualified applicant upon recom- 
mendation of the School of Music. Applicants should contact the 
Dean of Fine Arts, Wichita State University, Wichita, Kansas, on 
or before January 1, of each year. 
Wichita Chapter of Certified Public Accountants Scholarship 
Established in 1957 by the Wichita Chapter of the Kansas Society 
of Certified Public Accountants, these scholarships are awarded 
annually to full-time students who have signified their intention of 
taking a curricular emphasis in accounting and have at least a 
3.000 overall grade point index. Other factors considered in grant-
 ing the scholarships are financial need and accounting potential. 
The awards may consist of one $300 scholarship, two $150 scholar- 
ships, or three $100 scholarships, but, the total must not exceed $300. 
The Ann V. Christian Scholarship 
Established in 1964 by R. V. Christian and family. Income from 
the fund shall be used for scholarships to entering freshmen major- 
ing in chemistry. Final date for application is January 1. 
City of Wichita Scholarships 
The City Commissioners annually award a sum of money from 
the one and one-half mill levy for scholarship purposes. The Uni- 
versity makes a number of grants covering part or all of the fees to 
students with outstanding academic records. The grants are for one 
year and are renewable to students maintaining a B or better aver- 
age. The stipulations of the scholarships are: Applicant must have 
a good scholarship record from high school and recommendations. 
Some grants are based on scholarship alone, others on scholarship 
and need for financial aid. Final date for application is January 1. 
Flora Colby Clough Scholarship 
Established in 1918, the interest on $500 to be awarded to a 
young woman in the Fairmount College or Liberal Arts and 
Sciences, preferably one specializing in English, awarded upon 
nomination by the English Department. 
Jenkin H. Davies Music Scholarship 
Established in 1964, this scholarship is awarded annually by the 
School of Music to Music majors. Final date of application is 
Janualy 1. 
Delta Delta Delta Scholarships 
These are annual scholarships of at least $100 per year given to 
a junior or senior girl at the time it is awarded. The bases upon 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 78 
which selection is made are scholastic achievement and financial 
need. Applications may be obtained in the Financial Aids Office 
at the beginning of second semestcr. 
Ernst & Ernst Accountancy Award 
Established in 1967 by Ernst & Ernst, an International CPA firm, 
the award of $250 is made annually to a graduate or undergraduate 
student majoring in accounting. The winner of the award will be 
selected by a committee appointed by the Dean of the College of 
Business Administration. The recipient will be known as the Ernst 
& Ernst Scholar. To qualify for the award, a student must be en- 
rolled in a program leading toward a degree with an emphasis in 
accounting and have an interest in the public accounting profession. 
Grand Army of the Republic Living Memorial Scholarship: For 
a lineal descendant of a Union Veteran of the Civil War. See 
Logopedics Scholarships. 
The Grand Chapter of the Kansas Order of Eastern Star Scholarship 
A scholarship of $300.00 is awarded to an eligible junior for use 
in his senior year. The applicant must be a Mason or member of the 
Order of the Eastern Star or a child of such members. Applications 
may be obtained in the Financial Aids Office. The award will be 
made in August. 
Dr. John L. Evans Scholarship 
Established in 1959, this award is available to those whom the 
authorities of the University may deem worthy, whose ability merits 
the award, and who need financial help to pursue the Pre-Medical 
course at the University. The final date for application is January 1. 
Fletcher-McKinley Scholarship Fund 
The Fletcher-McKinley Scholarship Fund has been established in 
honor of Dr. Worth A. Fletcher, Professor of Chemistry and in 
memory of Dr. Lloyd McKinley who also served as Professor of 
Chemistry at Wichita State University. 
Contributions to this fund are made through the Alumni Office. 
The amount of the scholarship will be determined each year by the 
amount of income from the fund. 
Foreign Student Scholarship 
Wichita State University accepts the recommendation of the 
Institute of International Education, SO0 Second Avenue, New York 
17N. Y. Direct all queries to this address. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 79 
The Glen Gardner Memorial Prize 
The Glen Gardner hlemorial Prize shall be awarded annually at 
June commencement to a Wichita State University junior student, 
of a minority group, in recognition of outstanding university and 
community citizenship, without emphasis or? academic attainment. 
The initiai scholarship award shall be at least $300.00. At the 
appropriate time prior to commencement, the academic vice presi- 
dent and the dean of students of Wichita State University shall sub- 
mit a list of candidates for the prize to the University Board of 
Trustees. The Board of Trustees, assisted by Mrs. Glen Gardner, 
shall then select the recipient. 
Sam R. Gardner Memorial Golf Scholarship 
This endowed scholarship, established in 1968 by the parents, 
Mr. and Mrs. Sam M. Gardner, and friends of Sam R. Gardner, is 
to be awarded to an upperclass student with a grade point average 
of 2.75 or better. The award will be income from the sum of more 
than $5,000. A selection will be made upon the recommendation of 
the coach of intercollegiate golf. 
Garvey Geology Scholarship Fund 
Scholarships are awarded annually to two or three students ma- 
joring in Petroleum Geolo~y in the amounts from $200 to $500, 
depending on the financial need. The basis for selection of the 
recipients of these awards are academic achievements, interest and 
promise in the field of petroleum geology, and financial need. The 
final date for application is January 1. 
Jacob M. and Molly Glickman Scholarship 
This endowed scholarship was established by Milton and William 
B. Glickman in honor of their parents, Jacob h4. and h4011y Glick- 
man, in 1970. The fund will provide a $500.00 yearly scholarship. 
The scholarship is restricted to Wichita residents and \vill be 
awarded on the basis of academic achievement. 
The Harry Gore Scholarship Fund 
Established in 1952, the fund provides that one-half of the income 
shall be used to make scholarship grants. Each scholarship grant 
is for $6,000 ($1,500 annually for four years), and is made to an 
entering freshman student. In determining the recipient of a Gore 
Scholarship the Committee considers the student's scholastic record 
in high school, his ability and participation in general school activi- 
ties, and his character, industry, and ambition. The final date for- 
application is January 1. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 80 
The Haskins 8r Sells Foundation Award for 
Excellence in Accounting 
Established in 1966 by Haskins & Sells, an international CPA 
firm, the award of $500 is made annually to a student who is major- 
ing in accounting and has completed, during the preceding year, the 
curriculum in accounting normally schedulccl for the junior year, 
and who has enrolled for his senior year at the University. The 
award winner will be selected by a committee of faculty members 
to be appointed by the Dean of the College of Business Adminis- 
tration. The selection will be from the five students attaining the 
highest grade point average in accounting. The recipient of the 
award will be known as the Haslcins & Sells Scholar. 
Jim Hershberger Track and Field Scholarship 
The Jim Hershberger Annual Track and Field Scholarship was 
established in 1969. This scholarship, in the amount of $1500.00, 
shall be awarded to a student-ath!ete in Track and Field upon 
recommendation by the University Track and Field coach, Mr. Jim 
Hershberger, and the University Financial Aids Representative. 
Arthur J. Hoare Scholarship in Mathematics 
Established in 1957, this fund provides that income shall be used 
for annual scholarships to students majoring in Mathematics. Stu-
 dents are recommended by the Mathematics Department to the 
Office of Student Financial Aid for these scholarships. The awards 
shall not exceed full annual fees and costs of books. Applications 
are made through the Department of Mathematics prior to the 
close of each Spring semester. 
Earl R. Hutton Scholarship 
Established in 1968 in honor of Mr. Earl R. Hutton. AnnuaI 
award of $1,000.00, providing a renewable four-year scholarship for 
entering students in Aeronautical Engineering. The scholarship will 
be awarded on the basis of potential academic achievement in 
Aeronautical Engineering. 
The Independent Insurance Agents of Wichita, Inc. 
Established in 1956. Annual scholarship awarded to a junior or 
senior who is enrolled in the College of Business Administration or 
in the College of Liberal Arts with a major in economics. Carries 
a stipend of $375. The final date for application is January 1. 
The John C. and Maude A. James Scholarship 
Established in 1963 by hiIaude A. James in honor of her husband, 
John C. James, the fund provides an income of $500.00 a year to be 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 81 
awarded to an outstanding senior student in the School of Engineer- 
ing. Recommendations are made by a committee from the School 
of Engineering to the Office of Student Financial Aid. 
Kansas Chapter, National Electrical Contractors 
Association, Inc. Scholarship 
A scholarship of $250.00 will be awarded each year to a freshman 
and a sophomore majoring in electrical engineering. Selections 
will be based upon academic achievement, financial need, and 
character. Final date for application is January 1. 
Kappa Delta Pi, Wichita Alumni Chapter Scholarship 
Established in 1957, by the Wichita Alumni Chapter of Kappa 
Delta Pi. Provides an annual stipend of $100 awarded to an active 
members of the Campus Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi based on aca- 
demic achievement, promise as a teacher and need. Final date for 
application is January 1. 
Kansas Federation of Women's Club Scholarship 
An award of $200.00 a year will be given to an upperclass woman 
studying to be a teacher in either elementary or secondary levels. 
Final date for application is January 1. 
Kappa Pi Art Scholarships 
Established in 1969, two scholarships are available to outstanding 
undergraduates currently enrolled on the basis of their art ability, 
and faculty recommendations, on a semester basis in the amount of 
3100.00 and $50.00. Scholarship money is made available by the 
student art fairs sponsored by the Alpha Omega Chapter of Kappa 
Pi, a national honorary art fraternity and Wichita State University. 
Application dates will be announced each fall and spring. 
The John Fitzgerald Kennedy Memorial Scholarship 
This fund, established in 1961- as a memorial to President John F. 
Kennedy, was initiated by Temple Emanu-El of Wichita and joined 
in by the Wichita Catholic Diocese, the Wichita Council of 
Churches, other organizations, and numerous indivicluals. This 
scholarship is to be awarded to academically promising Negro 
students from Wichita high schools who do not qualify for other 
scholarships on the basis of superior academic record in high school 
and who could otherwise not afford a university eclucation. The 
Snal date for appIication is January 1. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 82 
KFH Scholarship in Radio 
A grant of $300 is awarded annually. The basis upon which the 
selection of the scholarship winner will be made are academic 
achievement, need, potentiality for a career in Radio, character 
and leadership. The final date for application is January 1. 
Logopedics Scholarships 
The Logopedics Scholarship Fund provides for a limited number 
of scholarships ranging from $50 to $200 a semester for students 
planning to major in Logopedics. These scholarships are provided 
by the Women's Advisory Council of the Institute of Logopedics, 
Lambda Tau Delta, Sigma Alpha, Chi Sigma, and other interested 
groups. Applicants are recommended by the Department of Logo- 
pedics to the University Scholarship Committee. Further informa- 
tion may be secured by writing to the Scholarship Committee, 
Institute of Logopedics, Wichita, Kansas. Final dates for applica- 
tion for the Fall Semester is January 1 and November 1 for the 
Spring Semester. 
The Anita Lusk Scholarship 
This endowment fund was established by Anita Lusk. The in- 
come from this fund is to be used for scholarships to Business 
students, especially to students recommended by the Business de- 
partment of Wichita High School West, Wichita, Kansas. 
Leonora N. McGregor Scholarship Fund 
Established in 1964. Income from this fund shall be used for 
scholarships for students of Wichita State University. Final date for 
applications is January 1. 
The Men of Webster Scholarship 
Established in 1967 by the men of Webster Fraternity, founded 
in 1895 by Nathaniel h.lorrison, then president of Fairmount College, 
which became a local chapter of Delta Upsilon Fraternity in 1959. 
Income from the funds of The Men of Webster Building Association, 
accumulated through the efforts of its 1,133 members, will be used 
to provide one or more scholarships for male students. Financial 
need is a primary factor of selection along with other usual criteria. 
Final date for application is January 1. 
The Pearl J. Millburn Memorial Scholarship 
Established in 1956, the fund provides a four-year scholarship 
carrying a stipend of $2,000 ($500 annually for four years) awarded 
to an entering freshman who has graduated from a Wichita public 
high school with B average or better, a record of high school ac- 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 83 
tivities, and need for financial assistance. Recipient must main- 
tain a better than average scholastic record in the University and 
take h7o years of English and hvo years of American history during 
his college course. Usually awarded once every four years. Final 
date for application is January 1. 
Mortar Board Alumni Scholarship 
Established in 1945, a grant of $100 will be awarded to the sopho- 
more girl having the highest scholastic average at the end of her 
freshman year. 
Wichita State University Music Scholarships 
Each year a limited number of scholarships are granted to music 
students planning to major in this field. Evidence of financial need, 
musical aptitude and overall high school grade average of B or 
higher constitutes the basis for recommendation for Music Scholar- 
ship grants to the University Scholarship Committee. Interested 
students should contact the Dean of the School of Music, Wichita 
State University, Wichita, Kansas, for application blanks and de- 
tailed information. 
National Society of Bookkeepers Scholarship 
Established in 1964 by the Wichita Chapter of the National 
Society of Bookkeepers, this scholarship pays the tuition cost of the 
recipient in Accounting 114. Criteria are financial need, aptitude 
for bookkeeping, and scholarship. Applicants are chosen by the 
Department of Accounting, with h a 1  selection being made by the 
Education Committee of the National Bookkeepers' Society. 
Dr. Henry Onsgard Scholarship 
Established in 1958 by former students and friends of Dr. Ons- 
gard. The interest from the investment will be used as a stipend 
for one or more scholarships awarded annually to an upper-division 
student majoring in history. Basis for selection will be academic 
achievement, activities record, personal achievement, and financia1 
need. Final date for application is January 1. 
The Daniel S. Pajes Prize in Art History 
Established in 1971 in memory of Daniel S. Pajes, a sum of $100 
to be awarded mnually to a Junior student majoring in -4rt History. 
Payne Memorial Business Education Scholarship 
Established in 1959 in honor of Mr. and Mrs. C. B. Payne. The 
scholarship is available to business education students. The basis 
for selection of the winner will be academic achievement and fi-
 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 84 
nancial need. The stipend is 3120. The b a l  date for application 
is January 1. 
The Personnel Management Association of Wichita Scholarship 
This scholarship is available to a full-time student who has at- 
tained junior status and has a proven interest in Personnel Admin- 
istration, Labor Relations, or Industrial Relations. The award is for 
$150.00 a semester for four semesters. Academic record must be 
commensurate with current scholarship requirements. Recipient 
will receive an honorary membership in the PMAW and must make 
at least one report to the PMAW each semester. Application blanks 
and further information are available in the Scholarship Office. 
Pi Mu Epsilon Mathematics Scholarship 
Established in 1950 by the University of Wichita (Kansas 
Gamma) chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, honorary mathematics frater- 
nity, consists of the interest on a scholarship fund. It is awarded to 
an upper-division student with a declared major in mathematics 
upon the recommendation of the Department of Mathematics. The 
award will be made upon the recipient's enrolling as a mathematics 
major in the following semester. 
The Theodore Presser Foundation Music Scholarship 
The Presser Foundation offers scholarships to one or more music 
majors. The awards are granted each spring by the Committee on 
Scholarships and Student Aid upon the recommendation of the 
Music Department faculty. The award is granted to a student in 
need of financial aid and preference is given to those who expect 
to become music teachers. 
, 
The Wichita Purchasing Agents Association Scholarship 
Established in 1964, the scholarship of $400 will be awarded 
annually to a junior in the College of 13usiness Administration with 
an emphasis in the Department of Administration or Economics. 
This scholarship is renewable for the student's senior year if he 
is eligible. Final date for application is January 1. 
Ritchie Brothers Construction Company Scholarships 
The Ritchie Brothers Construction Company will annually award 
two scholarships, one to a minority student and one to a son or 
daughter of an employee. Both carry stipends of up to $450 for 
the year. Basis for selection will be scholarship, need and character. 
Final date for application is January 1. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
The Minisa Chapter (N. S. A. I.)Secretarial Scholarship 
Established in 1958 by the Minisa Chapter of the N. S. A. I. An 
annual award of $300 is granted to a girl who has graduated from 
a high school in Sedgwick County and who has indicated an inten- 
tion to enroll in the College of Business Administration with an 
emphasis in secretary training. Selection of the winner will be 
made on character, need for financial assistance, personality, and 
scholastic record in high school. Final date for application is 
January 1. 
The Savings and Loan League of Wichita Scholarship 
The Savings and Loan League of Wichita established this scholar- 
ship in the amount of $500.00 in 1967. The recipient of this scholar- 
ship shall be a graduate of a Sedgwick County high school, a 
business administration major in his junior or senior year, either 
male or female, with proven academic ability. Final date for appli- 
cation is January 1. 
Social Work Scholarship Fund 
A fund established in 1969 by the Wichita Chapter of National 
Association of Social Workers and the South Central Association 
of Social Services. Awards from this fund will be made upon 
recommendation of a subcommittee on Grants and Aids of the 
Professional Advisory Committee on Social Work Education. Appli-
 cants must be enrolled in a field experience course, be  a social work 
major and be approved by a faculty teaching the social work 
sequence. 
The Sorosis Alumnae Award 
The interest earned by the Sorosis Alumnae Fund shall be 
awarded annually to a member of Delta Delta Delta Sorority 
who has completed at least five semesters of work, with an overall 
average of 3.0, and who has contributed in some outstanding manner 
to Wichita State University and the Delta Delta Delta Sorority. 
F. C. Sauer Zoology Scholarship 
Established in 1937 by Mary E. Sauer, the interest on $1000 to 
be awarded annually to a deserving student of high scholastic 
standing above the freshman year, preferably a zoology student, 
upon the recommendation of the Biology Department. 
Wichita Community Theatre Scholarship 
Established in 1962, a $250 scholarship will be awarded annually 
to a high school graduate of the Wichita area. High scholastic 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 86 
standing and a desire to major in speech are requisites for applica- 
tion. Final date for application is January 1. 
Dr. Walter A. Ver Wiebe Scholarship in Geology 
Established in 1954 by former students and friends of Professor 
Walter A. Ver Wiebe. This scholarship bears the stipend of from 
$1600 to $2000 for four years and is awarded annually (for from 
$400 to $500 per year), ancI may be renewed provided the student 
is academically qualified. The applicant must be a graduate from 
high school (or the equivalent) with a high scholastic record, 
sound character, leadership qualities, and have a primary interest 
in Geology. The applicant must have recommendations and be 
available for interview. Recommendations are submitted to the 
University Scholarship Committee. The final date for application 
is January 1. 
David Bard Wainwright Memorial Scholarship Fund 
Established in 1968 by Mrs. Sharon Wainwright as a memorial to 
her husband, 1st Lt. David Bard Wainwright, graduate of WSU 
College of Education and distinguished military graduate of Army 
ROTC, who was killed in action in the Republic of Vietnam. In-
 come from the fund will be used for a scholarship award to the 
outstanding ROTC cadet in sophomore ROTC who has not accepted 
a Two Year Army ROTC Scholarship. Cadet selected must main- 
tain a minimum grade point average of 2.500, with a minimum of 
3.000 in Military Science; he must have made contributions to 
Army ROTC activities during his freshman and sophomore years 
to include participation in Pershing Rifles and acquisition of honors 
for meritorious service. He must possess outstancling personality 
characteristics. 
Wall Memorial Scholarship 
This scholarship, given in memory of Lillie Striegel Wall and 
Henry V. Wall, is awarded to a foreign language major preparing 
to teach. I t  is awarded either during the student teaching semester 
or for summer study in Mexico or Europe. The stipend of $200.00 
will be awarded upon basis of need, promise as a teacher, and 
academic achievement. G. P. A. of 3.000 or better. Final date for 
application is January 1. 
Wichita State University Alumni of Arthur Andersen & Co. 
Scholarship Fund 
Established 1965. Each year alumni of Wichita State University 
who are employees of Arthur Andersen & CO., an international CPA 
firm,contribute varying amounts which are matched by the firm to 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 87 
the Wichita State University Alumni of Arthur Anclersen & CO. 
Scholarship Fund. The purpose of this scholarship fund is to stimu- 
late higher academic achievement on the part of students majoring 
in accounting. The a~vards are to be made by a faculty committee 
organized for such purpose. The committee is to have freedom in 
selecting the number and amounts of awards to be given. The 
recipients of the awards are to be known as Arthur Andersen 
Scholars. 
The Grace IVilkie Scholarship 
TE.e scholarship is the interest from an invested principal for 
which women students are eligible; however, preference is given 
to Grace Wilkie Hall residents. 
Women's Aeronautical Association of Kansas 
Aeronautical Engineering Scholarship 
The scholarship is to be awarded to a junior or senior student 
enrolled in aeronautical engineering and carries a stipend of $400 
annually. A grade average of 2.50 or better is required. The final 
date for application is January 1. 
Women's Symphony Society Scholarship 
Established by the Women's Symphony Society, the scholarship 
is open to music majors with a stipend of from $100 to 3200 per 
year. Applications may be obtzined through the Dean of the School 
of Music. 
GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS 
James H. Hibbard Memorial Scholarship 
Established in 1952 by the Wichita Foundation of Medical Re- 
search. Provides awards to graduate students in Chemistry who 
are interested in the study of medicine or in research in some phase 
of medicine. 
Kiwanis Scholarship in Public Administration 
Established in 1954 a $1500 scholarship is being provided by the 
Do\mto\m Kiwanis Club for graduate study leading to a Masters 
degree in Public Administration. Final date for application is 
January 15. 
COMBINED STUDENT LOAN FUND 
The special funds described below provide a Combinecl Student 
Loan Fund for students with satisfactory scholarship records. Total 
loans made to one student may not exceed $300 and satisfactory 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 88 
endorsers are required for all loans. All loans made to students 
bear interest at the rate of S.5% and a $3 service charge is made on 
each loan. The time and manner of repayment is to be agreed upon 
by the student and the University at  the time the loan is made. 
Application for these loans is made in the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 
Barclay Student Loan Fund 
Established in 1931, $100 given by Mr. and Mrs. W. Houston-
 Barclay. 
Dr. L. A. Donnell Loan Fund 
Established in 1959 in memory of Dr. L. A. Donnell. The fund 
will be incorporated into the Combined Student Loan Fund with 
money being loaned to deserving and needy students who have 
satisfactory scholarship records. 
Edwards Loan Fund 
Established in 1910 by R. E. Edwards of Kinsley, available for 
aiding deserving students to secure an education in Fairmount 
College, now incorporated in Wichita State University. The article 
of gift specifies that recipients shall be encouraged to work and to 
add to the amount such sums as they can, in order that others may 
receive similar aid in obtaining an education. 
Goldsmith Student Loan Fund 
Established in 1943 by a gift of $2,140 by Dr. and h4rs. W. h4. 
Goldsmith, available to juniors and seniors who have completed 
one year of residence work at the University of Wichita. The rules 
governing the fund provide that at least fifty percent of the fund 
shall be reserved for non-resident students. 
Inter-Racial Good Will Fund 
Established in 1926 for the benefit of Negro students enrolled in 
the University of Wichita, to be administered jointly by the 
University and a Commission of Inter-Racial Good Will. 
Laura Piper Hoop Memorial Fund 
Established in 1924 by a gift of $400 made by Major Oscar W. 
Hoop of the Fairmount class of 1920, in memory of his mother, 
Laura Piper Hoop. This is to be used as a perpetual loan fund to 
help worthy students and to be administered according to the 
discretion of the President of the University. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 89 
Fred C. Speh Student Loan Fund 
Established in 1931 by Frederic C. Speh in memory of his son, 
Fred C. Speh, available to juniors and seniors and administered by 
the President of the University together with the committee. The 
maximum amount any one student may borrow is $200. Repayment 
time is governed by the student's financial circumstances and re- 
quires life insurance in an amount equal to the sum borrowed. 
Student Council Loan Fund 
Established in 1932 by the Student Council, a sum of $150 as a 
loan fund for needy students, preferably needing financial aid to 
defray graduation expenses. 
Dr. T. Walker Weaver Memorial Loan Fund 
Established in 1962 by gifts from friends in the memory of Dr. 
T. Walker Weaver, former Board of Regents member. This fund 
is to be used for loans to worthy and needy students. 
Women's Aeronautical Association Loan Fund 
Established in 1940 by the Women's Aeronautical Association of 
Wichita, a sum of $100 to be loaned to worthy students in the 
aeronautical curricula. 
Women's Bible Class, First Presbyterian Church, Loan Fund 
Established to provide assistance to worthy students. 
LOAN FUNDS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES 
Alumni Loan Fund 
Wichita University Alumni Association Loan Fund, established 
in 1956 by the Alumni Association of the University of Wichita. 
All money given by the Alumni Association for this fund is put in 
the regular loan fund and administered by the Committee on 
Scholarships and Student Aid. 
Boeing Emergency Loan Fund 
Established by Boeing Airplane Company. This fund was made 
available to Wichita State University to make short duration emer- 
gency loans to students having financial need who are citizens of 
the United States, and are making satisfactory academic progress. 
Any major field of stucly leading to a bachelor's degree will qualify; 
some preference is given to engineering and science students. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 90 
Christian Conference Loan Fund 
Established in 1923 by a friend of Fairmount College, a fund of 
3300 to enable students more easily to attend Y. h4.C. A., Y. W. C. A,, 
and other Christian conferences. Loans may not exceed $75 each 
and must be repaid within three months after the date of leaving 
college, interest at four percent, payable annually. 
C. U. W. Scholarship and Loan Fund 
Established in 1952 by the Council of University Women and 
consist of $50 to be used only for loans to women and is available 
to new students on the campus. 
Delta Epsilon Loan Fund 
Established in 1956 by the Epsilon Chapter of Delta Epsilon, 
Science Fraternity, to be used for making loans to majors in the 
following departments: Chemistry, engineering, logopedics, geol- 
ogy, mathematics, physics, psychology, and zoology. 
Kansas Engineering Society Loan Fund 
Established in 1956 by the Kansas Engineering Society, a fund of 
$400 to be loaned to worthy students enrolled in accredited engi- 
neering curricula. Loans bear service charge but bear interest only 
after recipient has left the University. 
Gawey Loan Fund 
Established in 1958 by James S. Garvey, a fund to be loaned 
to worthy students who meet character, citizenship, and need 
qualifications. 
Lucy Munro Barker Loan Fund 
Established in 1968 in honor of Lucy Munro Barker by Aline 
Rhodes for students majoring in art at Wichita State University. 
Wichita Community Theatre, Inc., Loan Fund 
Established in 1968. This is to be used for National Defense 
Student Loan matching funds. 
Alpha Phi Omega Loan Fund 
Established in 1968 by the Beta Alpha Chapter of the National 
Service Fraternity. The fund is to be used for matching Federal 
funds for the National Defense Student Loan Program at Wichita 
State University. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 91 
Gamma Psi-Alpha Phi Omega Loan Fund 
Established in 1969 by Gamma Psi of Alpha Chi Omega. This 
fund is used for National Defense Student Loan Matching funds. 
Inter Fraternity Council 
Established in 1965 by the Inter Fraternity Council. The fund 
is used for National Defense Student Loan matching funds. 
John Liggett Loan Fund 
Established in 1964 by John Liggett. This fund is used for 
National Defense Student Loan matching funds. 
Pete Lightner Memorial Loan Fund 
Established in 1962, in memory of Pete Lightner. This fund is 
to be used for loans to worthy and needy music students or athletes. 
Eugene McFarland Loan Fund 
Established in 1956 in memory of Dr. McFarland to be used for 
loans to students majoring in art. 
The Robert H. McIsaac Memorial Loan Fund 
Robert H. McIsaac Memorial Loan Fund established in 1969 in 
memory of Robert H. McIsaac, with the fund to be used as matching 
funds for the National Defense Student Loan Fund. Mr. McIsaac 
served for many years in the area of Pupil and Personnnel Guidance 
with the Wichita Public Schools. His efforts helped to build a 
comprehensive guidance program at the Junior High anc! High 
School levels in the Wichita Public School System. 
Reno B. Myers Memorial Loan Fund for Music Students 
Established in 1962 by gifts from friends in the memory of Reno 
B. Myers. This fund is to be used for loans to worthy and needy 
students in music. 
The Edda H. Lockhead Loan Fund 
Established in 1966, through the estate of Mrs. Edda H. Lock- 
head. The loans in any given year shall not exceed five in number 
and shall be made to students of junior or senior standing in the 
Fairmount College of Liberal Arts. The loan to any one student 
can not exceed the sum of $250.00 per year. 
Law Enforcement Education Program 
Wichita State University entered this program at its inception 
(1968) and made its first commitments for the Spring semester 1969. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 92 
The funds are provided by the Federal Government through the 
Law Enforcement Assistance Administration, Unitecl States Depart- 
ment of Justice. 
Students who are serving in the law enforcement field may be 
awarded grants for tuition, fees, books and supplies. They may also 
be eligible for consideration for loans. 
Those students who are preparing for careers in law enforcement 
and are in full-time attendance in approved fields may also be con- 
sidered for a Law Enforcement Student Loan. 
Provision is made for cancellation of loans at the rate of 25 per- 
centum for each year of full-time employment in a public State, local 
of Federal law enforcement agency. The notes are 3% interest bear- 
ing over a maximum of ten years repayment. Deferral of principal 
and interest is provided for a maximum of 3 years for military 
service in the Armed Forces of the United States. 
National Defense Student Loan Fund 
This fund established under Title I1 of Public Law 85-864 pro- 
vides for major long-term loans for W. S. U. students of all class 
levels. Loans are granted on a competitive basis since funds avail- 
able do not meet the demand. Undergraduates may borrow up to 
$1000 each year and not more than $5000 during their entire under- 
graduate program. Graduates may borrow up to $2500 each year. 
Total loans made to any student may not exceed $10,000. 
These loans are made for educational expenses. Interest on these 
loans do not commence until nine months after leaving attendance. 
Interest of 3%per year is charged. 
The principal payment plus interest thereon is repayable at the 
rate of 10% annually over a period of 10 years following graduation 
or leaving school. Monthly, bimonthly, or quarterly payments may 
be required. 
Any borrower who serves as a full-time teacher in a public ele- 
mentary or secondary school, in a private non-profit elementary or 
secondary school, or in an institution of higher education may have 
his loan cancelled at  the rate of 10% for each year of approved teach- 
ing service up to a maximum of 50% of his total loan. Certain teach- 
ing positions qualify for a 15% cancellation rate and a maximum of 
1006 designated by the Commissioner of Education. 
Applications are available at the Office of Student Financial Aid, 
Room 101, Morrison Hall. Interested applicants should observe 
deadlines of filing: 
For Fall Semester-January 1. 
For Spring Semester-November 1. 
For Summer Session-April 1. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 
Douglas Stucky Memorial Loan Fund 
Established in 1964, in memory of Douglas Stucky. This fund is 
used for National Defense Student Loan matching funds. 
Newton Teachers Association Loan Fund 
Established in 1966 for matching funds for National Defense 
Loans at  Wichita State University. 
Minnie Ferguson Owens Loan Fund 
Established in 1940 by Dorothy Owens Meyers, a fund of $200 
for payment of fees, available to senior students of voice. 
Charles E. Parr Loan Fund 
Established in 1959 through the estate of Charles E. Parr, a fund 
to be loaned to worthy students desiring a higher educ a t ' ion. 
Rollins Memorial Fund 
Established in 1927 in honor of Walter Huntington Rollins, third 
President of Fairmount College, by his classmates of Dartmouth 
College, Class of 1894, and certain Wichita friends, the sum of 
$1000 in perpetual trust, the income from which is to form an 
accumulative revolving fund to be loaned from year to year to a 
worthy student or students in the Fairmount College of Liberal Arts 
and Sciences. 
Kansas Sales Executive Club Loan Fund 
Established in 1957, $1000 available for loans to juniors and 
seniors with a major in marketing and who have an interest in 
selling. 
Senior Class of 1961 Loan Fund 
Established by the Class of 1961. The funds provided will be 
loaned to worthy and deserving graduating seniors. Repayment 
may be made after graduation. 
George W. Shepherd Memorial Loan Fund 
Established in 1962, the funds are to be loaned with no interest 
charge to students seeking careers as police officers. 
United Student Aid Funds Loans 
Many banks participate in this program which was designed to 
nake  available long-term loans to students. 
Applicants contact the bank of their choice (one in the honleton7n 
or where residence has been established), complete the necessary 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 94 
application forms, submit the forms to the Student Financial Aids 
Office for completion of the Education Certscate, return the appli- 
cation to their bank. 
Eligibility policies require that a student be enrolled full-time and 
capable of maintaining satisfactory standing. 
Preference is given to those of sophomore or higher standing; 
however, a limited number of entering freshmen loans may be 
available. $1000 per year to a maximum of $3000 on undergraduate 
work is available. Graduate students may borrow up to $1500 per 
year. A sum, not to exceed $7,500, may be borrowed including 
undergraduate and graduate study. 
Notes bear 7 percent simple interest from the date of the loan 
until paid in full. 
Federal Guaranteed Loans 
This program became effective in September 1967 and is aclminis- 
tered through Regional Offices of the Office of Education. 
Through this program the maximum undergraduate loan is $1500 
per academic year, not to exceed an aggregate total of $5000. The 
maximum graduate loan is $1500 per academic year, with the total 
aggregate of undergraduate and graduate not to exceed $7,500. 
Student with an adjusted family income of less than $15,000 a year 
pays no interest while in an eligible school. The Federal Govern- 
ment pays the lender the interest during this period. The student 
begins repayment to the lender when he graduates or n7ithdraws 
from school. 
An educational certificate is required from the Financial Aids 
Office, Room 101, Morrison Hall. Applications are available there. 
Students must then apply to their hometown lending institutions 
(banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, etc.). 
George D. Wilner Loan Fund 
Established in honor of George D. Wilner, Professor Emeritus of 
Speech and Dramatic Art. The fund is used for National Defense 
Student Loan matching funds. 
Wichita State University Men's Faculty Club 
Established in 1965 by the Men's Faculty Club of this University. 
The fund is used for National Defense Student Loan matching 
funds. 
Alice Campbell Wrigley Memorial Loan Fund 
Available to students with high academic achievement, interest, 
and promise in the field of theatre who have financial need. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 95 
FOUNDATIONS FOR RELIGIOUS EDUCATION 
The Ransom Foundation 
Established by Katherine S. Ransom as a memorial for her hus- 
band by a gift of $75,000. It  is administered as a trust fund under 
the name of "The Ransom Fund for Religious Education." 
The Butler Foundation 
Established by Emily Butler. I t  is a trust fund of $10,000 to be 
used for the purpose of assisting in the financing of the "Depart- 
ment of Religious Education of the University of Wichita." 
At the specific request of the trustees of Fairmount College a 
small portion of the income of the Joint Ransom-Butler Foundation 
is now set aside annually for use in defraying the cost of outstanding 
lectures in religion, science and literature. 
The Louisa J. Byington Foundation 
Established in 1930 and consists of the sum of $1,000 to be used 
in the Department of Religious Education. 
WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY 96 
University College 
WALTER S. FRIESEN, Ed. D., Dean 
All freshmen admitted to Wichita State University are enrolled in 
University College. PrimariIy designed to aid the freshman through 
his first year of higher education, University College provides for 
the transition from high school into any of the baccalaureate degree 
colleges, usually at the end of the freshman year. In order to prop- 
erly acquaint the student with university life, the freshman year is 
characterized by emphasis upon the use of test results, an intensive 
faculty advising and orientation program, enrollment in general 
requirements courses, and the aid of several auxiliary services. Re-
 moval of high school deficiencies and fulfilling prerequisites of the 
baccalaureate colleges should also be accomplished during the &st 
year in University College. 
In addition to the Freshman Division, University College also 
administers the Division of Continuing Education and certain spe- 
cial service courses. 
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 
(1) Complete Application for Adn~issionform and file with the 
Admissions Office, Wichita State University, listing high school and 
colleges previously attended. 
(2 )  Request high school and colleges to send official transcripts 
to the Office of Admissions. 
( 3 )  Take the American College Test (ACT) and HAVE RE-
 SULTS SENT TO WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY. Registra-
 tion blanks and information are available through high school coun- 
selors or through the Director of the Testing Center, Wichita State 
University. (Students transferring to Wichita State University with 
24 or more semester hours and at least a 2.0 grade point average 
are exempted from this requirement.) 
( 4 )  Present a health certificate duly signed by a licensed phy- 
sician. (Certificate will be mailed to the student along with a 
University College GUIDEBOOK after he has been officially ad- 
mitted by the Office of Admissions.) 
( 5 )  Attend an Orientation and Academic Planning Session before 
registering. The student must secure three planning documents: 
A University CATALOG; a semester SCHEDULE OF COURSES 
booklet; and a PERSONAL PLAN AND RECORD book. Special 
Orientation and Academic Planning sessions are scheduled daily 
4-7247 UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 97 
during tile July pre-registration program and several times early 
in the registration week of each semester. 
A'ofc to Transfer Sftrl!cnis: All tracsfer students admitted on 
probation are enrolled in University College and must complete 
all of the requircrnents lis!ed, including the filing of ACT scores. 
Transfer students niith 24 or more acceptable hours, ancl not on 
probation, should seek admission to one oC the six baccalaureate 
degree colleges. 
HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION 
Adequate high school preparation is a prerequisite for admission 
to introductorj~ college courses and degree-granting colleges. Hence, 
i t  is necessary that high school courses be chosen which will provide 
the proper background for college lvork. The follo.iving require- 
ments are considered a minimum for successful college work ancl are 
required if a degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences is desired. 
English-3 units requirec?, 4 recommended. 
Foreign Language *-2 units in one language. 
History and Social Science-2 units required. 
hlathematics f-1% units algebra, 1unit geometry. 
Science -2 units of laboratory science, exclusive of general 
science. 
ORIENTATION, PERSONAL PLANNING AND REGISTRATION 
ACTIVITIES 
The most important function of University College is that of 
academic advising. Faculty from the six degree colleges and 
successful students from the various academic departments in the 
University join the professional counselors and staff of University 
College and the Ofice of Student Services in providing orientation, 
personal planning, testing, academic advising and registration ser-
 vices to students in University College. 
(1) July Orientation and Registration. All new freshmen and 
transfers should definitely attend an intensive night and Zay pro- 
gram of orientation, personal planning and registration in July. 
Specific information and reservation materials are mailed to all 
admitted students late in :he spring or early summer. The 
for the student are significant: he will have a nlucll 
better understanding of the University, he will have initiated 
friendships with other new students and become acquainted nith 
olle or more faculty; he will receive much more personal attention 
0 With the pernlission of the appropriate department a student \\zit11 high schnol credit 
ill foreign language nlay enroll for college credit a t  a level one semester belon, that for 
\\rhicll his high school credit makes him eligible. Such permission is granted on an indi-
 \ridual basis to students whose language es~er iencehas been interrupted, or for wholn 
special circumstances prevail. IVithout this ~e r~u i s s i ono credit will be given for 
done a t  a level which duplicates high school foreign language study. 
+ In addition, the  College of Engineering requires mathematics through college algebra 
~ n dtrigonometry. 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 98 
in his planning than is available in the fall enrollment; and he 
will have space reserved for the classes he chooses. 
NOTE: Students must complete Steps 1-3 of the admission and 
registration requirements before attending an Orientation and 
Personal Planning session. 
( 2 )  Shocker W e e k .  The Office of Student Services together with 
the Student Governing Association and all other divisions of the 
University conducts a special program of orientation activities 
during registration week in the fall. All new students are expected 
to participate. 
NOTE: Students who were unable to attend one of the July 
Orientation and Registration events must attend one of the two- 
hour Orientation and Personal Planning sessions scheduled cluring 
Shocker Week before they are permitted to enroll. 
( 3 )  University College Seminars. Two one-hour credit courses 
have been established to help students develop their personal plans 
thoughtfully and systematically over a semester time period. PD 
100. Freshman Seminar is designed for the new student and is led 
by a team of advisers and student assistants. PD 102. Occupation 
Seminar has been created to help students who after several semes- 
ters of college work have not been able to decide on an occupational 
goal or educational major. (See course descriptions on page 105.) 
( 4 )  Academic Advising. All students have the benefit of aca-
 demic advising throughout their stay in University College. Stu-
 dents who have declared an academic major field of study will, in 
most cases, be advised by faculty from their field. Students who 
are undecided will be served by University College counselors 
or faculty advisers from various academic departments. Students 
enrolled in PD 100. Freshman Seminar, or PD 102. Occupation 
Seminar will be advised by the Faculty Dons and Student Leaders 
who direct these courses. 
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS 
( 1 )  A student will be placed on probation for the nest term in 
which he enrolls if his cumulative grade point inclex falls below the 
following levels: ( a )  1.500 if the student has earned 1to 63 credit 
hours; ( b )  1.700 if the student has earned 61 or more credit hours. 
( 2 )  A student on probation shai! be dismissed if his cumulative 
grade point inclex fails to meet the required minimum standards and 
if his grade point index for the term during which he is on probation 
falls below 2.000. 
( 3 )  See the heading Probation and Dismissal Standards in the 
general section of this catalog for regulations concerning: 
( a )  removal of probation 
(b ) continuing on probation 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 99 
( c )  maximum allowable load while on probation 
( d )  readmission after dismissal 
Students are expected to maintain a C average in all work for 
which they are registered for credit during any semester. Failure 
to maintain this standard implies the advisability of limiting the 
student's program. 
No student shall be allowed credit toward graduation for D grade 
work in excess of one-quarter of total hours. 
Only credit of C average or better for work taken at Wichita 
State University applies toward a degree at W. S. U. One cannot 
use higher grades from another college or university to make up 
a less than C grade point average at W. S. U. 
At the end of the first eight weeks in each semester, reports of 
unnsatisfactory grades are mailed to the student. It is the student's 
responsibility to determine the meaning of his unsatisfactory grades, 
to seek advice and to plan steps to improve his performance. 
University College advisers and counselors expect to help students 
analyze their difficulties and make adjustments. 
STUDENT RESPONSIBILTTY 
As part of his adjustment to the university's academic environ- 
ment, the new student is expected to know the academic rules 
and regulations of the university as contained in this catalog and 
the Schedule of Classes booklet. In the event of complete with- 
drawal, students must complete all the steps of the withdrawal 
procedure listed in general regulations section of the catalog. 
READMISSION ON PROBATION 
Students who have been academically dismissed for failure to 
maintain satisfactory grades must file a written request seeking re- 
admission. Except in rare situations where there are important 
changes in circumstances, the student will not be readmitted for 
a period of at least one full semester. Counselors in the University 
College will advise dismissed students regarding other educational 
and training opportunities and will consult with students on the 
request for readmission. 
All students readmitted to University College are placed on 
probation and must register for a course of study approved by the 
Dean to assist the student to achieve success. Because such a 
program requires careful planning, the student must file his petition 
for readmbsion at least 10 days before the begizning of the aca- 
demic term. 
PREPARATION FOR DEGREE-GRANTING COLLEGES 
When the student has completed 24 hours of credit and a mini- 
mum grade point average of 1.70, he is eligible to transfer from 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 100 
the University College to one of the six degree-granting colleges. 
(College of Education requircs a 2.0 average.) All credits earned 
in University College, except courses numbered 99 or lower, apply 
toward a degree, if acceptable to the degree-granting college of the 
student's choice. 
The student should transfer from the University College to the 
degree-granting college as soon as he has decided on a major course 
of study and has met the requirements. In any event, he mu-.st 
qualify himself to make a transfer b y  the time he has accumulated 
72 hours of credit, or be withdrawn from the University. 
The student who has accumulated 50 semester hours and still 
has not declared an academic major may be required to take PD 102. 
Occupation Seminar to assist him in his planning. The student who 
has accumulated 50 semester hours and has not yet achieved the 
required grades must plan his program carefully with a counselor 
to repeat courses failed earlier so that the necessary grade points 
can be acquired before the 72-hour rules forces him to be with- 
drawn from the University. 
In addition to the general requirements stated here, some of the 
degree-granting colleges have specific requirements to be met as 
conditions to acceptance. The student must acquaint himself with 
these requirements and build his personal plans and schedule of 
courses accordingly. 
Procedure for Transferring to a Degree College 
To transfer from the University College to a degree-granting 
college the student consults with his Faculty Adviser andlor a 
University College Counselor regarding his curriculum choice and 
academic eligibility. Then he signs a form requesting the Dean 
to transfer his records to the Dean of the college he has selected. 
If the student has already accumulated the credit hours and 
grade points required to transfer, he may request a transfer at any 
time in the semester. 
If the student decides on a curriculum during the semester in 
which he will complete 24 hours, he should request that his records 
be evaluated and that a transfer be made. The transfer will, in such 
cases, be made after the grades for that semester are recorded and 
the Dean of the degree college has officially accepted the student 
into the degree program. 
NOTE: The student initiates his own transfer: No one else can 
take this action for him. 
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY 
University College provides courses which are basic to certain 
technical and professional fields. In some of these programs a two- 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 101 
year certificate, the Associate of Applied Science, is offered to those 
completing the program. 
ADMINISTRATION O F  JUSTICE 
In cooperation with the Department of Administration of Justice, 
Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the Wichita Police 
Department, and other area Justice Agencies, a two-year certificate 
of applied science is available in Administration of Justice. 
New students interested in the Administration of Justice programs, 
whether two-year certificate or baccalaureate, will be advised by 
University College staff and the Administration of Justice faculty. 
Courses in administration of justice are designed to meet the 
growing demand for better educated personnel in all sectors of the 
justice system, i. e., law enforcement, the courts, and corrections. 
The specific objective of the two-year program is to provide a 
specialized educational program primarily for employees of the 
justice system. The curriculum is designed to provide a rapid 
exposure to a variety of educational experiences which can be put 
to immediate use in the student's professional work. The program 
is so designed that on completion of the two-year certificate pro- 
gram the student can continue this academic program within the 
Department of Administration of Justice, culminating in a Bachelor 
of Science degree in Administration of Justice; however, it is not 
necessary to pursue the two-year certificate program to enter the 
baccalaureate ( four-year) degree program. 
The prescribed curriculum for the certificate follows: 
Core Curriculum Cr.Hrs. 
English 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Speech 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8 

 Psychology 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Sociology 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Remainder of the Program 
Administration of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 
Political Science 121; 321 or 492 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 
One course from each of the following groups: 
Psychology246 ( 3 ) ,  275 ( 3 ) ,  444 ( 3 ) .
 Sociology 334 ( 3 ) ,  339 (3) ,  340 ( 3 ) ,  341 (3) .  
Electives to complete a total of 64 hours for the Association of Applied 
Science certificate. 
GENERAL AND PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 
Minimum requirements for the Bachelor's degree are 124 semes- 
ter hours with a 2.0 grade point average. To graduate in four years, 
a student should take 15 to 16 hours each semester. In most cases, 
a typical semester load of 15 hours is equivalent to 15 class meetings 
per week, except that laboratory hours are usually double the regu- 
lar class hours. 
102 UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 
If the student is undecided as to his area of emphasis, he may 
enroll in any of the courses selected fro111 the 45 hours of required 
courses listed under the "University nequirements for Graduation," 
found on page 55, or other courses approved by the adviser acd 
Dean. If, ho~vever, the student is firm in his conviction as to a 
major, or field of profe.rsional interest, the student's adviser will 
suggest courses from both areas, i. e., those from the "University 
Requiremcnts" mentioned above, as well as introcluctory courses, in 
areas of major or professional goals. 
The core curriculum studies offered in University College are 
applicable to most of the pre-professional programs which may be 
pursued at Wichita State University. 
Prelaw 
The prelaw student is advised to obtain a general education, 
concentrating on studies which emphasize verbal comprehension 
and expression, creative thinking, and critical understanding of 
human institutions ancl values with which the law deals. The pre- 
legal aclviser will provide information relative to requirements for 
entrance to law school. 
Counseling Health Related Programs 
The Eenn of the College of Health Related Professions ancl his 
staff provide counseling in career planning for all health related 
professions including meclicine, veterinary meclicine, dentistry, op- 
tometry, pharmacology, osteopathy, physical therapy, occupational 
therapy, radiologic technology, mortuary science, etc. 
Students interested in these health professions will enroll through 
the University College for their first 21 semester hours and then 
transfer to either the College of Health Related Professions or the 
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the degree program of 
studies. 
HEALTH PROFESSIONS 101. Introdzrction to Health Professions is 
a one-hour credit cour5e which should be taken by new students 
who are interested, but uncertain in their choice of a healdl related 
profession. (Examples: Nursing, mec'icnl technology, inhalation 
therapy, physical therapy, etc.) Enrol!ment in this course is also 
highly recommended for stuclents who are firm in their decision to 
enter a specific health related profession. (See Co!lege of Health 
Related Professions for course clescrip tion. ) 
Pre-nursing students ( Diploma programs ) will be advised through 
University College until this program is fully integrated with the 
College of Health Related Professions. 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 103 
DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 
The Division of Continuing Education, an administrative unit of 
University College, was established to meet the educational needs 
of those citizens in our community who are not regularly enrolled 
students in another college of the University, through academic 
work of a cultural, vocational or semi-professional nature. 
The functions of this program, which is directed to the adults of 
our community, are: 
(1)To provide continuing education in a variety of fields for 
those who wish to study for their own personal enrichment. 
(2)  To cooperate with business and industry in providing for 
groups of employees specialized courses, with or without credit. 
(3)  To sponsor lectures, conferences and institutes for the benefit 
of students and the general public. 
(4)  To afford, through cooperation with degree-granting col-
 leges, courses during evening hours leading to a degree in one of 
the colleges of the University. 
(5) To maintain administrative facilities for students who have 
matriculated for special programs or for an unspecsed degree, and 
who are not enrolled in another college of the University. 
NOTICE:Veterans expecting to secure GI Bill benefits for educa- 
tion should note that Continuing Education does not offer a degree 
and, therefore, cannot extend GI benefits except under most unusual 
circumstances. To secure such benefits the student must be enrolled 
in University College or in one of the six degree-granting colleges. 
Transferring Credit from Continuing Education 
QP
 .. 
Students who accumulate credits in the Division of Continuing 
Education and who subsequently wish to work toward a degree, 
must transfer to the University College or to one of the degree- 
granting colleges. In making that transfer the student must meet 
all of the requirements for registering in that college. 
Sudents transferring to the University College must file high 
school transcripts, college transcripts and scores of the American 
College Test. 
Residence and Extension Credit 
All credit courses offered by Wichita State University within the 
City of Wichita carry residence credit; credit courses offered at 
locations outside the city may carry extension credit. Correspon-
 dence work is offered by Wichita State University through the 
University of Kansas. 
Standards and Requirements 
Students who do not meet the requirements for admission to 
credit courses may be admitted to such courses as audit students. 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 104 
Such persons are enrolled as special students, pay the same fees 
and receive the same lecture and classroom privileges as credit 
students. They are not required to take announced examinations. 
Bulletin 
Prior to each semester a bulletin is prepared by the Division of 
Continuing Education announcing registration dates, courses of-
 fered, schedule of classes, and other pertinent information. The 
bulletin is available upon request. 
SPECIAL UNIVERSITY COLLEGE COURSES 
299. International Seminar. (4). An interdisciplinary travel seminar: a study 
of European culture which includes observations of art and architecture in 
principal European cities, lectures and discussions of European political, social 
and economic problems given by foreign nationals; and conducted visits to 
various historic placcs of interest. Seminar under direction of a member of 
the faculty. 
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT 
100. Freshman Seminar. (1). A study of the University as a resource for 
personal development, and the development of an individual master plan for 
study and self-development in the University. 
102. Occupation Seminar. (1). A study of occupations and curriculums; 
development of a personal profile from test results and past experiences; selec- 
tion of a major cumculum; and development of a master plan to be followed. 
SELF IMPROVEMENT COURSES 
The following courses are not applicable to a degree in the 
baccalaureate colleges. 
Psych. 60. Reading Improvement Technique. (1).Designed for those students 
who seek to improve reacting skills. Reading and study habits are diagnosed 
and practice toward improvement is provided. Prerequisite: Approval of 
instructor. 
Engl. 70. English for Foreign Students. (3). 2R; 1C. Designed to determine 
the students' facility with the English language. All foreign students are re- 
quired to enroll and participate until approval of the instructor is obtained. 
Engl. 80. Writing Improvement Techniques. (3). 3R. 
Math. 52. Algebra (5). The topics from high school algebra essential to the 
study of university level mathematics. May be used, in meeting department 
prerequisites, in place of one and one-half units of high school algebra. Pre-
 requisite: None. 
Math. 60. Plane Geometry. (2). For students without high school credit in 
plane geometry. May be used in meeting department prerequisites, in place 
of one unit of high school geometry. Prerequisite: One unit of high school 
algebra or Mathematics 52, or concurrent enrollment in Mathematics 52. 
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

Fairmount Co!!ege of Liberal Arts 
and Sciences 
PAUL J. MAGELLI, Ph. D., Dean 
Regardless of the area of his ultimate specialization, man is, 
before all else, a member of civilization. Ours is a complex civiliza- 
tion, one which requires an ever-increasing degree of sophisticated 
understanding. To study the liberal arts ancl sciences means, in 
essence, to study the range and scope of man's knowledge about 
himself and about his universe. 
Consequently, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences has a 
number of functions, purposes, ancl responsibilities. Above all, it 
must provide a broad educational basis for all students, regardless 
of their specific major, their educational goal, or their college. We 
ask each student to strive for a well-balanced and integrated stucly 
of the basic areas of human knowledge and creativity. 
Within the College a student's education is developecl according. 
to his particular interest in one of the four main types of study: 
Preparation for professional and technical studies, education in a 
specified discipline, cross-cultural education, and preparation for 
teaching. The concept as outlined above underlies most of the 
requirements and curricula of the College and hopefully encourages 
students to explore a variety of possibilities. The College expects 
all students to become literate in at least one foreign language, as 
well as proficient in English and to give attention to the natural 
sciences and social sciences and to humanities, regardless of their 
professional interests. Faculty and students are constantly at work 
to maintain flexibility in the face of pressures to conform, to develop 
leadership in defining issues, and to discover, if possible, better. 
answers to continuing problems. Liberal Arts and Sciences hopes. 
to accomplish these aims while maintaining academic freedom and 
the right of dispassionate inquiry into all areas of human knowledge. 
In this manner, we hope that students will learn to make vigorous 
responses to all manner of contemporary, social, and academic 
problems which do not always lend themselves to traditional 
solutions. 
Liberal Arts, then, in addition to preparation for teaching, Grad- 
uate School, and professional endeavors, is also the college within 
the University for students who do not specifically aim at a career 
objective but seek to find themselves in the thrill of the discovery 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 107 
of new and challenging ideas and ways of making their life ex- 
periences meaningful. 
REQUIREMENTS 
ADMISSION 
A student may be admitted to Fairmount College of Liberal Arts 
and Sciences if he has successfully completed 24 semester hours 
and is not on probation as defined by this College. 
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS 
It is expected that students will make satisfactory progress in 
their studies. A student who fails to do so may be placed on pro- 
bation at any time and ultimately dismissed from the University. 
Students who have earned up to 63 hours will be required to earn 
a Grade Point Average of at least 1.7 each semester. Students who 
have completed more than 63 hours will be required to earn an 
average of at least 2.000 each semester. Students who do not 
achieve the required Grade Point Average will be placed on proba- 
tion and must make at least 2.000 each semester while on probation. 
A student with 63 hours or less not on probation who fails to earn 
a Grade Point Average of at least 1.7 in any semester will be placed 
on probation for the following semester. At the end of the semester 
in which the student has been placed on probation, and was re- 
quired to earn at least a 2.000 grade point average, his transcript 
will be reviewed. Students who failed to earn the required average 
will be dismissed. Students who live up to the probation require- 
ments will be continued on this status as long as they earn at least a 
2.000 average and until their accumulative Grade Point Average has 
reached the minimum level commensurate to their hours of college 
credit earned. 
A student with more than 63 hours not on probation who fails to 
earn a Grade Point Average of 2.000 in a semester will be placed on 
probation for the following semester. At the end of the semester in 
which the student has been on probation, he will be continued on 
probation if his Grade Point Average for the semester is at least 
2.000 and until he reaches a cumulative Grade Point Average of 
2.000. If he fails to earn at least a 2.000 for any semester on proba- 
tion, he will be dismissed for poor scholarship.* 
* NOTE: No student on probation who enrolls in fewer than 7 hours shall 
be placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise the cumulative grade point 
index to the required level; however, if such a student has earned 7 or more 
hours in two or more terms, he must achieve a Grade Point Average for the 
semesters of 2.000 as listed above to be continued on probation. 
A student who has been dismissed for poor scholarship may enroll only with 
special pern~ission of the Committee on Admissions and Special Programs. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 108 
TRANSFER OF CREDIT WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY 
Hours completed in colleges other than Fairmount College or 
University College shall be transferred for credit under the follow- 
ing general rules: 
( 1 )  Credit shall transfer when, in the judgment of the academic 
official charged with reviewing the transcript of a student, the work 
offered constitutes progress toward his new degree goal in Fair- 
mount College. Not more than 21 hours shall be transferred, except 
in cases involving state certification requirements. 
( 2 )  In the courses listed below the following limitations shall 
be in effect: 
( 3 )  Credit in courses in Industrial Education, Library Science, 
and Elementary Education (except for Children's Literature) will 
not be transferred. 
Only one credit hour in one semester and not more than eight 
hours maximum credit shall transfer for chorus, band, or other 
ensembles. 
Applied music shall transfer not to exceed 8 hours. 

 Applied art shall transfer not to exceed 8hours. 

 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 
The Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees are con- 
ferred in this college. Each degree requires a minimum of 124 
credit hours and a grade point index of 2.000. The general require- 
ments for graduation are listed on page 57. The following are the 
requirements for a degree from Fairmount College: 
Englislt: The student must complete English 111, and 211 or 225, 
with a grade of C or better, and at  least three semester hours of 
American or English literature. (Note: Such a course may be 
chosen in such a way as to satisfy core curriculum requirements 
simultaneously.) 
History-Political Science: The student must demonstrate a pro- 
ficiency in the field of American political system and institutions by 
( a )  passing an examination offered once each semester, at  an an- 
nounced time, by the Departments of History and Political Science, 
or ( b )  passing one of the follon7ing courses: History 131 or 132, 
or Political Science 100 or 121 or 211. (Note: These courses also 
satisfy core curriculum requirements.) 
mat he ma tic.^: The student must complete satisfactorily five or 
six semester hours of mathematics courses numbered 100 or above. 
(Note: All such mathematics courses will satisfy core curriculum 
requirements. 
Foreign Lnngu~ges: In fulfilling his degree requirements in 
foreign languages, the student may choose either (1 )  or ( 2 )  below: 
( 1 )  a. If a candidate for the B. A. degree, he must complete 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 109 
satisfactorily five ( 5 )  semester hours beyond the level of 112. While 
high school credit may apply to this requirement, the student must 
take at least one college course, regardless of the number of high 
school credits presented, or demonstrate equivalent proficiency 
through examination. 
b. If a candidate for the B. S, degree, he must complete satis- 
factorily three ( 3 )  semester hours beyond the level of 112. While 
high school credit may apply to this requirement, the student must 
take at least one college course, regardless of the number of high 
school credits presented, or demonstrate equivalent proficiency 
through examination. 
( 2 )  He may complete satisfactorily the 111-112 sequence, or the 
equivalent, in a second language, if he also can present at least two 
high school units or two college semesters of another language. 
Regardless of the number of high school credits presented, at least 
one course must be taken in college. 
NOTE: One year of high school work will be considered as the 
equivalent of one college semester. With the permission of the 
appropriate department a student with high school credit in foreign 
language may enroll for college credit at a level one semester below 
that for which his high school credit makes him eligible. Such per- 
mission is granted on an individual basis to students whose language 
experience has been interrupted or for whom special circumstances 
prevail. Without this permission no credit will be given for work 
done at a level which duplicates high school foreign language study. 
Natu~.nlScience: A student presenting fewer than two units of 
high school laboratory science (exclusive of general science) must 
complete satisfactorily fourteen semester hours, four of which must 
be in a laboratory science. A student presenting two units of high 
school laboratory science (exclusive of general science) must com- 
plete satisfactorily a minimum of nine semester hours, four of which 
must be in a laboratory science. Except for students majoring in 
the natural sciences, four semester hours must be taken in each of 
the physical and biological science divisions as listed in the Univer- 
sity core curriculum. Courses elected by the student may satisfy 
core curriculum requirements. 
NOTE: I t  is recommended that the following course work be 
completed by the time the student achieves 50 hours and 120 credit 
points or within the next semester thereafter: 
6 semester hours of English composition 
5 or 6 hours of Mathematics, depending on the sequence the 
student chooses 
10 hours of foreign language or the equivalent 
4 or 5 hours of a laboratory science course. 
I t  is not expected that students working toward a Bachelor of 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 110 
Science degree will be able to fulfill the foreign language require- 
ment within this time limit. 
MAJOR -4ND MINOR OFFERINGS 
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers majors in the 
foilon~ing fields: Administration of Justice, American Studies, An- 
thropology, Art, Art History, Biology, Chemistry, Classical Lan- 
guages, Economics, English, French, Geology, German, History, 
Journalism, Linguistics, Logopeclics, hlathematics, hlusic, Philoso- 
phy, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Social Work, 
Sociology, Spanish, and Speech. 
Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree shall elect: (1) A major in one field of study of not less than 24 hours or more than 
41 hours, or a combined major consisting of 24 hours from one field 
of study and 12 hours from an allied field of study (such combined 
major must be arranged with approval of the departments involved 
by the beginning of the junior year), or a major from a professional 
field, including art, economics, logopedics, and music; ( 2 )  at least 
12 hours of upper division work in the major field; ( 3 )  work in 
such additional fields of study outside the major field of study as 
the faculty of the major field of study may deem appropriate. Any 
hours in one field of study above 41 must be counted as in excess 
of the 124 hours required for graduation. 
Students who major in art, logopedics, and music must establish 
two minors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. h4inors 
are offered in all fields of study listed above and in geography, and 
police science. Minors acceptable from outside Fairmount College 
are engineering and accounting, and such education courses as are 
necessary for certification. 
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree should consult 
with their major adviser relative to requirements. The Bachelor of 
Science degree is available in the follo~ving fiields of stucly: aclmin- 
istration of justice, biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics, and 
physics and normally requires 43 hours for the major. However, 
any hours in one field of study above 43 must be counted as in 
excess of the 124 hours required for graduation. 
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY 
The Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences provides 
courses which are basic for certain professional fields and for sub- 
sequent professional studies. The liberal arts studies are recognized 
as vital in establishing the background resources for such areas. 
Although there are many similarities in the broad pattern of pre- 
professional education, there are marked differences in specific 
requirements. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 1 1  1 
ART HISTORY 
The program in art history is designed to prepare students for 
the whole range of activities related to the art of the past: criti-
 cism, connoisseurship, college and secondary level teaching, and 
conservation. 
MAJOR: A major in art history leading to a Bachelor of Arts de- 
gree in the College of Liberal Arts, requires a minimum of 30 hours 
of art history and must include Art 101, 102, and 463. In addition, 
the course Introduction to Methods and Media of Painting (Art 229) 
must be taken. 
Because of the international nature of the study, the student must 
become proficient in reading one of the following languages: 
French, Italian or German. (A minimum of 13 hours in one lan- 
guage is required.) 
MINOR: Students will complete 15 hours in art history. Art 101 
and 102 are required. (Courses are listed under Art in the College 
of Fine Arts.) 
MUSIC 
See page 297 for requirements and curriculum. 
FIELD MAJOR 
This major is designed to provide a field of study wherein three 
or more fields of study are correlated to secure a broader apprecia- 
tion of the cultural and dynamic factors of human conduct. The 
selection of the courses is made with the counsel of the adviser and 
the approval of the dean of the college. Such a major cuts across 
departmental lines and is determined by the field of specific interest 
but must be an acceptable combination. Normally the allocation of 
the 36 hours required for the major is 18 in the major department 
and not less than 9 in each of two allied departments. 
LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES 
The Latin American Studies Program consists of courses from 
several departments and allows the major to pursue a broadly-based 
program of study which will lead to a better understanding of both 
historic and contemporary Latin America. The major in Latin 
American Studies offers two alternatives with emphasis on either 
Spanish language or the social sciences. (See description below.) 
A minor is also offered. 
Spanish Language Emphasis. MAJOR:ti major in Latin American 
Studies with an emphasis in Spanish consists of at least 32 hours 
and must include Anthropology 308, Economics 370 or 471, History 
225, 226 and 3223, Geography 364, Political Science 423, Spanish 426 
and any other 300-400 level course in Latin American literature. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 112 
Other courses must be elected from the following: Anthropology 
346, History 325, 326, 327, 329, and Political Science 420. Approved 
special projects courses related to Latin America taken in the 
departments listed above may also count toward the major in Latin 
American Studies. Proficiency in reading Portuguese is required. 
Social Science Emphusb. MAJOR: A major in Latin American 
Studies with an emphasis in social science consists of at least 30 
hours and includes 21 hours of required courses (Anthropology 309, 
Economics 471, History 225, 226, 228, Geography 364 and Political 
Science 423). An additional 9 hours must be selected from the 
following: Anthropology 346, History 325, 326, 327, 329, Economics 
370 or 470, and Political Science 420. Approved special projects 
courses related to Latin America taken in the departments listed 
above may also count toward the major in Latin American Studies. 
Majors must take at least 13 hours of Spanish or demonstrate equiva- 
lent competence in reading and conversation. 
MINOR: A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the follow- 
ing: Anthropology 308," Economics 471,f Geography 364, History 
226, and Political Science 42.3. In addition, Spanish must be chosen 
to meet the Liberal Arts language requirement. 
AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES 
The major is designed to enable students to become proficient in 
this area by following an interdepartmental and far ranging course 
of studies. The pattern of courses comprises offerings in three col- 
leges and several departments of the University. A field major in 
Afro-American Studies consists of thirty or more hours drawn from 
the selections listed below. For prerequisites and course descriptions 
see the departmental listings. 
Anthropology: 130, 305, 307, 322, 360. 
Economics: 492 
English: 280 
Fine Arts: Music 162 
History: 335 
Political Science: 317, 318, 400 
Sociology: 226, 326, 334 
FIELD TRIF'S 
Student attendance on Geld trips is mandatory in those courses 
for which trips are (1)  listed in the catalog description of the course 
or (2)  are identified by the instructor as essential for earning credit 
in the course. Absences from such trips are permitted only when 
prior approval is granted by the instructor. Credit may be withheld 
0 One %-hour prerequisite: Either Anthropology 124 or 202. 
t One 3-hour prerequisite: Econ. 222. Econ.. 221 as a prerequisite for Econ. 222 may
 be waived for students choosing the Latin Amerlcan mmor, but who are not majoring in 
economics. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 113 
for the course until the field trips have been completed by the 
student. 
Inasmuch as field trips constitute an extension of classroom or 
laboratory instruction into areas removed from the campus, student 
behavior and conduct on field trips must accord with the appropri- 
ate patterns of conduct established for students in classrooms and 
laboratories on the University campus. 
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF PREPROFESSIONAL NATURE 
The advisers in the various preprofessional fields and closely 
related departments mill provide specific information relative to 
courses and requirements. 
PRELAW 
In a statement of policy by the Association of American Law 
Schools, emphasis is placed upon undergraduate studies which 
provide "comprehension and expression in words; critical under- 
standing of the human institutions and values with which the law 
deals; and creative power in thinking," to be achieved through 
disciplined study in the fields of the student's choice. 
Degree requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree will provide 
a general education and concentration in a field of major study. The 
prelegal adviser will provide information relative to requirements 
for entrance to law school. 
PREMEDICAL, PREDENTAL, PREVETERINARY, 
PREPHARMACY, PREOPTOMETRY 
Schools of Medicine emphasize for admission a broad education 
as well as prescribed studies in the sciences. Preparation for the 
study of medicine should include, therefore, courses of study which 
develop disciplined thinking, intelligent appreciation of values, and 
sympathetic understanding of man and society. Since vital aspects 
of the study of medicine are associated with scientific knowledge 
and techniques, courses in biology, chemistry, physics, and allied 
fields are required. Students may choose to major in these fields 
but other majors may be selected in preparation for the study of 
medicine. The prospective physician shoulcl also possess those 
qualities of character which make for effective citizenship and pro- 
fessional competence. The adviser for premedical studies will pro- 
vide information relative to the Medical College Admission Test 
recommended by the Association of American Medical Colleges and, 
upon request, a detailed outline of the various curricula for admis- 
sion to medical school. Students are urged to consult with him at 
the earliest possible time in regard to the opportunities and require- 
ments in this professional field. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 114 
While the four-year degree program is definitely preferable, it is 
possible in some medical schools to gain admission on the basis of 
a three-year program of studies. Students of Wichita State Univer- 
sity who have taken 94 hours of preparation, the last 30 of which 
must have been taken at Wichita State University, have complied 
with the prescribed fields of study requirements, have 188 credit 
points with no more than 20 hours of D grade work, have passed 
the first year of medical or dental school (for 30 hours) and are 
eligible for admission the second year may be granted the degree 
of Bachelor of Arts by Wichita State University if application be 
made by the candidate for such a degree. Students with a major in 
biology are required to complete within the 94 hours either the 
zoology or microbiology option listed under the biology department. 
Schcols of Dentistry require prescribed preparation in the sciences 
as well as general education. Although the entrance requirements 
are generally of the same character, the student shoulcl give careful 
attention to the pattern in the school of his choice. Emphasis upon 
the sciences, generally with a major in biology, is recommended. 
The adviser for predental studies will provide a specific program 
of course work for either the three-year or four-year program. 
The preparation for the study of veterinary medicine generally 
includes the essential pattern of basic education and emphasis upon 
science with special reference to biology. The adviser for pre- 
veterinary medicine stuclies will provide a specific program of course 
work. 
Schedules may be arranged to meet entrance requirements of 
the various schools of optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, mortuary 
science, and related professional fields. 
Students interested in pursuing graduate theological work should 
arrange their programs of preparation in consultation with the chair- 
man of the department of Religion. Specific requirements set forth 
by the individual seminaries can thus be satisfied. 
PUBLIC SERVICE 
There is a growing demand for college graduates in the field of 
public service. The foreign service of the United States offers an 
attractive fielcl to a limited number of young men and women who 
desire a career abroad. The federal government and an increasing 
number of cities and states are using the principles of the merit 
system for their employees. Relatecl fields open to properly trained 
.college graduates are found in muncipal research bureaus and 
legislative reference bureaus. Preparation for such service is not 
confined to any one department. Students interested in public ser- 
vice as a career should consult with their advisers or the heads of 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 115 
their departments as to the courses which will best prepare them. 
Students interested in public administration should also consult the. 
civil service bulletins. 
SOCIAL WORK 
A major and minor are provided in the Sociology Department of 
the Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for training in 
various areas of social work. Courses are designed for four types 
of students: ( 1 )  All students as preparation for intelligent and 
responsible community participation; ( 2 )  the student who, upon 
graduation, may accept a position not now requiring professional 
graduate training; ( 3 )  the student who plans to go on to a graduate 
school of social work; ( 4 )  the student who is preparing to enter 
another of the helping professions. The offerings in social work 
are listed on page 180. The University is a member of the Council 
on Social Work Education. 
TEACHING 
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may qualify 
for secondary teaching certificates in Kansas and in several other 
states. Those who plan to qualify for the standard secondary teach- 
ing certificate must complete the program as outlined in items I 
and I1 on page 212. 
LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES CURRICULUM 
COURSES IN THE HONORS PROGRAM 
The following courses are designed for use by the Honors Pro- 
gram for Honors Students. The precise content of any such course 
for a given semester must be approved for each offering by the. 
Honors Committee. Any such course may be taken no more than 
twice by any one student for academic credit toward a degree. The 
A designation indicates the course may apply as credit for Group I 
core curriculum requirements; B indicates the course may apply as 
credit for Group I1 core curriculum requirements; C indicates the 
course may apply as credit for Group I11 core curriculum require- 
ments; D indicates the course may apply as credit for Group IV 
core curriculum requirements. The genera1 course titles are worded 
according to these core curriculum group titles. 
Honors 100A. Special Studies in Mathematics and Natural Science. (1-4). 
Honors 100B. Special Studies in Communications. (1-4). 
Honors 100C. Special Studies in Humanities. (1-4). 
Honors 100D. Special Studies in Social Sciences. (1-4). 
Honors 200A. Proseminar in Mathematics and Natural Sciences. (1-4). 
Honors 200B. Proseminar in Communications. (1-4). 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 116 
Honors 200C. Proseminar in Humanities. (1-4). 
Honors BOOD. Proseminar in Social Sciences. (1-4). 
Honors 300A. Colloquium in Mathematics and Natural Science. (1-4). 
Honors 300B. Colloquium in Communications. (1-4). 
Honors 300C. Colloquium in Humanities. (1-4). 
Honors 300D. Colloquium in Social Sciences. (1-4). 
Honors 400. Honors Seminar. (1-4). 
Honors 410. Independent Study. (1-4). 
SPECIAL INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 
Humanities 299. International Seminar (4). An interdisciplinary travel seminar: 
A study of European culture which includes observations of art and architecture 
in principal European cities, lectures and discussions of European political, 
social and economic problems given by foreign nationals; and conducted visits 
to various historical places of interest. Seminar under direction of a member of 
the faculty. 
-ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 
The program in Administration of Justice provides a broad, multi- 
disciplinary, liberal background for individuals interested in a 
career in the American Justice System. The program provides for 
a specialization in a field of the student's particular interest, i. e. law 
enforcement, legal defense, prosecution, courts, probation, correc- 
tional programs, parole process, crime prevention, treatment, and 
rehabilitation. 
MAJOR:A major consists of at least 24 hours from the Administra- 
tion of Justice curriculum, including A. J. 100 or 101, 221, and 12 
hours of upper division including A. J. 403. Required also are nine 
hours from each of two related disciplines such as Sociology, Psy- 
chology, Political Science (Public Administration), Anthropology, 
etc. The balance of the courses are selected by the student, with 
the approval of his advisor. 
kin-OR: The minor consists of 15 hours of Administration of 
Justice courses including one upper division course. 
CERTIFICATE: An Associate of Applied Science Certificate in 
Administration of Justice will be awarded by University College 
on completion of a 64-hour, two-year program. (See University 
College, Special Programs of Study, p. 101.) 
Lower Division Courses 
100. Introduction to the Administration of Justice. (3). Primarily for pre- 
service students. An introduction to the philosophy and history of law enforce- 
ment, identifying multiple facets of the aclministration of justice system, includ- 
ing the police, the courts, correctional agencies, and the offender. The 
administration of justice role as it relates to the individual and to society.
 Through visitation and contact with administration of justice agencies, the 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 117 
student is acquainted with the responsibilities and problems of his personal 
development for an administration of justice career. 
101. Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures. (3). An introduction to 
law enforcement operations and procedures including police organization and 
administration. Emphasizes the police role in society and operational proce- 
dures including deployment of personnel, arrest procedures, crime scene tech- 
niques, and other basic police tactics. Prerequisite: A. J. 100 or consect of 
department. 
103. Law Enforcement in the Community. (3). Rights and duties of citizens. 
Constitutional provisions affecting law enforcement officers, emphasizing due 
process, search and seizure, and informant identity. Interview and interrogation 
techniques and procedures used in all phases of contacts within the community 
structure. 
106. Traffic, Transportation and Highway Safety. (3). Enforcement problems 
created by modern transportation in society. Traffic control, engineering, edu- 
cation, enforcement procedures, as well as accident investigation, are includecl. 
Use of traffic records and statistics for selective enforcement. 
124. Dactyloscopy and Personal Idenacation. (3). Physical descriptions 
emphasizing the science of fingerprints and ~ersonal  identification. The H e m 7  
system of classification including individuaI characteristics, patterns, and 
classifications. Comparison procedure. 
221. Criminal Law . (3). History, scope and nature of law; parties to crime; 
classification of offenses; act and intent; capacity to commit crime and de- 
fenses. Elements of major criminal statutes. An overview of criminal processes 
and rules of evidence. Prerequisite: A. J. 101. 
243. Special Investigation. (3). Care, collection and preservation of evi-
 clence. Sources of information and locatin subjects. Crime scene recording. 
Investigative techniques applicable to spec&! offenses. Prerequisite: A. J. 221 
or consent of department. 
244. Criminalistics and Scientific Crime Detection. (3). Scientific aids avail- 
able to law enforcement officers, including forensic chemistry, physics, and 
microanalysis. Investigative procedures from crime scene, through laboratory 
analysis, to court presentation. Prerequisite: A. J. 243. 
245. Investigative Photography. (3). Photography as applied in law enforce- 
ment. This includes field experience and the use of specialized equipment. 
Diagramming the crime scene. Prerequisite: A. J. 243 or consent of depart- 
ment. 
Upper Division Courses 
301. Law Enforcement Administration. (3). An in-depth survey of admin-
 ispation and management in law erforcement and other Justice System agen- 
cles. Special attention is given to developing concepts and practices. Pre-
 requisite: Political Science 321, or consent of department. 
321. Law II-Legal Research and Case Interpretation. (3). An advanced 
course in criminal law. Examination of recent judicial interpretations affecting 
legal process, rules of evidence and substantive law. In-depth study of statutory 
provisions with emphasis on the conflict of laws and legal trends affecting 
enforcement personnel. Prerequisite: A. J. 103 and A. J. 221, or consent of 
department. 
403. Senior Seminar. (3). An intensive study of the theory and operation of 
the total criminal justice system. Required of all Administration of Justice 
majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of department. 
421. Independent Study. (1-3). Study in a specialized area of the Adrnin- 
istration of Justice System with emphasis on the student's research project. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 118 
Pre-service students may be assigned intern positions in one or more of the 
operational agencies. Prerequisite: 15 hours in the Administration of Justice 
core and department consent. May be repeated for credit not to exceed a total 
of six hours. 
AMERICAN STUDES 
The program in American Studies provides a broad cultural back- 
ground in American studies, and provides, proportionately, for a 
specialization in a field of the student's particular interest. 
MAJOR: 37 hours minimum, consisting of Arner. Studies 301 (2-4), 
9 hours from Arner. Studies 311, 312, 321, 322, 411, 412, and Amer. 
Studies 498 (3-6) and 499 (3-6) (required); 18 hours to be chosen 
from at least three of the following groups: 
English: 252,262,302,303,440 
History: 131,132,313, 314,331, 333,334,437,438, 441, 444, 445 
Political Science: 121,211,315,316 
Anthropology: 309,310, 336, 337, 490,498 
Philosophy: 356 
Economics: 307 
Speech: 432 
Geography: 302 
MINOR: A minor in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences con- 
sists of 15 hours, including American Studies 301 (2-4) plus at least 
six other upper division hours. 
301. Introduction to American Studies. (2). An examination of the American 
background from an interdisciplinary perspective. The intent is to show how 
the humanities and social sciences can be linked in the study of America. 
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. May be repeated for a total of 4 
hours credit. 
311. The Colonial Period. (3). Those ideas and ideals, originally fostered by 
the English colonists, which were to become the foundation of the new 
democracy. 
312. The Twentieth Century. (3). The many contributing factors shaping the 
Twentieth Century American civilization. 
321. The Midlands and the High Plains. (3). The background, the factors in 
the settlement of this vast area, and the results of this settlement. 
322. The American Southwest. (3). The back ound of the settlement of the 
American Southwest, the impact of the commin$ng of three different cultures, 
and the evolving of a fourth culture. 
411. The Romantic Revolution. (3). The impact of the Romantic Revolution 
on the nation's civilization as a liberating force in the period of its greatest 
change. 
412. The Growth of Nationalism. (3). American Civilization during the period 
of its awakening to its place as a nation and the problems encountered. 
498. Introduction to Research. (3). Bibliography, methodology, and the 
hilosophy of research. Prerequisite: Department consent. May be repeated 
For a total of 6 hours credit. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 119 
499. Seminar in American Studies. (3). Seminar and individual conferences 
organized around a problem or roblems presented by a representative figure, 
theme, or period, i. e., the InAstrial Revolution, Reconstruction, Westward 
Migration, Mark Twain and the Mississippi. Prerequisite: Department con-
 sent. May be repeated for a total of 6 hours credit. 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
MAJOR: A major in anthropology consists of at least 30 hours, 
including Anthropology 124 or 202,201,447, an area course and one 
course in Archaeology (308,336, or 337). Certain courses in related 
departments not to exceed 6 hours, when they meet the particular 
needs of the student and are approved by his adviser, may be 
counted on the major. 
MINOR: The minor consists of 15 hours of anthropology selected 
in consultation with the student's major adviser. 
Lower Division Courses 
124. General Anthropology. (3). An introduction to the fields of physical 
anthropology, archaeology and linguistics, analysis of the concepts of socicty 
and culture with special emphasis on nonliterate peoples of the world. 
130. Afro-American Heritage. (3). The West African and New World heritage 
of Black America. Analysis of Afro-American contributions to the social. 
cultural, economic and political life of the Unitecl States. 
201. Paleoanthropology. (3). The study of man's biological and cultural 
development from early Paleolithic times through the rises of Bronze Age
 civilizations. 
202. Cultural Anthropology. (3). The meaning of culture, its significance for 
human beings, its diverse forms among peoples of the world, past and present. 
203. Peoples of the World. (3). A survey of the cultural configurations of 
nonliterate peoples of aboriginal America, Asia, Oceania, and Africa. Pre-
 requisites: Anthro. 124 or 202. 
Upper Division Courses 
301. Approach to Archaeology. (3). An introduction to the problems of study- 
ing past cultures. Special attention is focused on methodology and techniques 
available to archaeologists and the theoretical rationale leading to sound inter- 
pretations of the structure of extinct cultures. Prerequisite: Anthro. If24 or 
201 or equivalent. 
305. African Ethnohistory. (3). Human origin, migration atterns, subsistence 
and technological developments in Africa; analysis of ~ g c a nsocieties from 
European discovery through the emergence of modem nations. Prerequisite:
 Anthro. 124 or 202. 
306. Peoples of the PacEc. (3). A survey of the races, languages, ancl cultures 
of nonliterate peoples of Polynesia, Micronesia, and Indonesia. Prerequisite:
 Anthro. 124 or 202. 
307. Peoples of Africa. (3). A description and analysis of the culture areas 
of Africa south of the Sahara. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 202. 
308. High Cultures of Central and South America. (3). A cultural survey of 
the Aztec, Maya and Inca Indian civilization. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 202. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
309. Indians of the Eastern United States. (3). A survey of the cultures of 
aboriginal peoples east of the Mississippi River. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 
or 202. 
310. Indians of the West. (3). A survey of the cultures of aboriginal peoples 
of the Great Plains, Southwest, and Pacific Coast areas. Prerequisite: Anthro. 
124 or 202. 
312. Peoples of Asia. (3). Study of tribal cultures and civilizations of Asia in 
terms of major culture areas, racial varieties and linguistic patterns. Prerequi-
 site: Anthro. 124, 201 or 202. 
318. Culture and Personality. (3). The relationship of individual personality, 
both normal and abnormal, to group membership and cultural configuration. 
Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 202, or department consent. 
319. Applied Anthropology. (3). The application of anthropological knowl- 
edge in the solution of social problems in industry, public health and public 
administration. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 202. 
322. Primitive Esthetics. (3). A survey of the arts of preliterate peoples with 
special attention to their function in the cultural setting. Prerequisite: Anthro. 
124 or 202. 
323. Primitive Folklores. (3). Survey of the oral literature of Africa, the 
Americas, and the Pacific. The role of myths, tales, riddles and proverbs in 
reflecting a people's value and world view. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 
graduate standing. 
325. Social and Cultural Change. (3). A critical examination of the processual 
dynamics of social and cultural change the world over, with special emphasis 
on contemporary non-European areas. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology. 
326. Social Organization. (3). A survey of the varieties of social organization 
among non-industrialized peoples throughout the world. Deals with family 
systems, kinship, residence patterns, and lineage, clan and tribal organizations. 
Prerequisite: G hours of Anthropology. 
327. Primitive Religion. (3). An examination of various concepts concerning 
the realm of the supernatural as held by primitive people. Relates such re- 
ligious and magical beliefs-and the resultant practices-to the larger patterns 
of cultural context. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology. 
328. Introduction to Linguistics. (3). Principles of descriptive and historical 
linguistics: Phonetics and phonology, morphology and syntax. (Also German 
327.) 
336. North American Archeology I. (3). The main archeological cultures of 
western U. S., Canada, and Alaska and the theories of their origin and 
development. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 201. 
337. North American Archeology 11. (3). Analysis of Woodland, Mississippi, 
Hopewell, and other archeological cultures of the eastern United States. 
Prerequisites: Anthro. 124 or 201. 
345. Economics of Pre-Industrial Societies. (3). The study of methocls of 
production, division of labor, organization of markets, concepts of money and 
property allocation in tribal societies. An emphasis will be placed on kinship 
units as units of consumption and production. Prerequisite: 6 hours of 
Anthropology. 
346. Peasant Society. (3). A cross-cultural survey of anthropological studies 
of peasant societies in Asia, Europe, Latin America, etc. Emphasis will be 
placed on the nature of peasant societies as compared with tribal or industrial 
societies. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
354. Physical Anthropology. (4). A course dealing with the biological evolu- 
tion of man through time, and the variations among populations past and 
present. Prerequisite: Anthro. 201 and department consent. 
360. Primitive Law and Government. (3). Organizational structures and 
processes which maintain social orcler in prc-industrial societies. Prerequisite: 
6 hours of Anthropology. 
436. Advanced Studies in Archeology and Ethno-History. (3). Special area 
ancl theory problems in an historical approach to culture. Prerequisite: 12 
hours of Anthropology. 
447. Theories of Culture. (3). A survey of the main theoretical movements 
in cultural snthropology, including both historical and contemporary schools of 
thouzht. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology. 
449. Educational Anthropology. (3). A course dealing with the basic concepts 
of anthropology and their application to social science units in elementary and 
secondary grades. Explores the nature of sub-cultures in American society ancl 
the problems they pose for the classroom teacher. A course for education 
majors and graduate students. Also listed as Fcl. Ed. 449. Cannot be used to 
meet requirements of the core curriculum for Anthropology. 
451. Language and Culture. (3). An introduction to historical an& descriptive 
linguistic. Deals with the ethnography of communications, lexicostatistics and 
linguistic determinism. Prerequisite: 6 hours of anthropology. 
455. Perspectives on Human Design and Behavior. (3). Surveys of concepts 
from anatomy, medicine, biology, anthropology, neuropsychology--concerned 
with human form and behavior. Discussion of inclividual difEerences. Consent 
required. (Also P. E. 45'5.) 
462. Aspects of Linquistic Theory. (3). (Also English 462 and Linquistics 
462.) 
490. Field Methods in Anthropology. (3-8). A course which instructs the 
student in archeological ancl ethnological field methods through actual par- 
ticipation in a field research program. The project depencls upon the specific 
summer session and varies from year to year. Prerequisite: Consent of In-
 structor. 
498. Anthropological Problems. (2-3). Special problems in cultural anthro- 
pology. Prerequisites: 12 hours of Anthropology. May be repeated up to 
6 hours. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Comprehensive Seminar in Anfiropology. (3). A review of the important 
concepts in archeology, physical anthropology and cultural anthropology in 
preparation for graduate comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: Open only 
to graduate majors in anthropology. 
502. h.lethoc1s in Anthropology. (2-3). A course designed to develop abilities 
in the conception and investigation of anthropological problems, interview and 
obsrrv~tion techniques as well as more specialized methods such as photog-
 raphy, mapping ancl tape rccorcling. Prerequisite: Dcpartment consent. May 
be repeated up to 6 hours. 
505. Museum Methods. (3). An introcluction to museum techniques relating 
to acquisition of collections and related procedures such as accessioning, 
cataloging, documentation, presentation and storage. Emphasis will be given 
to current trencls in museological philosophy concerning purpose, function and 
relevance of museums, as well as career opportunities. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
506. Museum Exhibition. (3). Contemporary philosophy of exhibition design; 
the application of recent concepts to the planning and installation of an 
exhibit. Prerequisite: Anthropology 505 and consent of instructor. 
537. Special Problems in Anthropology. (1-3). Intensive study on advance2 
theoretical uestions in cultural anthropology or archaeology. Prerequisite: a 
hours of An%ropology. May be repeated up to 6 hours. 
548. Recent Developments in Anthropology. (3). A review of the latest dis- 
coveries and interpretations in the science of man. Prerequisite: 5 hours of 
Anthropology. May be repeated up ta 6 hours. 
570. Independent Reading. (1-3). Prerequisite: Department consent. hfay be 
repeated up to a total of 6 hours. 
575-576. Thesis. (2-2). 
BIOLOGY 
MAJOR:A major in biology leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree 
requires 30 hours of biology, and must include Biology 111, 112, 
and 201, or the equivalent. Chemistry 111, 112, 231 and 232 or 
the equivalent, are required. 
A major in biology leading to a Bachelor of Science degree re- 
quires 40 hours of biology, and must include 111, 112, and 201, or 
the equivalent, Chemistry 111, 112, 231, 232, or the equivalent, 
Physics 123, 124, and the courses listed in one of the three options, 
said option to be selected by the beginning of the Junior year. 
Botany Option: Biology 322,329 and 330. 
Alicrobiology Option: Biolosy 301, 324 and either 325, 424, or 
460. Students planning to do graduate work in Microbiology are 
expected to complete satisfactorily Mathematics 142. 
Zoology Option: Biology 225 or 310,309 and 320. 
\IINOR: A minor in biology requires 15 hours, including Biology 
111,112 and 201. 
Several of the courses offered in the Biology department are 
service courses, and are so designated. Service courses cannot be 
taken for credit toward a biology major or minor. 
Lower Division Courses 
100. Principles of Biology. (4). 3R; 2L. A general course in biology designed 
for students not majoring in sciences. Credit will not count toward a maior or 
minor in Biology. Credit will not be given for both Biology 100 and Science 
102: Biological Science. 
102. Biological Science. (5). 5R. Man in the living world. An introduction 
the basic concepts of the biological sciences, with emphasis upon man himself. 
111. Introductory Botany. (4). 3R; 3L. Fundamentals of plant science in- 
cluding plant structure, development and physiology; relationships of major 
plant groups, and biological principles illustrated with ant materials. Con-
 current enrollment in freshman Chemistry is recommendes! 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 123 
112. Introductory Zoology. (4). 3R; 3L. Fundamentals of animal science 
including animal structure, development and physiology; relationship of major 
animal groups, and biological principles illustrated with animal materials. 
Concurrent enrollment in freshman Chemistry is recommended. 
120. Introduction to Microbiology. (4). 3R; 2L. Service course. Funda-
 mentals of microbiology with emphasis on microorganisms important in sanita- 
tion and disease. 
201. Introductory Cellular Biology. (3). 3R. Fundamentals of cellular biol- 
ogy includin basic constituents, structure, metabolism, responsiveness, co-
 ordination an8 reproduction. Prerequisite: Biol. 111 and 112, and Chem. 112. 
or concurrent enrollment. 
223. Human Biology. (5). 3R; 4L. Service course. An introduction to the 
structure and functions of the human body. Credit not applicable toward the 
core requirement for laboratory science. Prerequisite: Biol. 100 or 112. 
225. Comparative Anatomy. (5). 3R. 4L. An intensive study of representa- 
tive chordates, with emphasis on vertebrate anatomy. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Ecology and Man. (3). 3R. An introduction to the fundamentals of 
ecology with emphasis on man as a part of the environment. Service course. 
Not for core credit. 
301. Bacteriology. (5). 3R; 6L. An introduction to growth, development 
and metabolism of bacteria and related forms. Prerequisite: Biol. 201; and 
Chem. 231 or concurrent enrollment. 
302. Pathogenic Microbiology. (4). 3R; 3L. An introduction to the important 
pathogenic microorganisms and their relations to health and disease in man. 
Prerequisite: Biology 301. 
309. Invertebrate Zoology. (4). 3R; 3L. A comparative study of the mor-
 phology and phylogeny of the invertebrates with emphasis on the basic body 
types and their major variations. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
310. Vertebrate Zoology. (4). 2R; 4L. Evolution, distribution, systematics, 
natural history, and special characters of vertebrate animals. Prerequisite:
 Biol. 201. Biol. 225 recommended. 
311. hlicroscopic Technique. (3). 9L. Preparation of materials for the study 
of minute anatomy. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
312. Parasitology. (3). 1R; 6L. The parasites of man and other vertebrate 
hosts. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
320. Comparative Animal Physiology. (4). 3R; 3L. A survey of physio-
 logical phenomena in the major groups of animals with attention to physiology 
as a unifying discipline in zoology. Prerequisite: Biol. 201 and Chem. 2.31. 
322. Plant Physiology. (5). 3R; 6L. The functional dynamics of plant metab- 
olism and growth, including water relations, nutrition, translocation, photo- 
synthesis, respiration, and various aspects of development. Prerequisite: Biol. 
201 and Chem. 231. 
324. Microbial Physiology. (3). 3R. The physiology and metabolism of micro- 
organisms. Prerequisite: Biol. 301 and Chem. 231. 
325. Microbial Physiology Laboratory. (2). 6L. An introduction to the basic 
techniques involved in the study of microbial physiology. Prerequisite: Bio10.g 
301 and Chem. 231. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
329. Nonvascular Plants. (4). 2R; 6L. An introduction to the structure, re- 
production, and evolution of the algae, fungi, and bryophytes. Special empha- 
sis on cytology, physiology. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
330. Vascular Plants. (4). 2R; 6L. An introduction to the structure, repro- 
duction and evolution of the major groups of living and extinct vascular plants. 
An introduction to flowering plant systematics will be included. Prerequisite: 
Biol. 201. 
343. Mycology. (4). 2R; 4L. The structure, development and reproduction 
of fungi with emphasis on the cytology and physiology of forms of scientific 
and economic importance. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
381. Entomology. (5). 3R; 4L. An introduction to the morphology, physi- 
ology, life cycles, behavior, ecology and economic significance of insects. 
Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
401. Genetics. (4). 4R. The mechanisms of heredity and variation in plants 
and animals with a critical review of the concept of the gene. Prerequisite: 
Biol. 201. 
402. Comparative Embryoloyy. (4). 2R; 4L. Gametogenesis, fertilization, and 
developmental processes in animals with emphasis on vertebrates. Prerequisite: 
Biol. 201. Biol. 225 recommended. 
406. Analytical Methods in Biology. (2). 1R; 3L. The principles, capabilities 
and appLications of modem techniques of instrumental measurement in biologi- 
cal research and teaching. Prerequisite: Biol. 201, Chem. 231, and Phys. 124. 
410. Animal Behavior. (5). 3R; 4L. Ph siological basis, sensory reception, 
orientation and ethology. Prerequisite: ~ i o f  320 or consent. 
412. Physiological Plant Ecology. (4). 2R; 6L. Principles and patterns of 
plant distribution and of adaptations of plants to particular habitats. Emphasis 
on the experimental approach to ecology. Field trips an integral part of the 
laboratory. Prerequisite: Biol. 322 or consent of instructor. 
415. Limnology. (5). 2R; 6L. Introduction to the biological and physical 
processes that operate in lakes, streams, and estuaries. Assigned readings, 
individual projects and field trips required. Prerequisite: Biol. 201 and consent 
of instructor. 
419. Ecology. (3). 3R. Principles underlying the interrelationships of living 
organisms and their environments. Prerequisite: Biol. 201 or consent of 
Department. 
420. Field Ecology. (3). 9L. Techniques for analysis of systems consisting of 
living organisms and their environments. Field trips required. Prerequisite or 
corequisite: Biol. 419 or consent of instructor. 
421. Genetics Laboratory. (3). 9L. Use of viruses, bacteria, fungi and Droso- 
phila to illustrate principles of mutagenesis, gene action, recombination and 
population dynamics. Prerequisite: Biol. 301 and 401. 
422. Protozoology. (4). 2R; 6L. Survey of the free-living and parasitic 
protozoa; identification, life cycles and host-parasite relationships emphasized. 
Prerequisite: Biol. 301 or 309 or 312. 
423. Cytology. (3). 2R; 3L. The structure, chemistry, development, and 
function of the cell with particular reference to chromosomes and their bearing 
on genetics. Prerequisite: Biol. 201. 
424. Immunobiolopy. (3). 3R. The nature of antigens, antibodies, and their 
interactions; cellular and humoral aspects of immunologic phenomena. Pre-
 requisite: Biol. 201. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 125 
425. Immunobiology Laboratory. (2). GL. Methods of immunization and 
techniques for qualitative and quantitative determinations of antibody pro-
 duction ancl antigen-antibody reactions. Prerequisite or corequisite: Biol. 424, 
Chem. 232 or consent of instructor. 
430. Histology. (4). 2R; GL. h4icroscopic anatomy of vertebrates with em-
 phnsis on the mamn~al. Prcrcquisite: Biol. 225. 
460. Microbial Genetics. (4). 4R. The relationship behveen development, 
metabolism, and genetics in microorganisn~s. Prerequisite: Biol. 301 and 401 
or department consent. 
482. Topics in Botany. (2). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. hlay be 
repeated once for credit. 
483. Topics in Zoology. (2). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. hlay be 
repeated once for credit. 
484. Topics in Microbiology. (2). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, hlay 
be repeated once for creclit. 
490. Biological Literature. (1). 2R. A11 introduction to the use of biological 
literature and the preparation of reports. Prerequisite: 20 hrs. Biology. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Biology Seminar. (1). Reviews of current research in biology. Pre-
 requisite: Biol. 490 or consent of instructor. May be repeated once for credit. 
501. Comparative Invertebrate Morphology. (3). 3R. A detailed analysis of 
the anatomv of invertebrate organ systems and their evolution. Prereauisite: 
Biol. 309 o; consent of instructor. 
502. Special Problems in Animal Behavior. (3). 3R. Emphases are on prey- 
predator interactions and the effect of a changing environment on behavioral 
patterns. Prerequisite: Biol. 410 or consent of instructor. 
503. Special Problems in Ecology. (5). 2R; 6L. Emphasis on conservation of 
natural resources, land and water use, wildlife and fisheries management, and 
effects of pollution. Assigned readings, individual projects, and field trips 
~cquired. Prerequisite: Biol. 411, 415 or consent of instructor. 
504. Advanced Immunology. (3). 3R. Contemporary problems in in~~~lunologic 
research. Lectures, assigned readings and reports. Prerequisite: Biol. 424 and 
consent of instructor. 
505. Physiological Genetics. (3). 3R. Studies of the physiochemical nature 
of genetic material and the mechanisms of genetic regulation of metabolism. 
507. Microbial Xletabolism. (3). 3R. Studies of the degradative and bio- 
synthetic metabolic pathways of representative bacteria, yeasts and higher 
fungi. Prerequisite: Biol. 301 or consent of instructor. 
510. Physiological Basis of Behavior. (3). 3R. A modern approach to co-
 orclinatory mecllanisms which will stress the essential unity of nervous and 
endocrine function. Prerequisite: Biol. 320 or consent of instructor. 
520. Radiation Biology. (3). 3R. Mechanisms of the genetic nnd non-
 genetic effects of radiations on unicellular and n~ulticellular systems. Surveys 
of the physical properties of radiations and of radiation chemistr)~ are included. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
561. Research. (1 to 5). Research upportunties offered in botany, microl~iology 
ancl zoology. A maximum of 8 hours may be taken for credit. 
576. Thesis. (2). 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
CHEMISTRY 
MAJOR. A major with a Bachelor of Arts degree rcquires Chem- 
istry 324, 332, 346, 347, and the necessary prerequisites, which in- 
clude Mathematics 244 (or equivalent) and one year of college 
physics. Students with a substantial interest in the biological 
sciences may satisfy the B. A. requirements by substitutiilg Chemis- 
try 461 for Chemistry 324 or Chemistry 346. If substitution is made 
for 324 Chemistry 323 is required. 
A major with a Bachelor of Science degree consists of the 13. A. 
requirements, a reading knowledge (or two semesters) of German, 
and a minimum of eight hours of 400 level courses which must in- 
clude Chemistry 411. Chemistry 461 may be included in the 400 
level courses, but it cannot be substituted for Chemistry 324 or 346 
in meeting the B. S. requirements. It  is recommended that at least 
one credit hour of laboratory work be included in the 400 !c\rel 
courses. Additional physics and mathematics beyond the minimum 
requirements is strongly recommended. This curriculum meets the 
standards of the American Chemical Society in the Professional 
Training of Chemists. The student who is working toward the 
Bachelor of Science degree should consult closely with the De- 
partment in planning his curriculum. 
The premedical student who majors in Chemistry sl~ould be ad- 
vised by a member of the Chemistry Department facultry. 
MINOR. The chemistry minor consists of at least 14 hours and 
must include at least four hours from Chemistly 231, 302, 331, 323, 
and 331. 
Lower Division Courses 
103. General Chemistry. (5). 3R; 4L. A brief survey of inorganic, organic, 
and biological chemistry for the student who plans to take only one course in 
chemistry. This course is recommended for students in Dental Hygiene, and 
Nursing, as well as those majoring in Social Science and the Ilumanities. Stu-
 dents who expect to major in the Natural Sciences should take Chem. 111-112. 
Credit will not be granted for both Chem. 103 and Chem. 111. 
111. General Chemistry. (5). 3R; 4L. An introduction to the general laws 
of chemistry and the non-metals and their compounds. The Chem. 111-112 
course sequence is designed to meet the needs of natural science majors and 
is not recommended for students who plan to take only one course in chemistry. 
Students who have had good high school preparation in chemistry and mathe- 
matics shoulcl consider the alternate afforded by Chem. 123-124. Prercquisite:
 1.5 units of high school algebra or Math. 52. Credit will not be granted for 
both Chem. 103 and Chem. 111. 
112. General and Inorganic Chemistry. (5). 3R; 4L. The chemistry of metals, 
electrochemistry, ionic equilibria, and introduction to qualitative analysis ancl 
organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 111with a grade of C or better. 
123-124. General and Analytical Chemistry. (5-5). 3R; 6L-3R; GL. General 
chemishy and introductory quantitative analysis, including much of the ma-
 terial ordinarily presented in Chem. 323. Students who successfully col~lplete 
this sequence are not required to take Chem. 323 as a prerequisite for Chem. 
324. Prerequisite: 1.5 units of high school algebra, 1 unit of high school 
chemistry, and consent of department. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 127 
201. Glass Blowing. (1). 2L. Limited enrollment open to students upon 
recommendation of the chemistry department. 
231-232. Organic Chemistry. (55). 3R; 6G3R; 6L. For majors and pre- 
medical students. Introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. Pre-
 requisite: Chem. 112 (or equivalent) with a grade of C or better. 
Upper Division Courses 
302. Chemistry of Materials. (2). Fundamental general chemistry applied to 
chemical technology. Prerequisite: Chem. 112 (or equivalent) with a grade of 
C or better. 
304. Elementary Physical Chemistry. (3). For students preparing for geology, 
biology, and medicine. Not for chemistry majors. Prerequisite: Chem. 112 
(or equivalent) with a grade of C or better. 
323. Introductory Analytical Chemistry. (4). 2R; 6L. The fundamental prin- 
ciples of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. 112 with a 
jirade of C or better. 
324. Analytical Chemistry. (4). 2R; 6L. Analysis of complex mixtures and 
introduction to instrumental methods and organic analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. 
231 and 323 (or 123-124), and 345. Corequisite: Chem. 346. 
331-332. Organic Chemistry. (5-5). 3R; 6L-3R; 6L. The subjects of Chemis- 
try 231-232 presented in a way designed to meet the needs of transfer students 
and othcrs who may have had analytical chemistry in the sophomore year. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 112 (or equivalent) with C or better and consent of 
department. 
NOTE: Chem. 331 and 332 are equivalent to Chem. 231 and 232 as pre- 
requisites for subsequent courses. Credit will not be granted for both Chem. 
231 and 331or Chem. 232 and 332. 
345-346. Physical Chemistry. (3-3). 3R-3R. Introductory physical chemistry 
for students having a background in physics and calculus. Prerequisite: Chem. 
231, Math. 243 (or equivalent), and one year of college physics. 
347. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2). 6L. Physical Chemistry experiments. 
Corequisite: Chem. 346. 
401. Chemical Literature. (1). The use of the chemical literature. Pre-
 requisite: 20 hours of chemistry and consent of instructor. 
402. Numerical Methods. (2). 1R; 3L. Applications of numerical methods to 
problems in chemistry and physics. Roots of equations; curve fitting; interpo- 
lation, extrapolation and smoothing of experimental data; numerical differentia- 
tion and integration; computer programming. Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
411. Inorganic Chemistry. (3). The periodic table; theoretical and descriptive 
inorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 345. Corequisite: Chem. 346. 
412. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. (2). Preparation, properties and reac-
 tions of selected elements. Prerequisite: Chem. 345. Corequisite: Chem. 346. 
413. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory. (1 to 2). 3L or 6L. Experimental 
methods of inorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 411 or concurrent 
enrollment. 
424. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. (3). 2R; 3L. Instrumental methods 
of chemical analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. 324 and consent of instructor. 
425. Electronics. (2). 1R; 4L. Provides a working knowledge of electronic 
devices and circuits for the student or research worker who has little or no 
background in electronics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 128 
133. Organic Techniques. (3). 1R; 6L. The theory and practice of organic 
chemical preparations. Prerequisite: Chem. 232 and consent of instructor." 
441. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (3). Introduction to quantum chemistry, 
atomic and molecular spectra, statistical them~oclynan~ics, and reaction rate 
theory. Prerequisite: Chem. 346. 
461. Biochemistry. (4). 3R; 3L. An introduction to protein lipide, and carbo- 
hydrate chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 232 and 323 (or equivalent) or consent 
of instructor." 
499. Independent Study and Research. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Chem. 346 
and consent of department. hlay be repeated for credit up to a masimum of 
three hours. 
* At least one semester physical recommended addition the pre-
 requisites listed. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Chemistry Seminar. (1). Review of current periodicals. Reports on 
student and faculty research. Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry. May be 
repeated for credit. 
504. Radiochemisfxy. (3). 2R; 3L. Natural and artificial radioactivity; sources, 
preparations and properties. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
511. Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry. (3). Theory of bonding, n~olecular 
structure and spectra. Prerequisite: Chem. 411 and consent of instructor. 
512. Coordination Chemistry. (3). Principles of coordination chemistry; 
structures and reactions of complex compounds. Prerequisite: Conscnt of 
instructor. 
519." Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 
521. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. (1). Analytical chemistry of the less 
familiar elements. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
523. Analytical Spectroscopy. (3). 2R; 3L. Absorption, emission, NX.fFi and 
mass spectroscopy. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
524. Electroanalytical Chemistry. (3). 2R; 3L. Electrometric methocls of 
analysis. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
529." Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Con-
 sent of instructor. 
531. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3). Recent advances in organic chemistry. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
332. Heterocyclic Chemistry. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
533. Qualitative Organic Analysis. (3). 1R; 6L. Identification of organic 
compounds. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
534. Quantitative Organic Analysis. (3) Prerequisite: Conscnt of instructor. 
535. Physical Organic Chemistry. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
539." Special Topics in Orpanic Chemistry. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Consent of 

 instructor. 

 5-11. Quantum Chemistry. (3). Quantum chemistry with emphasis on valence 
theory. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
512. Chemical IZinctics. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
5-7247 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
543. Introductory Statistical Mechanics. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of in-
 structor. 
545. Chemical Thermodynamics. (3). Classical Thelmodynamics with an in-
 troduction to statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
546. Molecular Spectroscopy. (3). Modern techniques and theory in the area 
of fluorescence spectroscopy and nuclear and electron spin resonance. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. 
549." Special Topics in Physical Chemistry. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 
561. Advanced Biochemistry. (3). Enzyme mechanisms, metabolic feedback, 
transport phenomena, hormones, porphyrins and nucleic acids. Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 461 or its equivalent. 
569.' Special Topics in Biochemistry. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 
591.' Research in Inorganic Chemistry. (1 to 5). 
592.' Research in Analytical Chemistry. (1 to 5). 
593." Research in Organic Chemistry. (1 to 5). 
594.' Research in Physical Chernishy. (1 to 5). 
596.' Research in Biochemistry. (1 to 5). 
Q hlay be repeated for credit. 
ECONOMICS 
~ ~ A J O R :The economics major in the College of Liberal Arts con- 
sists of a minimum of 30 hours ancl a maximum of 41 hours. Econ. 
221,222,238,340,421 or 424, and 425 are required. 
MINOR: A minor in economics in the College of Liberal Arts con- 
sists of 15 hours exclusive of Econ. 100 and 190 and must include 
Econ. 221. 
(Courses are listed under Economics in the College of Business 
Administration. ) 
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 
~ ~ A J O R :A major consists of 33 hours and must include 225, 260, 
261, 262, and 446. In addition, courses must be selected from three 
groups as indicated below: 
Period Coznses: 
(1) One of thc fol!onring: 370, 371, 373: 374, 375, 376, 401, 402. 
( 2 )  One of the following: 252,341,342, 

 3lajor AtltAor Courses: One of the iollon~ing: 301, 430, -131, 433, 

 434. 
Studies in Literary Types: One of the following: 302, 303, 321, 
323,324,331,332,333. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 130 
English 111 is not counted on an English major. Also, only six 
hours from the following will be credited toward the major: 211, 
311, 312, 313, 314, 316, 317 (except as notecl below for the Major 
with a Creative Writing Sequence). 
INOR OR: A minor consists of 15 hours. Required are the follo~ving: 
two of these courses: 260, 261, 262; ancl at least six hours of upper 
division work. English 111is not counted on a minor. 
MAJORT V ~ IA CREATIVEWRITING SEQUENCE: With the written 
permission of the Chairman of the Department, a student desiring 
a creative writing sequence will fulfill the requirements for the 
regular major with the following exceptions: required courses are 
225; 261 or 262; and 446. (The group requirements remain as set 
forth above.) In addition, the student must select at least twelve 
hours from the following: 311, 312, 313, 314, 316, 317, and Uni- 
versity Honors (1-6). 
A'~AJOR FOR STUDENTS TO TEACH ENGLISH PLAN~ING LV SECOKDARY 
SCHOOL: The teaching major in either the College of Liberal Arts 
or the College of Education is 36 hours with the same requirements 
as listed for the regular major above, plus these additions: Studies 
in Language: 215; 461, 462, or 463; and Maim Author Course: 433 
or 434. 
X'IINOR FOR STUDENTSP L ~ TOGTEACH ENGLISH AS A SECOND 
SUBJECTIN SECONDARYSCHOOL: The teaching-minor requirement is 
24 hours, including the following: 215; 225; 252 or 262; 260 or 261; 
323 or 324; 433 or 434. 
NOTE: A 2.5 grade point index in English is required of all majors 
ancl minors appIying for aclmission to the professional semester of 
student teaching in secondary school English. 
MINORFOR OTHERSIN THE COLLEGEOF EDUCATION:The English 
minor requirement for those planning to teach in elementary school 
is 18 hours, including the following: 211; 215; 260 or 261; 262; 302 
or 323 or 324 or 342; 433 or 434. 
NOTE: A 2.00 grade point index in the minor field is required 
for admission to the elementary professional semester in the College 
of Education. 
Lower Division Courses 
103 & 104. blasterworks of European Literature I & 11. (3-3). Literary 
classics in translation. I: From the Greeks to the Renaissance. 11: From the 
Renaissance to the modem world. 
111. College English. (3). Planning, writing, and criticizing compositions; 
classroom discussions; conferences. See University College. 
201. Narrative in Literature and Film. (3). (2-Lecture; 2-Laboratory). A 
comparative aesthetic analysis of the art of narration in literature and especially 
in film. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 131 
211. Advanced Writing. (3). Prerequisite: English 111and sopl~omore stand- 
ing. Recommended for non-English majors. 
215. Infroduction to English Linguistics. (3). Introduction to linguistic 
principles, including phonological and grammatical concepts. (Same as Lin- 
guistics 215.) Requircd of all English teaching majors. 
223. Books and Ideas. (3): Open  to any student but desi$ecl primarily for 
those who wish a course in literature which is appreciative rat ler than historical. 
Recommended for non-English majors. 
224. Twentieth Century British and American Liteurature. (3). Not credited 
toward an English major or minor. 
225. Literary Theory and Critical Writing. (3). Inskuction in critical reading 
and critical writing through study of representative works in drama, poetry, 
and prose fiction. Limited to English majors or minors. Required of all English 
majors. Prerequisite: English 111and sophomore standing. 
240. Major Plays of Shakespeare. (3). Designed for majors and non-majors 
who wish to study the best work of Shakespeare's whole career in one semester. 
May not be offered for credit by students who attain credit in English 433 
or 434. 
252. Modem American Writers. (3). 
255. American Democracy. (3). Same as Political Science 211 (which see for 
description). 
260. Major British 'Writers I. (3). From the beginnings through the 16th 
century. Required of all English majors. (Formerly Engl. 221.) 
261. Major British Writers 11. .(3). From the 19th century to the present. 
Required of all English majors. (Formerly Engl. 222.) 
262. Major American Writers. (3). From Poe to James. Required of all 
English majors. (Formerly Engl. 251.) 
280. Sophomore Studies. (3). .Prerequisites: English 111 and 211 or 225 or 
departmental consent. Course content will vary from one semester to another. 
(Sample topics: Black Literature, Modes of Tragedy, etc.) May be repeated 
for credit. 
Upper Division Courses 
NOTE: NO digerence is implied between 300 and 400 courses in 
the English curriculum. All are open to juniors and seniors alike. 
301a. American Authors. (3). Emphasis on Hawthorne and Melville. 
301b. American Authors. (3). Emphasis on Emerson, Whitman, and Dick- 
inson. 
301c. American Authors. (3). Emphasis on James and Twain. 
301d. American Authors. (3). Emphasis on Eliot, Stevens and Frost. 
301e. American Authors. (3). Emphasis on Faulkner and the Moderns. 
301f. American Authors. (3). Emphasis on writers selected by the inclividual 
instructor. 
302a. Amelican Fiction. (3). Development. 
302b. American Fiction. (3). Thematic and other approachrs. 
303. American Dramn. (3). 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 132 
303. Theme and Idea in Literature. (3). Reading, discussion, and some writing 
on literature from all periods, centered on great themes of human thought and 
action, designed especially for non-English majors. May not be offered for 
graduate credit. 
310. Inter-related Arts. (3). Inter-departmental course presenting an nes-
 thetic analysis of three arts, emphasizing style rather than the histoly of art. 
May not be offered for graduate credit. 
311 & 312. Creative Writing: Workshop in Prose Fiction. (3-3). May not be 
repeated for credit. hlay not be offered for grraduate credit. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
313 & 314. Creative Writing: Workshop in Poetry. (3-3). May not be re-
 peated for credit. May not be ofered for graduate credit. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
316 & 317. Playwriting I & 11. (3-3). The writing of scripts for performance. 
Emphasis on both verbal and visual aspects of playwriting. If possible, the 
scripts will be performed. Prerequisite: English 324 and Speech 243 and 259; 
or consent of instructor. (Same as Speech 316 Pr 317.) May not be repeated 
for credit. May not be offered for graduate credit in English. 
321. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. (3). 
323. Later British Drama. (3). Selected plays from the Restoration to the 
modem period. 
324. Contemporary Drama. (3). Continental, English, Irish, and American 
plays of the twentieth century. 
331 & 332. The English Novel I & II. (3-3). I: Defoe through Thackeray. 
11: George Eliot through Galsworthy. 
333. Contemporary Fiction. (3). English, American, and continental novels 
of the twentieth century. 
341. Modern British and American Literature from 1900 to 1922. (3). 
342. Modern British and American Literature from 1923 to 1945. (3). 
343. Modern British and American Literature from 1946 to present. (3). 
370. Elizabethan Literature. (3). Sidney, Spenser, Jonson, and their con-
 temporaries. 
371. The Age of Donne. (3). The Metaphysical poets, the Cavalier poets, 
and their contemporaries. 
373. The Romantic Age. (3). Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, 
and their contemporaries. 
374. Victorian Literature. (3). Carlyle, Tennyson, Browning, h o l d ,  Ruskin, 
Hopkins, Hardy, and their contemporaries. 
375 & 376. The Neo-Classical Age I & IT. (3-3). I: Dryden, Pope, Swift, and 
their contemporaries. 11: Johnson, Fielding, Richardson, Sterne, and their 
contemporaries. 
399. The Bible as Literature. (3). 
401. Old English. (3). 
402. Medieval Literature. (3). Middle English poetry, prose, and drama from 
the twelfth to the fifteenth century. 
430. Milton. (3). 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
431. Chaucer. (3). 
433 & 434. Shakespeare I & 11. (3-3). I: Shakespeare's work to 1600. 
11: Shakespeare's work after 1600. 
440. Folklore. (3). 
44G. Literary Criticism. (3). Explores various historical and moclern ap-
 proaches to literary criticism ancl research. Required of English majors. Pre-
 requisite: English 225. May not be offered for graduate credit. 
450. Workshop. (1-4). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 
461. History of the English Language. (3). Linguistic and cultural investiga- 
tion of the development of English. Prerequisite: English 215 or Linguistics 
327 or consent of instructor. 
462. Aspects of Linguistic Theory. (3). Examination of aspects of the struc- 
ture of English and their relation to linguistic theory. Prerequisite: English 
215 or Linguistics 327 or consent of instructor. (Same as Linguistics 462.) 
463. The English Language in America. (3). Investigation of English, both 
past ancl present, in the Western Hemisphere. Prerequisite: English 215 or 
Linguistics 327 or consent of instructor. 
471 Pr 472. World Masterpieces I h 11. (3-3). I: Selected readings in 
Oriental, Herbrew, Greek, Roman, and hledicval European literature in trans- 
lation. 11: Selected readings in European literature of the late Medieval, 
Renaissance, and modern periods in translation. 
473. Mythology in World Literature. (3). Mythology in literary works of 
ancient Greece and Rome, of Medieval Europe, and of some Oriental and 
New World cultures. Some study of comparative mythology and of the 
recurrence of myths in later periods of literature. 
475 & 476. Independent Reading. (1-3; 1-3). Designed for majors and non- 
majors who wish to pursue special reading or research projects in areas not 
normally covered in course work. Admission to courses is by departmental 
consent. May not be offered for graduate credit. 
480 & 481. Special Studies. (1-3; 1-3). The individual instructor will select 
and announce his own topic. May be repeated for credit. 
Graduate Courses 
501a. Graduate Studies in Medieval Literature. (3). Middle English poetry, 
prose, and clrama from the twelfth to the fifteenth century with particular 
emphasis on Chaucer. 
501b. Graduate Studies in Sixteenth-Century Literature. (3). Wyatt, Surrey, 
Sidney, Spenser, and their contemporaries. 
501c. Graduate Studies in Seventeenth-Century Literature. (3). Jonson, Her- 
rick, Donne, Mawell, and their contemporaries. 
501d. Graduate Studies in Restoration and Early Eighteenth-Century Litera- 
ture. (3). Dryden, Pope, Swift, and their contemporaries. 
501e. Graduate Studies in Later Eighteenth-Century Literature. (3). Johnson, 
Boswell, Burns, Blake, and their contemporaries. 
501f. Graduate Studies in Romantic Literahue. (3). Wordsworth, Coleridge, 
Byron, Shelley, Keats, Scott, and their contemporaries. 
501g. Graduate Studies in Victorian Literature. (3). Writers from Carlyle to 
Yeats studied in relation to political events and the social, scientific, and 
religious thought of the age. 
134 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
501h. Graduate Studies in Twentieth-Century British Literature. (3). Yeats, 
Joyce, Lawrence, Auden, Spender, and their contemporaries. 
502 & 503. Graduate Studies in American Literature I & 11. (3-3). First 
semester: classic American writers, such as Hawthorne, Melville, Thoreau, 
Emerson, Whitman, Dickinson. Second semester: later American writers, such 
as Twain, James, Heminpay,  Faulkner, ancl poets of the 20th century renais- 
sance. Extensive reading in primary and secondary materials, lectures, dis- 
cussions, reports. 
504a. Graduate Studies in Drama. (3). Selected topics in the history and 
nature of dramatic literature. With departmental consent, may be repeated 
for credit. 
504b. Graduate Studies in Fiction. (3). Selectecl topics in the development 
of the form and content of prose fiction. With departmental consent, may be 
repeated for credit. 
5 0 4 ~ .  Graduate Studies in Poetry. (3). Selected topics in forms, techniques, 
and history of poetry. With departmental consent, may be repeated for credit. 
504d. Graduate Studies in Criticism. (3). Selected topics in the theory and 
practice of literary criticism. With departmental consent, may be repeated for 
credit. 
504e. Graduate Studies in Linguistics. (3). Selected topics in theories of 
language and methods of linguistic study. \Vith departmental consent, may be 
repeated for credit. 
506. Introduction to Graduate Study in English. (3). A course especially 
desi<?ed to prepare students to perform effectively in graduate classes in 
Eng ish The course is concerned with: (1) basic bibliographical tools; 
(2) terminology, both technical and historical; (3) various approaches to the 
study of literature, such as intrinsic analysis of a literary work, the relationships 
of biography to literary study, and the relevance of other disciplines, such as 
psychology, to literature; (4) the writing of interpretative and research essays. 
Throughout the semester a balance between criticism and research is main- 
tained. 
509a-510a. Creative Writing: Fiction. (3-3). Advanced work in creative 
writing. Students who plan to offer creative writing in prose fiction as a thesis 
will be required to complete two semesters. Prerequisite: Consent of Coordina- 
tor for Creative Writing. With departmental consent, may be repeated for 
credit. 
50Qb-510b. Creative Writing: Poetry. (3-3). Advanced work in the writing of 
poetry. Students who plan to offer creative writing in poetry as a thesis will be 
required to complete two semesters. Prerequisite: Consent of Coorclinator for 
Creative Writing. With clepartmental consent, may be repeated for credit. 
511. Directed Reading. (1-3). Derigned for graduate students who want to 
pursue special research in areas not normally covered in course work. Pre-
 requisite: Departmental consent. With departmental consent, map be repeated 
for credit. 
520. Graduate Seminars in Special Topics. (3). Intensive study of selected 
texts, writers, or literary prol~lcms. Seminar discussions, reports, and research projects. With departmental consent, may be repeated for credit. 
531. Major Plays of Shakespeare. (3). Careful study of Shakespeare's more 
important plays or of a pattern in Shakespeare's development as a clramatist. 
Readings in secondary sources, reports, class cliscussions, and papers. 
575. Master's Essay. (1-3). 
FRENCH (See Romance Languages) 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY 
The Geology Department is re-evaluating its course offerings and 
its undergraduate and graduate programs. Please contact the de- 
partment for current additional information. 
MAJOR:A major with a Bachelor of Arts degree requires 35 hours 
of Geology including: 
( 1) Geology 333,337, and prerequisite courses; 
(2)  At least two additional courses from the follonring: 331, 336, 
347,350,361,440; 
(3 )  A summer field course from an accredited university (or  
Geol. 335-336 if approved by the Department). 
A major with a Bachelor of Science degree requires 40 hours of 
Geology including: 
(1) Geology 333,337, and prerequisite courses; 
( 2 )  At least two additional courses from the following: 331, 336, 
347, 350, 361, 440; 
(3 )  A summer field course from an accredited university (or 
Geol. 335-336 if approved by the Department). 
(4)  In addition 35 hours are to be selected from the fielcls of the 
sciences and mathematics to include: 
( a )  a minor in one of the sciences or in Mathematics; 
( b ) Mathematics through Math. 243 or 2A6; 
( c )  10 hours of Physics; 
( d )  not less than 5 hours of Chemistry; 
( e ) not less than 4 hours of Biology. 

 NOTE: NO major is offered in geography. 

 MINOR: A minor in geology consists of 15 hours. A minor in 

 geography consists of 15 hours, including Geography 201 and at  
least one upper division course. 
GEOLOGY 
Lower Division Courses 
101. Physical Science. (5). 5R;D. Man in the physical world; offering some 
basic concepts in the physical sciences. 
102. Earth and Space Science. (4). 3R; 2L. A general survey of man's 
physical environment; includes elements of geology, geography, meteorology, 
climatology, oceanography, and astronomy. Lectures, films, and demonstra- 
tions. Laboratory and field experiences. Not open to students who have taken 
Geology 105, Geology 111,or Geography 201. Not for major or minor credit 
in Geology. 
111. General Geology. (5). 3R; 4L. The earth and its materials, structure 
and history; the various processes oaerating to change its aspects and compo- 
sition. Field trip(s) required. 
112. Historical Geology. (4). 2R; GL. History of the earth from the time of 
its origin as a lanet to the appearance of man. Prerequisite: Geol. 111. Field 
trip(s) requirecf 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 136 
211." Descriptive Astronomy. (3). 2R; 2L. An introductory study of estra- 
terrestrial realms and materials, including the solar and galactic systems, their 
apparent origins, developmental histories, components, and motions. Pre-
 requisite: hlath. 141. Does not not apply toward a major or minor in Geology. 
225. Blineralogy. (5). 3R; 6L. Crystallography, and the determination of 
minerals by physical, optical, and chemical methods. Prerequisite: Ceol. 112 
and Chem. 111 or concurrent enrollment. Field trip(s) required at the option 
of the instructor. 
226. Petrology. (4). 3R; 3L. The origin, modes of occurrence, alterations, 
classifications, and methods of determination of the igneous, sedimentary, and 
metamorphic rocks. Prerequisite: Geol. 112 and 22.5. Field trip(s) required. 
May be offered only in alternate years 
Upper Division Courses 
331. Geomorphology. (3). 2R;3L. Genesis and interpretation of land forms; 
major physiographic provinces of North America. Prerequisite: Geol. 112 or 
Geog. 201. Field trip(s) required at the option of the instructor. 
333. Structural Geology. (3). The mechanics of rock deformation; the de-
 scription and genesis of features resulting from diastrophism. Prerequisite: 
Geol. 226 and Physics 123 or 103. Field trip(s) required. 
335. Field Mapping. (2). 6L. Field mapping methods, with special reference 
to use of level, compass, barometer, alidade, and air photos. Prerequisite: 
Ceog. 201 or Ceol. 112. Field trip(s) required. 
336. Field Geology and Stratigraphic Mapping. (3). 9L. Field geology and 
stratigraphy of Eastern Kansas. Prerequisite: Geol. 112. Field trips required. 
337. Invertebrate Paleontology. (3). 2R; 3L. Invertebrate fossils, criteria of 
identification, classification. Prerequisite: Ceol. 112, or Biology majors upon 
instructor's consent. Field trip(s) required. 
347. Sedimentology. (3). 2R; 3L. Origin, classification, textures, and struc- 
tures of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: Geol. 225 or deparhnent consent. 
Field trip(s) required. 
350. Principles of Stratigraphy. (3). 2R; 3L. Principles and techniques of 
description, classification, correlation, interpretation, and dating of the sedi- 
mentary rock record. Prerequisite: Geology 337. Geology 347 recommended. 
Field trip(s) required. 
361. Economic Resources. (3). 2R; 3L. Distribution, classification, composi- 
tion. and origin of economic resources. metallic and non-metallic. Prerequisite: 
C e d .  226. I?ield trip(s) required. 
405.' Regional Geology of the United States. (3). A detailed regional survey 
of the general geology, geom~rpholo~gy, stratigraphy, and structural geology of 
the United States. Prerequisite: Geol. 331 or concurrent enrollment. 
425.' Optical Analysis. (4). 2R; 6L. Use of the polarizing microscope; min- 
eral identification and rock classification. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
436.O Vertebrate Paleontology. (3). 2R; 3L. Systematic study of the fossil 
record of the vertebrates; laboratory training in identification of fossil bones 
and teeth; emphasis on regional faunas; collecting and museum trips required. 
Prerequisite: Gcol. 112; Biology majors upon instructor's consent. 
438." ~licropaleontology. (3). 2R; 3L. This course is designed to prepare 
students for research work in laboratories of oil conlpanies, geological surveys 
and oceanographic stations. Emphasis on Iatest techniques, identifications, and 
use in correlation of foraminifera (including fusulinids), dinoflagellates, cocco-
 liths, palynomorphs, etc. Prerequisite: Ceoloby 112 and consent of instructor. 
Field trip(s) required at the option of the instructor. 
FA!RMOUNT COLLEGE 137 
439.' Palynology. (3). 2R; 2L. An introduction to the study of both moclern 
and fossil spore and pollen morphology as applied to problems of plant tax-
 onomy and evolution, paleoclimates, phytogeogaphy, paleoecology, interpre- 
tation of sedimentary environments, biostratigraphy, Pleistocene climates and 
archeolo-gy. Emphasis is on vascular plants, but includes study of dinoflagel- 
lates and related algae and nonvascular plants. Prerequisites: Geology 112, 
or Biology 330 and consent of instructor. 
440.' Map Interpretation and Photogeology. (3). 2R; 3L. Construction, use, 
and interpretation of maps; use and interpretation of aerial photographs. 
Prerequisite: Geol. 112 or Geog. 201. 
443.' Subsurface Geology, (3). 2R; 3L. All subsurface methods, including 
laboratory, logging, testing, treatment, valuation, and mapping methods. Pre-
 requisite: Gcol. 226 and Physics 124 or 103. Field t r ip(~)  required at the 
option of the instructor. 
444." Petroleum Geology. (3). 2R; 3L. Origin, migration, and accumulation 
of oil and gas in the earth's crust. Distribution ancl significant features of 
moclern fields. Prerequisite: Geol. 112. Field trip(s) required at the option 
of the instructor. 
445.' Subsurface Formation Evaluation. (2). Detailed study of fluid content, 
fluid pressures, and other characteristics of subsurface formations as revealed 
by electric logs, other types of mechanical logs, and various testing devices. 
Introduction to the principles and uses of shut-in pressure build-up clata. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
480." Geochemistry. (3). 3R. The chemistry of earth materials; the important 
geochemical processes and cycles operating on and within the earth through 
time. Prerequisites: Geology 226 and Chem. 112 or consent of instructor. 
485.' Geophysics. (3). Physics of the earth. Fundamentals of geophysical 
exploration. Prerequisites: Geology 333 and Physics 103 or 124. 
490.' Spccial Studies in Geology. (1-3). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
,\lay be repeated, but total credit may not exceed siu hours. 
499.1 Research in Geology. (1-3). Research on special problems in the field 
of geology: (a) General; (b) Mineralogy; (c) Petrology; (d) Structural; (e) Pa- 
leontology; (f)  Economic; (g) Sedimentation; (h) Petroleum; (i) Stratigraphy; 
(j) Geophysics. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
M a y  be offered only in slten~ate years. 

 f May be repeated for credit up to 6 hours. 

 Graduate Courses 
500.f Research in Geology. (1-3). Research on special problems in the field 
of geology: (a) General (b) Mineralogy; (c) Petrology; (d) Structural; (e) Pa- 
leontology; (f) Economics; (g) Sedimentation; (h) Petroleum; (i) Stratigraphy; 
(j) Geophysics. Prerequisite: Depariment consent. 
505." Advanced General Geology. (4). 2R; 6L. Principles, physical processes, 
structure, earth history, ancl economic implications of geology, based upon a 
study of original sources; student reports. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. 
Field trip(s) required at the option of the instructor. 
506." Advanced Historical Geology. (3). Historical geology of the world. 
Emphasis on original sources ancl current research investigations. Prerequisite: 
Instructor's consent. Fielct trip(s) required a t  the option of the instructor. 
515.' Volcanology. (3). A study of the clistribution, form, composition and 
activities of major volcanoes and volcanic areas in the world. The topics will 
include petrology and geomorphology of selected volcanoes, the geochemistry 
of magmas, and volcano tectonics. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
521." Advanced Stratigraphy. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced concepts and princi- 
ples of stratigraphic analysis ancl interpretation. Emphasis on original sources 
and current research investigations. Field problem required. Prerequisite: 
Geol. 350 or consent of instructor. Field trip(s) required at the option of the 
instructor. 
525.' X-ray Analysis and Clay Mineralogy. (4). 3R; 3L. Introduction to 
the principles of x-ray diffraction and spectography; use of x-ray diffraction 
apparatus in mineral identification and crystal structure study. Special empha- 
sis on the origin and identi6cation of clay minerals. Prerequisite: Geol. 225 
or consent of instructor. 
530.* Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. (4). 2R; 4L. Mineral para-
 genesis, bulk chemical compositions, physical-chemical relationships, textures, 
structures, origins, and classifications of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Thin-
 section studies facilitate rock identifications and the determination of petro-
 genetic relationships. Prerequisite: Geol. 425 and consent of instructor. 
532.' Sedimentary Petrology. (3). 2R; 3L. Detailed study of sedimentary 
rocks and their origins. Determinations of mineral compositions, textures, 
structures, fabrics, and petrogenetic relationships are facilitated by the use of 
thin sections, peels, and geochemical analyses. Prerequisite: Geol. 425 and 
consent of instructor. 
534. Geotectonics. (3). Physical and geological principles of crustal deforma- 
tion and tectonic interpretation; orogenies and epeirogenies in their time-space 
relationships; especial reference to structural geology of North America. Pre-
 requisite: Instructor's consent. Field trip(~) required at the option of the 
instructor. 
537." Paleoecology. (3). Reconstruction of ancient terrestial and marine 
environments. Emphasis on synthesis of total raw data (paleontological, secli- 
mentary, mineralogical, stratigraphic, etc.). Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. 
Field trip($ required at the option of the instructor. 
542." Ore Deposits. (3). 2R; 3L. An advanced treatment of the occurrence, 
classification, and origin of metalliferous ore deposits. Prerequisite: Instructor's 
consent. Field trip(s) required at the option of the instructor. 
549 & 550. Geology Seminar. (1-1). Review of current periodicals. Reports 
on students and faculty research. Prerequisite: Instructor's consent. May be 
repeated for credit up to 2 hours each. 
575 & 576. Thesis. (2-2). 
O May be offered only in alternate years. 
t May be repeated far credit up to 6 hours. 
GEOGRAPHY 
Lower Division Courses 
125. Principles of Geography. (3). An introductory course in college geog- 
raphy, emphasizing the relationship between human activities and natural 
environment. 
201. Physical Geography. (3). 2R; 3L. Emphasis upon the physical basis of 
geography, including climate, terrain, soils, landforms, and the seas; economic 
resources; cartographic elements; introduction to regional studies. Field trip(s) 
required at the option of the instructor. 
210. World Geography. (3). A general survey of world geography, including 
an analysis of the physical, political, economic, historical, and human geography 
of the major world regions. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 139 
223.O Economic Geography. (3). A geographical analysis of the distribution 
and utilization of basic world resources. 
235.' Descriptive Meteorology. (3). 2R; 2L. An introductory study of thc 
atmosphere and its properties and the various phenomena of weather; a brief 
survey of important principles of physical, dynamic, synoptic, ancl applied 
meteorology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Does not apply toward a 
major or minor in Geology. Field trip(s) required at the option of the instructor. 
Upper Division Courses 
302.' Geography of the United States and Canada. (3). Physical, political, 
economic, historical, and human geography of the United States and Canada. 
Lectures, assigned readings, films, and reports. 
331. Geomorphology. (3). 2R; 3L. (See Geol. 331.) 
335. Field Mapping. (2). 6L. (See Geol. 335.) 
342.' Geography of Europe. (3). 3R. Physical, political, economic, historical, 
and human geography of Europe. Lectures, assigned readings, films and 
reports. 
361. Economic Resources. (3). 2R; DL. (See Geol. 361.) 
364.' Geography of Latin America. (3). 3R. Physical, political, econonlic, 
historical, and human geography of Latin America. Lectures, assigned read- 
ings, films, and reports. 
402.O Geography of Africa. (3). Physical, political, economic, historical, ancl 
human geography of Africa. Lectures, assigned readings, films and reports. 
422.' Geography of Asia. (3). 3R. Physical, political, econonlic, historical, 
and human geography of Asia. Lectures, assigned readings, films ancl reports. 
440.' Map Interpretation and Photogeology. (3). 2R; 3L. (See Geol. 440.) 
a May be offered only in alternate years. 
GERMAN 
MAJORA: A major in German consists of a minimum of 24 hours 
beyond the level of German 112 and including German 325 and 327. 
I t  is strongly recommended that the major program include at least 
two of the survey courses offered. In addition, the student should 
elect courses in one other foreign language, English language and 
literature, linguistics, history, and philosophy. 
Native speakers of German are not normally permited to enroll 
in 100-200 level German courses nor to receive credit in such courses 
by advanced standing examination. A minimum of 12 hours in 
upper division courses including German 325 and 327 is normally 
required for a native speaker to earn a German major. Native 
speakers of German should consult with the department before 
enrolling in German courses. 
MINOR: A minor in German consists of a minimum of 11hours 
beyond the 112level, to include German 225 and one upper division 
course. 
MAJORB: The teaching major in German in either Fairmount 
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Education 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 140 
consists of at least 50 semester hours chosen from the following 
categories: 
At least 24 hours in the language beyond the 111-112 level, as 
listed under Major A, and 
( A )  At least 21 hours in a second language as listed under 
Minor, or 
( B )  At least 15 hours from one or more of the following related 
fields: History, English, Linguistics, Philosophy, Political Science 
(these will be chosen in consultation with the Teacher Education 
advisor) or 
( C )  A totally separate second major as prescribed by the catalog. 
NOTE: Students who wish to enter the student teaching program must have 
a 2.75 grade point average in German and departmental conscnt in order to be 
admitted to the professional semester, which includcs Secondary Education 
442F and 447. It is urgent that such students consult with the departmental 
professor in charge of teacher education early in their college careers. 
Lower Division Courses 
60. German for Graduate Reading Examination. (3). Open to upper division 
and graduate stuclents only. A reading course clesirnecl to prepare students to 
fulfill department requirements of a reading Lnowlcclge of German for the M .  A. 
or M. S. degrees. No previous knowledge of German required. Will not count 
toward a degree. 
111-112. Elementary German. (5-5). 
191. Elementary German Review. (3). Intensive practice and review of basic 
Geman structure. Primarily for siuclents whose study of German has been 
intenupted or whose preparation in elementary German is inadequate to 
permit satisfactory performance in 223 or 223'. Does NOT apply on Liberal 
Arts and Sciences language requirement for graduation nor on German major 
or minor. Prerequisite: German 112 or equivalent and departmental conscnt. 
223-224. Intermediate German. (3-3). Grammar review; intensive reading of 
short stories; extensive reading of one short novel. Prerequisite: German 112 
or equivalent. (224 satisfies core curriculum literature requirement.) 
225-226. German Conversation and Composition. (2-2). Use of language 
laboratory develops fluency; dictation and free composition exercises develop 
style. Prerequisite: German 112 or equivalent. 
Upper Division Courses 
Except as noted, all upper division courses have as prerequisite 
German 224 or departmental consent. 
321. German in Technical Fields. (3). Supervised individual readinys in the 
student's ficid of specialization-humanities, social sciences, or natural sciences. 
Prerequisite: German 223. Does not satisfy core curriculum literature re-
 quirement. 
325-326. Advanced Composition and Gmmmar. (2-2). Prerequisite: German 
226 or department consent. 
327. Introduction to Linguistics. (3). Princigles of descriptive and historical 
linguistics: phonetics and phonology, morphology and syntax. The phonologi- 
cal and grammatical structures of Modern Standard German and its develop- 
ment from Proto-Germanic. Required for a German major. Prerequisite: 
Completion of L. A. foreign language requirement. (Same as Linmistics 327.) 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 141 
341. Survey I. Humanism through Sturm rtnd Drang. ( 3 ) .  
342. Survey II. Classacism and Romanticism. (3). 
343. Survey 111. Nineteenth Century. (3). 
344. Survey IV. Naturalism to 1945. (3). 
427. Comparative Germanic Readings. (3). Historical clevelopment of German 
and its relationship to other Germanic languages based on text material in Old 
English, Old Norse, Gothic, and Old High German. Prerequisite: German 327 
or consent of instructor. 
428. Middle High German Language and Literature. (3). The guided reading 
of Middle High German epic and lyric poetry and shorter verse narratives; 
fundamentals of Middle High German grammar. Prerequisite: German 327 
or consent of instructor. 
435. Drama. (3). 
436. Contemporary Literature. (3). 
437. Goethe. (3). Intensive study of some significant works of Goethe, pre- 
dominantly Werther and Fanst. 
438. Lyric. (3). The reading, interpretation, and appreciation of selected 
lyric poetry of leading German poets. 
441. Seminar in Special Topics. (3). Special studies in (a) a particular period, 
(b) a specific genre, (c) the works of one outstanding author, or (d) stylistics 
and literary translation. Prerequisite: two upper division literature courses or 
department consent. May be repeated once for credit. 
HISTORY 
MAJOR:31 hours minimum. The major will specialize in one of 
the following areas: 
( 1)  Ancient and Medieval. 
( 2 )  Modem Europe. 
( 3 )  England. 
(4 )  United States. 
( 5 )  Latin America. 
Students electing group I through I11 will take 101 and 102 and 
one other lower division course. Students electing group IV or V 
will take 131 and 132 and one other lower division course. Nine 
upper division hours are to be selected from courses in the appro- 
priate group, chosen in consultation with an adviser. All majors 
will take 495 and 300. In addition, sufficient hours will be elected 
to bring the total to 31. At least 5 of these hours must be at the 
upper division level and may not be in the area of specialization. 
MINOR: A minor in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 
consists of 15 hours, including either 101 and 102 or 131 and 132 
and at least three upper division hours. 
Lower Division Courses 
101 & 102. History of Western Civilization. (4-4). 101: Prehistory to 1648. 
102: 1648 to the present. 
1 42 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
103 & 104. Evolution of the Non-Western World. (4-4). 103: An examina- 
tion of the political, social and cultural roots of the non-Western peoples; Africa, 
Near East, Inner Asia, China, Japan, India and Southeast Asia. 104: A study 
of the non-Western world in modern times; Africa, Kear East, Inner Asia. 
China, Japan, India and Southeast Asia. 
113 I% 114. English History. (3). 113: From the earliest tinles to the begin- 
ning of the Stuart period, emphasizing the origin and development of institu- 
tions, customs, and nationalism. 114; From the beginning of the Stuart period 
to the present. 
131 & 132. History of the United States. (4-4). 131: Survey from the colonial 
period through the Civil War. 132: Survey from Reconstruction to the present. 
225 & 226. History of Latin America. (3-3). First semester: Spanish and 
Portuguese colonization of America. Second semester: The national period 
from the wars of independence to the present. Prerequisite: Sophomore 
standing. 
241 & 242. History of Russia. (3-3). 241: Political and cultural history of 
the Russian Empire. 242: The revolution and the Soviet State. 
271 & 272. The Far East. (3-3). A survey of the social, economic, and 
political development of the Far East with emphasis on China, India, and 
Japan. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Introduction to Historical Research and Writing. (2). Basic instruction 
in research methodology, composition, and criticism. Required of historynlajors. 
301. The Ancient Near East. (3). Political and cultural history on ancient 
Mesopotamia, Iran, Egypt, Palestine, Syria, and Asia Minor to the death of 
Alexander the Great. 
303 & 306. Greek History. (3-3). 305: The Hellenic World from prehistoric 
times to the end of the Peloponnesian War. 306: The fourth cenhry and the 
Hellenistic period. 
307 & 308. Roman History. (3-3). 307: The Roman Republic. 308: The 
Roman Empire. 
321. Medieval Social and Intellectual History. (2). Survey of the social and 
intellectual history of Europe from the 4th to the 15th centuries. 
322. Byzantine History. (3). Survey of Byzantine history from its origins in 
the late Roman \Vorld to its fall in 1453 with an investigation of its major 
institutions and foreign relations. 
323 and 324. Medieval History. (3-3). 323: The history of Europe from the 
fall of the Roman Empire through the Crusades. 324: Continues to 1500. 
325. The Bolivarian States. (3). Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and 
Bolivia from independence to the present. 
326. Republic of Mexico. (3). Mexico from the independence movement to 
the present. 
327. Argentina, Brazil, and Chile. (3). From independence to present. 
328. Inter-American Relations. (2). Includes economic and cultural as well 
as political topics. 
329. Central America and the Caribbean. (2). From the independence period 
to the present, with special attention to U. S. involvement in this area. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 143 
331. The American Colonies. (3). Colonization of the New LVorld with 
emphasis on tlle British peoples and their development. 
333. The American Revolution and the Early Republic. (3). Esamination of 
selected phases of the Revolutionary, Confederation, and Federal periods. 
334. Age of Jefferson and Jackson. (3). Political, economic and cultural de- 
velopment of the United States from the election of Thomas Jefferson to the end 
of the Mexican war, with emphasis on the growth of American Nationalism- 
335. The Negro in the United Slates. (3). Negro life, culture, and history 
from the seventeenth century to the present. 
337. Economic History of Europe. (3). Same as Economics 303. (See for 
description.) 
338. Economic History of the United States. (3). Same as Economics 307. 
(See for description.) 
350. Military History. Major military developments and the conduct or' 
war from antiquity to the mid-twentieth century. 
352. The Indian in American History. (3). Indian life, culture, and history 
from the early sixteenth century to the present, with emphasis on the impact 
of federal Indian policy since 1800. 
380 & 381. History of Science. (3-3). 380: Ancient and Medieval Science 
from its beginnings in the Near East to the end of the Middle Ages. 381: Rise 
of Modern Science from its first formative steps in the hledieval world to the 
20th century. 
411. England under the Tudors. (3). 
412. England under the Stuarts. (3). 
413. Eighteenth Century Great Britain. (3). From the accession of Willialn 
and Mary to the French Revolution. 
414. Nineteenth Century Great Britain. (3). From the French Revolution to 
the death of Queen Victoria. 
415. The Reign of George ID. (3). Political, constitutional, economic, and 
religious developments in England from 1760 to 1820. 
423. The Italian Renaissance. (3). Italian history from the fourteenth through 
the sivteenth centuries with an emphasis on cultural achievements. 
424. The Reformation. (3). The great religious changes of the sixteenth cen- 
tury in their political, social, and intellectual contexts. 
429 & 430. Constitutional History of the U. S. (3-3). 429: The evolution of 
the American Constitutional system from English and Colonial origins through 
the Civil War. 430: American Constitutional development from Reconstruction 
to the present. 
431. Civil War and Reconstruction. (3). 
432. America's Gilded Age, 1877 to 1900. (3). Emphasis on roots of urban 
problems, foundations of dissent, policy toward minority groups, and evaluation 
of imperial expansion. 
433 & 434. The United States; The Twentieth Century. (3-3). 433: The 
Progressive Era, the First World War, and the Twentics. 434: The Great 
Depression, the New Deal, the Second World War, the Post-War Era. 
436. Origins of the Industrial State. (3). United States economic develop-
 ment and policy, Civil War to present. Emphasis upon changes in the reputa- 
tion and influence of businessmen in American society. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 144 
437 & 438. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3-3) 437: 
Survey of American thought and society to the end of the Civil War. 438: 
The signscant social and intellectual currents from the middle of the nine- 
teenth century to present, with special reference to the interaction between 
ideas and social structure. 
440. History of the Old South. (3). Examination of Southern Civilization 
prior to the American Civil War. 
441. History of Kansas. (3). History of the Kansas region from Spanish ex- 
ploration to the present, with principal emphasis on the period after 1854. 
441, & 443. History of Eastern Europe. (3-3). The development of the Bulgar, 
Czech, h,lagyar, Polish, Rumanian, and Yugoslav peoples. 
444. The Atlantic and Trans-Appalachian West. (3). Exploration and settle- 
ment of the coastal and trans-Appalachian frontiers from colonial times to about 
1840. 
445. The Trans-Mississippi West. (3). Spanish, French and Anglo-American 
penetration ancl settlement west of the Mississippi River from the 16th century 
to about 1900. 
447 & 448. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3-3). 447: From inde- 
pendence through the Spanish American War. 448: Continues to present. 
450. The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Period. (3). 
451. Constitutional History of England. (3). 
453 & 454. History of Russian Thought. (3-3). 
455. Europe 1870-1914. (3). Politics and diplomacy leading to World War I. 
456. Europe 1914 to Present. (3). Politics and diplomacy leading to World 
War 11. 
457 & 458. Social and Intellectual History of Europe. (3-3). 437: The Social 
and Intellectual History of Europe in the 17th and 18th Century. 458: The 
Social and Intellectual History of Europe in the 19th and 20th Century. 
462. Seventeenth Century Europe. (3). 
463. Bourbons and the Enlightenment. (3). Emphasis on Europe in the 
eighteenth century. 
464. Europe, 1815-1870. (3). 
466. History of the Soviet Union. (3). A survey of Soviet History from the 
Bolshevik Revolution to the present. 
470 & 471. Modern Germany. (3-3). 470: Creation of the German Empire 
and its role in world affairs 1848 to 1014. 471: Establishment and collapse of 
the Weimar Republic, the rise and fall of Hitler's Third Reich, the dividccl 
Germany of the present, and the role of each in world &airs, 1914 to the 
present. 
473 & 473. Modern France. (3-3). 472: Restoration, Reaction and Revolution; 
Bourbon Restoration, Revolution of 1848, Napoleon 111 and Second Empire, 
and the Franco-Prussian War. 473: Crisis and Decline; Formation of the Third 
Republic, impact of Worlcl n7zr  11, intenvar challenges, Vichy, problems of 
the Fourth ancl Fifth Republics, withclrawal from Indochina and Middle East, 
and prelude to major power involvement. 
487 & 488. European Diplomatic History. (3-3). 487: European International 
politics and cliplomatic practices, with emphasis and actions of the great powers 
and their statesmen, Concert of Europe to World War I. 488: Versailles 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 145 
settlement, totalitarian aggression, appeasement, Worlcl War 11, the "cold war," 
and decolonization of Southeast Asia and Middle East as prelude to major 
power involvement. 
491. Workshop in American History. (1-3). hiay be repeated for graduate 
credit but will not satisfy requirements for the hlaster of Arts or Ph. D, degree 
programs. 
492. Workshop in European History. (1-3).May be repeated for graduate 
credit but will not satisfy requirements for the X4aster of Arts or Ph. D. degree 
programs. 
495. Special Topics in History. (1-3in an area). 
495. Historiography. (2). Review of the major schools of historical thought, 
philosophies of history, ancl eminent historians, from the ancient world to the 
present. 
Graduate Courses 
503. Seminar in Ancient History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
506. Seminar in Medieval History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of clepartment. 
507. Seminar in Renaissance and Reformation. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
505. Seminar in 17th and 18th Century Europe. (3).Prerequisitc: Consent of 
department. 
509. Seminar in English History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
510. Seminar in Modern German History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
deparbnent. 
511. Seminar in Modem French History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
512. Seminar in Slavic History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
513. Seminar in the History of Science. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
514. Seminar in Latin American History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
520. Seminar in American Colonial History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
521. Seminar in American Constitutional History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent 
of department. 
522. Seminar in American Diplomatic History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
deparbnent. 
523. Seminar in American Civil War and Reconstruction. (3). Prerequisite: 
Consent of department. 
524. Seminar in American Economic History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
525. Seminar in American Social and Intellectual History. (3). Prerequisite: 
Consent of department. 
526. Seminar in the American West. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
527. Seminar in American State and Local History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent 
of department. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 146 
528. Seminar in 20th Century America. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of depart- 
ment. 
531. Reading Seminar in American History. 
department. May be repeated for credit. 
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
532. Reading Seminar in American History. 
department. May be repeated for credit. 
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
534. Reading Seminar in Latin American History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent 
of department. May be repeated for credit. 
535. Reading Seminar in the History of Science. (3). Prerequisite: Consent 
of department. May be repeated for credit. 
553. Readings in Modem European History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. May be repeated for credit. 
554. Readings in Modern European History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. May be repeated for credit. 
555. Reading in Ancient History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
May be repeated for creclit. 
556. Readings in Medieval History. (3). Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
May be repeated for credit. 
575. Thesis Research. (1-2). 
576. Thesis. (1-2). 
595. Special Topics in History. (1-3). Open only to graduate students. May 
be repeated for credit to a maximum of 4 hours. 
598. Dissertation Research. (Arr). 
599. Dissertation. (Arr). 
ITALIAN (See Romance Languages) 
JOURNALISM 
MAJOR:The major in journalism consists of at least 26 hours, 
including journalism 115,226, 330,336,380,444,445 and 447, and a 
concentration of not less than 15 hours in one additional field of 
study in a school or college of the University. In addition, one of 
the following sequences must be completed: 
News-Editorial Sequence: Journalism 336,444, 445, and 447. 
Radio-Teleuision Sequence: Speech 114,225 and 314. 
Advertising-Public Relations Sequence: Journ. 238, Mkt. 300, Art 
171, Graphic Art 297, Journ. Adm. 305, Jour. Adm. 407. 
Photojournalism: Journ. 232,233,320. 
Lower Division Courses 
115. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3). Required for the major in 
journalism. The role of mass communication in media, with emphasis on the 
history of American journalism. Consideration of the freedom and responsi- 
I~ilities of the mass media. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 147 
226. Newswriting. (3). 2R; 3L. Required for the major in Journalism. Eva!u-
 ation, reporting and writing of various types of news stories. Qualified students 
will participate in production of the laboratory newspaper, The Sunflower. 
Prerequisite: Journaiisnl 115. Reasonable typing competence required. 
232. Introductory Photojournalism. (3). 2R; 3L. Basic photographic theory 
and technique, with emphasis on aspects of importance to journalists, writers 
and editors. Using the department's cameras and laboratory facilities, students 
take, develop and prepare photographs for publication. Prerequisite: Jour-
 nalism 11.5. 
238. Advertising Principles. (3). Survey of advertising fundamentals and 
media in relation to modem business activities; introduction to copywriting, 
layout, visualization, market research, packaging and related problems. Pre-
 requisite: Journalism 115. 
2117. Journalism Rcsearcli. (2). Introduction to basic research technique and 
sources of particular value to the professional journalist and their application 
in the preparation of several research papers. Prerequisite: Journalism "76. 
Upper Division Courses 
321. News Film. (3). A course in the techniques used in the production of 
news film and news clocumentaries. Prerequisite: Joumalism 336. 
325. Radio and Television News. (4). 2R; 3L. Reporting and writing news 
with emphasis on the special requirements of broadcast media. Prerequisite: 
Journalism 321. 
330. Advanced Newswriting and Reporting. (3). 2R; 3L. Reporting and 
writing the more demanding types of material: feature, interpretive and public 
affairs and stories, editorials and interviews. Prerequisite: Journalism 226. 
336. Editing. (3). 2R; 3L. Selection, evaluation and preparation of copy and 
pictures for publication; copyreading, rewriting, headline and caption writin?. 
page makeup. Prerequisite or concurrent: Journalisin 330. 
360. Journalism Internship. (1-4). On-the-job experience and training in news, 
advertising or public relations. Special readings and research projects for 
students professionally employed in tlie communications media. Prerequisite: 
Journalism 330. 
380. History of Communications. (3). Research into the development of mass 
media. Emphasis will be given to the development and presentation of original 
research papers. Bibliography and criticism in mass communications. Pre-
 requisite: Journalism 330. 
427. Magazine and Feature Writing. (3). Researching and writing non-
 fiction articles for submission to magazines and newspapers. Enrollment 
limited. Prerequisite: Journalism 330. 
444. Policies and Problems in Mass Communications. (3). Functions and 
responsibilities of mass media management; development and direction of 
policy, with emphasis on ethical and legal considerations. Prerequisite: 
Journalism 336. 
445. Editorial Writing. (3). A study of editorial jud-gnent, including practice 
in the writing of editorials and editorial page features. A study of research 
materials available to editorial page writers. Prerequisite: Journalism 336. 
447. Law of the Prcss. (3). An examination of libel laws, including studies of 
the laws themselves, with substantive research into case histories. Prerequisite: 
Journalism 336. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
418. Special Topics in Journalism. (3). Directed individual research in various 
aspects of journalism and mass communications, or related topics. Preparation 
of a major term paper. Prerequisite: Journalism 380 ancl senior standing. 
450. Public Affairs Reporting. (3). An analysis of the methods and problems 
of reporting governmental affairs on the local, state and federal lcvels. Pre-
 requisite: Journalism 336. 
466. World Press. (3). A study of international comparative press and 
broadcast systems with emphasis on press freecloms and their relation to 
historical political freedoms; plus cross-cultural communications. Open to 
Journalism juniors and seniors and seniors ancl graduate students from through- 
out the University. 
LATIN AND GREEK (See Romance Languages) 
LINGUISTICS 
MAJOR.A major in linguistics must be combined with a minor in 
a foreign language. The major consists of: ( 1 )  a minimum of 21 
hcurs from the courses listed below, including at least 12 hours 
from group A and at least one course from each of groups B and 
C .  At least one phonetics course (Linguistics 223, French 305 or 
Spanish 33rj) must be incluclcd. ( 2 )  One course beyond the 112 
level in a foreign language other than the student's minor. The 
same course may not be counted towards more than one of these 
requirements. 
Simo~.A minor in linguistics consists of 15 hours from the 
courses listed below which are not also counted towards the stu- 
dent's major. At least 9 hours must be taken from group A. 
Courses 
Group A (basic linguistic theory) 
215. Linguistics. Introduction to English Linguistics. (3). (Same as English 
215.) 
223. Linguistics. Phonetics and Phonology. (3). The production and transmis- 
sion of speech sounds and their role in linguistic structure. Principles of 
articulatory and acoustic phonetics, with transcription esercises; phonemic and 
distinctive feature phonologies. 
327. Linguistics. Introduction to Linguistics. (3). (Same as German 327.) 
462. Linguistics. Aspects of Linguistic Theory. (3). (Same as English 460.) 
464. Linguistics. Comparative Linguistics. (3). Methods of establishing ge- 
netic relationship between languages and reconstructing proto-languages. Sur-
 vey of the major language families of the world. Typological comparisons of 
languages and the problem of language universals. Prerequisite: Linguistics 
215 or 327. 
465. Linguistics. Structure of a Selected Non-Indo-European Language. (3). 
The language offered will depend on student demand and availability of staff. 
h,iay sometimes be conducted as a field methods course. May be repeated for 
creclit when diKerent languages are offerccl, Przrequisite: Linguistics 215 
or 327. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
Group B (linguistic study of specific languages or language groups) 
401. English. Old English. (3). 
461. English. History of the English Language. (3). 
463. English. The English Language in America. (3). 
305. French. Advanced French Phonetics and Diction. (2). 
335. Spanish. Spanish Phonetics and Diction. (2). 
435. French and Spanish. Introduction to Romance Linguistics. (3). 
427. German. Comparative Germanic Readings. (3). 
428. German. Middle High German. (3). 
Group C (areas of contact behveen linguistics and other disciplines) 
451. Anthropology. Language and Culture. (3). 
325. Philosophy. Symbolic Logic. (3). 
426. Philosophy. Advanced Symbolic Logc. (3). 
440. Philosophy. Philosophy of Language. (3). 
345. Psychology. Psycholinguistics. (3). 
499. Linguistics. Directed Readings. (1-3). Credit will be assigned to Group 
A, B or C depending on content. hlay be repeated for credit. 
MATHEMATICS 
Since a satisfactory major depends primarily on a suitable combi- 
nation of courses, the courses which comprise the major must be 
approved by the department. Because of the importance of verbal 
experience in learning mathematics, a student intending to major 
in mathematics should take English 111 or Speech 111 during his 
first college semester. 
MAJOR:For the B. A. degree in mathematics, the major requires 
Mathematics 244 and IS semester hours of upper division work in 
the department which must include Mathematics 307, 313 and 
335. In addition, Philosophy 325 or Computer Science 300 is 
required. The foreign language should be French or German. 
For the B. S. degree in mathematics, the major requires ?&the- 
matics 244 and 24 semester hours of upper division work in the 
department which must include hliathematics 307, 313, 335, 336, 
and 346. In addition, Philosophy 325 or Computer Science 300 is 
required. The student must also complete 9 semester hours of 
upper division work in Philosophy or in one of the natural or social 
sciences. The foreign language must be French or German. 
For the B. S. degree in mathematics with emphasis in computer 
science, the student must complete Mathematics 244, 307, 313, 335, 
346, and 470; Statistics 471; and Computer Science 199, 230, 300, 
381, and 382. Recommended electives are Statistics 472 and hlathe- 
matics 336 and 452. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 150 
For the B. S. degree in mathematics with emphasis in statistics, 
the student must complete Mathematics 244, 307, 313, 335, 336, 470, 
and Statistics 371-372 and 471-472. He must also complete either 
Philosophy 325 or Computer Science 300 and 9 semester hours of 
upper division work in Philosophy or one of the natural or social 
sciences. 
Recommended schedules for each of these degree programs are 
available in the department office. A calendar indicating when 
particular courses are to be offered is also available. A student 
majoring in mathematics should consult closely with his advisor on 
any of these programs. 
MINOR: A minor in mathematics requires a minimum of 15 
semester hours of credit courses, including 3 hours of upper division 
work. 
For some curricula in the University, one and one-half units of 
high school algebra and one unit of high school geometry is re-
 quired. For students lacking such prerequisites, the h4athematics 
Department offers remedial courses, as listed below. 
Remedial Courses 
52. Algebra. (5).* The topics from high school algebra essential to the study 
of university level mathematics. May be used, in meeting department pre- 
requisite in place of one and one-half units of high school algebra. Pre-
 requisite: None. 
60. Plane Ge0rneh.y. (2).' For students without high school credit in plane 
geometry. May be used in meeting department prerequisites, in place of one 
unit of high school geometry. Prerequisite: One unit of high school algebra 
or Mathematics 52, or concurrent enrollment in Mathematics 52. 
O Hours do not apply toward a Wichita State University degree. 
Lower Division Courses 
121. Discrete Mathematics I. (3). Set theory, probability, and the elements 
of statistics. Prerequisite: One unit of high school algebra. 
122. Discrete Mathematics 11. (3). Linear algebra and related topics. Pre-
 requisite: 121. 
140. College Algebra. (3). Function, theory of equations and inequalities, 
complex numbers, and exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: 
One and one-half units of high school algebra or h4athematics 52 and one 
unit of high scl~ool geometry or Mathematics 60. (For those students who 
doubt the adequacy of their high school preparation, a mathematics placement 
test is available for advisory purposes.) 
141. Algebra and Trigonometry. (5): Functions, theory of equations and 
inequalities, complex numbers, the trigonometric functions, exponential and 
logarithmic functions, and other standard topics prerequisite to a beginning 
study of analysis. Prerequisite: One ancl one-half units of high school algebra 
or hlathematics 52, and one unit of high school geometry or Mathematics GO. 
For those students who doubt the adequacy of their mathematical preparation, 
a placement examination is available for advisory purposes.) 
142. Introductory Analysis I. (5). Analytic geometry and the Calculus in an 
inter-related form. Prerequisite: Mathematics 141 with a C or better or t w o  
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 151 
units of high school algebra, one unit of high school geometry, and one-half 
unit of high school trigonometry. (For those students who doubt the adequacy 
of their high school preparation, a placement examination is avaiiable for 
advisory purposes.) 
243. Introductory Analysis IT. (5). A continuation of Mathematics 142. In-
 cludes a study of integration and applications and an introduction to infinite 
series. Prerequisite: ath he ma tics ld2'with a C or better. 
244. Introductory Analysis III. (3). A continuation of hiathematics 243. 
Includes a study of multiple integration and partial derivatives. Prerequisite: 
htathematics 243, with a C or better. 
245. Survey of Analysis. (3). A brief, but careful introduction to mathe-
 matical analysis for students of the humanities, the social sciences, and busi- 
ness. Prerequisite: Mathematics 140 or 141. Credit in both 245 and 142 
is not allowed. 
Upper Division Courses 
303-304. Topics in Modern Mathematics I and 11. (3-3). An investigation 
of the newer topics of secondary school curriculums. Not open to mathe-
 matics majors. May be repeated for credit with consent of the department. 
Prerequisite: Consent of the department. 
307. Linear Algebra I. (3). An elementary study of linear algebra including 
a study of linear transformations and matrices over finite dimensional spaces. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 244. 
311. Elementary Geometry. (3). The structure of Euclidean geometry. Pre-
 requisite: Mathematics 243 or 245. 
313. Fundamental Concepts of Algebra I. (3). Groups, rings, fields. Pre-
 requisite: Mathematics 307 or consent of department. (Not for major graduate 
credit.) 
315. Elementary Number Theory. (3). Properties of the integers studied by 
elementary means. Prerequisite: Mathematics 245 or upper division standing 
or mathematics 244 or consent of department. 
335. Intermediate Analysis I. (3). A detailed study of limits, continuity, and 
integration. Prerequisite: Mathematics 244 with C or better. (Sot for major 
graduate credit.) 
336. Intermediate Analysis 11. (3). The calculus of functions of several 
variables, line and surface integrals. Prerequisite: Mathematics 307 and 335 
with C or better in each. 
346. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3). Integrating factors, separation of 
variables, critical points, linear differential equations with constant coegcients, 
variation of parameters, existence and uniqueness for initial value problems, 
and systems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 244 with a C or better. (Not for 
major graduate credit.) Not open to students with credit in 349 or 446. 
373-374. Elementary Mathematics I and 11. (3-3). Topics necessary to an 
understanding of the elementary school curriculum, such as set theory, the 
real numbers and geometry. Prerequisite: Elementary Education major or 
consent of department. Not for major or minor creclit. 
412. Modem Geometry. (3). Fundamental concepts of geometry. Pre-
 requisite: Matllematics 313 or consent of department. 
414. Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 11. (3). A continuation of hfathe-
 matics 313. Prerequisite: Mathematics 313 with a C or better. 
416. Topics in NurnSer Theory. (3). Prerequisite: hlathematics 315 and 
consent of department. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 152 
431. Intermediate Analysis 111. (3). A continuation of Mathematics 336. 
Prerequisite: Xlathematics 336 with C or better. 
437. Elementary Topology. (3). Primarily the topology of metric spaces. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 335 with a C or better or consent of department. 
438. Introduction to Complex Analysis. (3). Basic treatment of analytic 
functions. Prerequisite: ;\fathematics 335 or 447 with a C or better or consent 
of department. 
447-418. Engineering Mathematics I and II. (3-3). Vector analysis, matrices, 
in6nite series, orthogonal and special functions, Fourier series, and boundary 
value problems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 346, with C or better. (No credit 
for Mathematics majors.) 
452. Numerical Analysis. (3). Numerical solutions of algebraic and dif-
 ferential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 307 and 335 with C or better 
in each. 
454. Linear Algebra 11. (3). A continuation of Mathematics 307. Pre-
 requisite: Mathematics 307 and 313. 
470. Introduction to Combinatorial Mathematics. (3). Permutations, generat- 
ing functions, partitions, distributions, and elements of graph theory. Pre-
 requisite: Mathematics 335 or consent of department. 
499. Individual Projects. (1 to 5). May be repeated to a total of 10 credits. 
Prerequisite: Consent of department. (Not for graduate credit.) 
Graduate Courses 
501-502. Real Analysis I and II. (3-3). A study of the foundation of analysis 
and of the fundamental results of modem real analysis. Prerequisite: Mathe-
 matics 431 or consent of department. 
503-504. Abstract Algebra I and 11. (3-3). A treatment of the standard basic 
topics in abstract algebra. Prerequisite: Mathematics 414 or conseut of 
department. 
505-506. Complex Analysis I and II. (3-3). Theory of analytic functions. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 431 or consent of department. 
507-508. Topology I and 11. (3-3). Point set and algebraic topology. Pre-
 requisite: Mathematics 437 or consent of department. 
520. Proseminar. (1). Oral presentation of research in areas of interest to the 
students. Prerequisite: Major standing. 
521. Individual Reading. (1 to 5). Prerequisite: Consent of department. May 
be repeated up to a maximum of 5 hours with the consent of the department. 
525. Special Topics. (2 or 3). May be repeated by consent. 
A. Analysis.
 B. Algebra. 
C .  Geometry.
 D. Topology. 
E. Applied Mathematics. 
F. Foundations. 
G. Number Theory. 
H. Statistics. 
I. Methodology of Science. 

 Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

 546. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3). Existence, uniqueness, stability, 
and other "qualitative theories" of ordinary differential equations. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 335 and 346 or consent of department. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 153 
553-554. Numerical Analysis I and 11. (3-3). Numerical approximations of 
solutions to initial and boundary valuc problems of ordinary and partial dif- 
ferential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 335 or consent of department. 
555-556. Partial Differential Equations I and 11. (3-3). Existence and unique- 
ness theory for boundary value prohlerns of partial differential equations of all 
types. Prerequisite: Mathematics 335 or consent of department, 
575-576. Thesis. (2-2). Prerequisite: Consent of dcpartment. 
STATISTICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 
The courses in statistics and computer science listed here are 
offered by the Mathematics Department. No major or minor is 
offered, but a B. S. degree in mathematics with emphasis in com- 
puter science and a B. S. degree in mathematics with emphasis 
in statistics are available and are described at the beginning of the 
mathematics section of the catalog. For further information, consult 
the h,lathematics Department. All courses here satisfy core and 
liberal arts mathematics requirements. 
As a part of the 124 semester hours required for graduation, a 
student may take up to 15 semester hours of statistics and/or com-
 puter science courses in addition to the 43 semester hours of course 
work allowed in mathematics. 
STATISTICS 
Upper Division Courses 
301. Elementary Statistics. (3). Elementary descriptive statistics, binomial 
and normal distributions, elementary problems of statistical inference; linear 
correlation and regression. Prerequisite: hkthematics 121, 140, or 141. Not 
open to students with credit in Mathematics 243 or to mathematics majors. 
302. Elementary Probability. (3). Probahility functions, random variables, and 
expectation of finite sample spaces. Prerequisite: Mathematics 121, 140, 
or 141. 
371-372. Statistical Methods I and 11. (3-3). 2R; 2L. In 371, basic experi- 
mental statistics; problems of statistical inference; confidence limits; forms of 
correlation; and analysis of variance. In 372, sampling; additional analysis of 
variance; randomized block; Latin square: factorial; multiple and curvilinear 
correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 243 or 245. 
471-472. Probability ant1 Statistics I and II. (3-3). A course in the theory of 
the subject. Prerequisite: 335 with C or better. 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 
Lower Division Courses 
199. Introduction to the Computer. (3). Automatic data processing, digital 
computers, flow charting, computer languages, Fortran IV, sorting techniques, 
and the solution of elementary problems. Prerequisite: hlathematics 140 
or 141. 
230. Assembler Languages. (3). Logical computer structure and organization. 
Use of IBM 360 lanmages for the study of logical o~erations. Indirect address- 
ing and data access~mkthods. ~ r e r e ~ i i s i t e :  Comp;ter Science 199. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Logic for Computers. (3). Symbolic logic, axiomatic development of 
propositional calculus. Boolean Algebra, switching circuits, predicate calculus 
and formal languages. Emphasis on formalizing mathematical systems. Pre-
 requisite: hlathematics 313. 
381. Computer Solution of Numerical Problems. (3). Finite differences, inter- 
polation, solution of systems of equations, numerical integration. The student 
will use the computer facility in the solution of problems. Prerequisite: 
Computer Science 199 and Mathematics 244 and 307, with C or better in each. 
382. Special Topics in Computer Science. (3). Topics such as sequential 
machines, automata theory, computability and solvability. Prerequisite: Com-
 puter Science 381 and Mathematics 313. 
496. Individual Projects. (1-3). May be repeated for a total of 6 hours credit. 
Prerequisite: Consent of department. 
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 
NOTE: The courses in Medical Technology are prescribed by the 
ASCP and are offered by the School of Medical Technology, St. 
Francis Hospital, St. Joseph Hospital, and Wesley Hospital, Wichita, 
Kansas. For the curriculum in Medical Technology see page 323. 
MUSIC 
See page 297 for requirements and curriculum. 
PHILOSOPHY 
The Department of Philosophy offers a wide range of courses in 
order to enable an undergraduate major to acquire familiarity with 
the varieties of philosophic inquiry, and to pursue in some detail 
those topics in which he becomes especially interested. 
MAJOR: A major requires ( 1 )  a minimum of 24 semester hours 
of philosophy courses, at least 12 of which must be upper division 
courses, and (2 )  included within the 24 hour major, certain re-
 quired courses selected from three areas of study as follows: " 
I. Logic ( 3  hours) : 225 or 325 or 426. 
11. Value Theory ( 3  hours) : 244 or 313 or 360 or 375. 
111. History of Philosophy ( 6  hours) : 331, and 333 or 334. 
MINOR: A minor consists of 15 hours of philosophy selected in 
consultation with the department, with the aim of orienting the 
student to the philosophical aspects of his major field. 
Lower Division Courses 
121. Introduction to Philosophy. (3). An introduction to the philosophic 
O When applicable, Philosophy 490 (Special Studies) can be substituted for one or 
more of the required courses with the approval of the department. Also, university honors 
courses having core credit h i c h  are taught by the philosophy staff can be  included as 
part of the 34 hour major requirement, with the approval of the department. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 155 
principles and methods employed in treating the problems of truth and validity, 
reality and appearance, and good and evil, by means of an analysis of the 
classical doctrines of the nature of things, the structure of knowledge, and the 
criteria for moral value. 
150. Introcluction to Contemporary Philosophy. (3). An introduction to the 
basic problems and trends in recent philosophy. 
225. Logic. (3). An introduction to the basic principles of rational thinking. 
with an emphasis on argument forms, deductive techniques, and methods of 
proof. 
226. Introduction to Philosophy of Science. (3). A study of the basic philo- 
sophic presuppositions of the scientific method, as exemplified in the problems 
of induction, deduction, hypothesis, evidence, probability, verification, defini- 
tion, and experimental technique. 
244. Ethics. (3). A comprehensive study of the classical and modem theories 
of social and moral value as they give meaning to the concepts of law, morality, 
tradition and social reality. 
Upper Division Courses 
304. Analytic Philosophy. (3). A critical examination of various contemporary 
philosophical problems as seen through the writings of philosophers such as 
Moore, Carnap, Ayer, Russell, Ryle, Wisdom, Strawson, Quine, Wittgenstein 
and others. Prerequisite: Three hours of philosophy or consent of instructor. 
305. Philosophy of Education. (3). An examination of educational concepts 
with an emphasis on the implications of such concepts with respect to the 
problems of moral, political and religious education in a secular, democratic 
society. 
313. Social and Political Pldosophy. (3). An examination of various philo- 
sophical theories of the state and society. 
325. Symbolic Logic. (3). The logic of truth-function and quanti6cation; 
relations, identity and definite descriptions, Russell's paradox. 
331. Ancient Philosophy. (3). A study of the basic philosophic systems from 
the Pre-Socratic to the Hellenistic Period, with an emphasis on the works of 
Plato and Aristotle. 
332. Medieval Philosophy. (3). An examination of the medieval doctrines of 
Augustine, Bonaventure, Aquinas, Averroes, Avicenna, Roger Bacon, Duns 
Scotus, William of Ockham and others. 
333. Early Modem Philosophy. (3). A study of the philosophical thought of 
the seventeenth century with selections from such philosophers as Hobbes, 
Descartes, Spinoza, Liebniz and Locke. 
334. Late Modern Philosophy. (3). A study of the philosophical thought of 
the eighteenth century with selections from such philosophers as Berkeley, 
Hurne, and Kant. 
335. Nineteenth Century Philosophy. (3). A study of the philosophical thought 
of the nineteenth century including selections from such phiIosophers as Hegel, 
Fichte, Schelling, Schopenhauer, Mill, Marx, Kierkegaard, Peirce, and 
Nietzsche. 
340. Epistemology. (3). A critical examination of the nature of knowledge 
and of the philosophical problems concerning skepticism, knowledge of the self, 
material objects, other minds, the past, present and future, universals, and 
necessary truths. Selections from both historical and recent writings. Pre-
 requisite: Phil. 121 or equivalent. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
350. 3Ictnphysics. (3) .  An exploration of some basic topics in the theory of 
realit\.. Issues include such notions as space, time, substance, causality, par- 
ticulars, universals, appearance, essence and being. Prerequisite: Phil. 121 or 
equivalent. 
356. American Philosophy. (3).  A study of philosophy in America with 
readings selected from such authors as Peirce, James, Royce, Santayana, Dewey, 
Lewis and Quine. 
360. Ethical Theory. (3). A concentrated study of ethical theory in the 
contest of certain fundamental ethical problems. Prerequisite: 121 or 2?-4 or 
equivalent. 
36G. Philosophy of Literature. (3).  An exploration of the philosophic themes 
present in literature. Special attention is devoted to literature as an aesthetic 
phenomenon and the asssociated problems of the essential nature of literature 
as a particular art form, the author's intentions, the criteria of aesthetic appre- 
ciation, and literature as knowledge. Emphasis on the special type of litera-
 ture-poetry, drama, the novel, the short story-is the instructor's choice. 
369. Existentialism. (3).  An examination of the leading contemporary philo- 
sophic movement in Europe as expressed in the writings of Kierkegaard, 
Nietzsche, Schopenhauer, Heidegger, Sartre, Camus and Jaspers. Prerequisite: 
Phil. 1" cr equivalent. 
375. Aesthetics. (3).  A study of the various philosophic conceptions of the 
fine arts, and an analysis of the notions of imitation, imagination, expression, 
creativity, feeling, intuition and technique, as they relate to the aesthetic con- 
test of artist, audience and the work of art. 
380. Pl~enornenology. (3).  A study of the phenomenological movement in 
philosophy, with special attention to its source in Husserl; and an introduction 
to its recent developments in such thinkers as Scheler, Heidegger, Sartre, 
Merleau-Ponty, and Straus. Prerequisite: 121 or equivalent. 
420. Logical Theory. (3). A study of the views of selected philosophers con- 
cerning the nature and function of logic and other selected problems in logical 
theory. Prerequisite: Philosophy 225 or 325, or consent of instructor. 
425. Philosophy of Science. (3) .  Consideration of the presuppositions, results 
and limitations of the natural and social sciences; the relations among the 
sciences; the nature of the philosophic problems and seienti6c methods used. 
426. Advanced Symbolic Logic. (3).  An axiomatic development of the propo- 
sitional and first-order functional calculae, including such topics as proofs of 
consistency and completeness, prenex and skolem normal forms, Lowenheim's 
theorem, and the decision problem. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 
440. Philosophy of Language. (3) .  An examination of philosophical prohlems 
concerning the nature and function of language; discussion of traditional and 
recent theories of meaning, and of the relevance of philosophy of language to 
other areas of philosophy. Prerequisite: Philosophy 225 or 325 or equivalent, 
or consent of the instructor. 
44G. Philosophy of Religion. (3).  An examination of some basic religious 
problems such as the nature grounds of religious helief, religious language, 
the existence and nature of God, human immortality, the problem of evil. 
475. Philosophy of the Social Scicnces. (3).  A stucly of such topics as the 
relations of social science with natural science and philosophy, methodological 
problems peculiar to social science, the nature of sound explanation, conccpts 
and constructs, the roles of mathematics and formal theories in social science. 
480. Studies in a Major Philosopher. (3). A concentrated study of the thought 
of one major philosopher announced by the instructor when the course is 
scheduled. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 157 
490. Special Studies. (3). The instructor will announce the topic for study. 
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 
499. Directed Readings. (1-3). A course designed for the student interested 
in doing independent study ancl research in a special area of interest. Pre-
 requisite: Departmental consent. hfay be repeated for credit. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Seminar. (3). 
501. Selected Topics in Epistemology. (3). The instructor will announce the 
topic for study. May be repeated for credit with department consent. Prc-
 requisite: Consent of the instructor. 
502. Selected Topics in Metaphysics. (3). The instructor will announcc thr 
topic for study. May be repeated for credit with department consent. Prc-
 requisite: Consent of the instructor. 
506. Selected Topics in Ethical Theory. (3). The instructor will announce 
the topic for study. May be repeated for creclit with department consent. 
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 
510. Directed Readings. (1-3). Repeatable for credit up to six hours. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
575-576. Research and Thesis. (2-2). 
PHYSICS , 
MAJOR: The following courses are required for a physics major: 
General College Physics ( 123-124 or 234-244), 311,333-334,339-340, 
ancl 454, Math 335 and 346, and one semester of Chemistry. For a 
Bachelor of Arts degree, one upper division physics laboratory 
course and three additional hours of physics are required. For n 
Bachelor of Science degree, three upper division physics laboratory 
courses and eight additional hours of Physics are required. Also 
required for the Bachelor of Science degree is a reading 
or two semesters of German, Russian, or French. 
MINOR: A minor in Physics consists of General College Physics 
(123-124 or 243-244) and at least six additional hours of physics. 
Lower Division Courses 
103. Introductory Physics. (5). 4R; 3L. A general physics course for libcral 
arts students and those who have not had physics in high school. Topics to 
be included are: A~lechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, wave phenomena, 
and modern physics. Not open to students who can meet the prerequisitcs for 
Physics 243. Prerequisite: One year of high school algebra. 
123-124. General College Physics. (5-5). 4R; 3L. First semester: hlechanics, 
heat and sound. Second semester: Electricity, light, and modern physics. In-
 tended for students who have a working knowledge of algebra and trigonom- 
etry but who have had no calculus. Prerequisite for 123: I-!igh school trig- 
onometry or Math 141. Prerequisite for 124: Physics 123 or 243. 
243-244* General College Physics. (5-5). 4R; 3L. Intended for students 
who have had an introduction to calculus. First semester; mechanics and 
heat. Second semester: Electricity and light. Prerequisite: High school 
physics, or Introductory Physics 103, or junior standing in the University. Co-
 requisite for Physics 243: Math 243. Prerequisite to Physics 244: hlath 243 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
with a grade of C or better and, Physics 123 with consent of the department, 
or Physics 243. 
243(E)-244(E). General College Physics Lectures. (4-4). 4R; OL. The lec- 
ture portion of Physics 243-244 and carries the same prerequisites. Open only 
to engineering students. 
261. General Physics Laboratory. (1 or 2). 3L. The general college physics 
laboratory for students who have taken Physics 243(E) and 244(E) and wish 
to transfer to Liberal Arts. Prerequisite: Physics 243(E). 
Credit will not be given for both 123 and 243 or both 124 and 244. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Seminar. (1). Student reports on topics of general interest in physics. 
May be repeated for credit up to two hours. May not be counted for credit 
toward a minor in hysics. Prerequisite: Completion of, or concurrent enroll- 
ment in an upper ivision physics course, and consent of instructor. 
311. Topics in Modem Pl~ysics. (3). An introduction to selected areas of 
modem physics with emphasis on the features of atomic, nuclear, and solid 
state physics which require modifications of classical physics for their explana- 
tion. Prerequisite: The sequence of 123-124 with a grade of B or better in 
both, or Physics 244. Corequisite: Math 244. 
320 & 321. Classical Physics Laboratory. (1-1). 3L. An intermediate labora- 
tory with experiments drawn from the following areas of classical physics: 
Mechanics, optics, electricity and magnetism. Corequisite: Physics 333 or 345. 
333-334. Electricity and Magnetism. (3-3). Direct and alternating current<: 
electric and magnetic field theory including an introduction to Maxwell's elec- 
tromagnetic wave theory. Prerequisite for 333: The sequence of Physics 123- 
124 with a grade of B or better in both, or Physics 244 with a grade of C or 
better, and hfath 244 with a grade C or better. 
339-340. Elementary Mechanics. (3-3). Motion of a particle in one and sev- 
eral dimensions; motion of systems of particles; motion of rigid bodies; moving 
coordinate systems, mechanics of continuous media, and the Lagrangian Equa- 
tions of Motion. Prerequiste for 339: The sequence of Physics 123-124 with 
a grade of B or better in both, or Physics 244 with a grade of C or bettcr, and 
Math 244 with grade of C or better. Prerequisite for 340: Physics 339. 
345. Physical Optics. (3). Electromagnetic waves, diffraction and interference, 
radiation, scattering, and optical properties of solids. Prerequisite: The se-
 quence of Physics 123-124 with a grade of B or better in both, or Physics 244, 
and Math 244. 
350. Thermophysics. (3). The laws of thermodynamics, thermodynamic po- 
tentials and applications; distribution functions, Boltzmann equation, transport 
phenomena and fluctuations; introduction to statistical mechanics. Prerequisite: 
The sequence of physics 123-124 with a grade of B or better in both, or 
Physics 244, and Math 244. 
380. Special Studies in Physics. (1 or 2). May be repeatcd, but total credit 
may not exceed two hours. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
402. Numerical Methods in Chemistry and Physics. (2). 1R; 3L. Applications 
of numerical methods to problems in chemistry and physics. Roots ot equations, 
curve fitting, interpolation, extrapolation and smoothing of experimental data, 
numerical tlifFerentiation and integration, computer programming. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
421 & 422. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1-1). 3L. An advanced laboratory 
with experiments drawn from various areas of modem physics. In 421, the 
emphasis is on a determination of the fundamental constants of physics. 422 
is devoted to experiments in nuclear physics. Prerequisite for either course: 
Physics 311, and 320 or 321. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 159 
425. Electronics. (2). 13; 4L. Provicles a working knon~lcc?ge of electronic 
devices ancl circuits for the student or research worker who has little or no 
background in electronics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
451-455. hfodcrn Physics. (3-3). Introduction to quantum xncchanics, the 
Schroedinger equation, elementary perturbation theory, one- and multi-electron 
atoms, molecular physics. Prerequisite: hsfath. 34G: Physics 311 and 340. 
Physics 454 is a prerequisite for 455. 
456. Applications of Quantum Mechanics. (3). Applications of quantum 
mechanics to problems in solid state and nuclear physics. Prcrequisite: 
Physics 454. 
460. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. (3). Techniques of mathematical 
physics and their application to boundary value problems in mechanics, 
elecMcity and magnetism, wave motion, etc. Prerequisite: Physics 334, 340; 
Math. 346. 
Graduate Courses 
511. Classical Mechanics. (3). Introduction to mechanics of continuous media, 
Lagrange's Equations, calculus of variations, Kami!ton's Principle, rigid body 
motion, special relativity. Prerequisite: Physics 340, and Math. 346. 
512. Elementary Statistical Mechanics. (3). An introduction to the basic 
concepts and methods of statistical mechanics with applications to simple 
physical systems. Prerequisite: Math 346; Physics 340. 
515-516. Introduction to Solid State Physics. (3-3).The basic knowlcdge of 
the nature and properties of the solid state including the structural, thermal, 
mechanical, electrical, and ma,aetic properties. Electron theory of metals, 
band theory of solids. Prerequisite: Physics 311, or departmental consent, and 
Math 346. 
521. Individual Readings. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: 30 hours of physics and 
department consent. hlay be repeated for credit up to three hours. 
529. Selected Topics in Physics. (2 or 3). May be repeated for credit up to 
six hours. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
533-534. Elemcntary Quantum Mechanics. (3-3). Elementary principles, 
formulations, and methods of quantum mechanics with special application to 
atomic and molecular phenomena. Prerequisite: Physics 340 and 454 or 
department consent, and hlath. 346. 
535-536. Classical Elcctrici:~ 2nd hfagnetism. (3-3).Vector fields, field equa- 
tions, stress and energy, static magnetic and electric fields, electromagnetic 
waves. Prerequisite: Physics 334 and Math. 346. 
537-538. Nuclear Physics. (3-3).The nuclear two-body problem and nuclear 
forces, modcls of the nucleus, nudear decay, theory of nuclear reactions, and 
strange particles. Prerequisite: Physics 455. 
550. Seminar. (1). Review of current periodicals. Reports on student and 
faculty research, hlay be repeated for crcdit up to two hours. Prerequisite: 
20 hours of physics. 
551. Research and Thesis. (1-3).May be repatecl for credit u:, to s i ~  hours. 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 
MAJOR: A major consists of 30 hours. Requirements are as fol-
 lows: Pol. Sci. 345 or 444, and 447 or 449; 3 hours each from Group 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 160 
2, 3, 4, and 5; and e n o u g h  additional hours to complete the 30-hour 
major  requirement .  
MINOR: A minor consists of 3 hours  from Group 1;and 12 addi-
 tional hours, 6 of which must be upper division. 
( 1 )  (Pol i t ical  Theory), 232, 345, 444, 446, 447, 449, 458. 
( 2 )  (Amer ican  Political Behavior and Inst i tut ions) ,  121, 219, 315, 
316, 317, 315, 440, 451, 452, 454, 477, 490, 492. 
( 3 )  (Comparative G o v e r n m e n t )  226, 227, 228, 330, 333, 339, 
360, 420, 423, 426. 
( 4 )  ( In te rna t iona l  Relat ions) ,  335, 336, 433, 434, 436. 
( 5 )  ( P u b l i c  Administrat ion) ,  321, 464, 480, 487. 
L o w e r  Division Courses 
121. American Political System. (3). An analysis of the basic patterns and 
structure of the American Political System, with emphasis on policies and 
problems of American Politics. 
150. Workshop. (1-4). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
200. Research Techniques. (3). Introduces the beginning student to research 
techniques in political science. Recommended for majors. 
211. American Democracy. (3). Currents in the development of American 
democracy with emphasis on the ideas and ideals which have contributed to 
the development of Americanism and the literature which deals with these 
currents of thought. 
219. State Government. (3). The role of the states in the federal system, 
and the patterns of politics and institutions in the several states. Particular 
attention to the State of Kansas. (Formerly offered as Pol. Sci. 319.) 
226. Comparative Politics. (3). An analysis of the basic patterns and structures 
of Western democratic poIitical systems, transitional systems, and dictatorial 
or totalitarian systems. 
227. Comparative Analysis of Western Democracies. (3). Utilizin expe-
 rience from Great Britain, France, the British-speakin ~ o m m o n w e a h  and 
Western Europe, and analysis of the characteristics of g e s e  systems. 
228. Autocracy, Dictatorship, and Totalitarianism. (3). An analysis of limited 
access-mass-participatory-political systems, their traditions and development, 
with special emphasis on Nazi Germany, Soviet Russia, and Mainland China. 
232. Basic Ideas in Political Theory. (3). Introduces the student to recurring 
themes of political thought, examines their diverse meanings and consiclers 
problems that arise when values seem to be in contradiction. 
Upper Division Courses 
315 & 316. The Presidency, Congress, and Public Policy. (3 & 3). First 
semester focuses upon the evolution of the Presidential office, the recruitment 
of Presidents, and the nature of Presidential power. Second semester focuses 
on the Congress, with particular attention to interest articulation in the legis- 
lative process. Either semester may be taken independently of the other, but 
if both are talcen it is recommended that they be taken in sequence. 
317. Urban Politics. (3). An analysis of politics in urban areas, including 
such topics as the nature and distribution of community power, iduence, and 
leadership, the nature of community codict ,  the formation of policy, urban 
problems and political solutions, and trends in urban politics. 
6-7247 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 161 
318. Political Parties. (3). The role of political parties in the American 
political decision-making process at the national, state and local levels. 
321. Introduction to Public Administration. (3). A general survey of the 
scope and nature of public administration; policy and administration; admin- 
istrative regulation and adjudication; organization and management; budgeting 
and fiscal management; public personnel administration; political, judicial, and 
other controls over the administration. 
330. Soviet Politics and Government. (3). A general introduction to the 
study of Soviet Russia. Discussion of historic and demographic factors; the 
Marxist-Leninist ideology; party, state, and legal structure; social structure of 
the USSR; federalism and the nationalities; industry, agriculture, and trade 
unions; policy formulation; political power; factors of stability and instability. 
333. Comparative Western Democracies. (3). Comparative studies of selected 
Western Political Systems. The student is assumed to have basic knowledge 
of the structure of prototypes of Western Democracies. 
335 & 336. International Politics and Institutions. (3-3). First semester: An 
analysis of the controls governing the nation-state system; special consicleration 
of such concepts as balance of power, collective security, propaganda and 
diplomacy. Second semester: Emphasis on international law ancl the clevelop- 
ment of international organizations. Either 335 or 336, but not both, will be 
accepted toward a major in history. 
339. Government and Politics in Asia. (3). The breakdown of the "colonial" 
systems during and after World War 11. Japan, China, India, Southeast Asia, 
Southwest Asia. Continuing political instability in Asia. (Formerly offered as 
Pol. Sci. 229.) 
345. Classical and Medieval Political Theory. (3). An analytical study of 
the major offerings of the Greek, Roman, and Feudal Periods. The contributions 
of Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics are emphasized in the early period: the works 
of Seneca, Cicero, and the Roman Lawyers during the second; and the juridical 
impact of the feudal system and the philosophic legacy of the ecclesiastical 
writers during the third. (Formerly offered as Pol. Sci. 343 & 344.) 
360. Primitive Law and Government. (3). Same as Anthropology 360. (See 
for description.) 
400. Ethnic Politics. (3). An intensive analysis of the literature and data on 
the role of ethnic groups in the political system. Attention will be given to the 
network of relationships which affect, and are effected by, ethnic groups. Par-
 ticipants in the course will be expected to develop and complete a research 
project for presentation and evaluation. 
420. Politics of Developing Areas. (3). A survey of the political systems in 
Latin America, Africa, the Middle East, South and Southeast Asia. Special 
attention to colonialism as a system, the effects of colonialism and patterns of 
emerging nations. 
423. Government and Politics of Latin America. (3). An examination of the 
political institutions and processes which currently exist in the Latin American 
republics. Emphasis will be on the social, economic and psycho-cultural fac- 
tors which affect these instih~tions and processes. In addition, students will be 
given an opportunity to participate in an original research experience. 
426. Comparative Politics of the Middle East. (3). An examination of the 
political institutions and processes of Middle Eastern governments. The social, 
economic and Islamic cultural factors which affects these institutions and proc- 
esses will be studied. 
433. Policy Development in Foreign Relations. (3). The process of foreign 
policy-making in the American structure of government. Particular attention 
will be given to the problems of federalism and separation of powers in foreign 
policy development. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 162 
434. Problems in Foreign Policy. (3). Analysis of the alternative courses of 
action open to the United States in the present international political system. 
436. Soviet Foreign Policy. (3). The concept, content, and control of Soviet 
foreign relations; instruments and tools of Soviet diplomacy; "strategy and 
tactics"; change and continuity from Russia to Soviet foreign relations and 
policy aims; execution of foreign policy in selected areas. 
440. American Political Behavior. (3). An intensive examination of the at 
terns of political behavior in the United States through primary and s e c o n f a i  
analysis of existent data. Emphasis will be given to the development and pres- 
entation of an original research paper. 
444. Modern Political Theory. (3). A description and analysis of the works 
of the principal political theorists of the modem state. Beginning with 
Machiavelli, the most persistent problems of early ancl modern nationalism 
are examined through the writings of Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Burkc, 
Marx, and others. 
446. Seminar on Comparative Marxism. (3). An examination and evaluation 
of the ideas which have helped to shape the "ideologies" of the various party- 
states. The contributions of SIarx, Engels, Kautsky, Bernstein, Luxemburg, 
Lenin, Trotsky, Stalin, Mao, Khmshchev, Tito, Togliatti, etc. 
447. Contemporary PoIitical Theory. (3). Major patterns and developments 
in political thought in the Twentieth Century. Emphasizes controversies over 
the role and purpose of political philosophy in modem society. 
449.* Approaches to the Study of Political Science. (3). Scope and methods 
of political science and research techniques designed to prepare the student for 
either graduate work in political science or administrative research. Prerequi-
 site: Senior standing. 
450. Workshop. (1-4). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
451. Public Law. (3). An analysis of the role of appellate courts, and espe- 
cially of the United States Supreme Court, in the American political system. 
Emphasis is placed upon judicial review of state and federal legislation, the 
separation of powers, federalism, the taxing power, and the commerce clause. 
452. Public Law. (3). An analysis of the role of appellate courts, and 
especially of the United States Supreme Court, in the American political 
system. Emphasis is placed upon the guarantees of the Bill of Rights and 
the Fourteenth Amendment. 
454. Judicial Process and Behavior. (3). Focuses upon the behavior and 
policy-making roles of courts and judges. 
458. American Political Thought. (3). Consideration of selected topics in 
the development of political ideas in the United States. 
464. Comparative Public Administration. (3). A study of the administrative 
systems of selected developed and developing countries with special attention 
to the various methocls and approaches of comparative analysis and to the rela- 
tionships between administrative institutions ancl their environmental settings. 
477. Introduction to Urban Affairs. (3). An introduction to the study of the 
metropolis as a social, political ancl economic system. Prerequisites: Principles 
of Economics (Econ. 211) and a course in sociology or political science. An 
interdisciplinary approach. Same as Economics 477 and Sociology 477. 
480. Administration and the Policy Making Process. (3). The problems of 
government encounterecl in the administration of public policy. The approach 
will be analytical rather than descriptive. May be repeated for credit. 
487. Theory of Administration. (3). A study of organizational theory and the 
various approaches to the stucly of organization. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 163 
490. Special Topics in American Politics. (3). An analysis of selected topics 
in American Politics in a seminar setting. Content will vary depending upon 
the instructor, but will inclucle problems of policy (civil rights, business and 
government, etc.) and of structure (federalism, the party system, etc.). May be 
repeated for credit. 
499.* Directed Readings. (2 or 3). A course designed for the exceptional 
student to meet his needs and deficiencies, hlay be repeated for credit. Pre-
 requisite: Senior standing and consent. 
'Prerequisite mny be waived by department consent. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Advanced Directed Readings. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: Department con-
 sent, May be repeated for credit. 
501-502. Method and Scope of Political Science. (3-3). The first semester 
emphasizes philosophy of science and methoclolgy (as distinguished from 
"method" and "technique"), and exposes the student to recent works of meth- 
odological import in the various subfields within the discipline. In the first 
semester, the student is required to produce an acceptable prospectus of a 
master's thesis. In  the second semester, emphasis is placed upon generation 
of theories and hypotheses for testing, research design, and methocls and 
techniques for data collection and analysis. Particularly in the second semester, 
members of the department will participate in discussions of research tech-
 niques and problems relevant to work which they and seminar members have 
in progress. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
510. Seminar in Comparative Government. (3). The comparative stutly of 
selected aspects of the politics and institutions of foreign governments. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
520. Seminar: The Administrative Process. (3). Consideration of the process 
and environment of administration, with special attention being given tile role 
of the executive in policy formulation, organization, planning, budgeting, 
staffig, coordination, communications, and administrative responsibility. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
521. The Budgetary Process. (3). Analysis of the development and utilization 
of the budgetary process in government administration, with special attention 
given to the budget in relation to its role in policy formulation. Prerequisite: 
Department consent. 
535. Seminar in International Relations. (3). Analysis of special problems in, 
and approaches to, the study of international relations. Prerequisite: Depart-
 ment consent. 
537. Seminar in Soviet Government. (3). An analysis and evaluation of 
approaches to the study of the Soviet political system, including in-depth 
examination of selected facets of the system. Prerequisite: Depnrtment consent. 
541. Seminar in Local Government. (3). An analysis of the organization, 
functions, and processes of municipal, county, school and voluntary organs; 
original research and intensive study of particular problems of Greater Wichita 
or other con~munities or urban units. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
544. Seminar in Political Theory. (3). Emphasizes topics selected for their 
signiEicance in the development and content of political theory. Prerequisits,: 
Depnrtment consent. 
545. Seminar in Political Theory. (3). Detailed study of the relevant works 
of a major political philosopher and his contribution to contemporary thought. 
Prerequisite: Department consent. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
551. Seminar in Public Law and Judicial Behavior. (3). Analysis of special 
problems in and approaches to the study of legal systems. Emphasis will be 
given to developing the student's awareness of research in the field. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
556. Seminar in American Politics and Institutions. (3). Analytical study, 
with emuhasis on individual research. of selected touics in American uolitical 
behavior-. Prerequisite: Department donsent. 
574. Internship. (2). For selected graduate students whose graduate empha- 
sis is public administration. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
575 & 576. Thesis. (2-2). 
PSYCHOLOGY 
MAJOR: The major consists of a minimum of 26 hours and a 
maximum of 36 hours. Psych. 111 is a prerequisite for all other 
courses. All majors are required to take Psych. 111, 112, 211, and 
212. Students who expect to enter graduate work in psychology 
should take Psych. 342 and 343. Other courses should be selected 
with the aid of the adviser. 
MINOR: The minor consists of 15hours and should be fitted to the 
individual needs with the help of the student's adviser. 
GO. Reading Improvement Techniques. (1). 2L. Designed for those students 
who seek to improve reading skills. Readin and study habits are diagnosed 
and practice toward improvement is provide%. Prerequisite: Approval of in- 
structor. (See Remedial Services, University College.) 
Lower Division Courses 
111. General Psychology. (3). An introduction to the general principles and 
areas of psychology. 
112. General Psychology Laboratory. (2). 4L. Introduction to scientific 
method in psychology. Prerequisite: Psych. 111; concurrent enrollment pre- 
ferred. 
211 & 212. Advanced Generd Psychology. (3-3). A more intensive treatment 
of the topics of General Psychology. Prerequisite: Psych. 111. 
215. Industrial Psychology. (3). An introduction to the psychological aspects 
of industry. Prerequisite: Psych. 111. 
246. Social Psychology. (3). A sychological study of the individual in the 
social situation. Prerequisite: ~ s y s .  111. 
260. Child Psychology. (3). The infant and child with special reference to 
their behavioral development. Prerequisite: Psych. 111. 
275. Psychology of Personality. (3). Theoretical concepts, factors in develop- 
ment, and methods of assessing personality. Prerequisite: Psych. 111. 
Upper Division Courses 
342." Psychological Statistics. (3). Emphasizes basic quantitative techniques 
in measurement and evaluation of behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. 112, Math. 
121 & 122 or Math. 141. 
343." Experimental Psychology. (3). Laboratory study of behavior stressin 
experimental design and research techniques. Prerequisite: Psych. 112 an8 
342. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 165 
345.' Psycholinguistics. (3). Survey of Psycholo ical, Linguistic and Informa- 
tional Analyses of Language. Prerequisite: ~ n & s h  215 or German 327 and 
Psych. 211. 
346. Advanced Social Psychology. (3). An intensive review of a selected 
contemporary issue in social psychology. Prerequisite: Psych. 246 and consent 
of instructor. 
350." Physiological Psychology. (3). Physiological factors in behavior. Pre-
 requisite: Psych. 211. 
351.' Physiological Psychology Laboratory. (3). Instruction in laboratory 
methods. Each student must carry out his own research project. Prerequisite: 
Psych. 350. 
360. Psychology Tutorial. (3). Selected topics in psychology. (May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 hours credit.) Prerequisite: Average of B in 
psychology courses which must include Psych. 211 and 212 and consent of 
instructor. 
370." Comparative Psychology. (3). Behavioral research and principles at 
different phylogenetic levels. Prerequisite: Psych. 112 and 211. 
401." Introduction to Clinical Psychology. (3). Application of psychological 
principles to the field of problem behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. 275, 444, 
and 465. 
410.' History of Psychology. (3). Psychological theory and experimentation 
from ancient to modem times. Prerequisite: 10 hours of Psychology. 
443." Operant Conditioning Laboratory. (3). Experimental laboratory stress- 
ing analysis of behavior by operant techniques. Prerequisite: Psych. 112 and 
211. 
444." Introduction to Psychopathology. (3). Individual differences and their 
relation to "normal" behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. 275. 
454." Psychological Testing and hleasurement. (3). A survey of the psy- 
chological foundation of tests and the interpretation and evaluation of test 
finding. Prerequisite: Psych. 112,212 and 342. 
456. Special Investigation. (1-3). Upon consultation with the instructor con- 
cerned, advanced students with adequate preparation may undertake original 
research in psychological problems. (h4ay be repeated for a maximum of 6 
hours credit.) Prerequisite: 10 hours of Psychology and consent of department. 
460.' Developmental Psychology. (3). Survey of theories of child develop- 
ment and applications to special aspects of the developmental process. Pre-
 requisite: Psych. 260. 
465.' Psychology of Learning. (3). A survey of research and theory in learn- 
ing. Prerequisite: Psych. 211 and 212. 
468.' Human Factors. (3). Explores the impact of modern machines on man 
and the problems of erformance, training, perception, and error resulting
 from man-machine congontations. Surveys current literature and experimenta- 
tion with some attention to industrial design criteria. Prerequisite: Psych. 342 
and 343. 
469.' Human Factors Laboratory. (3). Applications of human factors princi- 
ples and guidelines. Experimentation, measurement, equipment design, field 
studies and analysis of complex machines and equipment. Prerequisite: Psych. 
468. 
473.' Motivation. (3). Current and classical problems concerning theory and 
research in motivation. Prerequisite: Psych. 211 and 212. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 166 
475." Advanced Psychology of ~ers~nal i ty .  (3). hiore intensive treatment of 
the topics of Psychology of Personality. Prerequisite: Psych. 275 and 342. 
485." Psychology of Perception. (3). Theory and research in sensing and 
perceiving processes. Prerequisite: Psych. 211 and 350. 
498.' Introduction to Psychoanalytic Theory. (3). A consideration of the 
theory and practice of Freud's system, its variants and derivatives. Pre-
 requisite: Psych. 444. 
'With sufficient reason n student may apply for consent of instmctor to waive course 
prerequisite. 
Graduate Courses 
502. Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (2). Intensive study of clinical theory, 
research and practice. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
503. Clinical Psychology Laboratory. (2). 4L. Practical experience in ob-
 servation, recording and interpretation of a wide range of behavior, introduction 
to structured interviewing, clinical research, and communication of observation. 
Prerequisite: Psych. 502 or concurrent enrollment in 502 and consent of 
instructor. 
511. Cognitive Assessment. (2). Rationale and methods of intellectual assess- 
ment, critical review of research. Prerequisite: Psych. 502 and consent of 
instructor. 
512. Cognitive Assessment Laboratory. (2). 4L. Practical experience in 
administration and scoring of different tools, and in the utilization of data in 
evaluating behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. 503 and 511 or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 511. 
515. Clinical Research and Practice. (1). Designed to give the student fur- 
ther experience in clinical skills and clinical research. Each student concen- 
trating in the clinical area is required to enroll in this course every semester, 
not to exceed 4 semesters. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
517. Personality Assessment. (2). Rationale and methods of personality assess- 
ment; personality inventories and projective methods, and critical review of 
research. Prerequisite: Psych. 502 and consent of instructor. 
518. Personality Assessment Laboratory. (2). 4L. Practical experience in 
administration, scoring and communication of personality measures. Prerequi-
 site: Psych. 503, 517 or concurrent enrollment in 517, and consent of instructor. 
520. Graduate Research Seminar. (3). Advanced experimental procedures. 
Required of all graduate majors in psychology. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 
525. Seminar in Psychotherapy. (3). A critical survey of theories and systems 
of individual and group psychotherapy. Prerequisite: Psych. 401 or 502, 444, 
and consent of instructor. 
526. Techniques of Behavior Modification. (2). Different techniques of be-
 havior modilication, individual and group, survey of research. Prerequisite: 
Psych. 465 or equivalent, 503, 525, and consent of instructor. 
527. Techniques of Behavior hlodification Laboratory. (2). 4L. Practical 
experience with a variety of techniques. Prerequisite: Psych. 526 or concurrent 
enrollment in 526, and consent of instructor. 
530. Seminar in Community Psychology. (3). Comprehensive overview of 
theory, research and practice in the emerging field of community psychology 
from the perspective of general systems theory. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
531. Research in Community Psychology. (3). Special topics and group field 
research projects in community psychology. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
 structor. 
542. Advanced Psychological Statistics. (3). Design, analysis, and evaluation 
of behavioral research data. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 
544. Seminar in Personality and Psychosocial Disorders. (3). Relationship of 
normal behavior develo~ment and maladiustment: a critical review of theorv 
and rescarch. prerequisite: Psych. 444 and consent of instructor. 
551. Seminar in Physiological Psychology. (3). Intensive study of theory and 
research in physiological factors in behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. 350 or 
equivalent and consent of instructor. 
560. Systematic Psychology. (3). A critical survey of systems of psychology. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
565. Seminar in Psychology of Learning. (3). Intensive study of theory and 
research in learning processes. Prerequisite: Psych. 465 or equivalent and 
consent of instructor. 
570. Seminar in Current Developments. (3). Intensive study of current issues, 
techniques, research and application. May be reepeatecl for different topics. 
Maximum credit 6 hours. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
5'72. Seminar in Comparative Behavior. (3). Intensive study of theories, 
methodology and research in laboratory and field investigations of behaviors 
of different species. Prerequisite: Psych. 370 and consent of instructor. 
573. Seminar in Motivation and Emotion. (3). Intensive study of theory and 
research in motivational and emotional processes. Prerequisite: Psych. 473 
or equivalent and consent of instructor. 
575-576. Thesis. (2-2). Prerequisite: Enrollment only with written ccnsent 
of the Graduate Student Committee. 
585. Seminar in Perception. (3). Intensive study in theory and research in 
perceptual processes. Prerequisite: Psych. 485 or equivalent and consent of 
instructor. 
The Department of Religion offers a wide range of courses, in 
order to enable the undergraduate major to acquire familiarity with 
the broad phenomena of the world's religions and to become aware 
of the methods for studying religion. 
MAJOR: The major consists of a minimum of 30 hours, 15 of 
which must be upper division. A maximum of 6 hours from cross- 
referenced courses will be accepted. Three hours must be com-
 pleted from each of the following groups. 
1. Biblical Studies (3)  230, 240. 
2. History of Religion ( 3 )  336, 337. 
3. Methodological and Phenomenological Studies ( 3 )  301, 345, 
480. 
4. Consbuctive Studies ( 3 )  342, 373, 383,421,480. 
MINOR: The minor consists of 15 hours in Religion, selected in 
consultation with the department. 
168 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
Lower Division Courses 
111. Religion in America. (3). A survey of the beliefs, practices, and issues 
current in major American religious boclies with some attention to minor re-
 ligious denominations such as the Black Church, Christian Science, and the 
Latter-Day Saints. 
125. Life and Teachings of Jesus. (2). A review of early New Testament 
history, stressing the incidents in the life of Christ. 
130. Introduction to Religion. (3). Designed to acquaint the introductory 
student with some major varieties of religious history, belief, practice and 
problems, Eastern and Westem, with emphasis on the West. 
201. Current Religious Issues. (3). A critical study of contemporary issues in 
the West with some attention to Non-Western religions. The relationship of 
religion to such topics as race, war, secularism, population explosion, and 
politics will be considered. 
230. Historical Studies: Old Testament. (3). An introduction to the literature, 
history and religion of the Old Testament in the light of modem scholarship. 
240. Historical Studies: New Testament. (3). An introduction to the literature, 
history and religion of the New Testament in the light of modem scholarship. 
260. Western Religious Thought. (3). An historical and critical study of the 
main currents of thought in the West. Emphasis will be on primary forces and 
personalities which gave backgrouncl shape and clevelopment to the Hebrew- 
Christian tradition. 
Upper Division Courses 
301. Phenomenology of Religion. (3): An observation and analysis of the 
patterns found in the characteristic religious phenomena (e.g., myths, symbols, 
rites, institutions), with a view to a systematic understanding of man's religious 
life as it has expressed itself throughout his history. 
305. New Testament Greek I. (3). The essentials of Greek grammar, ele- 
mentary reading exercises and selected readings in Gospels and Epistles.
 Completion of two semesters required for credit. 
306. New Testament Greek 11. (3) .  A continuation of 305. 
321. Sociology of Religion. (3). (Same as Sociology 321.) 
322. Historical Studies: New Testament Backgrounds. (3). A study of selected 
material from the Dead Sea ScrolIs, the Apocrypha and the Pseudepigrapha as 
well as a consideration of Gnosticism and the Mystery Religions. 
327. Primitive Religion. (3). (Same as Anthropology 327.) 
336. Eastern Religions. (3). An examination of the major religious traditions 
of the East by means of an analysis of their classical writings-e. g., the 
Upanishadic literature and the Bhagauad Gita (Hinduism); the Dhammnpada
 (Buddhism); the Analects (Confucianism); the Tao Te Ching ( Taoism); others. 
337. Islam. (3). The religion in its geographical, social, political and cul- 
tural context, both Arab and Non-Arab. 
342. Modern Religious Thought. (3). A critical stud of Western religious 
thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries incLdin selections from 
such theologians as Schleiermacher, Rierkegaard, Barth, ~ u f e r ,  Rahner, and 
Tillich. 
345. Modern Critiques of Religion. (3). An examination and evaluation of the 
seminal critiques of religion ( e .g., Marx, Feuerbach, Freud, Strauss, Darwin, 
Nietzsche) produced by modem Western man. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 169 
373. Religion and the Future. (3). An examination of the ways world religions 
are responding to current technological, cultural and social trends and an 
indication of future issues which will call for a response. The relationship 
behveen religion and future developments in automation, population explosion, 
biological engineering, and arms control will receive special attention. 
383. Religious Thought and Human Conflict. (3). A critical examination of 
the relationship between religion and human conflict as expressed in war, 
revolution, civil strife and interpersonal relationships. Special attention will 
be given to the ways Western and Eastern religions have justified, tried to limit, 
or ameliorate human conflict. 
421. A Study of Religious Experience. (3). An interdisciplinary study of 
forms of religious experience such as conversion, mysticism, prayer, worship, 
and vision. Readings from such representative thinkers as James, Freud, Marx, 
Otto, Allport, and hlaslow will be included. 
424. The Reformation. (3). (Same as History 424.) 
425. The Problem of Salvation. (3). A comparative analysis of the various 
answers mankind has given to the problem of the nature of evil and of man's 
salvation from it, utilizing selections from both East and West, and from both 
within and outside the specifically religious traditions. 
446. Philosophy of Religion. (3). (Same as Philosophy 446.) 
475. Independent Work. (1-3). Designed for the student capable of doinq 
independent study in a special area of interest. May be repeated for credit. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
480. Special Studies. (3). A concentrated stucly of a contemporary theoloqian, 
theological movement or religious issue announced by the instructor when the 
course is scheduled, May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the 
instructor. 
ROMANCE LANGUAGES 
French 
MAJOR A: A major in French consists of 24 semester hours 
beyond French 112 or its equivalent and must include French 220, 
333, 334, 336, and an additional upper division French literature 
course, exclusive of Major Topics. In addition, it is strongly re- 
commended that French majors: (1 )  Choose a minor in some other 
foreign language, and ( 2 )  elect, where possible, complementary 
courses in English, History, Philosophy, and Art History. 
MINOR: The French minor consists of a minimum of 11 hours 
beyond the 112 level and must include French 220,221,225 and one 
upper division French course, exclusive of Major Topics. 
MAJOR B: The teaching major in French in either Fairmount 
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Education 
consists of at  least 50 semester hours chosen from the following 
categories: At least 24 hours in the language beyond the 111-112 
level, as listed under Major A, and 
(A)  At least 21 hours in a second language as listed under Minor, 
or 
( B )  At least 15 hours from one or more of the follo\ving related 
170 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
fields: History, English, Linguistics, Philosophy, Political Science 
(these will be chosen in consultation with the Teacher Education 
advisor), or 
(C )  A totally separate second major as prescribed by the catalog. 
NOTE: It is strongly recommended that majors who plan to teach 
French should qualify to teach at least one other foreign language. 
They must have a 2.75 average in French and departmental ap- 
proval in order to be admitted to the professional semester. It is 
further recommended that majors who are planning to teach take 
French 305 and 330. Secondary Education 442F and 447 are re- 
quired of all majors and minors seeking a high school teaching 
certificate. Majors interested in teaching French in the elementary 
schools will consult the departmental professor in charge of teacher 
education. 
Lower Division Courses 
60. French for Graduate Reading Examination. (3). Open to upper division 
and aduate students only. A reading course designed to prepare students to 
fd ipdepar tment  requirements of a readin knowledge of French for the 
M. A. or M. S. degrees. No previous knowfedge of French required. Will 
not count toward a degree. 
111-112. Elementary French. (5-5). Speaking, readin , writing, including 
grammar essentials. Daily classroom and laboratory worf required. (In spe- 
cial cases where students with previous credit in high school French feel in- 
competent to continue with the next sequence course for reasons of a long 
lapse of time or poor preparation those with one year of high school French 
may request permission from the department to take 111for credit and those 
with two years of high school French to take 112 for credit.) 
200. Basic French Review. (3). Intensive review of elementary French using 
the conversational method. Primarily for students seeking greater proficiency 
in the understanding and speaking French. Not open to students with prior 
credit in 200-level courses. Prerequisite: Two units of high school French 
or French 112 with a grade of "C" or "D." 
205. Basic French Phonetics and Pronunciation. (2) .  Introductory, practical 
course to improve individual pronunciation; intensive drill of vowels, conso- 
nants, and speech patterns. Prerequisite: French 112 or eqiuvalent. 
220. Intermediate French Grammar and Composition. (3) .  Prerequisite: 
French 112 or department consent. 
221-222. Intermediate French Readings I and 11. (3-3). Intensive reading of 
French literary works. Prerequisite: French 112 or equivalent for French 221, 
French 221 or equivalent for 227. May be used to meet the foreign literature 
requirement. 
225. Intermediate French Conversation. (2). Oral assignments will involve 
some regular work in the language laboratory. Prerequisite. French 112 or 
equivalent. 
232. French Civilization, (3). The background of history, art, and institu- 
tions. Prerequisite: 221 or department consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
Upper division courses are given on a rotating basis. 
is prerequisite for all upper division literature courses. 
French 222 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 171 
305. Advanced Phonetics and Diction. (&). Scientific analysis of French 
sounds and intonation. Phonetic transcriptions and intensive drill of speech 
patterns. Not open to students with credit in French 310. Prerequisite: 
French 203. 
315 & 316. Major Topics. (1-2, 1-2). Directed stuclies in any field or period 
agreed upon. Total credit not to exceed 4 hours. Prerequisite: French 221 
or department consent. 
325. Advanced Conversation. (3). A course designed to increase fluency in 
speaking French, assignments to include oral reports, dialogues, and work 
in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: 225 or department consent. 
330. Explication de textes. (2). Scrutiny of poe and prose assages, with a 
careful study of the contents, style, author, a 3  backgroundl Prerequisite: 
French 222. 
333 & 334. Survey of French Literature. (3-3). First semester: Through the 
eighteenth century. Second semester: Nineteenth century through present- 
day writers. 
336. Advanced Composition and Grammar. (3). Emphasis on theme writing, 
original compositions, and detailed study of modem French grammar. Pre-
 requisite: French 220. 
423. Seminar in French. ( 1-5). Special studies in ( 1) French language, ( 2 )  
French literature, (3) French culture and civilization, or (4) methods of teach- 
ing French in the elementary and secondary schools. May be repeated for 
credit. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
430. Medieval and Renaissance French Literature. (3). 
431. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (3). 
432. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (3). 
433. Nineteenth Century French Literature. (3). 
434. Contemporary French Literature. (3). 
435. Introduction to Romance Linguistics. (3). An introduction primarily to 
the historical phonology and morphology of the Romance Languages, with par-
 ticular emphasis on French and Spanish. Prerequisite: French 305 or Spanish 
334 or department consent. (Same as Spanish 435). 
436. Introduction to Literary Criticism. (3). An introductory course present- 
ing the history and the methods of literary criticism in France. Analysis and 
discussion of important trends in French literary criticism. Prerequisite: 330, 
333 and 334, or department consent. 
Italian 
There is no major in Italian. A minor in Italian will consist of 
12 hours beyond the 112 level and must include Italian 331. 
111-112. Elementary Italian. (5-5). Fundamentals of pronunciation; practice 
in speaking, understanding, reading, and writing. 
223-224. Selected Italian Readings. (3-3). Intensive reading of Italian lit- 
erary works. Discussion in Italian, oral and written summaries. Prerequisite: 
Italian 112 or two units of high school Italian for 223; 223 or three high school 
units for 224. 
225. Intermediate Conversation. (2). Prerequisite: Italian 112 or department 
consent. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
230. Intermediate Italian Grammar and Composition. (3). Prerequisite: Ital-
 ian 112 or equivalent. 
331. Introduction to Italian Literature. (3). Prerequisite: Italian 224 or de- 
partment consent. 
LATIN AND GREEK 
MAJORA: The major in Latin consists of a minimum of 24 hours 
beyond Latin 112 or its equivalent, to include at least 9 hours of 
upper division courses. It is recommended that Latin majors take 
History 307, 308, 323, and 324. 
A minor in Latin consists of a minimum of 11hours beyond the 
112 level, to include at least one 300-level course. 
MAJORB: The teaching major in Latin in either The Fairmount 
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Education 
consists of at least 50 semester hours to include: 
At least 24 hours in the language beyond the 111-112 level, as 
listed under Major A and 
(A) At least 21 hours in a second language as listed under 
Minor, or 
(B)  At least 15 hours from one or more of the following related 
fields: History, English, Linguistics, Philosophy, Political Science. 
(These will be chosen in consultation with the Teacher Education 
advisor.), or 
(C)  A totally separate second major as prescribed by the catalog. 
I t  is strongly recommended that majors who plan to teach Latin 
quallfy at least one other foreign language. They must have a 
2.75 average in Latin and departmental approval in order to 
be admitted to the professional semester. Secondary Education 
442F and 447 are required of all majors and minors seeking a high 
school teaching certificate. 
Latin 
Lower Division Courses 
111-112. Elementary Latin. (5-5). Grammar, composition, and translation. 
221. Basic Latin Review. (3 ) .  Prerequisite: 2 units of high school Latin or 
equivalent. 
223. Intermediate Latin. (3). Cicero's orations, essays, and letters. Prerequi-
 site: Latin 111-112 or ttvo years of high school Latin or department consent. 
224. Intermediate Latin. (3). Sallust's Catiline and Livy's Invasion of Hanni- 
bal. Prerequisite: Latin 223 or department consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
Latin 224 or consent are prerequisites to all upper division Latin 
literature courses, unless otherwise specifred. 
331. Advanced Latin. (3 ) .  Introduction to Latin verse. Prerequisite: Latin 
223-224 or department consent. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 173 
332. Advanced Latin. ( 3 ) .  Vergil's Aeneid. Prerequisite: Latin 331 or 
department consent. 
333. Roman Comedy. (3). 
334. Roman Elegy. (3). 
335. Roman Novel. (3). 
336. Selected Latin Readings. (3). (a) Golden Age (b)Silver Age. 
443. Medieval Latin and St. Jerome. (3). Prerequisite: two 300-level courses 
cr department consent. 
444. Latin Prose Composition. (3). 
445. Advanced Selected Latin Reading. (3). (a) Golden Age (b) Silver Age. 
446. Seminar in Latin. ( 3 ) .  (a )  Golden Age, ( b )Silver Age. 
Greek 
Lower Division Courses 

 111-112. Elementary Greek. (5-5). Grammar, composition, and translation. 

 223. Intermediate Greek. (3-3). Plato and Herodotus. Prerequisite: Greek 
111-112. 
Upper Division Courses 
331. Advanced Greek. ( 3 ) .  Sophocles and Euripides. Prerequisite: 223-224. 
332. Advanced Greek. ( 3 ) .  Thucydides. Prerequisite: Greek 331. 
Portuguese 
60. Reading Portuguese. (2). Open to Latin American Studies majors and to 
upper division or graduate students who need to fulfill departmental require- 
ments of a reading knowledge of a foreign language for the M. A. or M. S. 
degrees. No previous knowledge of Portuguese required. Will not count 
toward a degree. 
Spanish 
MAJORA: A major in Spanish consists of a minimum of 24 hours 
beyond Spanish 112 or its equivalent and must include Spanish 224, 
226, 230 and at least 9 hours of upper division Hispanic literatures, 
to include hvo Survey of Literature courses. Courses in Spanish or 
Spanish-American history, economics, or art are strongly recom- 
mended for all majors. All courses offered in the Spanish Depart- 
ment count toward the major in Spanish. With department ap- 
proval, a maximum of four hours in courses in related fields taken 
in the WSU Summer Program in A4exico may count toward the 
Spanish major. 
NOTE: Native speakers of Spanish normally will not be permitted 
to take courses at the 100-200 level and must take a minimum of 12 
hours of Hispanic literatures in order to complete a major in Spanish. 
Students who have completed more than two units of high school 
Spanish and students who have spoken Spanish natively will con- 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 174 
sult with a Spanish department counselor before enrolling in Spanish 
courses. 
A minor in Spanish consists of a minimum of 11hours beyond 
the 112 level, and must include 223, 226, 230, and one upper 
division course exclusive of 315 or 316. 
Native speakers normally will not be permitted to take courses 
at the 100-200 level and must take a minimum of 6 hours of Hispanic 
literatures in order to complete a minor in Spanish. 
~ I A J O RB: The teaching major in Spanish in either the Fairmount 
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Education 
consists of at least 50 semester hours to include: At least 24 hours 
in the language beyond the 111-112 level, as listed under Major A, 
and 
(A)  At least 21 hours in a second language as listed under Minor 
OT 

 ( B )  At least 15 hours from one or more of the following related 
fields: History, English, Linguistics, Philosophy, Political Science. 
(These will be chosen in consultation with the Teacher Education 
advisor.) or 
(C) A totally separate second major as prescribed by the catalog. 
Students who wish to enter the student teaching program must 
pass Spanish 230 with at least a "B" grade and must have a 2.75 
average in Spanish and department approval in order to be admitted 
to the professional semester. It is strongly recommended that majors 
who are planning to teach take Spanish 335 or 426. Secondary 
Education 442F and 447 are required of all majors and minors seek- 
ing a high school teaching certificate. Majors interested in teach- 
ing Spanish in the elementary schools will consult the departmental 
professor in charge of teacher education. 
Lower Division Courses 
111-112. Elementary Spanish. (5-5). Emphasis on the four fundamental skills 
in language learning: Understanding, speakin reading, and writing. (In 
special cases where students with previous cre%t in high school Spanish feel 
incompetent to continue with the next sequence course for reasons of a long 
lapse of time or poor preparation, those with one year of high school Spanibh 
may request permission to take 111 for credit and those with two years of 
high school Spanish to take 112 for credit. 
221. Basic Spanish Review. (3). Mastery of Spanish verbs and basic structural 
patterns through intensive oral drill. Prerequisite: Spanish 112 or two or 
more high school units of Spanish. 
223-224. Selected Spanish Readings. I Sr 11. (3-3). Intensive reading of 
Latin-American and Spanish literary works. Outside readings and reports. Pre-
 requisite: Spanish 112 or two high school units of Spanish for 223; Spanish 223 
or three high school units of Spanish for 224. 
226. Intermediate Conversation. (2). Prerequisite: 221 or department consent. 
Should be taken with Spanish 230. 
230. Intermediate Spanish Grammar and Composition. (3). Prerequisite: 
Spanish 221 or department consent. Should be taken with Spanish 220. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 175 
Upper Division Courses 
Spanish 224 is a prerequisite for all upper division literature and. 
civilization courses unless othenvise specified. 
315 and 316. Major Topics. (1-2, 1-2). Work taken may be in literary reports, 
pronunciation, co~nmercial Spanish, use of the language laboratory, music, 
or problems in teaching Spanish. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 
224, or 226, or 230, or department consent. 
324. Advanced Conversation. (3). Prerequisite: 226 or department consent. 
326. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3). Prercquisite: Spanish 230 
or department consent. 
331. Survey of Spanish Litcrature. (3). Main currents of Spanish literature 
from 1700 to the present. 
332. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3). Spanish literature from the beginning 
to 1700. Prerequisite: Spanish 331 or department consent. 
334. Contemporary Spanish Theatre. (3). 
335. Spanisll Phonetics. ( 2 ) .  Prerequisite: Any 200-level course or depart- 
ment consent. 
336. Contemporary Spanish Novel. (3). Not open to students with prior credit 
in 424. 
420. Great Themes of Spanish Litcrature. (2). Prerequisite: Any 300-level 
Hispanic literature course. Not open to students with prior credit in 333. 
421. Main Currents of Spanish-American Literature. (3). Prerequisite: Any 
300-level Hispanic literature course. 
423. Seminar in Spanish. (1-5). Special studies in (1) Spanish language, 
(2) Spanish and Spanish-American literature, (3) Spanish and Spanish-American 
culture and civilization, or (4) methods of teaching Spanish in the elementary 
and secondary schools. May be repeated for credit. 
425. Contemporary Spanish-American Novel. (3). Prerequisite: Any 300-level 
Hispanic literature course. 
426. Spanish Civilization. (3). Intensive study of Spanish culture, including 
historical and geographical factors in its development, and its contributions 
to world civilization. Portuguese civilization will also be considered. 
427. Ibero-American Civilization. (3). Intensive study of Ibero-American 
culture, including the historical and geographical factors in its development, 
and its contributions to world civilization. 
435. Introduction to Romance Linguistics. (3). An introduction primarily to 
the historical phonology and morphology of the Romance languages, with par- 
ticular emphasis on French and Spanish. Prerequisite: French 305 or Spanish 
335 or department consent. (Same as French 435.) 
Graduate Courses 
500. Introduction to Research. ( 1 ) .  A course designed to give graduate stu- 
dents basic tools for writing research papers. Inclucles the preparation of bib- 
liographies, footnoting and basic techniques of literary interpretation. 
501. Spanish Linguistics. (3). Historical and structural study of the Spanish 
language. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
505 & 506. Directed Readings. (1-2, 1-2). Readings vary according to the 
student's preparation. Preparation of reports, literary critiques, special projects 
in linguistics. 
526. Grammar and Stylistics. (3). Intensive study of advanced grammar and 
stylistic usage. 
531. Seminar in Spanish Literature. (3). (a) Middle Ages; (b) Renaissance; 
(c) Golden Age Theater; (d) Cervantes; (e) Modem Novel; (f) Generation of 
'98; ( g )  Contemporary Novel; (h) 20th Century Theater; (i) Spanish Roman- 
ticism; ( j )  20th Century Poetry. 
532. Seminar in Spanish-American Literature. (3). (a) Colonial Period; (b) 
Contemporary Novel; (c) Short Story; (d) Poetry; (e) Modernism; (f) Essay; 
(g) Theater. 
SOCIOLOGY 
MAJOR:A major consists of at least 30 hours including Soc. 211, 
Soc. 310 and Soc. 445 or Soc. 446. Certain courses in related de- 
partments not to exceed 6 hours, when they meet the particular 
needs of the student and are approved by his advisor, may be 
counted on the major. Sociology 111does not count for major credit. 
With the exception of S. W. 214215, social work courses do not 
count toward the major. 
MINOR: At least 15hours of Sociology, including Soc. 211, and a 
minimum of 6 hours of upper division courses. No social work 
courses may be counted on the minor. Sociology 111does not count 
for minor credit. 
Lower Division Courses 
111. American Society. (3). An analysis of contemporary American society 
with emphasis on the problems of an urban society. Does not count for major 
or minor credit. 
211. Introduction to Sociology. (3). Introduction to basic concepts, proposi- 
tions and theoretical approaches of sociology including elementary methods of 
studying social phenomena. Serves as the basic course for students who intend 
to take additional courses in Sociology. 
226. Race Relations. (3). The nature of race; ethnic groups confused with. 
races; interrelations of ethnic groups in the United States and other countries; 
processes of change; action programs. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
Upper Division Courses 
310." Sociological Statistics. (4). Statistical application to sociological prob- 
lems. Parametric measures including significance of differences and correla- 
tion. Nonparametric measures such as binomial expansion and chi-square. 
Prerequisite: Soc. 211; Math. 121-122 or 141. 
314." Comparative Family Systems. (3). Ethno raphic and historical studies 
of family systems; range of variation; vestiges of oyder systems in contemporary 
United States. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
315. The American Family. (3). Analysis of American family behavior in- 
cludin the selection of mamage partners, the husband-wife, parent-child, re-
 lations%ips, and the relation of those patterns of behavior to other aspects of 
American Society. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 177 
320. The Normative Order and Social Control. (3). Analysis of the develo 
ment of the normative system, the concept of social control and the break: 
clown of social order in collective and deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
321. Sociology of Religion. (3). The function and role of religious belief and 
religious organization in human societies with special reference to American 
society. Relation of religious belief and organization to other aspects of the 
social structure and to social change. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
322. Deviant Behavior. (3). The structure, dynamics, and etiology of those 
behavior systems which are integrated around systematic violations of the 
control nonns. Competing theories are presented and evaluated within the con- 
text of the assumption that man is a social product. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
323.. Sociology of Law. (3). The study of law and legal institutions within 
their social context. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
325. Formal Organizations. (3). Characteristics of complex organizations and 
factors related to their effectiveness. Emphasis on research methods and find- 
ings. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
326.. Political Sociology. (3). Social bases and consequences of political be- 
havior; the study of power and authority; problems in the development and 
maintenance of viable democratic political structures; bureaucratic organiza- 
tion and power. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
327. Violence and Social Change. (3). The analysis of the causal processes 
and functions of extreme and violent political behavior, i. e., revolutionary, in- 
surrectionary and protest movements; includes analysis of consequences for 
social change. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
330. Social Stratification. (3). An analysis of status, class, and caste in various 
societies, especially American society. The relationship of strati6cation to the 
various social institutions. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
331. Population. (3). The size, composition, distribution, and recent trends 
in the population of the World and the United States, and the relation of 
population to world problems. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
334. Urban Sociology. (3). Urban population, urban organization, urban in- 
stitutions, and programs of city planning. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
335. Industrial Sociology. (3). The work group as a social group, social 
organization of the work plant, and social factors affecting the worker. Pre-
 requisite: Soc. 211. 
338. Medical Sociology. (3). An analysis of social and cultural factors related 
to physical and mental illness; the dynamics of communication and role rela- 
tionships among patients and medical personnel; and social research and theory 
relevant to the health professions. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
339.' Juvenile Delinquency. (3). The factors related to juvenile delinquency 
and the measures of treatment and prevention. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
340.' Criminology. (3). The extent and nature of criminal behavior and 
societal reactions to it. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
041." Contemporary Corrections. (3). Historical and contemporary programs 
for the treatment of offenders, viewed as societal reactions to criminal behavior. 
Prerequisite: Soc. 339 or 340. 
4CO. Selected Topics in Sociology. (3). Study in a specialized area of 
sociology with emphasis on student research projects. Areas covered will 
include deviant behavior, political sociology, the family, and others. May,
 be repeated for a maximum of 6 hours credit. Prerequisite: Soc. 211, consent 
of instructor and substantive area course. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
410. Intxoduction to Scientific Method in Sociology. (3). The development 
of the problem, techniques of data collection, analysis and presentation. Lab-
 oratory work in the form of a completed project required. Prerequisite: Soc. 
310. 
428. Social Interaction. (3). Group effects on the individual. Symbolic in- 
teraction theory in sociology with special emphasis on research and findings. 
Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
445. History of Sociological Theory. (3). Analysis of the emergence of 
sociological theory. Prerequisite: 8 hours of sociology. 
446." Principles and Concepts of Sociology. (3). Critical evaluation of major 
principles and concepts, their derivation and relationship to systematic theory. 
Prerequisite: 8 hours of sociology. 
470. Independent Reading. (2-3). Designed for the advanced student cap- 
able of doing independent work in an area of special interest. Prerequisite: 
15 hours of sociology and instructor's consent. 
477. Introduction to Urban Mairs. (3). An introduction to the study of the 
metropolis as a social, political and economic system. Cross listed as Political 
Science 477 and Economics 477. Prerequisite: Econ. 221 and Soc. 211 or a 
course in Political Science. 
O Prerequisite may be waived by department consent. 
GraduateCourses 
500. Research Methods in Sociology. (2 or 3). The application of research 
methods to sociological data. Includes research design, collection of data, 
development of questionnaires, schedules and scales, interviewing methods, 
analysis of data, and summary. Prerequisite: Soc. 410 and department consent. 
515. Seminar on the Family. (2). Review of recent research on the family 
and the theoretical implication thereof. Prerequisite: Soc. 315, 410, and de- 
partment consent. 
520. Seminar in Social Movements. (2). Analysis of the elements in social 
movements as factors in social and cultural change. Prerequisite: Soc. 320, 
410, and department consent. 
523. Seminar in Organizational Analysis. (2). Exploration of selectecl problems, 
in organizational theory based on major theoretical and empirical approaches, 
both classical and contemporary. Prerequisite: Soc. 325, 410 or department 
consent. 
534. Seminar in Urban Sociology. Independent research projects in Urban 
Sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 334 and/or 492, 410 and department consent. 
541. Advanced Seminar on Theories of Correctional Treatment. (3). Evalua-
 tion of the range of contemporary theories of individual and group techniques 
of Correctional Treatment with special emphasis upon the literature related to 
process research and outcome research. Prerequisite: Soc. 341 and 410. 
547. Recent Developments in Sociology. (2). Major issues, new theories, new 
techniques of research, new areas of research, new applications. Prerequisite: 
15 hours of Sociology including Soc. 410 and department consent. hlay be 
repeated for credit not to exceed 4 hours. 
570. Independent Reading. (2). Advanced systematic reading in a topical 
area under the tutorship of a member of the graduate faculty. May be re-
 peated for credit not to exceed a total of 4 hours. Prerequisite: Consent of 
department. 
575-576. Thesis. (2-2). 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
SOCIAL WORK 
MAJOR: A minimum of 33 hours consisting of the following: 
S. W. 214-215, 311-312, 421-422, Soc. 211 and 315, Psych. 444 and 
3 additional hours selected from the following: Econ. 221, Pol. Sci. 
121, Soc. 226 or 322,334 and S. W. 411., 
MINOR: A minimum of 15 hours consisting of the following: S. \V. 
214-215 and 311-312 and 3 additional hours selected from S. W. 411, 
Soc. 315 or Pol. Sci. 121. 
Lower Division Courses 
214-215.' The Social Welfare Institution. (3-3). Analysis of social welfare 
as a social institution including the social, cultural, political and econo~nic 
factors affecting policies and programs. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. 
Upper Division Courses 
311-312." The Social Work Profession. (3-3). Consideration of the inherent 

 values, goals, knowledge base, methods and settings of social work practice. 

 Prerequisite: S.W. 214-215. 

 411.' Methods of Social Work. (3). Exploration of the primary and secondarv 

 problem-solving methods in social work emphasizing casework, group work 

 and community organization. Prerequisite: S. W. 311-312. 

 421-422. Social Welfare Field Experience. (4-5). Placement in community 

 social welfare agencies for supervised periods of observation and direct senice 

 assignments. Prerequisite: S. W. 311-312, or 312 concurrent with 421. 

 O Prerequisite may be waived by department consent. 
SPANISH (See Romance Languages) 
SPEECH 
MAJOR:A minimum of 30 hours including Speech 111, 221, plus 
specialization in area ( I ) ,  ( 2 ) ,  (3 ) ,  or ( 4 )  below: 
( 1 )  (Public Address): Speech 212, 213, 228, 335, 432, 3 hours 
from Theatre area, 3 hours from Radio-Television area, and 5-6 
hours to be elected with consent of the area adviser from 412, 413, 
415, 436, 437, 461. 
( 2 )  (Theatre): Speech 243, 244, 253, 259, 423, 424, plus at least 
7 hours of electives to be chosen with consent of area adviser from 
other theatre courses. All Theatre majors will be ex~ected  to 
participate in some area in the production of the University Theatre 
plays, in consultation with the staff, 
( 3 )  (Radio-Television) : Speech 114, 214,215,224,232,314, 315, 
403, 404, 405, 407, 437. 
( 4 )  (Speech Education) : Speech 212,213,143, or 228,243, 241, 
259, 461, 465, and 3 hours to be elected with consent of the area 
adviser. 
Students completing option ( 1) must participate in intercollegiate 
forensics for a minimum of two semesters prior to the senior year.. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 180 
Students completing option (4 )  must complete three semesters 
of co-curricular activities. These may consist of two semesters of 
intercollegiate forensics and one semester of theatre; or one semes- 
ter of intercollegiate forensics and two semesters of theatre. 
Option ( 4 )  is strongly recommended for those preparing to teach, 
although option ( 1 )  or (2 )  may be acceptable upon approval of 
the department. Students not planning to seek qualification for 
teaching may substitute within option ( 4 )  with the consent of the 
department. Students planning to teach should also check state 
cert8cation requirements. 
BROADCAST-JOURNALISM MAJOR: Speech 111, 114, 214, COMBINED 

 215, 224, 314 or 315, 325, 403, 405, 407, 437, and Journalism 115, 
226, 330, 360. 
MINOR:A minimum of 15 hours selected with the approval of 
the Department of Speech. 
Lower Division Courses 
101 & 102, 201 and 202. Debate. (1-1). Research for debates, participation 
in 30 or more full length debates per year (15 of which must be intercollegiate 
competition), ancl debate squad meetings. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
Maximum credit in Debate 4 hours; not counted toward major. 
111. Extemporaneous Speaking. (2). Analysis of audience, selection of sub- 
ject, choice of ideas, finding and testing supporting materials, organization, and 
delivery. 
114. Broadcasting and the Citizen. (3). Organization, structure, history, social 
implications of the broadcasting industry. 
143. The Art of the Theatre. (3). An introduction to the theatre as an art 
form, with emphasis on critical appreciation from the viewpoint of the audi- 
ence. (Not counted toward Theatre major.) 
212. Persuasive Speaking. (2). Training in influencing human behavior in 
socially acceptable ways via the spoken word. Prerequisite: Speech 111. 
213. Argumentation and Debate. (3). The principles of reasoned discourse. 
The practices of scholastic forensics for prospective secondary teachers. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
214 & 215. Radio Workshop. (1-1). Relation of theory to application at  
KMUW-FM. 
221. Oral Interpretation. (3). The development of the mental, vocal, and 
analytical techniques essential to the interpretation of literature. 
223. Phonetics. (2). The physical properties of speech; the formation of 
sounds, combination of sounds into word gattems, dialectical variety and 
transcribing of sounds of American English y use of International Phonetic 
Alphabet. 
224. Radio and TV Production. (3). Production and direction of radio and 
TV programs, laboratory work, KMUW-FM. 
225. Business and Professional Speaking. (2). Prerequisite: Speech 111 or 
department consent. (Offered only at night.) 
226. Parliamcntary Law and Procedure. (1). The Parliamentary rules govern- 
ing the order and conduct of meetings, methods of keeping and the writing of 
minutes and resolutions. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 181 
228. Principles of Group Discussion. (3). Development of reflective thinking, 
group leadership, and effective group participation. Prerequisite: Speech 111 
or department consent. 
232. Radio-Television Writing. (3). Writing formats, commercials, continuity, 
and drama for Radio and Television. 
243. Acting I. (3). Emphasis on the internal techniques of acting, on charac- 
terization, and on the actor's analysis of the play ancl the role. 
244. Stagecraft. (3). R; L am. Theory and practice of making, painting, and 
using scenery for the stage. Practical work on University Theatre productions. 
253. Costuming for the Stage. (3). R; L arr. Basic principles of cosluine 
design and construction. Pattern making, material selection, wardrobe manaze- 
ment and organization. Practical experience with University Theatre and 
Experimental Theatre productions. 
259. Directing I. (3). R; L arr. Basic theories and principles of stage direct- 
ing; problems of producing the play with practical experience gained by use 
of the project methods. Prerequisite: 243 or consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
301 & 302, 401 and 402. Debate. (1-1). Research for debates, participation 
in 30 or more full length debates per year (15 of which must be intercollegiate 
competition), and debate squad meetings. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
Maximum credit in Debate, 4 hours; not counted toward major. 
314 & 315. Radio Workshop. (1-1). Relation of theory to application at 
KMUW-FM. 
316 & 317. Playwriting I & II. (3-3). The writing of scripts for performance. 
Emphasis on both verbal and visual aspects of playwriting. If possible, the 
scripts will be performed. Prerequisites: English 324 and Speech 243 and 239; 
or consent of instructor. (Same as English 316 & 317.) 
320. Cinematography. (3). Theory ancl technique of motion picture making. 
Use of motion picture camera with emphasis on documentary film concepts. 
325. Radio and Television News. (3). (See Journalism 325.) 
335. Survey of Rhetorical Theory. (3). From the Greeks to the Xioderns. 
343. Acting 11. (2). Utilization in scenes of the method gained in 243, with 
emphasis on styles of acting and on comedy technique. Prerequisite: Acting 
243. 
344. Advanced Stagecraft. (3). R; L am. Theory and practice of translating 
set designs and drawings to the physical stage. Practical experience with Uni- 
versity Theatre procluctions. Prerequisite: Speech 244 with a grade of C or 
better. 
359. Directing 11. (2). R; L arr. Staging and rehearsal techniques, with 
emphasis on the problems of the period and stylized play. Prerequisite: Speech 
259 or department consent. 
403-404. Television Workshop. (2-2). R; L arr. The theories, tools, and 
techniques of television production; studio work as a member of a TV pro- 
duction crew. 
405. Radio and TV Station Management. (3). The oreanization and manaae- . . -
 ment of radio and tcblevision station; administrative, programming, technical 
and sales problems, physical facilities. Prerequisite: Department constnt., 
407. Radio and TV Programming. (3). Planning, developing, scheduling, based 
upon audience and market analysis, program ratings, principles of evaluation 
and criticism. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 182 
412. Contemporary Theories of Oral Communication. (3). Conceptual models 
useful in the scientific study of speech and application from selected areas of 
psychology, sociology, anthropology, and other related fields. 
413. Advanced Theories of Argumentation. (3). Intensive examination of the 
principles and problems of reasoned discourse. 
415. Language and Symbolic Processes. (3). Application of the theoretical 
framework of general semantics, linguistics, and psycl~olinguistics to the anal~rsis 
of oral language behavior. Analysis of language usage which leads to conflict, 
confusion, ancl misdirection, and development of methods of accuracy ancl 
precision in lan wage usage. 
421. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3). Intensive study and analysis of 
various forms of literature, the techniques of effective oral communication, and 
the building of the individual or group concert recital. Prerequisite: Speech 
221. 
423. Development of the Theatre I. (3). The history of theatrical activity as 
a social institution and an art form, from the beginning to the seventeenth 
century. Representative plays, methods of staging, and theatrical architecture 
of various periods. 
424. Development of the Theatre 11. (3). From the seventeenth century to 
the present. 
425. Dramatic Theory. (3). Critical examination of selected esthetic theories 
of the theatrical arts; relationship of the theories to major dramatic works and 
theatrical periods. Prerequisite: Speech 423 or 424 or consent., 
432. American Public Address. (3). A detailed study of notable American 
speakers and their public utterances; their impact on the political, economic, 
and social history of this nation from colonial times to the present. 
436. Advanced Public Speaking. (3). Theory and practice in the various fom~s  
of platform speaking for the academically mature student. Includes such spe- 
cial forms as the after-dinner speech, speeches of goodwill, tribute, keynote, 
and courtesy. Prerequisite: Speech 212. 
437. Theory of Mass Persuasion. (2). An analysis of the techniques used in 
the mass media with special emphasis on the use of spoken language. 
444. Scene Design. (2). R; L arr. Fundamentals of scene design. Practical 
work on University Theatre procluctions. Prerequisite: 244 with grade of C 
or better; also Engr. Graphic 250, or consent. 
445. Stage Lighting. (3). R; L arr. Lighting equipment; light design and its 
relation to scenery design; emphasis upon the problems in the high school, 
college, church, etc. Practical work on University Theatre productions. Pre-
 requisite: Speech 244 with a grade of C or better., 
450. Workshops in Speech. (2-4). (See Sec. Ed. 450.) 
453. History of Costume. (3). R; L arr. Historical survey and individual re- 
search of dress from ancient Egypt to present day period. Theory and practice 
of adapting period styles to the stage. Practical experience on University and 
Experimental Theatre productions. Prerequisite: Speech 253 or consent. 
461. Directing the Forensics Program. (2). A study of the problems and tech- 
niques of administering secondary school and college forensics activities. 
465. Communication Disorders. (3). Problems of the speech defective rela- 
tive to emotional handicaps, pedagogical retardation, etc. Methods for class- 
room teacher. Also listed as Logopedics 421. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 
470. The Audience. (3). Analyses of speech audiences, including those of 
radio, television, public address, and theatre. Demographic and psycho-socio- 
logical dimensions and characteristics. Quantitative and qualitative techniques 
of audience measurement and evaluations thereof. 
472. Practicum in Audience Measurement. (3). Application of research tech- 
niques to practical problems in audience measurement. Identification of spe- 
cific problems. Constructions of measuring instruments ( e .g., questionnaires), 
sampling techniques, collection of data, tabulation, analysis, and reports of 
findings. Prerequisite: Speech 470 or department consent. 
475. Directed Study. (1-4). Individual stucly or projects. Prerequisite: De-
 partment consent. May be repeated for credit with department consent. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech. (3). Major emphasis is placed 
upon the principles of research, bibliographical data, and historical, descrip- 
tive, and experimental research methods useful in speech, broadcasting, and 
drama. This course should be taken at the beginning of the graduate program. 
503. Educational and Instructional Broadcasting. (3). Investigation of the 
methods of producing and using educational and in-school instructional radio 
and television programs. 
506. Regulation and Responsibility in Broadcasting. (3). Government and 
broadcasting relations; review of basic radio and television law; emphasis on 
responsibilities of broadcast licensee. 
520. Investigation and Conference. (1-3, 1-3). Directed research ancl euperi- 
mentation for gracluate students in some pllane of (a)gublic address, (b) 
theatre history and production, ( c )  radio-television or ( ) the teaching of, 
speech. May be repeated for credit up to a total of 6 hours. 
523. History of Dramatic Criticism. (3). A survey and anaIysis of major critical 
theories from Aristotle to the present. 
524. Development of Modem Theatre Styles. (3). An examination of the 
major movements in the modem theatre since 1850. Emphasis is on both 
literary and physical elements of styles. 
530. Theories of Rhetoric: Classical. (3). An intensive study of the rhetorical 
theories of classical writers from 466 B. c. to the decline of Roman oratory. 
Principal emphasis will be on Isocrates, Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian, Cicero, and 
Longinus. 
531. Theories of Rhetoric: Medieval, Renaissance, and Modern. (3). A study 
of the emerging patterns of rhetoric from the Second Sophistic to modern 
times. Analysis of the rhetorical systems associated with such figures as 
Augustine, Fenelon, Bulwer, Sheridan, Steale, Rush, John Quincy Adams, Blair, 
Campbell, and Whately. 
535. Methods of Rhetorical Criticism. (2). A clevelopment study of the 
critical techniques of Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero to the modern approaches in 
the criticisms of I. A. Richard and Kenneth Burke. 
SGO. Seminars in Speech. (2-3). Special seminars designed to treat problems 
in: ( a )  public address, ( b )  drama, (c )  radio-television or ( d )  speech education. 
May be repeated for credit. 
567. Trends in Speech Education. (3). To provide advanced speech students 
with a background for a philosophy of speech education. Readings and seminar 
discuqsions of the philosophical rationales which underlie speech and drama as 
academic disciplines. History of speech education. Analysis of theories and 
methods. A comparative study of speech curricula today and projectives to 
the future. 
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE 184 
College of Business Administration 
F. D. JABARA, Dean 
OBWCTIVES AND PROGRAMS 
Objectives 
The College of Business Administration has as its primary objec- 
tive the preparation of young men and women for active, intelligent, 
and responsible participation in business and community life. Such 
participation requires that the graduate have an understanding of 
the world and society in which we live, an understanding of our 
business and industrial community, and an understanding of the 
role of the business administrator. 
The objectives of the College of Business Administration are, 
then: 
( I )  To provide the student with some understanding of our 
world and society, to develop the student's intellectual capacities, 
and to develop an understancling of his rights and responsibilities as 
an active member of society. 
( 2 )  To encourage in the student the habit of orderly thinking and 
to foster creativity. 
( 3 )  To equip the student with the fundamental business skills 
and to develop his understanding of the business process. 
( 4 )  To prepare the student to make valid business decisions and 
to increase his ability to communicate with others in the execution 
of those decisions. 
( 5 ) To provide the student with a degree of specialized skill or 
Lmowledge in a selected area of business. 
( 6 )  To develop within the student an understanding of and an 
appreciation for research methodologies. 
Undergraduate Programs 
The undergraduate curricuIa of the College lead to the degrees of 
Bachelor of Business Administration and Bachelor of Science in 
Business Administration. A two-year program in secretarial training 
leads to a Certificate of Applied Science in Secretarial Training. 
The College is divided into the Departments of Accounting, 
Administration, Business Education, and Economics. 
Graduate Programs 
In recent years additional resources have been devoted to the 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 185 
various graduate programs of the College of Business, paralleling 
the widening scope and changing characteristics of the research 
efforts of both graduate students and faculty. The College con- 
tually attempts to expand ancl improve its research effort ancl to 
provide a climate for effective graduate sudy. 
The College of Business Administration offers a course of study 
leading to a Master of Business Administration degree. This pro- 
gram is designed primarily for students with undergraduate degrees 
other than the Baccalaureate ciegree in Business Administration. 
In addition, the Departments of Accounting and Administration 
each offer a course of study leading to the Master of Science Degree. 
The Economics Department offers courses of study leading to the 
Master of Science Degree and to the Master of Arts Degree. 
For graduate programs, see the Graduate School Bulletin. 
Other Programs 
The College of Business recognizes that its urban environment 
offers many advantages to students interested in the research and 
study of business problems. The College is also aware that this 
urban setting imposes many responsibilities. The accelerating tech- 
nological changes in industry in recent years have been accom-
 panied by social demands which, in part, are a reflection of these 
changes. 
The College feels a responsibility for adding to the total body of 
knowledge about business and economics. Further, as an urban, 
state-supported institution, the College feels a responsibility to pro- 
vide educational programs and specialized services for members of 
the community and the state who are not full-time students. 
In response to community needs, the College maintains an active 
program of continuing education. Through the Center for Man- 
agement Development, seminars and other programs are developed 
to enable businessmen to keep abreast of current developments in 
specialized areas of the business environment. 
Other activities under the auspices or joint sponsorship of the 
College include the Center for Business and Economic Research, the 
Center for Economic Education, and the Center for Human Ap- 
praisal. In addition, the College publishes the Business Journal 
which periodically reports current developments of interest to the 
business community. 
Accreditation 
The College is a member of the American Association of Colle- 
giate Schools of Business and its undergraduate program is ac-
 credited by the organization. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 186 
REGULATIONS 
ADMISSION 
Entering freshman interested in business administration are ad- 
mitted to the University College and must meet the general entrance 
requirements of the University, page 42. The program of high 
school preparation recommended for students entering the Univer- 
sity College is given on page 98. 
Students may enter the College of Business Administration from 
the University College, other degree-granting colleges within the 
University, or other universities and colleges, provided they have 
completed 24 semester credit hours and have earned a credit point 
index as follovcrs: 24-63 hours, 1.700; 64 or more hours, 2.000, and 
are not on academic probation. 
PROBATION 
A student will be placed on probation at the end of any semester 
in which he does not have a cumulative grade point index of 1.700 
for 24-63 credit hours and 2.000 for 64 or more credit hours. A 
student on probation may not enroll for more than 12 semester 
hours. Probation is removed when the cumulative grade point 
index reaches the required level. The student remains on probation 
if he earns at least a 2.000 index in the term during which he is on 
probation and his cumulative grade point index does not yet meet 
the minimum standards. 
A student on probation shall be dismissed from the College of 
Business Administration if he fails to meet either of the require- 
ments of his probationary status. When dismissed, a student will 
not be permitted to re-enroll in the College of Business Adminis- 
tration for a period of 18 weeks. Readmission after a lapse of 18 
weeks is liot automatic. Students must apply to the College of 
Business Administration Exceptions Committee to be considered for 
readmittance on a final probationary status. 
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 
In addition to fulfilling the general requirements of the Uni- 
versity for graduation, each student shall elect at  least 6 hours from 
the departments represented in Groups I through IV of the pre- 
scribed fields of study exclusive of courses in economics. 
Candidates for either of the ttvo baccalaureate degrees offered 
by the College shall complete at least 56 semester hours of courses 
offered outside the College (Economics 221 and 222 may count as 
courses outside the College. History 336, 337, 338 and Pol. Sci. 453 
may not count as courses outside the College.) In addition, such 
students shall complete at least 50 semester hours of courses offered 
by the College. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 187 
A grade point index of 2.000 or better must be earned: ( 1)on all 
college work; (2 )  on all work taken at this University; ( 3 )  on a11 
business and economics courses; and ( 4 )  on all business and eco- 
nomics courses taken at this University which could be applied to 
the degree sought. 
Not more than 6 hours of the last 30 or 10 hours of the total num- 
ber of hours required for graduation may be extension or corre-
 spondence courses. Permission of the Dean must be secured before 
taking such courses. No extension or correspondence courses wiIl 
be allowed that duplicate courses required for any degree granted 
by the College, courses required for any emphasis \vithin the Col- 
lege, or any junior or senior level courses offered in the College. 
A student whose college program has not been interrupted by 
more than two consecutive calendar years may graduate under the 
requirements in effect in the College on the date he first entered 
Wichita State University or the requirements of any subsequent 
catalog. If his college program has been interrupted by more than 
hvo consecutive years, a student will be subject to the catalog re- 
quirements in effect when he re-enters, or if he elects, the require- 
ments of a later catalog. 
RESTRICTIONS 
A. Crcditlno credit. The following restrictions pertaining to 
courses taken for creditlno credit shall apply to students enrolled 
in the College of Business Administration: 
(1) No more than six hours of courses taken in the College of 
Business Core may be taken for creditlno credit. 
(2)  No more than 12 hours of courses offered in the College of 
Business may be taken for creditlno credit. 
(3) No more than six hours may be taken for creditlno credit in 
any department in the College of Business. 
B. Maximum hours in any one department. No student may 
take more than 40 hours of the 124 required for graduation in any 
one department, including any courses that may be cross-listed 
with any other department. 
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 
All students in the ColIege of Business Administration will design 
their own course of study from the courses listed in the four major 
areas below: 
(1) Environment of Business. 

 Choose A or B below. 

 (A) 9-12 hours * in at  least three of the four subdivisions, of which a 
minimum of nine hours must be in Economics and of the 9 hours, 
three must be Eco. 221. 
(1 General macro: Eco. 221. 424. (21 General micro: Eco. 222,320. 421. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 188 
(3) Special fields: Eco. 340, 360, 402, 425, 440, 453, 470, 471, 
475. 490. 
(4) Legal, political, social: Adm. 332,334, Eco. 414, 462. (B) 	 BA 211-212. (3-3).

 BA 317. (3). 

 (11) Business Functions. 

 Choose A or B below. 

 (A) 	 6-9 hours * in at least 2 of the 3 subdivisions. 
(1) 
Production: Adm. 351,455. 
(2) Marketing: Adm. 300,303, 305,404,406,407,408, 409. 
(3) Finance: Adm. 343, 441,442,443. 
(B) 	 BA321. (5). 
(111) Quantative Studies. 
Math. 140 and 245. (3 & 3). Required of all students. 
(Math. 142 will be accepted in lieu of Math. 245.) 
Choose A or B below. 
(A) 9-12 hours,* with at least 3 hours in each subdivision (3 hours of 
which must be Acctg. 213). 
(1) 	 Statistics: Eco. 238, 438; Adm. 370, 376. 
Operations research: Adm. 371,456. 
(2) Accounting: Acctg. 213,214,335,345. 
Information systems: Adm. 375,471, -4cctg. 433. 
(B) BA 231-232. 	 (3-3).

 U.1233. (3). 

 (IV) Administrative Processes. 
Choose A or B below. 
(A) 	9-12 hours * in at least 3 of 4 subdivisions and of this 3 hours must 
be Adm. 260. 
(1 General behavioral concepts: Adm. 260. 
(21 	 General behavior: 362, 363, 364, 365, q,2-, organizational Adm. 
Jut. 

 (3 Special fields: Adm. 361, 462, 464, 466; Eco. 461. (41 Policy: Adm. 481-2. 
(B) 	 BA 341-342. (4-4). 
a If a student elects the "A" option in one or two of the four major areas he must 
take the maximum ~unlber of hours required in those areas. If he, also elects t: take the 
"A" option in a tbnd and/or fourth area(s), he may take the mlnunum number of hours 
in those areas. 
Each candidate for the B. B. A. degree shaU satisfy the additional 
specific requirements of one of the following curricular emphasis: 
ACCOUNTING 
Course 
 Hrs. 
Acctg. 214, Introduction to Managerial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Acctg. 315-316, Intermediate Financial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 

 Acctg. 335, Cost Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Acctg. 345, Income Tax and Managerial Decisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Acctg. Electivesa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9 

 Adm. 334, Law and Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Elective courses should be selected on the basis of the student's career objective in 
professionnl accounting. Consultation with a faculty advisor in the Department of 
Accouuting is strongly recommended. 
ADMINISTRATION 
Students must elect an additional 21 hou~s beyond the College 
core from upper division courses (300 and 400 level) in the CoIIege 
of Business Administration. A minimum of 15 upper division hours 
must be taken within the Administration Department, and tht? re-
 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 189 
maining 6 hours may be  elected from upper division courses in 
Accounting, Administration, or Economics. 
ECONOMICS 
Within the 124 hours required for graduation, a minimum of 30 
hotus in Economics is required and a maximum of 40 hours in 
Economics is allowed. 
Course Hrs. 
Eco. 414, Gov't Regulation of Economic Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 
Electives in Economics (12 hours upper division courses, including not 
more than six hours from among Eco. 305, 307, and 406).  . . . . . . . .  12-22 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 
Students emphasizing secretarial training shall complete a total 
of sixty-two semester hours of Liberal Arts courses. The maximum 
lower division credit from the Department of Business Education 
shall be 28 hours. Required courses for the secretarial emphasis are: 
Course Hrs. 
Bus. Ed. 133, 138, 237, Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  G-8 

 Bus. Ed. 201, Secretarial Office Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Bus. Ed. 202, Calculating Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 

 Bus. Ed. 231, 234, 240, Shorthand.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6-9 

 Bus. Ed. 136, 203, Records Management and Office Procedure . . . . . .  4 

 Bus. Ed. 246, Written Business Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Bus. Ed. 345, Transcription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 CERTIFICATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN 
SECRETARW TRAINING 
The Certificate of Applied Science in Secretarial Training pro- 
vides an opportunity for secretarial preparation of a high quality 
in a college atmosphere with a view to attaining the Certified 
Professional Secretary status. 
The requirements for the certificate are as follows: Engl. 111; 
ECO. 221, 222; Acctg. 213, 214; Adrn. 120, or 260, or 332; Bus. Ed. 
136, 138, 201, 202, 203, 231, 234, 237, 240 or 345 (138, 231, and 
234 may be taken in high school), and 248; science or Math. 121; 
six hours of humanities; nine hours of general university require- 
ments as outlined on page 58, plus sufficient free electives to equal 
64 hours. Thirty hours and 60 credit points shall be earned in 
residence. Twelve of the last 15 hours must be taken in residence. 
Of the required 64 hours, not more than one fourth of D work 
will count on the Certificate of Applied Science in Secretarial 
Training. If taken in high school, no credit is given for Bus. Ed. 
133 or Bus. Ed. 231; business electives shall be substituted for these 
courses. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
BUSINESS TEACHER EDUCATION DEGREE 
Students interested in preparing to teach business subjects in 
high school enroll the first year in University College and then 
transfer to the College of Education. All students in the University 
who receive a certificate to teach must meet the requirements as 
outlined on page 213. 
Integrative Core Courses 
The following descriptions represent the courses that students 
may take if they select the " B  option for any of the areas in the 
College of Business requirement on page 158. 
BA 211-212. Economics I-II (3-3). Study and analysis of the environment of 
business, lal~or, government, banking, and other economic institutions. Pre-
 requisite: Closed to students with credit in Economics 221-222. 
BA 231-232. Quantitative Methods I-II (3-3). Emphasis on development of a 
strong conceptual understanding of statistical methodology and a survey of 
model building and techniques of operations research. Prerequisite: Math. 
245. Closed to students wit11 credit in Eco. 238 or Adm. 370. 
BA 233. Concepts and Uses of Accounting Information. (3). Underlying con- 
cepts, processing and utilization of financial accounting information as a part 
of a managerial information system. Emphasis is on revenue and expense 
recognition and measurement, asset valuation, and measurement of manage-
 ment's profitability performance. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Closed 
to students with credit in Acctg. 213 or 113 and 114. 
BA 317. Social Environment of Business (3). Analysis of the social environ- 
ment of business in its broadest context, including the legal-political system, 
the social and cultural setting, and the responsibilities of businessmen within 
this setting. Prerequisite: Closed to stuclcnts with credit in Adm. 332. 
BA 321. Business Functions (5). Description, analysis, and integration of all 
the processes involved in the internal operation of a business, including manu- 
facturing, marketing, and finance. Prerequisite: Closed to students with credit 
in Adm. 300, 343, or 351. 
BA 341-342. Administrative Behavior I-II (4-4). Analysis of behavioral con- 
cepts from the standpoint of the individual, intra- and inter-group processes, 
organizations (including stratcgies for selecting and implementing goals), and 
the relationships of organizations to cultural systems. Prerequisite: Closed to 
students with credit in Adm. 260 or 261. 
ACCOUNTING 
An emphasis in Accounting may be taken only in the College of 
Business Administration. The requirements for an emphasis in 
accounting are listed on page 189. 
MINOR: A minor in Accounting may be taken in the College of 
Liberal Arts and Sciences. A minimum of 15 hours must be taken, 
including Acctg. 213-214, and 315-316. 
CERTIFICATE O F  CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT 
The designation "Certified Public Accountant" is available to 
those individuals who are able to demonstrate basic competence 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 191 
of professional quality in the discipline of accounting. This basic 
competence is demonstrated by acquiring the body of knowledge 
common to the professional and passing the C. P. A. examination. 
Eligibility requirements for candidates who wish to take the 
C. P. A. examination are established by Kansas law as follows: 
( 1 )  Beginning in August, 1970, new candidates must possess a 
baccalaureate or higher degree with a major or concentration in 
accounting, or what the state Board of Accountancy determines 
to be substantially the equivalent thereof. After August, 1976, this 
requirement will apply to all candidates who wish to sit for the 
C. P. A. examination. (2 )  Candidates who were eligible to take 
the C. P. A. examination prior to the enactment of the educational 
requirement in ( 1 )  above have until August, 1976, to do so. The 
prior Kansas law specified any one of three admission requirements: 
( a )  proof of college degree, including 30 or more semester hours 
of accounting, business law, economics, business, and finance, of 
which at least 20 semester hours must be in accounting; ( b )  proof 
of college degree and comp'etion of three years of public account- 
ing experience; or ( c )  proof of graduation from high school, or 
an equivalent education and completion of three years of public 
accounting experience. 
The C. P. A. CertScate is issued upon ( 1) successful completion 
of the C. P. A. examination and (2 )  completion of two years of 
public accounting experience. The experience requirement is 
waived for those candidates who possess a masters or higher degree 
with a major or concentration in accounting. 
Graduates with an Accounting emphasis qualify to sit for the 
Kansas C. P. A. examination; however, the department strongly 
recommends graduate work leading to the M. S. Degree in Ac- 
counting to best prepare the student to enter the profession as 
well as to pass the examination. 
Lower Division Courses 
213. Introduction to Financial Accounting. (3). The study of accounting as a 
means of communicating financial information about the activities of business 
enterprises. Emphasis is on concepts and principles underlying the measure- 
ment of income and financial position, and how this information may be used 
to evaluate the progress of a finn. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or de- 
partment consent. 
214. Introduction to Managemcnt Accounting. (3). The study of accounting in 
terms of management's information requirements. Emphasis is on the use of 
accounting in planning and controlling a firm's activities. Prerequisite: Ac-
 counting 213 and sophomore stancling. 
Upper Division Courses 
315-316. Intermediate Financial Accounting I,11. (3-3). A thorough, in depth, 
study of conceptual and technical aspects of financial accounting. Emphasis is 
on valuation and measurement problems of income determination and balance 
sheet presentation. Prerequisite: Accounting 213. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 192 
335. Cost Accounting. (3). The study of accounting for manufacturing opera- 
tions, with emphasis on the processing, analysis, and interpretation of cost data 
for income determination, inventory valuation, and internal management use. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 214. 
345. Income Tax and Managerial Decisions. (3). An examination of the federal 
income tax law relating to business income taxation. Primary emphasis is upon 
the income tax results of alternative courses of action taken in a business. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 213. 
403. Advanced Financial Accounting. (3). Accounting conce ts ancl techniques 
related to ~artnerships, branches, consolidated statements, adfore ign  exchange. 
Governmental accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting 316. 
413. Principles of Auditing. (3). A study of the accountant's attest function. 
Emphasis is on the role of the independent auditor, his legal responsibilities, his 
code of ethical conduct, and auditing standards, together with technical aspects 
of attesting to the reliability of financial and other data. Prerequisite: Ac-
 counting 316. 
423. Selected Topics in Financial Accounting. (3). Accounting topics as-
 sociated with revenue recognition under specialized sales situations, financial 
statement presentation on a non-historical cost basis, financial statement prep- 
aration from incomplete records, and businesses in distress. Course content 
will change as financial accounting problems facing the accounting profession 
evolve. Prerequisite: Accounting 316. 
433. Electronic Data Processing and Accounting Systems. ( 3 ) .  A study of 
the format and content of accounting systems, reflecting the application of 
electronic computers to the processing of business data. Includes basic com-
 puter programming. Prerequisite: Accounting 214 or department consent. 
445. Advanced Income Tax. (3). Study of the federal income tax law and its 
relation to individuals and other entities. Designed primarily for those 
students who wish to work with income tax as part of a career objective. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 345 or department consent. 
453. Advanced Managerial Accounting. (3). Advanced study of the use of 
accounting information in financial policy decisions, profit planning and con- 
trol, quantitative analysis of financial data, and capital budgeting. Includes 
the application of selected quantitative methods in accounting. Prerequisite: 
Accounting 214 or equivalent. 
Graduate Courses (courses have been changed, 
please refer to Graduate Bulletin) 
501. Financial Accounting. (3). The basic structure of accounting, income 
determination, asset valuation, liability recognition, accounting for ownership 
equity, and the interpretation and analysis of financial statements. Pre-
 requisite: Open only to students without previous credit in accounting or by 
department consent. 
502. Managerial Accounting. (3). Use of accounting data to analyze manage- 
ment problems; concepts of cost analysis, return on investment analysis, opera- 
tions and capital budgeting. Prerequisite: Acctg. 501 or its equivalent. 
511. History of Accounting. (3). Accounting methods ancl theories from the 
viewpoint of their historical development through the centuries in various parts 
of the world. The interrelationship between accounting proceclures and socio- 
economic conditions is stressecl. Prerequisite: 15 hours of accounting. 
512. Contemporary Accounting Theory. (3). An ndvancecl discussion of the 
framework of theory underlying current accounting thinking and procedures; 
a stucly of its development and the influence of professional organizations in 
this clevelopment. Areas of theoretical controversy are emphasizcd. Pre-
 requisite: 15 hours of accounting. 
7-7247 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMIN!STRATION 193 
533. Professional Auditing Techniques and Practice. (3). Professional aspects 
of auditing practice and proceclures. Techniques of working paper preparation, 
report writing, and professional ethics are stressed. Prerequisite: Acctg. 413. 
550. Accounting Research and Writing. (3). An advanced seminar offering 
opportunity for oral discussion and written reports on matters of current 
interest in diverse areas of the accounting field. A major course objective is to 
develop the student's ability for independent research as well as presentation 
and defense of his findings. Prereqvisite: 24 hours of accounting. 
563. Seminar in Tasation. (3). An advanced review and discussion of current 
problems in federal income taxation and tax practice. Prerequisitc: 3 hours of 
federal taxation. 
575-576. Thesis Research and Thesis. (2-2). Thesis research and thesis course 
for Master of Business Administration degree for those with a major in 
accounting in their graduate work. 
ADMINISTRATION 
The requirements for an emphasis in Administration on a Bache- 
lor of Business Administration degree are listed on page 188. 
Lower Division Courses 
120. Introduction to Business. (3). The concept and function of business 
management in the capitalistic economic system. Includes the development of 
concepts of management analysis and action. Not open to upper division 
students in the College of Business Administration. 
161. Decision Making and Society. (3). Deals with the decision making 
process in our society, both at a theoretical level and as applied in various 
social institutions. 
170. Introduction to Computers. (3). The development, present applications 
and future uses of computers in business, education, government, and science. 
Analysis of the social, political, and economic significance of computers. 
260. Behavioral Concepts in Business. (3). Emphasizes the application of 
behavioral concepts to business including: learning, cognitive processes, neecls 
and need satisfaction, attitudes and values, language and communication, group 
dynamics, social structure, and culture. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Marketing. (3). A description and analysis of our marketing system and 
an investigation of the factors affecting management of the major policy areas 
of marketing in the firm. Prerequisite: Closed to students with credit in 
BA 321. 
303. Marketing Research. (3). Design of marketing information systems and 
marketing research procedures. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or BA 321 and Eco. 
238 or BA 331. (Formerly Adm. 403.) 
305. Cens~uner Behavior. (3). Study of variety of concepts in the behavioral 
sciences related to specific topics in consumer behavior, e. g., mass communica- 
tions, reference groups, and sociological, psychological and eccnomics aspects 
of consumer behavior. Prerequisite: Adnl. 300 or BA 321. (Formerly Adm. 
40.5.) 
332. Law ancl Society. (3). An analysis of our legal system in operation. 
Includes legal philosophy and the ends of law, the basic characteristics and 
subject matter of law, and legal reasoning and process. The role of the legal 
system in society is examined through study of the concept of freedom of 
contract. Prerequisite: Closed to students with credit in BA 317. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 194 
334. Law and Business. (5). The framework of private and public law within 
which business operates, including contract law, the Uniform Commercial 
Code, corporation law, regulatory aspects, and special topics. (Formerly Adm. 
434.) 
343. Finance. (3). Corporate organization, types of securities, obtaining short 
and long term capital. Includes financial planning and control, forecasting and 
budgeting. Prerequisite: Acctg. 213 or BA 233. Closed to students with 
credit in BA 321. 
351. Industrial Management. (3). The concepts and procedures involved in 
industrial management. Prerequisite: Closed to students with credit in BA 
321. 
361. Administrative Process. (3). An analysis of the administrator and the 
environment in which he operates. Prerequisite: Adm. 260. Closed to stu- 
dents with credit in BA 341. 
362. Authority and Leadership in Organizations. (3). Concepts of authority 
and authority delegation. Relationships between organizational power, author- 
ity, responsibility, and leadership. Analysis of leadership styles. Prerequisite: 
Adm. 260 or BA 341. 
363. Organizational Motivation. (3). Theories of human motivation and adap- 
tation of these theories to programs of motivation for complex organizations. 
Prerequisite: Adrn. 260 or BA 341. 
364. Organizational Communication. (3). Design of organizational communi- 
cation systems. Introduction of communication models, and analysis of the 
interpersonal communication process. Prerequisite: Adm. 260 or BA 341. 
365. Organizational Codic t  and Change. (3). Explores conflicts in organiza- 
tions and management's task of stimulating innovation and implementing 
change. Prerequisite: Adm. 260 or BA 341. 
367. Organizational Design. (3). Includes inter-relationships of organization 
goals, structure hierarchies, and roles. Prerequisite: Adm. 260 or BA 341. 
370. Quantitative Methods and Research. (4). A combination of quantitative 
tools of analysis and research methods in business. Concerned with elementary 
research procedures, statistics, and modem quantitative methods from the point 
of view of the management's direction and use of these methods. Prerequisite: 
Eco. 238. Closed to students with credit in BA 231. 
371. Operations Research and Systems Analysis. (3). Operations research and 
systems analysis as management science. Examination of the theoretical basis 
of quantitative moclels of operating systems. Emphasis on the logic of tech- 
niques of analysis. Prerequisite: Eco. 238 or BA 231. 
375. Computer Concepts and Programming. (3). An analysis of digital com- 
puter programming systems. Flowcharting and programming of business ap- 
plications and statistical procedures. 
376. Administrative Decision Making. (3). Analysis of decision making under 
conditions of uncertainty with particular emphasis on Bayesian decision proc- 
esses. Prerequisite: BA 231 or Eco. 238. 
401. International Marketing. (3). Problems and procedures of marketing in 
foreign countries, i~lcluding effects of foreign cultures and marketing systems 
on the design of marketing programs. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or BA 321. 
404. Ditribution Management. (3). Study of retailing and wholesaling as 
elements of a distribution system, management of channels of distribution, and 
physicial distribution. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or BA 321. 
406. Creative Marketing Strategy. (3). In conjunction with local firms, groups 
of class members work as consulting teams to help a particular company study 
COLLEGE O F  BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
and develop an operable plan or program to handle a speci6c marketing prob- 
lem. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or BA 321. 
407. Promotional Management and Market Communication. (3). Establishing 
objectives and budgets for sales promotion activities. Advertising and sales 
strategy. Advertiser-agency relationships. Measuring the effectiveness of sales 
promotional activities. Social and ethical implications of sales promotion, mass 
communication techniques, and research studies from the social sciences. Pre-
 requisite: Adm. 300 or BA 321. 
408. Selling and Sales Force Management. (3). An analysis of current be- 
havioral concepts of personal selling and the problems and policies involved 
in managing a sales force. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or BA 321. 
409. Price Problems and Policies. (3). An examination of the pricing problems 
confronting a marketer and an analysis of the policies and decision processes 
used by manufacturers and middleman in pricing. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or 
BA 321 and Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
410. Marketing Programs. (3). An integration of all the aspects of the market- 
ing mix into an effective and coordinated marketing program. Prerequisite: 
Adm. 300 or BA 321 and 3 additional hours of marketing. 
441. Investments. (3). Analysis of investment risks, financial information, and 
industry characteristics. Examination of corporate, government, municipal, and 
financial institution securities and of other investment types. Personal portfolio 
construction, supervision, and management. Prerequisite: Adm. 343 or BA 321. 
442. Financial hlanagement. (3). The problems and operations for which the 
financial officer is responsible, emphasizing controversial aspects of financial 
analysis. Prerequisite: Adm. 343 or BA 321 and 6 hours of accounting or 
department consent. 
443. Capital Markets and Financial Institutions. (3). Introduction to the 
capital markets system. The management and operations of financial institutions. 
Each major type of financial institution is viewed in the context of its competi- 
tive environment with respect to both asset and liability management. Pre-
 requisite: Adm. 343 or BA 321. 
444. Commercial Bank Management. (3). Bank asset and liability manage- 
ment; internal organization of commercial banks; current problems and recent 
innovations in commercial banking. Prerequisite: Adrn. 443. 
445. Security Analysis and Valuation. (3). Comprehensive study of methods 
of analyzing major types of securities. Market behavior analysis. The formula- 
tion of investment objectives and the design of portfolios for classes of insti- 
tutional and individual investors. Portfolio theory. Prerequisite: Adm. 441. 
446. Financing International Operations. (3). Aspects of financial planning 
for corporations with overseas operations; analysis of sources and uses of 
corporate funds abroad; effects on international financial administration of the 
characteristics of foreign money and capital markets and foreign financial insti- 
tutions. Prerequisite: Adm. 343 or BA 321. 
450. Workshop in Administration. (1-6). 
455. Materiols Management. (3). A consideration of the factors of procure- 
ment, inventoiy control and materials handling in the factory environment. 
Prerequisite: Adm. 351 or BA 321. 
456. Production Analysis. (3). Applications of probability theory and simula- 
tion to problems of inventory control, queuing, scheduling, and allocation. 
457. Quality Analysis and Control. (3). Applications of reliability and main- 
tainability theory to quality planning and control. Implications of life-cycle 
costs for production. Quantitative approach is emphasized. Prerequisite: Adrn. 
371. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 196 
462. Personnel Management. (3). Analysis of the functions of personnel man- 
agement including selection procedures, evaluation of personnel, training, 
motivation, job evaluation, discipline, and personnel research. Prerequisite: 
Adm. 361 or BA 342 or concurrent enrollment. 
463. Small Group Processes. (3). Effects of small group processes on indi- 
viduals and organizations. Interaction of work group processes and organiza- 
tional performance. Leadership and follower roles. Conflict and cooperation 
within and between groups. Prerequisite: Adm. 361 or BA 342 or concurrent 
enrollment. 
464. Labor Relations. (3). Designed to present the philosophy underlying 
labor legislation, and the function of collective bargaining in labor-management 
relationships. Prerequisite: Adm. 361 or BA 342 or concurrent enrollment. 
466. Selection, Training, and Placement. (3). Analysis of advanced programs 
of employee selection, training, and placement. Includes testing, interviewing, 
counseling, appraisal, job analysis, job design. Prerequisite: Adm. 261 or 
BA 342 or concurrent enrollment. 
471. Computer Data Processing. (3). Use of electronic computers in business 
and industry. Analysis of com uter systems design, including input and output 
devices, storage media, and 8 t a  representation. Programming and operation 
of computers. Prerequisite: Adm. 375. 
481482. Administrative Policy 1-11. (3-3). An integration of all aspects of 
business administration in the analysis of and making decisions for policy 
development. Prerequisite: BA 321 or any two of the following: Adm. 300, 
343, 351. 
490. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1-5). May be repeated by department 
consent. 
491. Independent Study. (1-5). 
Graduate Courses 
500. Marketing Systems. (3): An intensive analytical introduction to the 
combination of institutions whlch comprise the overall marketing system and 
to the marketing function as a major subsystem within the individual business 
firm. 

 501. Marketing Management. (3 . The development of marketing programs or 
"mixes" to obtain sales and pro 2ts under a variety of operating conditions. 
Concerned with the management of specific problem areas such as product, 
channels, promotion and pricing. 
502. Marketing Strategy. (3). Integration of long-range marketing and cor- 
porate policies. Budgetary control and evaluation of the effectiveness of 
marketing systems. Organization of the marketing department and its relation 
to the total orga~zation. Prerequisite: Adm. 501 or consent. 
503. Marketing Analysis, (3). Application of the scientific method to the 
solution of marketing problems. Prerequisite: Adm. 501 or consent. 
505. Consumer Decision Processes. (3). An examination of different aspects 
of the behavior of consumers and of the factors that help explain that behavior. 
Includes an analysis of current concepts and models. Prerequisite: Adm. 501 
or consent. 
509. Marketing Theory. (3). Utilization of marketing research findings to 
analyze current marketing theory. Development of conceptual and theoretical 
frameworks for marketing analysis. Prerequisite: Six hours of marketing,
 including Adm. 501. 
532. Law and Society. (3). An analysis of our legal system in operation.
 Includes legal philosophy and the ends of law, the basic characteristics and 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 197 
subject matter of law, and legal reasoning and process. The role of the legal 
system in society is examined through study of the concept of freedom of 
contract. Prerequisite: Consent. 
533. Political and Social Environment of Business. (3). An examination of the 
political and social environment within which business operates. A considera- 
tion of how business interacts with society, including the role of governmental 
and legal constraints, changing social patterns ancl forces, and competing ideas 
and values. Prerequisite: Adm. 532 or consent. 
540. Financial Systems. (3). An intensive analytical introduction to finance 
from a management viewpoint, including theory of financial management, the 
financial institutional structure, and an analysis of a variety of practical 
problems of business finance. Prerequisite: Consent. 
541. Financial Management. (3). An integrated treatment of basic business 
finance, financial management, financial statement analysis, ancl financial 
institutions. Prerequisites: Consent. 
542. Structure and Policies of Financial Institutions. (3). The development, 
management, and impact of policies of financial institutions including planning, 
measuring, and achieving financial goals. Prerequisite: Adm. 541 or consent. 
544. Theory of Financial Analysis. (3). An integration of the theory of 
business finance and security valuation theory. Critique of stock valuation 
models. Intensive study of models encom assing interaction of growth rate of 
firms, rate or return, uncertainty, dividenz payout, leverage, and the cost of 
capital. Prerequisite: Adm. 541 or Adm. 442. 
545. Security Analysis. (3). Analysis and valuation of investment securities 
issued by corporations and governmental agencies. Prerequisite: Adm. 441 
or consent. 
546. Capital Budgeting. (3). Organization and operation of the capital budget- 
ing system; problems in partial decentralization and in comparability of 
estimates of funds flow. Contempora~y methods of treating uncertainties and 
constraints; application of programming techniques. Determination of appro- 
priate discount rates. Prerequisite: Consent. 
550. Production Management. (3). Investigation and analysis of concepts and 
procedures involved in the production function. Prerequisite: Consent. 
560. Behavioral Science in Business. (3). Analysis of concepts and tools of 
psychology, social psychology, sociology, and anthropology that have greatest 
relevance for business administration. 
562. Human Elements of Administration. (3). Study in individual behavior 
in an organizational setting. Analysis of the human variables in business from 
the standpoint of job placement, performance, and indiviclual development. 
Topics covered include behavioral development, motivation, and learning in 
human relations. Prerequisites: Adm. 561 or consent. 
565. Communication. (3). Analysis of communication models with emphasis 
on their applications to communication problems in organizations. Social-
 psychological processes underlying persuasion in interpersonal relations and 
through the mass media. Critical analysis of communication systems and 
techniques within formal organizations. Prerequisite: Aclm. 561 or consent. 
566. Organizational Conflict and Sbess. Studies in flexibility and rigidity. 
Review of research and thinking in the areas of innovation, conflict, resolution, 
stress, and anxiety as relevant to organizational structures and behaviors. 
Prerequisite: Consent. 
569. Research in Behavioral Science. (3). Analysis of some of the concepts 
and tools in behavioral science that are relevant to research in organizations. 
May take one or two areas such as motivation, cognitive processes, attitudes 
and values, etc., and analyze in depth. Prerequisite: Adm. 562. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 198 
570. Statistical Methods. (3). Intensive examination of statistical methodology 
applicable to research and decision making. 
571. Quantitative Decision Theory I. (3). Probability concepts used in modern 
decision theory. Topics treated will include: Probabilities as decision data; 
preposteriori analysis; estimation theory; and statistical significance tests. 
572. Quantitative Decision Theory 11. (3). Topics such as sample design, 
Chi-square, variance analysis, and correlation and regression analysis are 
approached from conceptnal and decision-making points of view. Prerequisite: 
Adm. 571. 
574. Computer Systems and Procedures. (3). Planning, clevelopment, and 
o eration of business computer systems. Emphasis given to information han- 
dEng and development of real-time management information systems. Study of 
computer applications in the areas of marketing, production and finance. Con-
 sideration of human factors in a man/machine communication system. Pre-
 requisite: Adm. 471 and consent. 
575. Management Science. (3). Provides quantitative bases from which the 
student may develop his analytical abilities for use as a decision-maker. Areas 
of study include: mathematical programming, game theory, forecasting, queu- 
ing theory, and simulation. Prerequisite: Adm. 571 or consent. 
580. Systems Theory and Model Building. (3). Concepts and procedures 
involved in the analysis nf systems. Recent developments in cybernetics and 
systems design and their applications to business activities. Procedures and 
methods for developing models of business operations. Prerequisite: Consent. 
581. The Philosophy of Management. (3). Concentrated readings and research 
to define the relation of management leadership to our society. Prerequisite: 
Consent. 
585. Business Policies. (3). An analysis of business problems from the per- 
spective of top management. Prerequisite: Consent. 
586. Seminar in Research Methodology. (3). Study of concepts and procedures 
in the design and performance of research. 
590. Seminar in Special Topics. (1-3). May be repeated by consent. 
591. Directed Studies. (1-5). Prerequisite: Consent. May be repeated by 
consent. 
595-596. Thesis. (2-2). 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 
MAJOR: The department offers courses of study leading to a major 
in Business Education. This degree is granted by the College of 
Education. (See page 213.) The department also offers courses in 
Business Education that count on a major for the secretarial empha- 
sis in the College of Business Administration. (See page 190.) 
MINORFOR STUDENTS TO TEACH BUSINESS ASPLANNING EDUCATION 
A SECOND IN SECONDARYSUBJECT SCHOOL: The teaching-minor re-
 quirement is 24 hours, including the following: Accounting 213, 
315; Economics 221; Business Education 138, 237; and 9 hours from 
Accounting, Administration, Economics, or Shorthand, of which one 
course must be upper division. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
Two-Year Program: A two-year secretarial program leading to a 
Certificate of Applied Science in Secretarial Training is offered by 
this department. (See p. 190.) 
Students who are enrolled for less than 9 hours may not enroll in 
business education courses until the last day of final registration. 
However, business education courses are open to all University 
students upon the approval of the Business Education Department. 
A college graduate is permitted to enroll for shorthand and type- 
writing with the consent of the department and the clean. For 
exception to these rules, a written application must be made to the 
chairman of the department for consideration with the dean of the 
college concerned. The facilities available determine the enroll- 
ment. The decision as to the availability of equipment is made by 
the chairman of the department and the Dean of the College of 
Business Administration. 
Although students m y audit courses in business education, avail- 
able space in the chsroorns is a major factor in the number of 
auditors. No credit is given toward graduation for repetition of first- 
year shorthand or typewriting taken in high school even though a 
grade is recorded in the course. 
Lower Division Courses 
133. Beginning Typewriting. (2). 3R. Correct fingering, mechanical opera- 
tion of a typewriter, and introduction to business forms. No credit is given 
to students with a unit in high-school typewriting. (Credit earned in this 
course does not apply on the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration 
Degree or the Certificate of Applied Science in Secretarial Training.) In en-
 rolling for this course, preference is given to students specializing in business 
or pursuing a teacher-training program. 
136. Records Management. (2). All basic filing systems. Frerequisite: Bus. 
Ed. 133 or one year high-school typewriting, or department consent. 
138. Advanced Typewriting. (3). Stress is placed on business, letter, and 
manuscript forms; tabulation; and timed production problems. Prerequisite: 
Bus. Ed. 133 or one year of high-school typewriting, or department consent. 
201. Secretarial Office Machines. (3). 3L. Designed to familiarize students 
with office machines, including transcribing machines, executive typewriters, 
duplicating machines, copying machines, and other secretarial oEce equipment. 
Some part-time office experience. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 237, or department 
consent. 
202. Calculating Machines. (1). 2L. Designed to familiarize students with 
adding machines, rotary calculators, and printing calculators. Prerequisite: 
Department consent. 
203. Office Procedures and Organization. (2). A study of the various secre-
 tarial procedures in a modem office. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 234 and sopho- 
more standing, or department consent. 
231. Elementary Shorthand. (3). 5RDL. Theory of Gregg Diamond Jubilee 
Shorthand. No credit given to student with one unit of high-school shorthand. 
Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 133 or concurrent enrollment, or one unit of high-
 school typewriting, or department consent. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
234. Advanced Shorthand. (3). 2L; 3R. Review of Gregg Diamond Jubilee 
Theory. Emphasis on advanced dictation and mailable transcripts. Pre-
 requisite: Bus. Ed. 231 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
237. Technical Typewriting. (3). Letter forms used in business, difficult 
tabulating projects, legal typewriting, and advanced timed production problems. 
Emphasis is placed on accuracy at  a high rate of speed to meet office stan- 
dards. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 138 or two units secretarial training in high 
school, or department consent. 
240. Technical Shorthand. (3). 3R; 1L. Advanced dictation with emphasis 
on technical vocabularies. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 234 with a grade of C or 
better, and Bus. Ed. 237, or department consent. 
248. Written Business Communications. (3). Principles and techniques of 
effective written business communication. Prerequisite: English 111 and de- 
partment consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. O5ce Practice. (3). 2R; 1L. Advanced office duties, techniques, and 
procedures. Also includes various methods of teaching office machines and the 
functional use of selected machines as well as a survey of available equipment. 
Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. Major or Minor with credit in Bus. Ed. 237. 
345. Transcription. (3). 2R; 2L. Emphasis on transcribing advanced short- 
hand notes with speed, accuracy, and correct form. Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 
240 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
450. Workshops in Business Education. (1-4). Selection of one major area of 
Business Education for study in terms of methods, materials, research, and 
curricular problems. Instructor assisted by guest lecturers. May be repeated 
for credit. Prerequisite: Teacher certification or department consent. 
460. Directed Studies. (1-5). 
ECONOMICS 
Lower Division Courses 
100. Business, Economics, and Society. (3). Stud of basic factors of business 
and cconomic changes, the role of business leaJers, the relationship to the 
social environment; emphasis on United States development. Not open to 
upper division students in the College of Business Administration. 
175. Economics of Environmental Quality. (3). An introduction to the scien- 
tific, engineering, and economic principles needed for the enhancement of the 
quality of mans total environment. Discussion of air and water pollution, 
solid waste dis osal, water resources and conservation. Course will emphasize 
various principres of economics such as marginal analysis, benefit-cost analysis, 
systems approach, externalities as appropriate. 
190. Consumer Economics. (3). Consumers role in the economy; market or-
 ganization and its impact on consumers; discussion of information sources for 
consumers; analysis of the programs for consumer protection. Not open to 
upper division students in the College of Business Administration. 
211-212. Economics I-II. (3-3). Study and analysis of the environment of 
business, labor, government, banking, and other economic institutions. Closed 
to students with credit in Economics 221-222. 
221. Principles of Economics I. (3). An introduction to determinants of na-
 tional income, employment, and economic growth. Prerequisite: Sophomore 
standing. Closed to students with credit in BA 211-212. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
222. Principles of Economics I . .  (3). An introduction to price and distribution 
analysis; market structure and performance, contemporary issues and public 
policy. Prerequisite: Eco. 221. Closed to students with credit in BA 211-212. 
238. Introductory Business Statistics. (3). An introduction to the use of sta- 
tistical methods in economics and business including measures of distribution, 
elements of statistical inference, simple regression and correlation, index num- 
bers, and time series analysis. Prerequisites: Math. 122 or 141. 
Upper Division Courses 
305. Economic History of Europe. (3). (History 337.) An analysis of the 
development of economic institutions; the rise of capitalism and its influence 
on overseas expansion, technology, precious metals, olitics and war; changes 
in economic ideologies; cultural effects of economic cfange. Prerequisite: Eco. 
221 or BA 211. 
307. Economic History of the United States. (3). (History 338.) A n  analysis 
of the basic factors in economic growth; agriculture, trade and commerce, in- 
dustrial development, and the changing role of government in economic activity. 
Prerequisite: Eco. 221 or BA 211. 
320. Managerial Economics. (3). Applications of micro-economic theory to 
the solution of business problems. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
340. Money and Banking. (3). Principles of money and credit. Evolution of 
modem money systems. The commercial bankin system and the structure and 
role of the Federal Reserve System. Non-bank fnancial institutions. Prerequi-
 site: Eco. 221 or BA 211. 
360. Labor Economics. (3). Survey of the field of labor economics; labor 
markets, trade unionism, collective bargaining; wage determination, employ- 
ment, unemployment, and labor legislation. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
364. Economic Poverty. (3). Sources, costs, methods of combatting. An 
examination of the problem of economic poverty in the United States. The 
extent of poverty, its causes, problems created and methods of attacking poverty. 
Prerequisite: Eco. 221 or consent. 
370. International Economics. (3). A study of the foundations of international 
trade, tariffs, and other barriers to trade, customs, unions, balance of payments, 
problems and policies, the foreign exchange market, and the functioning of the 
international monetary system. Prerequisite: Econ. 222 or BA 212. 
400. Seminar in Social Sciences. (3). An interdisciplinary course participated 
in by staff representatives of the departments of Economics, Political Science. 
Psychology, and Sociology. Following a study of the development of the social 
sciences, an interdisciplinary analysis of a contemporary social problem or 
institution will be undertaken. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
402. Comparative Economic Systems. (3). Comparative analysis of the evo- 
lutionary structure of Capitalism, Socialism, and Communism. Emphasis on 
differences in pricing, resource allocation, distribution of income, and economic 
planning. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
406. Age of Enterprise and Economic Consolidation. (3). (History 436.) Eco-
 nomic clevelopment of the United States from the Civil War to the present. 
Prerequisite: Eco. 221 or BA 211. 
414. Government Regulation of Economic Activity. (3). A critical appraisal of 
the objectives and results of government policy and practice in controlling 
economic activity. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
415. Economics of Transportation. (3). Study of economic characteristics of 
transportation modes, problems and policies. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 202 
416. Economics of Air Transportation. (3). Study of economic characteristics 
of air transportation. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
417. Economics of Public Utilities. (3). Study of general economic character- 
istics and regulation of water, gas, electric, communications, and related indus- 
tries, including atomic power. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
421. Production, Price and Distribution Analysis. (3). Analysis of procluction 
and pricing by firms and industries and distribution of income to factors of 
production. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
424. National Income Analysis. (3). Aggregate economic analysis and exami- 
nation of policies affecting the level of income and employment. Prerequisite: 
Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
425. History of Economic Thought. (3). A critical analysis of economic 
thought, the factors which influence this thought, and its impact upon the 
social and economic development of the moclern world. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 
or BA 212. 
427. Readings in Current Economic Literature. (3). Reading, study, and dis- 
cussion of contemporary, non-technical economic literature. Stuclent participa- 
tion in classroom discussion will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or 
BA 212. 
438. Intermediate Business Statistics I. (3). Statistical inference, problems of 
estimation and tests of hypotheses, linear correlation and regression and index 
numbers to be used as tools of analysis in economics and business. Prerequisite: 
Eco. 238 or BA 232. 
440. Monetary Problems and Policy. (3). Analysis of monetary problems and 
policy. Debt management policies and the structure of interest rates. Pre-
 requisite: Eco. 222 and 340. 
450. Workshop in Economics. (1-6). 
453. Public Finance. (3). Analysis of fiscaI institutions and decision-making 
in the public sector of the American economy; budget planning and execution; 
taxation, debt, and fiscal policy. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
454. Fiscal Policy. (3). The economics of government spending and taxation; 
analysis of the fiscal role and instruments of government and their effects on 
the economy. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212, and 453. 
460. Labor Market and Manpower. (3). An examination of the sources of 
labor supply ancl the marketing, placement, and utilization of labor. Changing 
composition and trends in the labor force. Training and retraining programs. 
Public policy toward, manpower problems. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or Bti 212. 
461. Collective Bargaining and Wage Determination. (3).. Economic and 
legal aspects of collective bargaining, e~nphasizing the techn~ques and proce- 
dures used, and the major issues and problems inherent in the bargaining 
process. Manner in which wages are determined uncler various institutional 
relationships. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
462. Public Policy Toward Labor. (3). An examination of fecleral and state 
legislation, judicial action and administrative practice directed toward con-
 trolling or mitigating problems arising from the labor-management relationship. 
Regulations in the private sector ancl employment practices in tkke public sector 
will be studied. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
463. Economic Insecurity and Social Insurance. (3). An examination of the 
impact of social insecurity and of alternative policies related thereto. Costs and 
benefits of security programs for the agecl, unemployment compensation, work- 
men's compensation, non-industrial disability compensation, and other relevant 
public policy. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
470. International Trade. (3). Study of the theory of intemational trade and 
its empirical foundations. An analysis of private and public barriers to trade, 
within the context of theory and contemporary events. Prerequisite: ECO. 
421 or consent of instructor. 
471. Economic Growth and Development. (3). Survey of leading growth 
theories with an emphasis on the rocesses of development and capital forma- 
tion in developed and underdevefiped economies. Determinants of real in- 
come, resource allocation investment criteria, balance of payment problems, 
national policies, and reiated topics analyzed within this framework. Pre-
 requisite: Em. 222 or BA 212. 
472. International Finance. (3). Concepts and theories of balance of pay- 
ments equilibrium, foreign exchange rate determination, and capital move-
 ments; current problems and policies related to balance of payments disequi- 
librium, intemational Liquidity, and the functioning of the international mone- 
t a ~ ysystem. Prerequisite: Eco. 421 or consent of instructor. 
475. Natural Resources and Regional Planning. (3). A study of the ap- 
proaches to the optimal allocation of natural resources. Criteria for policy de- 
cisions; evaluation of the social and economic benefits and costs of the use of 
resources through time. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
477. Introduction to Urban Affairs. (3). An introduction to the study of 
the metropolis as a social, political and economic system. Prerequisites: 
Econ. 222 or BA 212 and a course in Sociology or Political Science. 
480. Risk and Insurance. (3). Economic theory of risk, its significance and 
treatment; theory and practice of property, liability, life and health insurance. 
Prerequisite: Eco. 222 or BA 212. 
490. Business Forecasting and Demand Theory. (3). An examination of the 
factors affecting demand with emphasis on changes over time. Prerequisite: 
Eco. 238 and 222 or BA 232 and BA 212. 
491. Directed Study. (1-3). Individual and group study of various aspects 
and problems of economics. Repeatable. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
492. Group Studies in Economics. (1-3). Repeatable. 
Graduate Courses 
514. Seminar in Industrial Organization and Public Policy. (3).. A study of 
business and economic organization and structure, market operabon and per- 
formance and public olicy with special reference to the U. S. economy. Pre-
 requisite: Eco. 414. kepeatable with department consent.) 
515. Seminar in the Regulated Industries. (3). An intensive analysis of the 
economic characteristics of the regulated industries; i .  e., transportation and 
public utilities, with emphasis on problems, issues and public policy in these 
industries. Prerequisite: Economics 415,416, or 417. 
521. Micro-economic Analysis. (3). An intensive analysis of contemporary 
literature and problems in the area of production, pricing and distribution. 
Prerequisite: Eco. 421 or 520 and one course in calculus. (Repeatable with 
department consent.) 
522. Macro-economic Analysis. (3). An intensive analysis of contemporary 
literature and problems of national income analysis. Prerequisite: Eco. 424 
and one course in calculus. (Repeatable with department consent.) 
530. Analysis of Economic Theory. (3). An intensive analysis of micro- and 
macro-economic principles. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
531. Analysis of Business Conditions. (3). Economic forecasting and its 
relationship to macro-economic analysis. Prerequisite: Eco. 530 or equivalent. 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
534. Managerial Economics. (3). A survey of theoretical and analytical tools 
of economics which are useful in  decision making by managers. Prerequisite: 
Eco. 222 or B. A. 212 or Eco. 530. 
539. Introduction to Econometrics. (3). Analysis of time series, multiple 
regression, multiple and partial correlation, analysis of variance and introduc- 
tion to econometric techniques. Prerequisite: Eco. 438 and one course in 
calculus. 
540. Seminar in Monetary Theory. (3). An examination of neo-classical and 
contemporary monetary theories. An analysis and evaluation of current mone- 
tary problems. Prerequisite: Eco. 222 and 340. (Repeatable with department 
consent.) 
554. Seminar in Public Finance. (3). Analysis of theoretical and applied 
aspects of public finance in the American and foreign economies. Selected 
topics of current and permanent importance. Prerequisite: Eco. 454 or 453. 
(Repeatable with department consent.) 
561. Seminar in Contemporary Issues. (3). Intensive analysis of contem-
 porary problems in the field of labor. The specific nature of the problems will 
be determined by the interest of those enrolled in the course. Prerequisite:
 Eco. 360. (Repeatable with department consent.) 
570. Seminar in International Economics. (3). An intensive study of the pure 
theory of international trade, resource allocation, balance of ayments adjust- 
ments, and economic integration. Considera1,le analysis is &voted to recent 
publications on selected topics. Prerequisite: Eco. 470 or 472. (Repeatable 
with department consent.) 
590. Introduction to Research in the Social Sciences. (3). Philosophy of 
research, collection and organization of material, and technique and style in 
writing, with emphasis on the relationship of economics to the social sciences. 
Prerequisite: Department consent. 
591. Directed Study. (1-3). Individual and group study of various aspects and 
problems of economics. Prerequisite: Gracluate standing and department con- 
sent. (Repeatable with department consent.) 
592. Group Studies in Economics. (1-3). (Repeatable. Prerequisite: de-
 partment consent.) 
595. Thesis Research. (2). 
596. Thesis. (2). 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The College of Education 
LEONARD M. CHAFFEE, Ph. D., D e a n  
The principal purpose of the College of Education is to provide 
professional programs appropriate for the development of compe- 
tent teachers, administrators, supervisors, and counselors for schools. 
In addition to preparing broadly educated professionals, the College 
faculty provides leadership in professional service and research 
designed to contribute to the improvement of both the schools and 
teacher education at local, state, and national levels. 
The curricula listed in the sections that follow offer an organiza- 
tion of courses which gives opportunity for systematic study. They 
are oriented from the notion that understanding of self and one's 
world are necessary bases for professional growth and are arranged 
to permit the development of ( a )  understanding of the culture 
characteristic of a democratic society and education's place within 
it; ( b )  a philosophy of education consistent with living within this 
society; (c)  an adequate professional preparation ancl the oppor- 
tunity to relate content to the problems of living; ( d )  knowledge 
of human growth and development; and ( e ) skills in the application 
of principles of human learning and adjustment. 
ACCREDITATION AND CERTIFICATION 
The College of Education is accredited by all the pertinent 
agencies which accredit the University. Its accreditation by the 
State Board of Education permits it to recommend to that body the 
awarding of appropriate teachers' certificates without examination. 
Within the college, programs are available leading to the bacca- 
laureate degree and to state teachers' certificates at either the ele- 
mentary or secondary level. Through the departments within the 
school of graduate studies, there are course sequences leading to 
the Master of Arts in Education, the Master of Education, the 
Master of Science Education degrees, ancl the Specialist in Educa- 
tion degree. Through the Department of Logopedics, the Master of 
Arts and the Doctorate in Philosophy can be earned. Included in 
these graduate programs are the requirements for Certification for 
Elementary Principals, Secondary Principals, Supervisory Personnel, 
Educational Administrators, School Counselors and other specialists. 
(For specific graduate programs, see the Graduate Bulletin.) 
The State Board of Education regulates the standards for all 
teaching certificates. As the minimum requirements change, the 
curricula provided in this catalogue change accordingly. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 207 
REQUIREMENTS 
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 
Candidates for admission to the College of Education must have 
met the general entrance requirements of the University, see page 
42, and have fulfilled conditions for transferring from the University 
College: 
( 1) The completion of 24 hours. 
( 2 )  A cumulative grade point index of 2.000. 
( 3 )  A grade of C or higher in English 111or a statement of pro- 
ficiency from the Department of English. 
Probation and Dismissal Standards 
It is expected that students will make satisfactory progress in 
their studies. A student who fails to do so may be placed on pro- 
bation at any time and ultimately dismissed from the University. 
Students in the College of Education, not on probation, \\rho fail 
to earn a Grade Point Average of 2.000 in a semester will be placed 
on probation for the following semester. At the end of the semester 
in which the student has been on probation, he will be continued 
on probation if his Grade Point Average for the semester is at least 
2.000 and until he reaches a cumulative Grade Point Average of 
2.000. If he fails to earn at least a 2.000 for any semester on proba- 
tion, he will be dismissed for poor scholarship.' 
A student who has been dismissed for poor scholarship may enroll 
only with special permission of the Committee on Admissions and 
Exceptional Programs. 
* NOTE:NO student on probation who enrolls in fewer than 7 hours shall b e  
placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise the cumulative Grade Point 
Index to the required level; however, if such a student has earned 7 or more 
hours in two or more terms, he must achieve a Grade Point Average of 2.000. 
or better in those terms to be continued on probation. 
ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 
Admission to this college, however, is tentative, and is not to b e  
construed as approval for one of the teacher education programs. 
To  be admitted as a candidate for a state teacher's certificate ap- 
proval by the Admissions Committee of the College of Education 
must be gained. Application to this committee and qualification by 
it must be accomplished during enrollment in the course Fd. Ed. 
232, Introduction to the Study of Education. Eligibility to enroll in 
subsequent courses of the professional sequences is determined in 
this course. These provisions and the requirements below app7y as 
well to teacher candidates enrolled in any other college of the Uni- 
uersity. 
BACCALAUREATE REQUIREMENTS 
There are several sets of requirements that must be met to achieve 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 208 
graduation. These apply not only to undergraduates in the College 
of Education who are seeking the degree Bachelor of Arts in Edu- 
cation but to all who seek the institution's recommendation for a 
teaching certificate. There are certain differences planned for those 
who would teach the Fine Arts and these differences are described 
in the Fine Arts section of this catalogue. 
A student enrolled in the College of Education must maintain at 
least a 2.000 grade average. Admission into the  student teaching 
semester requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a 2.5 average 
i n  the  m i o r  field as well as a grade of C or higher in Speech 111 or 
its equivalent and recommendation of the  major department. The 
requirements for admission to student teaching for Logopedics stu- 
dents are listed in the department's program description. 
Prospective teachers in the specialized fields of art, music, and 
special education are subject to certain departmental requirements. 
Majors in these curricula must also complete general and profes- 
sional education requirements listed under secondary education. 
School Psychology requires five years. 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 
I. The following general program is required of all elementary 
education candidates: 
General Education 
(66 +4 hours minimum.) (Must meet minimum requirements 
in first five areas.) 
Area I. 
 SCIENCE-MATHEMATICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17 hours 
( 2  or more d iv i s ions4  hour Lab. required) 
( a )  
Chemistry, Geology, Biology, Physics 
( b  ) 
 Mathematics 373-374 ( 6  hours required) ( c )  
Engineering 300 
(d )  
Geography (Physical) 
( e )  Other 
Area 11. COMMUNICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8-12 hours 
( a )  
English Composition ( 6  hours) 
( b )  
Speech 111 
( c )  
Other 
Area 
111. HUMAMTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 15-27 hours 
( 4  or more divisions-12 hours other than Modern Languages) 
(a )  
Literature 6 hours required) 
( b )  
History (a1 \ )( c )  
Art-Music (No skill courses) 
(d)  
Philosophy-Religion
 ( e )  
Modem Languages 
( f )  
 American Studies 
( g )  
Humanities 102 
( h )  
Other 
Area 
IV. SOCIAL SCIENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15-27 hours 
( 4  or more divisions) 
( a )  
Psychology 111, 112, 211, 212, 246, 260, 275 ( 6  hours re-
 quired ) 
(b ) 
 Sociology 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 209 
( c )  Anthropology 
( d )  Economics 
( e )  Political Science 
( f )  Geography (Human) 
(g) Other 
Area V. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES (Elective) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours 
( a )  Air or Military Science 
( b ) Physical Activities ( 101 Series)(c )  Marching Band 
Area V. 	 ELECTIVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .  1-13 hours 
(As approved by Advisor) 
11. The following professional program is required of all elemen- 
tary education candidates: 
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 
Area I. F o n , ~ ~ . n o s s  EDUCATION 	 8 hoursOF 	 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

 ' ( a )  Introduction to Education 232 

 O ( h )  Eclucational Psychology 233 

 Area 11. MATORIN ELEMENTARY 	 28 hoursEDUCATION 

 O (a )- Readine 320a or 320B

 '( bj ~ c i e n c c i nElem. school 321

 '( c )  Social Studies in Elem. School 406 

 '( d )  Math in Elem. School 344A or 344B

 * ( e )  Language Arts in Elem. School 319 
( f )  Teaching the Kindergarten Child 318 
( ) Student Teaching 447
(a)  Seminar in Student Teaching 448 
Area 111. ALLIED FIELDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15 hours 
(Hours used here cannot be used to meet requirements in General 
Education.) (Student must have three divisions from a, b, c, d, e.  
Two divisions from f, g, h, i, i, k, I ,  m, n )
 ( a l  Art 240 
Children's Literature 216 
Music 251 and/or 252,305 
English 215 
Phvsical Education 115. 117.210.225 
Individual Studies 322 
, , , 
Anthropology 124,202 
Economics 221,222,203,307,310 
Geography 125,210,342,364,402,422 
Kansas History 441 
Political Science 121, 211, 219 
Sociology 111,210,226,315,320,322,334 
U. S. History 131, 132,314,432,433,444 
Logopedics 421 
RZATED FIELDS OF STUDYN EDUCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1-13 hours 
(Not required on Elementary Major.) May be used in lieu of 
Electives in Area VI. 
Area I. Logopedics 
Area 11. Physical Education 
Area 111. Library Science 
Area IV. Early Childhood Education 
TOTAL HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  124 hours 
UPPER DMSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40 hours 
Specific requirements. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 210 
SECONDARY EDUCATION 
All prospective secondary education graduates must satisfy the 
general requirements of the University as they are distributed in 
section I below; must complete one of the professional sequences 
as set out in sections I1 and I11below; and must fulfill the teaching 
specialty emphasis of a program as specified in the Teaching Field 
section which follows: Only those specialties listed among the 
combined curricula and departmental majors and minors in that 
section may be counted. 
I. 	The following general program is required of all secondary 
education candidates: 
Area I. AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 hours MATHEMATICS NATURAL SCIENCES 
A minimum of four hours must be a laboratory science. Must in- 
clude courses from two of the four areas of biological science, physi- 
cal science, mathematics and Engineering 127, 225, or 300. 
Area 11. COMMUNICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 hours 

 ( a ) English 111,211, 225, 311, 312,313, 314 ( 6  hours) 
( b ) Speech 111( 2  hours) 
Area 111. HUMANITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 hours 
( a )  Literature (English or Foreign) ( 6  hours) 
( b) Options ( 2  divisions) 
1. 	 History 101, 102, 103, 104, 113, 114, 131, 132, all upper 
division courses except 300 and 498 
2. 	 Art-All Art History courses except 407g and 463; 
Music-113, 114, 161, 315, 316, 331, 332, 493; ensembles 
and applied music where background justifies; Speech 143 
3. 	 Philosophy all courses; Religion all courses 
4. 	 Humanities 102 
5. 	 American Studies-all courses except 498 and 499 
Area 	IV. SOCIAL SCIENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 hours 
(Courses must be taken ifi a t  least 3 of the 5 divisions. 
Psych. 111is required. ) 
(a )  Psychology 111,all other courses ( b )Economics 221,222 and any upper division course 
( c )  Political Science 121, 211 
(d) Sociology 111;all others after first course 
( e )  Anthropology; all courses 
( f )  (History may be added for 3 hours credit) 
Area \'. ELECTIVES(may include courses in the major) . . . . . . . . .  6 hours 
Area 1'1. Four hours of electives in courses offered by any department except 
the student's major department. (Exception: Music majors may 
take marching band, and physical education majors may take physi- 
cal education in the 101-108 series under this section.) These 
electives may inclucle courses in aerospace studies, military science, 
physical education, and marching band. 
11. The following program is required of all who plan to qualify 
for the standard secondary teaching certificate, except those enroll- 
ing in I11below: 
( A )  Study in a major field normally taught in secondary schools. 
( B )  Study in at least one minor field. In no case will the minor 
consist of less than 15 semester hours. No minor is required if an 
area major of 50 hours is elected. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
( C )  Complete the following sequence in professional education: 
Area I. EDUCATIONAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 hoursPSYCHOLOGY 

 Ed. Psych. 333 and 433 

 Area 11. FOUNDATIONS 6 hoursOF EDUCATION 

 Fd. Ed. 232 and 428 f 

 Area 111. SECONDARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 hours
EDUCATION 
Sec. Ed. 442 * and 447
 'Taken in the professional semester 
1May be taken during the professional semester or student may elect Fd. Ed. 427 out-
 side the professional semester. 
( D )  Electives to complete the minimum program of 124 hours. 
(See p. 55 for regulations concerning upper division courses.) 
111. Those planning to teach in the junior high school will qualify 
for the standard secondary teaching certificate as follows: 
( A )  Study in the "Junior high school core" in lieu of a major field 
and ( B )  of Area 11, above. 
GROUP 1 
The American Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 hours 
(Including 10 upper division hours.) 
English 215, 251, 252, 262; Speech 221 and 228; History 102; 

 Soc. 111; Art 165 or 303; Pol. Sci. 121; History 131-132 or 313-314, 

 or 431-432: and elect from Phil. 356: English 301. 302. 303. 461: 

 History 433, 436, 437, 444, 447, 448: ~ n & r o ~ o l o &309, 310; 323; 

 336, 337; Pol. Sci. 458, 459. 

 GROUP 2 
The Physical World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 hours 

 Intermediate algebra, and geometry completed on high school 

 or college level; Math. 121 and 122, or Math. 373 and 374; Sci. 

 Sur. 101 and Biology 100; one laboratory science course of no 

 fewer than 4 hours, though the total shall be 15 hours-from the 

 sciences; P. E. 212 or 225, and 210 or 400. (These may overlap I 

 above.) 

 IV. TEACHING FIELDS 
The major is generally made up of not fewer than 30 semester 
hours. (For specific exceptions see mathematics, language, and the 
combined curricula programs.) The student may elect one of the 
majors or minors listed on page 215 which are offered in the Fair- 
mount College of Liberal Arts, College of Fine Arts, College of 
Business Administration, or the College of Education. The student 
must meet the specific course requirements of the department in 
which the major is offered. For example: A student may elect to 
major in history because he wishes to become a high school history 
teacher. To do so he must complete the History major as pre-
 scribed by the History Department in Fairmount College of LiberaI 
Arts. In addition he will complete university core curriculum 
requirements (the same courses may be used both to develop a 
major and to satisfy core requirements), the Professional Education 
sequence, and other requirements for the teacher's certificate prior 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 212 
to graduation. Each student should work closely with a College 
of Education advisor to be sure that he meets certi6cation require- 
ments. A check sheet of all requirements is available from the 
College of Education in the Dean's office. 
COMBINED CURRICULA 
The teaching assignment after graduation often involves a com- 
bination of subjects more or less closely related. For this reason 
intensive study in the combined disciplines listed below is offered 
in lieu of a departmental major and minor. Students should work 
closely with advisors to insure proper course selection for certifica- 
tion. 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 
MAJOR: Teachers of the business subjects in high schools of 
Kansas are required to have 24 semester hours in the field with the 
equivalent of 6 semester hours in each subject taught, of which at 
least two semester hours must be resident college credit in other 
than the beginning course. 
Business Education (College of Business). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 hours 

 Accounting 213 and 315 f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 

 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9 

 Behavioral Concepts in Business 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Marketing 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

 Law and Society 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Economics 221-222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ..... . . . .  6 

 Acctg. 316 or Admin. 343 or Eco. 340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . .  23 

 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 

 fshorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 

 Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... 3 

 Business Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 

 Office Machines 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 

 Calculating Machines 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 

 Records Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Electives: One upper division business course in any area. . . . . . . .  3 

 124 hours 
*Economics 221 and 282 ful6ll 6 hours of the Social Science requirement and the 
business requirement as well. 
t Accounting 235-236 and Accounting 316 may be substituted for shorthand. 
M m o ~ :  Accounting 213, 315; Economics 221, Business Education 
138, 237; and 9 hours from Accounting, Administration, Economics 
or Shorthand, of which one course must be upper division. 
NATURAL SCIENCES-BIOLOGICAL 
Teachers in Kansas schools are required to have 24 hours in the 
field of science with 12 hours in each subject taught. A teacher 
qualifying under this provision may also teach general science. 
Requirements for the major listed below include the general 
graduation requirements 1and 5 of the College of Education. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 213 
MAJOR: Required-Biol. 111, 112, 201, 309, or 310, 329 or 330, 
plus 7 hours of upper division Biology. Chem. 111, 112, 231, 232 
or the equivalent, and either a Physics or Geology option (Physics 
123 and 124 or Geology 111and 112). 
MINOR: Biol. 111,112,201, and at least 4 hours of upper division 
Biology; and 5 hours of Chemistry or Physics. Students should not 
elect this minor if they are majoring in one of the sciences. Those 
who do may use the same course for both major and minor require- 
ments only if they select additional hours equal to those taken to 
satisfy both the major and minor requirements. 
NATURAL SCIENCES-PHYSICAL 
The teaching requirement set forth in the Biological Science 
field applies to the physical sciences as well. Requirements for the 
major listed below include also the general graduation require- 
ments 1and 5 of the College of Education. 
MAJOR: Required-Biol. 111, 112; Chem. 111, 112; Geol. 111; 
Phys. 123, 124; and 10 hours from the following, including at least 
5 hours from one department (specific course prerequisites must 
be met): Chem. 231, 232, 302, 304, 323, 324, 411, 412; Geol. 331, 
335, 336, 337, 446; Physics, any of the upper division courses. 
MINOR: The minor shall consist of at least 15 hours beyond the 
general graduation requirements, including 3 hours of upper divi- 
sion credit from Chemistry, Geology, or Physics. Students should 
not elect this minor if they are majoring in one of the sciences. 
Those who do may use the same course for both major and minor 
requirements only if they select additional hours equal to those 
taken to satisfy both the major and minor requirements. 
SOCIAL STUDIES 
To teach any of the social sciences, 36 hours in the field of social 
studies are required for certification with a minimum of 6 hours 
preparation in each specific subject taught, with the exception of 
American History, Political Science and other courses in history 
which require a minimum of twelve hours in the specific field 
taught. Requirements for the major may overlap general graduation 
requirements 3, 4, and requirement 5 of the College of Education. 
MAJOR: Required-Eco. 221 and 222, and 3 hrs. upper division 
Eco.; Hist. 101, 102, 131, 132 or Hist. 311, 312, 313 and 314; Pol. 
Sci. 100, 121, 211 and 336; Soc. 111; Anthro. 124 or 202; Psych. 246 
or Soc. 320; Geography 125 and 201 or 210. In addition to these 
courses a minimum of 9 semester hours shall be selected from one 
of the four options: 
Options 
( A )  Hist. 432, 433, 438, 448. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 214 
( B )  Hist. 331, 333, 431, 437. 
( C )  Pol. Sci. 227, 315,316, 335, 345, 420,441, 444, 451. 
( D )  Courses listed in the Afro-American Studies section of the 
College of Liberal Arts portion of the catalog. See page 113. 
MINOR: ECO.221, and 3hours upper division Eco.; Hist. 131, 132; 
Pol. Sci. 100,121; Soc. 111; Anthro. 124 or 202; and one course from 
Option (A) ,  (B) ,  or ( C )  above. Students majoring in History or 
Political Science should not elect this minor. Those who do may 
use the same courses for both major and minor requirements only 
if they select additional hours equal to those taken to satisfy both 
the major and minor requirements. 
V. DEPARTMENTAL MAJORS AND MINORS 
Selection of teaching fields for the junior or senior high school 
must be made with an academic counselor representing the College 
of Education. The teaching field or major should be declared not 
later than the beginning of the junior year. 
The student who wishes to become a secondary teacher may 
elect his major and minor from the following fields. Only those 
marked with an asterisk ( * )  will be accepted as a major by the 
College of Education. Any of the following fields is suitable as a 
supporting minor. The specific course requirements of the depart- 
ment from which the major work is taken will prevail: 
Accounting Journalism 
*American Studies 'Logopedics 
Anthropology 'Mathematics 
+'Art f 'Music 
'Biology f *Natural Sciences-Biological 
f 'Business Education f 'Natural Sciences-Physical 
'Chemistry Philosophy 
'Classical Languages 'Physical Education 
f 'Economics 'Physics 
fOEnglish Language and Literature 'Political Science 
f 'French$ Psychology 
Geology $Religion and Philosophy 
Geography f"Socia1 Studies 
f *German$ f 'Sociology 
'History f 'Spanish$ 
f 'Industrial Education 'S~eech 
f Needs no minor if a 50 hour Field Major is outlined in consultation with a College
 of Education advisor. 
t Teaching preparation for a modern language requires 24 semester hours in the 
language to be taught or 15 semester hours if the prospective teacher has 24 semester hours 
in another modem language. 
5 Religion must he combined with Philosophy on minor-no more than 8 hours Religion 
will count towards degree. 
AEROSPACE STUDIES 
AIR FORCE ROTC 
The purpose of Air Force ROTC is to select and prepare qualified 
university students for careers as commissioned officers in the 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 215 
United States Air Force. The objective of all courses in Aerospace 
Studies is to strengthen the general education base of students who 
are to become junior commissjoned officers. Following conferral 
of a degree and successful completion of prescribed AFROTC re- 
quirements, a cadet is commissioned a Second Lieutenant in the 
United States Air Force. Uniforms and Aerospace Studies texts 
are provided at no expense to members enrolled in Aerospace 
Studies courses. The Department of Aerospace Studies is staffed 
by active duty officers and noncommissioned officers to conduct the 
two-year and four-year AFROTC programs. 
FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM 
The four-year program consists of the General Military Course 
(GMC) for freshman and sophomores and Professional Officer 
Course (POC) for qualified students with two years of academic 
work remaining. 
( 1 )  General Military Course: The two-year GMC consists of one 
lecture hour and one corps training hour per week. 
( 2 )  Professional Oficer Course: The POC consists of three lec- 
ture hours and one corps training hour per week. POC students 
in the four-year program must attend a four-week Field Training 
Course (summer camp) at an Air Force Base, normally between 
the first and second years of the POC. To qualify for acceptance 
into the POC a student must: 
( a )  Have four semesters of study remaining at undergraduate or graduate 
level or a combination of both as a full-time student. 
( b )  Complete the GMC or have been granted equivalent credit. 
( c )  Pass the Air Force Office Qualifying Test (AFOQT). ( d )  Have a scholastic GPA of 2.0 or above. ( e ) Be physically qualified. 
( f )  Complete required processing. 
(g )  Be selected by a board of oEcers. 
TWO-YEAR PROGRAM 
The two-year program consists of only the Professional Officer 
Course. Students participating in this program must successfully 
complete a six-week Field Training Course (summer camp) at an 
Air Force base prior to acceptance into the POC. Two-year POC 
students do not attend the four-week Field Training Course re- 
quired of four-year students. Additional requirements for enroll- 
ment are identical to those listed for the four-year program except 
that completion of the GMC is not required. 
F'LIGHT INSTRUCTION PROGRAM 
Qualifying male POC students may participate in the Flight in- 
struction Program (FIP) during the second year of the POC. Ap-
 proximately 72 hours of specialized instruction is provided. Thirty-
 six hours of ground training and approximately 36 hours of flying 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 216 
instruction by an approved FAA school provide the student an 
opportunity to qualify for a private pilot's license. 
PAY AND ALLOWANCES 
POC students are entitled to receive $50.00 per month for a 
maximum of 20 months. A student in the four-year program re- 
ceives approximately $225.00 for the four-week Field Training 
Course (summer camp) attendance plus a travel allowance of six 
cents per mile to and from the encampment. A two-year applicant 
receives approximately $200.00 for the six-week Field Training 
Course attendance plus a similar travel allowance to and from 
camp. Upon entering active duty the new officer receives a $300.00 
uniform allowance. Total pay and allowances for students com- 
pleting AFROTC will normally approach $1500.00. 
AFROTC COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 
Students enrolled in the four-year program may be eligible for 
scholarships which provide full tuition, laboratory expenses, inci- 
dental fees, book alIowances, and $50.00 per month. Applicants 
are selected on the basis of scores on a qualifying test, quality of 
academic work, and rating by an interview board. Applications 
from AFROTC freshmen, sophomores, and juniors are normally 
submitted near the end of the Fall Semester. Additional scholar- 
ships designed for AFROTC cadets are listed under "Financial Aids 
and Awards" of this catalog. 
EXTRACURRICULAR ACTMTIES 
Field Trips to various Air Force installations and activities are 
scheduled throughout the year for members of AFROTC. An active 
flight orientation program is conducted in coordination with Mc- 
Connell AFB to provide flight experience for interested cadets. 
Arnold Air Society, an honorary cadet organization, pledges 
AFROTC students for membership each semester. Additional 
activities with the Color Guard and cadet newspaper are also 
available for interested students. 
Lower Division Courses 
113 & 114. U. S. Military Forces in the Contemporary World. (1-1). IR, 
lR/L. The first year General Military Course (GMC) is a study of the doc- 
trine, mission, and organization of the United States Air Force; strategic offen- 
sive and defensive forces; aerospace and missile defense; and general purpose 
and aerospace support forces. Corps Training provides practical leadership 
experience in basic military and officer-type activities, including drill and 
ceremonies, customs and courtesies, Air Force as a career, and officer environ- 
ment. 
223 & 224. U. S. Military Forces in the Contemporary World. (1-1). lR, 
IR/L. The second year General Military Course (GMC) studies U. S. nationaI 
defense policies and the role of alliances; policies and strategies of the Soviet 
Union and China; Department of Defense organization and decision-making; 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 217 
and the role of the military in United States national policies. Corps Training 
provides practical leadership experience in basic military and officer-type 
activities, including drill and ceremonies, customs and courtesies, Air Force as 
a career, and officer environment. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
353 & 354. Growth and Development of Aerospace Power. (3-3). 3R, lR/L. 
The first year Professional Officer Course (POC) is a seminar study of the 
development of airpower; aerospace power today; the future of manned air- 
craft; the U. S. space program; the spatial environment; space orbits, trajec- 
tories, vehicle systems, operations, and future developments. Corps Training 
provides practical leadership experience in basic military and officer-type
 activities, including drill and ceremonies, customs and courtesies, Air Force as 
a career, and officer environment. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
453 & 454. The Professional Officer. (3-3). 3R, 1R 235/L. The second year 
Professional OfEcer Course (POC) is a seminar sh~dy  of professionalism, leader- 
ship, and management as applicable to the Air Force officer. It  includes the 
meaning of professionalism; officer responsibilities; the military justice system; 
leadership theory, functions and practices; management principles and func- 
tions; and problem solving procedures. Corps Training provides practical 
leadership experience in basic military and officer-type activities, including 
drill and ceremonies, customs and courtesies, Air Force as a career, and officer 
environment. Prerequisite: Depariment consent. 
455. Flight Instruction Program (FIP). (3). This course provides the student 
an opportunity to learn and experience the basic techniques of flying, naviga- 
tion, and air traffic control. It  consists of 36 hours of classroom study (ground 
school) and 36%hours of flight training to prepare the student for the FAA 
flight examination and a private pilot's license. The FIP is limited to Senior 
AFROTC cadets qualified for pilot training and Department consent. 
ART EDUCATION 
Art Minor for Students Majoring in Elementary Education 
Students will complete 18 art hours. These hours will be distributed as 
follows: 165, 240, 343, one elected studio course and 6 hours of art history: 
101, 102. 
Lower Division Courses 
240. Art Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3). For students without 
previous art background who plan to teach in the elementary school classroon~. 
Study of fundamental methods, materials, and concepts used to develop art 
knowledge and skills in the elementary age levels. 
343. Fiber and Fabric Process. (3). Fiber processing and structuring in tra- 
ditional and experimental processes in woven forms and other structural tech- 
niques using natural and man-made fibers. Prerequisite: Art 241 or consent 
of instructor. 
Upper Division Courses 
406. Art Curricular and Supervision Methods. (4). The construction of an 
art program of study outline for elementary grades and junior and senior high 
school; techniques in the supervision of an art education program. 
442. Art Education in the Secondary School. (3). The study of philosophy, 
objectives, and classroom procedures directed toward the development of 
informational and studio skills at the secondary level. 
450. Art Workshop. (1-3). May be repeated for credit. (The area to be 
covered will be inserted at the time the course is offered.) 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 218 
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 
E. A. S. Graduate Courses 
501. Introduction to Administration and Supervision. (3). An examination of 
the maior theories of administration ancl their a ~ ~ l i c a t i o n  to s~ecific ~roblems. 
~ m ~ h a s i supon an overview of administration ifathe school district, especially 
problems involving the community ancl the staff. Includes data gathering for 
self-evaluation of s u p e ~ s o r y  ~otential.  Open to all College of Education 
graduate majors. (Summer; fall; spring.) 
503. The Sociology of Administration. (3). An examination of the interaction 
of Society and the School as it relates to the administrative processes. Systems 
of control, social class, power structure, human relations and group dynamics. 
(Summer, odd numbered years; fall, even numbered years.) 
504. Supervision and the Improvement of Instruction. (3). The application 
of curricular theories, psychology and methods of supervision to the problems 
of improving classroom instruction and teaching methods. Open to all College 
of Education graduate majors. (Summer; fall; spring.) 
506. Elementary School Organization and Administration. (3). Alternate 
methods of organizing the elementary school and its classrooms, problems of 
administration of staff, curriculum, pupils and facilities, community relations. 
Prerequisite: E. A. S. 501. (Summer, even numbered years; fall.) 
509. School-Community Relations. (3). Knowledge about and experience with 
the unique nature of the community-school. The student will study the actions 
of community persons within the school-community, formulate cooperative 
plans for community development, develop ways in which the personnel and 
facilities can be better utilized and promote the school-community concept to 
the benefit of the school and the community. (Summer, even numbered years; 
spring.) 
510. Secondary School Student Activities. (3) .  The role of extra-class activi- 
ties in secondary school programs. Problems of organizing and administering 
the program. (Summer, even numbered years; fall, odd numbered years.) 
512. The Middle School. (3). A middle school offering children an educa-
 tion appropriate for present times, built upon human development in late 
childhood through the early stages of adolescence. This school evolves as an 
organic whole with development of program, administrative pattern and teach- 
ing requirementjs creating grouping practices with focus on transescence. Verti-
 cal and horizontal organization patterns include taking the child from where 
he is educationally. (Fall.) 
515. The Community Junior College. (3). Considers educational services to 
a community as the basic thrust of the organization; surveys the history and 
philosophy of the community-junior college movement; emphasizes the curric- 
ula provided appropriate to the community and studies the administrative 
organization, legal control, and methods of financing. (Spring.) 
518. Group Dynamics for Teachers. (2). A laboratory course in human rela- 
tions and group dynamics based upon involvement in various group activities. 
Applications for the use of group dynamics in classroom teaching utilizing 
knowledqe gained in personal experience in group work. (Prerequisite: Teach- 
ers certihcation.) ( OIFered Summer; fall; spring. ) 
522. Financial Support of Education. (3). Concepts of the financial support 
of education at  local, state and national levels. Emphasis upon methods of 
taxation, budget preparation, and efficient expenditures. Prerequisite: E. A. S. 
501. (Summer; spring.) 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
523. School Law. (3). General concepts of law, interpretations of statutes and 
court decisions affecting education, legal responsibilities of school personnel. 
Kansas school law. (Summer; fall.) 
524. The School Plant. (3). Planning new school facilities based upon educa- 
tional programs. Evaluation of existing schools, remodelin operation and 
maintenance of present school plant. Prerequisite: Master's & g e e  or consent 
of instructor. (Summer; spring.) 
526. Curriculum Development. (3). Curriculum philosophies and theories. 
An examination of recent programs and roposals. The local school building 
and individual teacher as units of c u r r i c u k  development. System-wide cur- 
riculum development and evaluation with kindergarten through grade 12 
articulation. (Prerequisite: E. A. S. 504. (Summer; fall.) 
527. The Ungraded School. (3). Understanding the rationale of non-graded- 
ness. Organizing and teaching the non-graded concepts centered upon indi- 
vidualization of instruction, continuous pupil progress. Operation of viable 
flexible program. Prerequisites: One course in curriculum or consent of in- 
structor. (Spring.) 
531. Organization and Administration of the Secondary School. (3). Or ani- 
zational plans for 'unior and senior highs, present trends. Problems o f  ad- 
ministration of stad, gupil, curriculum, facilities and community relationshi s 
in the modem secon ary school. i'rerequisite: E. A. S. 501. (Summer, 0% 
numbered years; spring.) 
536. Problems of Staff Personnel. (3). Advanced study of st& problems-
 selection and recruitment, ceracation, orientation, in-service training, evalua- 
tion, transfer and dismissal, and retirement. Prerequisite: Master's degree or 
consent of instructor. (Summer, even numbered years; spring, odd numbered 
years.) 
537. School Business Management. (3): School budgeting processes, salary 
scheduling, cost accounting and purchasing procedures, IBM programming of 
record systems. Prerequisite: E. A. S. 522 and consent of instructor. (Summer,
 odd numbered years; fall, even numbered years.) 
538. Advanced Group Dynamics. (2). A laboratory course in theories of 
group dynamics, with emphasis upon their a plication to uses in education, 
especially in the classroom and in faculty-aLinistrator relationships. Pre-
 requisite; E. A. S. 460 or E. A. S. 518 and consent of the instructor. (Summer, 
odd numbered years; spring, even numbered years.) 
546-547-548-549. The Internship. (2-3-4-5). Administrative assignment in 
educational institutions. Prerequisite: Nine semester hours of post-masters 
graduate courses in Educational Administration and Supervision and 3.10 
graduate grade point average. (Arranged on individual basis.) 
550. Special Problems in Administration. (1-4). Directed reading in research 
under supervision of a graduate instructor. Prerequisite: Approval of the 
department. 
560. Seminar in the Process of Administration. (1-3). Concurrent enrollment 
in the Internship is required. (Arranged on an individual basis.) 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manuscript 
form. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 560. May be repeated for a maximum total of 
2 hours credit. 
566. Frontiers of Knowledge and the Future of Education. (3). Key concepts 
and discoveries in the sciences and humanities presented by experts in each 
field and investigation of their possible implications in education. (Fall, odd 
numbered years.) 
575-576. Master's Thesis. (2-2). Required for Master of Arts degree. Pre-
 requisite: Ed. Psych. 560. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
Lower Division Courses 
219. Introduction to Child Growth and Development. (3). Designed to pro- 
vide a systematic study of the processes involved in how children grow and 
develop. The interrelatedness of various aspects of growth (physical, social, 
emotional, intellectual) and their implications will be given attention. 
220. Psychological Problems of Young Children. (3). The course will intro- 
duce students to (1)the types and nature of emotional and behavioral problems 
encountered in young children, (2) the identification of these problems (3) the 
factors determining the problems (developmental, experiential, social), (4)
 methods of intervention to modify the problems, and (5) the community re- 
sources available to assist in dealing with the problems and how to use these 
resources. Prerequisite: Consent of Deparbnent. 
221. Interviewing and Recording for Social Service Aides. (3). To develop 
-skills and understandin s of the basic methods of interviewing and recording 
as related to headstart Elmilies. Prerequisite: Consent of Department. 
233. The Elementary School Child. (4). His socio-cultural context, develop- 
mental characteristics, with stress upon application to instruction. Prerequisite:
 Psych. 111, Fd. Ed. 232 (or deparhnant consent) and sophomore standing. 
Upper Division Courses 
333. The Secondary School Studeat. (3). Develo ment during early and 
middle adolescent years and relation of theory ancfresearch to instruction. 
Prerequisite: Psych. 111,Fd. Ed. 232 or department consent. 
361. Educational Measurements. (3). Fundamental statistical methods ap- 
plied to educational problems; construction, administration, and analysis of 
teacher made examinations. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 233 or 333. 
401 & 402. Introduction to Exceptional Children. (3-3). Emphasis on rec- 
ognition and education of the exceptional child. First semester: children with 
mental and physical handicaps. Second semester: problems of the gifted 
child. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 233 or 333. 
404. Understanding of the Mentally Retarded Child. ( 3 ) .  The current re- 
search and historical ap roaches to the education of the mentally retarded 
-will be examined. The Eterature in this field will be surveyed. Prerequisite: 
Ed. Psych. 401 or consent. 
419. Growth and Development I. (3). Bio-social foundations of human 
growth and development related to the development of behavior from birth 
to eight years. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 233 or 333 or consent. 
420. Growth and Development II. .(3). Bio-social foundations of human 
growth and development related to the development of behavior from middle 
childhood to maturity. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 419 or consent. 
421. Mental Hygiene. (3). Principles of mental hygiene in relationship to 
the development of wholesome personality. There are examined the inter- 
relationships of teacher, school, home, and community as they affect mental 
health. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 233 or 333. 
433. Psychological Aspects of the Teaching Process. (3). A study of the 
learning process and principles related to learning in the classroom; considera- 
tion and study of evaluation of the products of learning. Prerequisite: See 
Secondary Student Teaching. 
443. Programmed Instruction. (3). Study of approaches to programming; 
techniques of ~rogramming. Students will construct and develop a programmed 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 22 1 
unit in their own area of interest. Prerequisite: Psych. 111, Ed. Psych. 233 or 
333, or consent of instructor. 
444. Curriculum for the Mentally Retarded Child. (3). Adaptations of the 
standard curriculum and innovations which have proven to be beneficial for 
the teaching of the mentally retarded child. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 401 or 
consent. 
450. Workshop in Educational Psychology. ( 1-3). 
451. Institute in Educational Psychology. (1-3). Designed to study physical, 
social, emotional and psychological development of humans. SpecSc emphasis 
will be on growth and development of school age children and adolescents. 
Graduate Courses 
501. Introduction to Educational Research. (3). An introduction to research 
in education. Included in the course content: (1) a survey of current educa- 
tional research; (2) the nature of research methodology; (3) the preparation of 
research reports, and (4) criticisms of current research. 
504. Introduction to Educational Statistics. (3). An inboduction to statistics 
including measures of central tendency, variability, correlation, chi square, 'It" 
test, F test and analysis of variance. (Not open to students with credit in Ed. 
Psy. 500.) 
511. Evaluating Pupil Progress. (3). Evaluation in the cognitive, afFective, 
and psycho-motor domains. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 501 or 504. 
519. Human Growth and Development. (3). The study of human develop- 
ment (physical, mental, social, emotional) from birth to maturity. Prerequisite: 
Ed. Psy. 233 or 333 or consent. 
520. Learning Theory for Teachers. (3). Major learning theories and their 
eflectiveness and application. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 233 or 333, 501 or 
consent. 
521. Advanced Educational Psychology. (3). Review of recent research in the 
areas of personality and social psychology. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 520 or 
consent. 
530. Educating the Adolescent. (3). A study of the nature of the adolescent 
with emphasis on the relation of development to the Secondary School. Pre-
 requisite: 6 hours of Ed. Psyc. 
540. Program Development in Mental Retardation. (3). Examination of the 
social and psychological factors in classroom organization and management. 
Focus will be on the mentally retarded classroom as a model of the factors 
affecting the establishment and operation of programs for the handicapped. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
541. Psychology of Exceptional Children. (3). A study of the conceptual and 
theoretical formulations, empirical evidence, and research concerning be-
 havioral characteristics of exceptional chilclren with an emphasis on the 
mentally retarded child. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
544. Occupational Aspects in Mental Retardation. (3). Desicgned to stucly in 
depth occupational information, curriculum, and methods employed by teach- 
ers of the mentally retarded in secondary school. Prerequisite: Ed. Psyc. 404 
or consent. 
547. Practicum and Internship in Special Education: Mental Retardation. 
(3-6). Full-time participation in a special education class unc!er immediate 
supervision of a master teacher and a college supervisor. (A) A minimum of 
two years experience in the specific special education field is required. (B) A 
full course sequence has been followed leading to this stage of preparation. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
For Master level students without teacher credentials and experience. Pre-
 requisite: Ed. Psyc. 540, Ed. Psyc. 544 or consent. 
550. Special Problems in Educational Psychology. (1-4). Directed reading and 
research under supervision of a graduate instructor. Prerequisite: Department 
consent. 
558. Experimental Design in Educational Research. (3). A consideration of 
sampling theory; design for testing hypotheses about populations from samples; 
testing correlation coefficients; means and difference between means; simple 
factorial designs; clesigns involving matched groups; designs involving repeated 
measure of the same group; analysis of covariance. (Not open to students with 
credit in Ed. Psy. 559.) Prerequisite Ed. Psy. 504. 
560. Seminar on Research Problems. (1). Development and presentation of 
research proposals. Required of students enrolled in M. A. or 32 hour M. Ed. 
programs. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 558 or concurrent enrollment. 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manu-
 script form. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 560. May be repeated for a maximum 
total of 2 hours credit. 
575-576. Master's Thesis. (2-2). Required for a Master of Arts degree. Pre-
 requisite: Ed. Psych. 560. 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 
Lower Division Courses 
216. Children's Literahue. (3). Reading and discussion of stories, poems, and 
factual materials for children; a background of appreciation essential to the 
setting up of standards of selection. Authors, illustrators, poets, and their 
contributions to children's literature are studied; also the children's library and 
booklist. 
246. Introduction to Methods and Materials in Preschool Education. (3). In-
 troduction to the study of teaching methods for the teacher of the preschool 
child and the preparation of materials to enhance the learning experiences of 
these children. 
252. Introduction to Educating the Disadvantage. (3). An investigation into 
the cultural backgrounds, the economic problems and the educational issues 
presented by the disadvantaged. Laboratory experiences in various school and 
community programs are included. 
Upper Division Courses 
318. Methods for the Kindergarten Teacher. (3). To acquaint students with 
all aspects of the kindergarten program and introduce the wide variety of 
materials available and in use. Prerequisites: Fd. Ed. 232 and Ed. Psy. 233. 
319. Language Arts in the Elementary School. (3). Objectives, methods and 
materials of teaching the language arts including listening, oral ancl written 
communications, spelling and handwriting. Students will be given an oppor-
 tunity to acquire skill in manuscript and cursive writing. Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 
232 and Ed. Psy. 233. 
320 A and B. Reading in the Elementary School. (3). 2R; 2L. A survey of 
methods of teaching the language arts, principles of curriculum development, 
and organization of learning esperiences. Section A is for teachers of the 
primary grades K-3. Section B is for intermediate grade teachers 4-6. A two- 
hour laboratory practicum is required. Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 232 and Ed. 
Psych. 233. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
321. Science in Elementary Education. (3). This course will encompass the 
areas of: Development of scientific concepts in children, strategy, tactics and 
A-V aids in teaching elementary school science, stating objectives in terms of 
expected pupil behavior, and evaluation of those objectives, off-campus obser- 
vation and participation, and introduction to experimental science. Prerequisite: 
Fd. Ed. 22 and Ed. Psy. 233. 
322. Individual Studies in Education. (1-2). 
344A and 344B. Mathematics in the Elementary School. (3). A study of the 
basic methods of instruction with emphasis given to relating mathematical 
concepts to cognitive development and learning. Specific attention will be 
given to current curriculum practises, materials and evaluation technique.
 Section A is for teachers of primary grades K-3. Section B is for intermediate 
grade teachers 4-6. Prerequisite: Math. 373 and 374. Math. 374 may be taken 
concurrently. 
405. Developmental Reading. (3). To acquaint students and teachers with 
all of the aspects of current reading theory and pertinent reading research. 
Also to point out the possibilities of applying this theory and research to actual 
teaching of children in the classroom. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 320. 
406. Social Studies in the Elementary School. (3). Objectives, methods of 
teaching, equipment and resources, and evaluation and measurement in the 
social studies in the elementary school. The unit method of construction is 
stressed. Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 232 and Ed. Psy. 233. 
443. Parent Education for Pre-school Teachers. (3). An introduction to ways 
of working with parents of pre-school children; analysis of formal and informal 
approaches with emphasis on the teacher's role in developing these procedures. 
Prerequisites: El. Ed. 444 or consent of instructor. 
444. Early Childhood Education. (3). An introduction to the problems and 
philosophy of educating children in the pre-school years. 
445. Guidance of the Pre-school Child. (3). Study of the dynamics of be-
 havior of the pre-school child in his relations with peers and aclults; in his 
methods of coping with developmental aspects of growth; and the teacher's 
role in guiding such behavior. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 444 or consent. 
446. Methods and Materials in Pre-school Education. (3). The study of 
teaching methods for the teacher of the pre-school child and the preparation 
of materials to enhance the learning experiences of these children. Pre-
 requisite: El. Ed. 444 or consent of the instructor. 
4473." Student Teaching in the Elementary School. (3-10). The student 
teaching program provides full-time participation in the public schools under 
guidance of a master teacher and a college supervisor. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 
319, 320, 321, 344, 406. 
The student teaching semester is required of all students who are working 
toward a degree certificate in elementary education. Every student wishing to 
receive the above certificate must file an application with the coordinator of 
elementary student teaching. Application for the fall semester must be filed by 
May 1; spring semester by November 15. Applications may be secured in 
Room 117, CEC. (The only exception ever granted to the requirement of 
thirteen semester hours i~ to the transfer student that has taken student teaching 
elsewhere or may have taught a number of years.) Any deviations from estab- 
lished grade point averages and other regulations must be approved by the 
Elementary Eclucation Department. 
447L. Student Teaching for Logopedics Majors. (4). These students will be 
assigned to a self-contained classroom in the elementary school for the first 
nine weeks and then assigned by the Department of Logopedics for the second 
nine wecks of the semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Fd. Ed. 232, Ed. 
Psy. 233, El. Ed. 320, 321, 344, and 406. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 224 
447M. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. (3). Prerequisite: Music 
Majors. 
447P. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. (3). Prerequisite Physical 
Education Majors. Application for Stuclent Teaching must be made to the 
Director of Student Teaching prior to the semester in which the student intends 
to enroll. The assignment for student teaching begins with the opening of the 
public school and the student is expected to follow the public school calendar 
for a semester. The student will receive thirteen hours credit. 
448. Seminar in Student Teaching. (3). Taken concurrently with Student 
Teaching. Concerned with evaluation of experience and planning for the next 
experience in the classroom. 
450. Workshop in Education. (1 to 6). 
451. Institute in Elementary Education. (14). (a) htath., (13) Science. Course 
designed for elementary teachers, who will be institute participants. One or a 
combination of pre-selected areas will be emphasized during a semester. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. 
452. Special Studies in Education. (1-3). (a) Mathematics, (b) Health and 
physical education, (c) Language Arts, (d) Reading, (e) Recent innovations, 
(f) Science, (g) Social Studies, (11) Instructional Media, (i) Other Areas. Course 
designed for elementary school teachers. Only one pre-selected area will be 
emphasized cluring a semester. (Prerequisite: Teacher certscation and con- 
sent.) This course may be repeated with advisor's consent. 
* Prerequisites may be waived for equivalent experience by department consent. 
Graduate Courses 
528. Elementary School Curriculum. (3). An intensive study of the field of 
curriculum in the elementary school. Who shoulcl make the curriculum; bases 
for making curriculum decisions; diversity within a school and school system; 
participation in curriculum development and revision; the future in elementary 
school curriculum. 
540. Diagnostic Procedures in Reading. (3). Emphasis upon diagnosis; use 
of standardized instruments, teacher-made instruments and corrective treatment 
of reading difficulties. Diagnostic practicum included. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 
320 or equivalent. 
542. Clinical Procedures in Reading. (3). Emphasis upon diagnosis and cor-
 rective treatment of reading difficulties. A laboratory practicum in corrective 
teaching required. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 540 or equivalent. 
550. Special Problems in Education. (1 to 4). Directed reading and re-
 search under supervision of a graduate instructor. Prerequisite: Approval of 
the department. 
556. Mathematics in the Elementary School. (3). For teachers in service. Con- 
sideration of recent trends in subject matter content and teaching guides to 
improve understanding of meanings, vocabulary, ancl mathematical concepts. 
Instructional methods and materials. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 344 or consent. 
558. Science in the Elementary School. (3). To identify and esplore the 
principles of science that teachers shoulcl recognize and understand; to give 
consideration to their development from kindergarten through grade eight. To 
experience these concepts through demonstration or experimentation for teach- 
ers in service. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 321 or consent. 
559. Seminar in Elementary Education. (3). 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manu-
 script form. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 560. May be repeated for a maximum 
total of 2 hrs. credit. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
563. Trends in Theories of Instruction. (3). Uses materials from public 
school work groups and from resewch journals to examine development of 
modem practices. 
575-576. Master's Thesis. (2-2). Required for Master of Arts Degree. Pre-
 requisite: Ed. Psy. 560. 
* Prerequisites may be waived for equivalent experience by department consent. 
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 
Industrial Education includes the following areas of specializa- 
tion: Industrial arts education and vocational-industrial education. 
Industrial arts education prepares young men to become indus- 
trial arts teachers at  the junior high and senior high level. The 
person selecting this field will teach young people about the tools, 
materials, processes, and products of industry. Inclustrial arts in- 
structors teach such general courses as metals, electricity-electronics, 
woods, plastics, drafting, auto mechanics, or a combination of some 
of these in a comprehensive general shop. Work experience in his 
specialty is not demanded of the industrial arts teacher, but it is 
highly desirable. 
Vocational-industrial education is for persons who wish to become 
certified vocational-industrial instructors. The vocational-industrial 
educator, like the industrial arts educator, deals with tools, mate- 
rials, and processes of industry, but stresses skill development more 
than is possible in the industrial arts program. Instructors in this 
field teach vocational subjects in such fields as drafting and design, 
machine shop practice, electronics, auto mechanics, industrial plas- 
tics, and the like. Certificatio~ for vocational teaching cloes require 
a minimum of 2,000 clock hours of occupational experience in the 
field taught. 
COMBINEDMAJORAND MINOR: Required-Ind. E. 111, 120, 124, 
135, 155, 180, 260, 319, 401, and Sec. Ed. 443. An additional 21 
hours of industrial education will be selected in consultation with 
the student's major advisor, completing the combined curricula with 
a minimum of 50 semester hours. 
Lower Division Courses 
111. Introduction to Industrial Education. (2). Industrial Education as a 
career; an introduction to present day programs and the opportunities avail- 
able; a survey of materials and processes used in industry; recommended as a 
first course in the department. 
120. Drafting I. (3). 2R; 3L. An introduction to orthographic projection, 
re lesentations, with emphasis placed on auxiliary view, sectional 
views, sketc%ng, revolutions, dimensioning, lettering, care and use of draftmg 
instruments. 
121." Drafting 11. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of the relationship of views in draft- 
ing with emphasis on rotation, projection of solids, planes, and lines using 
standard drafting techniques and procedures. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 120. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 226 
124. Woodwork I. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of the use and care of hand and 
power tools, methods of finishing, wood technology, and an overall view of the 
woods industry. 
125." Woodwork II. (3). 2R; 3L. A study in design, construction, and finish- 
ing of woodworking projects, with special emphasis on woodworking machine 
tools, including methods and processes used by industry. Prerequisite: Ind. 
Ed. 124. 
135. Metalwork. (3). 2R; 3L. A basic course dealing with the processes, 
equipment, materials and products of the metal-working industry; lab experi- 
ence in sheetmetal, benchmetals, forging, founding, welding, and machine tools. 
154. Power Mechanics I. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of energy sources and the 
machines that convert energy into useful work. Emphasis is given to a broad 
overview of the entire field of power and its importance to technology. 
180. Electricity I. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of basic principles of electricity and 
electronics as related to home and industry. Emphasis on electrical theory, 
transmission, and utilization. Laboratory activities include experimentation 
and fabrication of electrical components. 
181.' Electricity II. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of basic concepts of alternating 
current electricity with emphasis on reactance and impedance of resonant and 
non-resistant circuits. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 180. 
225." Drafting 111. (3). 2R; 3L. Development of working drawings in ma- 
chine, aircraft, steel structural, electrical, architectural details, pipe, map, 
patent drawings-all conforming to industrial and prescribed standards. Pre-
 requisite: Ind. Ed. 121. 
236." Metals II. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of materials, machines and hancltools 
used by the sheetmetal industry and an introduction to basic machine tool 
operations. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 135. 
255. Power Mechanics II. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of the operation of motor 
vehicles, including chassis and drive line components. Lab experiences include 
repair techniques and procedures. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 154. 
260. Plastics I. (3). 2R; 3L. Study of plastic materials being used in in- 
dustry; fundamental operations including molding, casting, thermoforming, 
fabrication, and finishing. 
261.' Plastics II. (3). 2R; 3L. Technical information and product develop- 
ment; construction of molds and forms for molding, casting, laminating, and 
thermoforming. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 260. 
282.' Electronics I. (3). 2R; 3L. A basic study of electronics including the 
function of components, dc and ac theory, vacuum tube characteristics and 
applications and power supplies. Experimentation and project construction. 
Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 180. 
283." Electronics 11. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of basic electronic circuits and 
systems, including an introduction to radio circuits and systems, with 
circuit analysis techniques receiving major emphasis. Prerequisite: ~nPd?g? 
282. 
* Prerequisites may be waived for equivalent experience by department consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
319. Shop Planning and Organization. (3). Selection, purchase, and organiza- 
tion of shop equipment and supplies; developing and maintaining necessary 
records and reports; planning of shop facilities. 
325.' Woodwork 111. (3). 2R; 3L. For advanced woodworking students, with 
special emphasis on tools, materials, and construction practices as they relate 
to the building trades. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 124. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 227 
326.' Woodwork IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced work for specialists in the wood- 
workin field with emphasis laced on problems growing from the needs of 
the stujent. Prerequisite: 1 n 8  Ed. 125. 
327.' Drafting IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced study for drafting students with 
emphasis on problems growing from the needs of students based on past
 performances and progress. Complete dwelling and machine problems. Special
 emphasis on industrial practices and procedures. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 225. 
337.' Metals III. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of the structure, physical and mechan- 
ical properties of metals and the effect of heat treatment on these characteris- 
tics; the methods of hot working metals including forging, foundry, and arc, 
acetylene and tungsten inert gas welding. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 135. 
350.* Metalwork IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Fundamentals of benchwork and basic 
operations on lathes, mills, grinders, shapers, and drills. Prerequisite: Ind. 
Ed. 236. 
351.' Metalwork V. (3). 2R; 3L. Emphasis on advanced machine tool 
operations; new techniques of industry and the making of basic tools and dies. 
Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 350. 
356. Power Mechanics III. (3). 2R; 3L. A continuation of the study of 
motor vehicles, including tune-up, electrical systems, fuel systems, and engine 
service. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 154. 
362.' Plastics 111. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced problems in production techniques. 
compression and injection molding; recent developments and experimentai
 work. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 135 and Ind. Ed. 260. 
363.' Plastics IV. (3). 3R; 3L. Advanced problems in production techniques; 
extrusion, rotational casting and foaming. Recent developments and experi- 
mental work. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 362. 
384.' Electronics 111. (3). 2R; 3L. Course includes the theory, instrumenta- 
tion, and application of semi-conductors in electronic circuitry. Emphasis will 
be placed on the utilization of transistors and newly developed semi-conductors. 
Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 282. 
385.' Electronics IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Motors and generators; synchros and 
synchro control systems; servo control devices and systems; industrial measure- 
ment and control systems; introduction to microwaves and microwave oscil- 
lators; n~icrowave transmitters, microwave duplexers and antennas; amplifiers 
and microwave mixers; microwave receivers; multiplexing; radar detection and 
navigation systems. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 384. 
401. Preparation of Instructional Materials. (3). The selection, develo ment, 
and organization of instructional materials for effective teaching of infustrial 
education. 
450. Workshop in Education. (1-4). This course will be offered from time to 
time on various aspects of Industrial Education. 
457. Power Mechanics IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced study in the power me- 
chanics field with emphasis placed on problems growing from the needs of the 
student. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
Prerequisites may be waived for equivalent experience by department consent. 
GRADUATE COURSES 
520. Foundations for Curriculum Development in Industrial Education. (3). A 
study of the theory and practice of curriculum development as determined by 
social, cultural, and industrial changes, including current industrial education 
curriculum designs, problems and trends. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
521. Curriculum Construction in Industrial Education. (3). Selection and con- 
struction of curriculum content for general ancl specialized areas of study in 
industrial education. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 520. 
560. Seminar in Industrial Education. (1-3). (May be repeated.) Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
LIBRARY SCIENCE 
Students wishing to become school librarians in Kansas must have 
valid teaching certificates plus specific courses in library science 
which may be taken either at the upper division or graduate level. 
Effective July 1, 1967, requirements are as follows: 
Elementary School Librarian: A valid certscate for teaching in 
the elementary school and a minimum of 15semester hours of library 
science and audio-visual courses. 
Junior and Senior High School of f ewe~  than 500 pupils: A valid 
certificate for teaching in the secondary schools and a minimum of 
15semester hours of library science and audio-visual courses. 
Junior and Senior High Schools of more than 500 pupils: A valid 
certscate for teaching in the secondary schools and a minimum of 
24 semester hours of library science and audio-visual courses. 
Upper Division Courses 
401. School Library Cataloging and Classification. (3). The fundamentals of 
the Dewey Decimal Classification system and the basic cataloging techniques 
necessary for organizing a school library collection. 
402. The School Library Book Coilection. (3). The principles and methods 
involved in book selection for the school library, and techniques of reference 
service, and the literature of school subjects. 
403. School Library Administration. (2). The activities and functions of the 
school library, the relationships of the librarian to the teaching staff, the or a 
nization of technical and mechanical rocesses such as circulation and ode;  
routines, the repair of books, and teac[ing the use of the library to students. 
404. Library Reference Materials. (3). Study and problems in the use of 
reference books, indexes, bibliographies and non-book reference materials. 
Includes the fundamentals of reference service in libraries. 
405. The School Library Program. (2). Emphasis is on planning and imple- 
menting an effective school library program. Explores objectives and standards, 
and deals with all phases of instruction, services and activities through which 
the school library contributes to the total instructional program of the school. 
LOGOPEDICS (Speech, Language and Hearing Disorders) 
The Department of Logopedics provides academic and clinical 
training for university students who wish to become professionally 
qualified to work with communicatively handicapped children and 
adults. The undergraduate program constitutes a broad and com- 
prehensive pre-professional preparation for specialized training 
which is offered on the graduate level. A graduate program, 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 229 
culminating in a Master's degree, is required to obtain professional 
certification to work as a speech or hearing clinician in the public 
schools, hospital clinics, rehabilitation centers, or to engage in 
private practice. With an undergraduate, pre-professional major, 
a student can normally complste the graduate program in one 
calendar year and be eligible for certification by the American 
Speech and Hearing Association and the State of Kansas public 
schools. 
MAJOR: A pre-professional, undergraduate major may be  ob- 
tained with emphasis in speech pathology, audiology, or deaf edu- 
cation. Logopedics, 317 and 326 are observation courses required 
of all students. Supervised practicum courses are also required: 
Logopedics 417 and 441 are required of students majoring in speech 
pathology; in addition, Logopedics 447 and 448 are required for 
those planning to qualify as speech clinicians in the public schools; 
Logopedics 441 and 455 are required for those majoring in audi- 
ology, while Logopedics 440 is required for those majoring in deaf 
education. All of these clinical courses are designated by the sym- 
bols ( R )  and (L)  which stipulate the number of clock hours of 
Recitation or Laboratory required per week. Other courses are 
designated with the symbols ( R )  and ( D )  which indicate the 
number of clock hours of Recitation and Demonstration offered 
each week. 
Undergraduate students may major in Logopedics in either the 
College of Education or the Failmount College of Liberal Arts and 
Sciences. Most students normally take the program in the College 
of Education. Those wishing to prepare themselves exclusively for 
employment in community speech and hearing clinics or hospitals 
may wish to pursue the program in the College of Liberal Arts 
and Sciences. 
The major with emphasis in speech pathology consists of 30 hours 
and includes the following courses: 
Required-Logopedics 111, 212, 315, 317, 324, 326, 327, 417, 431 
and 441. Students planning to qualify as speech clinicians in the 
public schools are required to complete, in addition, Logopedics 
447 and 448. 
Optional-Logopedics 132,415,432,435,436,437,455,461,462 and 
470. 
The major with emphasis in audiology consists of 30 hours and 
includes the following courses: 
Required-Logopedics 111, 212, 315, 317, 431, 435, 436, 437, 441 
and 455. 
Optional-Logopedics 132,324,326,327 and 432. 
The major with emphasis in deaf education consists of 30 hours 
and includes the following courses: 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 230 
Required-Logopedics 111, 212, 317, 326, 431, 432, 433, 434, 437, 
438, 439 and 440. Logopedics 441 is required but may be taken in 
the first semester of graduate work. 
TEACHEREDUCATION: One full semester of student teaching is 
required for all who are working toward certification as a public 
school speech clinician. In order to complete this requirement, 
students must take Logopedics 417 and 441 in a clinical setting and 
447 and 448 in a public school setting for a total of 13 hours credit. 
The assignment for student teaching begins with the opening of 
the public school and the student is expected to follow the public 
school calendar, on a half-day basis, for a semester. 
Admission into the student teaching semester requires a grade 
point average of 2.5, a 2.5 average in the major field, a grade of C 
or higher in Speech 111or its equivalent, and recommendation of 
the major department. 
By arrangement with the Department of Elementary Education, 
any of these emphases in Logopedics may be combined in a dual 
major with Elementary Education. The education requirements 
are given on page 209. 
The logopedics undergraduate preprofessional major may be 
applied toward certification by the American Speech and Hearing 
Association. This certification requires a Master's degree (or 
equivalent) with major emphasis in speech pathology or audiology. 
MINOR: A minor in Logopedics consists of 15 hours and may be 
utilized in either the College of Education or the College of Liberal 
Arts and Sciences. Arrangements for the minor should be made 
in consultation with the Department of Logopedics. 
Logopedics 421 "Speech Defective Child in the Public School" 
is a general survey course; hence, it may not be used as part of 
either a major or minor in Logopedics at the undergraduate or 
graduate level. 
Corrective training for regularly enrolled university students with 
speech or hearing disorders may be arranged with the Department 
of Logopedics. A minimal fee is charged. 
SPEECH PATHOLOGY 
Lower Division Courses 
111. Introduction to Speech Pathology. (3). 3R; ID. General orientation, 
history of the field, the place of Lo opedics among the professions, speech and 
language disorders commonly f o u n t  and application of the border sciences to 
these conditions. 
132. Introduction to Clinical Procedures. (2). 2R; 3D. Observation of clinical 
procedures and normal children. 
212. The Development of Language. (3). 3R; ID. Prenatal and post-natal 
development of the structures involved in speech, and the applications of the 
development and regression theories to speech disorders. General develop- 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 231 
ment of the child from birth to five years, emphasis on speech development. 
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or department consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
315. Clinical Phonetics. (3). 3R; ID. Anatomy of the face, tongue, and 
mandible. Applied phonetics as it relates to articulatory defects. Prerequisite: 
Logopedics 111 and 212 with grades of C or better, or department consent. 
317. Techniques of Speech Pathology. (2). 1R; 3L. Observation of cases in 
the speech clinic, with emphasis on simpler types of defects. Routine of record 
taking, interview and counseling techniques with parents and professional 
workers. The use of graphic equipment. Prerequisite: Logopedics 315 with a 
grade C or better, concurrent enrcllment in Logopedics 315, or department 
consent. 
324. Anatomy of Voice. (3). 3R; 1D. Anatomy of the pharynx, nose, larynx, 
and thorax. Disorders from organic and functional changes in the organs of 
phonation. The normal voice. Prerequisite: Logopedics 315 with a grade of 
C or better, or department consent. 
326. Application of Techniques. (2). 1R; 3L. Supervised application of 
techniques to cases with simpler problems. Observation of more difficult 
communicative disorders. Introduction to techniques used with stutterers and 
aphasics. Prerequisite: Logopedics 324 with a grade of C or better, concurrent 
enrollment in Logopedics 324, or department consent. 
327. Speech Therapy in the Public School: Methods and Procedures. (3). 
Organization, administration, and professional relationships in public school 
speech therapy programs on the elementary and secondary school levels. Em-
 phasis given to procedures and materials for surveying scheduling, therapy 
lesson planning and record keeping, and utilization of various instructional 
media. Prerequisite: 315 and 324 with grades of C or better or consent. 
(May be taken concurrently with 324.) 
r 
415. Organic Anomalies of Speech. (3). 3R; ID. Specific congenital and 
post-natal anomalies that produce speech disorders, including cleft palate and 
mongolism. Prerequisite: Logopedics 324 with a grade of C or better, con-
 current enrollment in Logopedics 324, or department consent. 
417. Supervised Practicum in Speech Pathology. (3). 2R; 4L. Supervised 
practice teaching inclucling application of advanced techniques to problems of 
an organic or neurolopical etiology. Prerequisite: Logopedics 415 with a 
grade of C or better, concurrent enrolIment in Logopedics 415, or department 
consent. 
421. Speech Defective Child in the Public School. (3). Problems of the 
speech defective child in the schools relative to emotional handicaps, peda- 
gogical retardation, etc. Methods for classroom teachers. Also listed as 
speech 465. 
442. Infancy: Pre- and Post-Natal Behavior. (2). Development of behavior 
from the ontogenetic view-point in both subhuman and human infants. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
447. Student Teaching in Public School Speech Therapy. (4). One half time 
participation in a public school speech therapy program under the guidance 
of a certified clinician and a college supervisor. Prerequisite: Senior standing, 
Logopedics 327, and permission of the Department. 
448. Seminar in Public School Speech Therapy. (3). Taken concurrently 
with Logopedics 447. Discussion and evaluation of the student teaching 
experience in the public school speech therapy program on the elementary and 
secondary school levels. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
450. Workshop in Logopedics. (1-4). This course will be offered from time 
to time on various aspects of speech and hearing habilitation. 
461. Neurology of Cerebral Palsy and Aphasia. (4). Ground work of neuro-
 anatomy and neuro-physiology required for the understanding of conditions 
resulting from lesions of the nervous system. Prerequisite: Logopedics 315 
and 324 with grades of C or better, or department consent. 
462. Cerebral Palsy. (4). 3R; ID. Problems and training procedures con-
 cerned with cerebral palsy. Prerequisite: Logopedics 461 with a grade of C 
or better, or department consent. 
470. Laboratory Inshumentation. (3). 2R; 3D. Application of and limita-
 tions of research and clinical instruments employed in the field of Logopedics. 
Prerequisite: 18 hours of Logopedics or department consent. 
490. Advanced Logopedics. (1-2). Individual study and research on specific 
pro1;Iems. (May be repeated.) 
Graduate Courses 
505. Introduction to Graduate Study. (3). Survey of research in the fields of 
speech pathology, audiology, and voice science. Principles of research pro- 
cedure. 
507. Early Speech Development. (2). Mastery during infancy of elementary 
speech sounds, patterning of sounds, appearance of words, sentences and mean- 
ings. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
521. Aphasia. (3). 3R; ID. Various conten~porary theories in regard to the 
cause and neuro-physiology of aphasia; modem techniques. Prerequisite: 
Logopedics 461 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
531. Basic Communicative Sciences I. (3). 3R; 2D. A critical review of 
pertinent research concerning the physiological bases of speech-respiratory, 
laryngeal, resonatory and articulatory functions. Prerequisite: Logopedics 470 
with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
532. Basic Communicative Sciences 11. (3). 3R; 2D. A critical review of 
research dealing with the perception of speech. Emphasis is also given to 
techniques of speech synthesis and analysis. Prerequisite: Logopedics 470 
with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
535. Stuttering. (3). 3R; ID. Organismal and functional approaches to the 
problem. Prerequisite: Logopedics 461 with a grade of C or better, or 
department consent. 
541. Neurophysiology of Communication. (2). Special lectures, seminars, 
clinical demonstrations, and independent study. Prerequisite: Logopedics 461 
with a grade of C or better or department consent. 
552. Examination Methods in Speech Pathology. (4). 2R; 8D. The differen- 
tiation of logopedics disorders on an objective basis. Prerequisite: Logopedics 
461 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
560. Seminar in Rehabilitation of Speech and Hearing Handicaps. (3). Re-
 habilitation of adults with various types of organic problems including cerebral 
palsy, aphasia, hearing loss or other handicaps resulting from organic irnpair- 
ments. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manuscript 
form. Prerequisite: Logopedics 505. May be repeated for a maximum total 
of 2 hours credit. 
568. Seminar in Clinical Research. (3). Emphasis is given to a review of 
recently published research which reflects applicability in the clinical setting. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 233 
Techniques of experimental design are discussed. Prerequisite: Logopeclics 
505 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
575. Thesis Research. (2). 
576. Thesis. (2). 
676. Doctoral Dissertation. (1-24). 
AUDIOLOGY 
Upper Division Courses 
431. Introduction to Audiology. (3). 3R; ID. History and scope of the field. 
Elementary anatomy of the ear, auditory testing. Rehabilitation and training 
of the deaf and hard of hearing. Prerequisite: Logopedics 315 with a grade 
of C or better, or department consent. 
435. Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathology of the Ear. (3). 3R; ID. Detailed 
study of the ear. Prerequisite: Logopeclics 431 with a grade of C or better, or 
department consent. 
436. Introduction to Audiometrics. (3). 3R; ID. Techniques and interpreta- 
tion of hearing tests. Prerequisite: Logopedics 431 with a grade of C or better, 
or department consent. 
437. Speech Reading and Auditory Training. (3). 3R; ID. Methods of 
teaching speech reading. Techniques used in auditory training. Prerequisite: 
Logopedics 431 with a grade of C cr better, or department consent. 
441. Supervised Practicum in Speech for the Deaf. (3). 2R; 4L. Supervised 
application of techniques involving the teaching of s eech, speech reading and 
auditory training to the deaf and hard of hearing c h d .  Prerequisite: Logo-
 pedics 431 with a grade of C or better, concurrent enrollment in Logopedics 
431, or department consent. 
455. Practicurn in Audiometrics. (3). 1R; 9L. Ap lication of audiometric 
techniques in clinical situations. Prerequisite: 436 with a grade of ~ o ~ o ~ e x i c s  
C or better, concurrent enrollment in Logopedics 436, or department consent. 
Graduate Courses 
514. Hearing Aids. (3). 2R; 6D. Speech audiometry; assessing the useful- 
ness of residual hearing; the construction and function of hearing aids, prin- 
ciples and procedures in selecting a hearing aid; and adjustments to a wearable 
instrument. Prerequisite: Logopedics 436 with a grade of C or better, or 
department consent. 
516. Advanced Clinical Audiology. (3). 2R; 6D. Diagnostic procedures in 
an audiological clinic. Techniaues for administration and internretation of 
advanced audiometric tests. prerequisite: Logopedics 436 with ;grade of C 
or better, or department consent. (Offered in alternate years.) 
518. Seminar in Audiology. (3). Principles of the psychophysical dimensions 
of hearing, functions of the normal ear; problems in industrial noise. Pre-
 requisite: Logopedics 436 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
(Offered in alternate years.) 
DEAF EDUCATION 
Upper Division Courses 
432. Introduction to Deaf Education. (3). 3R; ID. Comparison and contrast 
of the deaf child with the normal c!lild in the areas of physical, mental, social 
and personality development. Evolution of educational programs and methods 
used with the deaf. Special aspects of curriculum development in schools and 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 234 
classes for the deaf. Agencies, professional organizations, and journals con-
 cerned rimarily with education and rehabilitation of the deaf. Prerequisite: 
L,ogope3ics 431 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. 
434. Teaching Language to the Deaf. (3). 3R; ID. Evolution of methods. 
Analysis of language problems and teaching techniques. Prerequisite: Logo-
 pedics 432 with a grade of C or better, or department consent. (Offered in 
alternate years.) 
438. Teaching Speech to the Deaf. (3). 3R; ID. Current methods. Evalua-
 tion techniques. Prerequisite: Log~pedics432 with a grade of C or better, or 
department consent. (Offered in alternate years.) 
439. Teaching School Subjects to the Deaf. (3). 3R; ID. A study of the 
princi les, techniques and methods for teaching school subjects to deaf children. 
The Bevelopment of reading readiness and reading ability from the point of 
view of acquiring language facility or achievement in other basic subjects. 
Prerequisite: Logopedics 432 with a grade of C or better, or department 
consent. (Offered in alternate years.) 
440. Supervised Practicum in Teaching the Deaf. (2). 1R; 6L. Supervised 
application of techniques involving the teaching of academic material and the 
development of language for the deaf child. Prerequisite: Logopedics 439 with 
a grade of C or better, or department consent. (Offered in alternate years.) 
MILITARY SCIENCE 
U. S. ARMY ROTC 
The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps exists to develop 
citizen officers for the United States Army, I t  enables a student 
to prepare for a position of leadership in either a civilian or mili- 
tary career by earning a Reserve Army Commission while acquir- 
ing his baccalaureate degree. Outstanding students are designated 
as Distinguished Military Students with an opportunity to acquire 
a Regular Army Commission. Completion of the ROTC program, 
coupled with courses in a prescribed field of study enables the 
college graduate to fulfill his military obligation as an officer. 
Information of Army ROTC scholarships is listed on page 75 
under "Financial Aids and Awards," of this catalog. 
Students enrolled at nearby colleges not offering Army ROTC 
may enroll in the ROTC Program at Wichita State University as 
special students and thereby qualify for a commission. 
Currently a University graduate who is commissioned through 
Army ROTC is place on active duty in the U. S. Army for a 
period of two years. Students may be  permitted to delay entry 
upon active duty for a period up to four years in order to pursue 
graduate level studies. 
Wichita State University offers two elective ROTC programs. 
They are designated as the four year and two year programs. 
Four-year Program 
The four-year program consists of a basic course for freshmen 
and sophomores and an advacced course for juniors and seniors. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 235 
Freshmen attend one conference hour, and sophomores two con-
 ference hours each week, plus an additional leadership laboratory 
hour each week. Enrollment in the basic course does not obligate 
a student to enter the advanced course. 
The advanced course requires juniors to attend two conference 
hours in the fall per week and three conference hours per week in 
the spring; seniors attend three hours per week in the fall and two 
conference hours per week in the spring. Juniors and seniors must 
also attend one leadership laboratory hour each week. Advanced 
course students attend a six-week summer camp between their 
junior and senior years. 
Prerequisites for enrollment in the advanced course are as fol!ows: 
1. Completion of the basic course or Armed Forces active duty 
service credit. 
2. Physically qualified. 
3. Scholastic grade point average of 2.0 or above. 
4. Successfully complete survey and general screening tests. 
5. Pass the Officer Qualification Test. 
The testing and physical examinations are scheduled and arranged 
by the Military Science Department. 
Advanced course students receive $50 per month for a minimum 
of 20 months. Attendance at summer camp is reimbursed by 
approximately $290, plus 6$ a mile for travel to and from summer 
camp. Total pay allowances received by an advanced course stu- 
dent is approximately $1200. The commissioncc! officer is presented 
with a uniform, and upon entering active duty, a $300 uniform 
allowance. 
During all courses each student is furnished a uniform and Mili- 
tary Science texts. Exrta-curricular activities that students may vol- 
untarily participate in are the ROTC Band, Pershing Rifles Drill 
Team, and the Scabbard and Blade fraternal organization. 
Two-year Program 
Although designed basically for transfer students from junior 
colleges and colleges and universities not offering ROTC, any stu- 
dent who has four semesters of school remaining before qualifying 
for a degree may enroll in a basic six-week summer camp between 
his sophomore and junior years. This camp is designed to educate 
the student in the basic military skills which he nlould have acquired 
during the Erst two years of the four-year program. Pay rate for 
this camp is approximately $105 per month. Upon beginning the 
junior year the two-year program students will then complete the 
same advanced course as the four-year program student. Pre-
 requisites are the same as those for entry into the four-year advanced 
course. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 236 
Army Aviation Training 
Qualifying ROTC seniors may participate in an on-campus pilot 
training program. Thirty-five hours of ground training and thirty- 
six hours of flying instruction by an approved FAA school leads to 
the opportunity to qualify for a private pilot's license. Upon gradu- 
ation and commissioning, the students are given Army aviation 
assignments, upon completion of A m y  aviation training. 
Lower Division Courses 
F113 & S114. First year basic. (1-1). 1C; 1Leadership Laboratory. Histoical 
Growth and Development of the Army; The United States Army and National 
Security. 
F223 & S224. Second Year Basic. (1-1). 2C; 1 Leadership Laboratory. 
Introduction to Tactics; Map Reading; Cadet Non-Commissioned Officer 
Training. Prerequisite: Completion of MS 113 and MS 114 or Department 
consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
F333 & S334. First Year Advanced. (2-3). 2C-3C; 1Leadership Laboratory. 
Branches of the Anny; Military Teaching Prinicples; Leadership: Small Unit 
Tactics and Communications. Prerequisite for 333: h4S 223 and 224 or Basic 
Summer Camp. 
F443 & S444. Second Year Advance. (3-2). 3C-2C; 1Leadership Laboratory. 
Theory and Dynamics of the Military Team; Seminar in Leadership and 
hlanagement; Military Law; Service Orientation. 
MUSIC EDUCATION 
Lower Division Courses 
135. Methods of Teaching Orchestral Instruments (violin and viola). Pro-
 cedures and materials for class and private teaching. Performance and funda- 
mentals in first position. Theory and reading knowledge of positions two 
through five. Band and orchestra laboratory. 
136. Methods of Tesching Orchestral Instruments (cello and string bass). (1).
 Procedures and mate ria!^ for class and private teaching. Application of funda- 
mental techniques. Knowledge of more difficult positions and special tech- 
niques. Band and orchestra laboratory. 
137. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (clarinet and saxo- 
phone). (1). Procedures and materials for class and private teaching. h,lajor 
emphasis on clarinet tone quality, embouchure, and technique. Band and 
orchestra laboratory. 
138. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchcstral Instruments (flute and double 
reeds). (1). Proccdure and materials for class and private tcaching. Reed 
making. Application of fundamental techniqucs and study of more advanced 
techniques. Band and orchestra laboratory. 
139. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (brass). (1). Pro-
 cedures and materials for class and private teaching of all brass instruments, 
emphasizing tone qualities, difference in embouchure, and necessary technique 
for performance. Band and orchestra laboratory. 
140. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (percussion). (1). 
Procedures and materials for class and private instruction. Application of 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 237 
snare drum fundamentals. Study of basic techniques for all percussion. Band 
and orchestra laboratory. 
142. Survey of Choral Techniques and Literature. (1). A study of basic tech- 
niques of singing and examination of literature for solo voice, large and small 
ensembles. Prerequisite: One hour of applied voice. 
201. Fundamentals of Vocal Music for Elementary School. (2). The teaching 
of music in the elementary school, consideration of objectives, examination 
of matcrials. For students primarily interested in teaching music in elemen- 
tary schools. Includes observation in public schools. Prerequisite: Music 
education major or consent of instructor. 
202. Fundamentals of Instrumental Music for Elementary School. (2). Mate-
 rials and techniques focused on teaching instrumental music in the elementary 
schools. Includes observation in the public schools. For students primarily 
interested in teaching instrumental music in the elementary schools. Prerequi-
 site: Music education major or consent of instructor. 
203. Fundamentals of Vocal Music for Secondary Schools. (2). The teaching 
of music in the secondary school, consideration of objectives, examination of 
materials. For students primarily interested in teaching music in secondary 
schools. Includes observation in public schools. Prerequisite: Music education 
major or consent of instructor. 
204. Fundamentals of Instrumental Music for Secondary Schools. (2). Tech-
 niques and materials focused on teaching instrumental music in Junior and 
Senior high schools. Emphasis on instrumental organization and administra- 
tion, pedagogical practices, laboratory experiences, guiding student behavior, 
evaluation, and professional responsibilities. For students primarily interested 
in teaching instrumental music in the secondary schools. Prerequisite: Music 
education major or consent of instructor. 
251. Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3). For students plan- 
ning to teach in the elementary school classroom. Basic fundamentals of music 
with emphasis upon development of student's musical ability in singing, playing 
piano and classroom instruments. 
252. Music Methods for the Classroom Teacher. (3). For the elementary 
classroom teacher. Development of children's musical growth through sin,$ng, 
listening, rhythmic and creative activities. Prerequisite: Music 251 or consent 
of instructor. 
Upper Division Courses 
301. Suwey of Vocal Music for Secondary School. (3). An overview of 
activities in secondary vocal and general music programs. Includes study of 
objectives for secondary classes, consideration of materials and methods. For 
students primarily interested in teaching music in the elementary schools. Pre- 
requisite: Music 201. 
302. Survey of Secondary School Music. (3). Methods and materials used in 
teaching instrumental music in the secondary schools. Includes an overview 
of vocal and general music problems in junior high school. Includes observa- 
tion in public schools. For students primarily interested in teaching instru- 
mental music in the elementary schools. Prerequisite: Music 202. 
303. Suwey of Vocal Music for Elementary Schools. (3). An overview of 
activities in the elementary general music program. Includes study of objectives 
for elementary classes, consideration of material and methods. For students 
primarily interested in teaching music in the secondary schools. Prerequisite:
 Music 203. 
304. Survey of Elementary School Music. (3). A survey of activities in the 
elementary school, including consideration of the general music program and 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 238 
instrumental instruction. For students primarily interested in teaching instru- 
mental music in the secondary schools. Prerequisite: 204. 
305, Advanced Techniques in Elementary School Music. (2). Consideration 
of methods, materials for teaching music in the elementary classroom with 
special emphasis on correlation with elementary curriculum. For elementary 
education majors. Prerequisite: Music 252 or 201. 
306. Music Methods for Kindergarten Teacher. (3). Methods and materials 
for teaching music in the pre-school and kindergarten classroom. Development 
of the child's musical growth through singinz, listening, rhythmic and creative 
activities. survey of available materials; and continuation of playing, singing, 
and conducting skills appropriate for the kindergarten teacher. Prerequisite: 
Music 251 or consent of instructor. 
337. Advanced Techniques in Woodwind Methods. (1). (See hfusic 337.) 
339. Advanced Techniques in Brass Methods. (1). (See Music 339.) 
340. Advanced Techniques in Percussion Methods. (1). (See Music 340.) 
401.' Advanced Techniques of Vocal Music for Elementary School. (2). Con- 
sideration of special problems related to preparation for student teaching: 
Development of lesson plans, examination of materials, consideration of 
activities appropriate at each grade level. Includes audio-visual instruction 
and materials. Prerequisite: Music 201 and 301. 
402.O Advanced Techniques of Elementary School Music. (2). Emphasis on 
special problems related to preparation for student teaching; consideration of 
the instrumental and the general music programs at the elementary level. In-
 cludes audio-visual instruction and materials. Prerequisite: Music 202 and 302. 
403.O Advanced Techniques of Vocal Music for Secondary Schools. (2). Con- 
sideration of special problems related to preparation for student teaching: 
Development of plans, examination of materials, consideration of activities 
appropriate in Junior and Senior high school music classes. IncIucles audio- 
visual instruction and materials. Prerequisite: Music 203 and 303. 
404.' Advanced Techniques of Secondary School hlusic. (2). Consideration of 
special problems related to preparation for student teaching. Consideration of 
instrumental and general music programs at the secondary level. Includes 
audio-visual instruction and materials. Prerequisite: Music 204 and 304. 
"(Requirements for admission to the student teaching semester.) 
Senior standing. 
Overall grade average 2.25. 
Major field grade average 2.50 
English 111with C or better or equivalent. 
Speech 111with C or better. 
Fd. Ed. 232. 
Ed. Psy. 333. (Elementary major may elect Ed. Psy. 233.) 
Physical examination. 
Students who have taken education courses at other institutions must have 
such courses validated and approved. 
Music methods com~leted: 
Elementary vocal 261, 301. 
Elementary instrumental 202, 302 (plus Methods 135 through 14@-music 
142). 
Secondary vocal 203, 303. 
Secondary instrumental 204, 304 (plus Methods 135 through 140-music 
142). 
~ecomkenclation of department. 
Application for student teacher semester must be on file with the music 
education supervisor. 
Piano proficiency passed. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
406. Comparative Arts for Teachers. (3). Emphasis on the related arts of 
music, visual art ancl literature from two approaches; an approach that shows 
the elements the arts have in comnion, with an emphasis on creativity; an 
approach that esamines the relationships of the three areas according to hasic 
philosophies. Attention will be given to materials and activities suitalde for use 
in the classroom at various levels. 
432. Teaching of Music Literature. (2). (See Music 432.) 
450. Music Education Workshop. (1-4). Prerequsite: Consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 
484. String Teaching Seminar. (2). Historical development of string instru- 
ment teaching. Prol~lems involving traditional and recent techniques. Private 
study versus class stucly. School class methods, studio methods, etc. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. 
Graduate Courses 
521. Elmentary Music Supervision. (3). Trends in elementary music educa- 
tion; evaluation of various materials and techniques; special projects in planning 
and executing a modem program of music supervision. Prerequisite: Music 
Ed. 401. 
530. Seminar in hfusic Theory. (3). (See Music 530.) 
531. Developing the Child's Musical Understanding. (3). (See Music 531.) 
532. Music in the Junior High School. (3). Elective for MME program. 
Suggested for credit toward Administrative Certification. To include adminis- 
trative structures, the curricul~un, adolescent development, teaching as be-
 havior, and competencies needed for successful teaching. 
535. Teaching in Music Education Materials (Vocal). (2). (See Music 535.) 
541-542. Special Project in Music. (1-3; 1-3). (See Music 541-542.) 
545. Seminar in Music Education Materials (Instrumental). (2). (See Music 
545.) 
551. Psychology of Music. (2). (See Music 551.) (Prerequisite 552.) 
552. Introduction to Graduate Study. (3). (See Music 552.) 
554. Research Seminar in Music Education. (3). (See Music 554.) 
575. Thesis Research. (2). (See Music 575.) 
576. Thesis. (2). (See Music 576.) 
584. Inshmental Music in the Elementary and Junior High School. (2). An 
examination of recent developments in instrumental music education and their 
implications for methods of teaching. 
585. Instrumental Music Organization and Administration. (3). Problems of 
devcloping secondary school instrumental music programs. 
591-592. Seminar in Music History. (3-3). (See Music 591-592.) 
593. Music of Antiquity Through the Renaissance. (3). (See Music 593.) 
594. Music of the Baroque Era. (3). (See Music 594.) 
595. Music of the Eighteenth Century. (3). (See Music 595.) 
596. Music of the Nineteenth Century. (3). (See Music 596.) 
597. Music of Twentieth Century. (3). (See Music 597.) 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 240 
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND RECREATION 
SERVICE PROGRAM 
All P. E. 101 activity courses will meet two class periods each 
week and will carry one hour credit. Such courses will count to- 
ward graduation requirements, but will not replace any required 
academic hours. 
Juniors and seniors may enrcll for three hours of physical educa- 
tion per week for one hour of elective credit, not to replace any 
academic requirements for graduation. 
When enrolling in P. E. 101 activity courses, the course numbers 
are to be following in sequence to designate the semesters of activity 
courses already completed. 
101, 102, 103, 104. Physical Education for Men. (1each). Two hours per 
week to be elected each semester from the following activities: 
Group Actit-ities: Touch football, speedball, softball, volleyball, basketball, 
gymnasium games, and varsity activities. 
Indiuidual Actioities: Tennis, badminton, handball, golf, bowling, swimming, 
weight training, ice skating, social dance, folk and square dance, and adapted 
physical activities. 
Gymnastics: Tumbling, trampoline, and apparatus. 
Combafiues: Wrestling. 
105, 106, 107, 108. Physical Education for Men. (1each). Two hours per 
week each semester, except that an additional hour per week will be assigned 
by arrangements. Prerequisites: P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104. 
101, 102, 103, 104. Physical Education for Women. (1 each). Two hours per 
week to be selected each semester cn the advice of the advisor and in specific 
instances, the physician. 
Team Sports: Basketball, field hockey, soccer, speed-a-way, softball, and 
volleyball. 
~~d iv idua l  Archery, badminton, bowling, tennis, golf, swimming, Sports: 
life-saving, water safety, fencing, gymnastics, track and field events. 
Dance: Folk dance, square dance, modem dance I, 11, 111, theatre dance, 
social dance, ballet I, 11,111, and Orc-hesis I, 11. 
Miscellaneozrs: Outing activities, recreational games, ice skating, and special 
restricted activities. 
105, 106, 107, 108. Physical Education for Women. (I each). Meet three 
hours a week each semester, two hours of activity and one hour of leadership 
training. Prerequisite: P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104. 
PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREhfENTS 
Teachers in Kansas schools in the field of physical education are 
required to have 24 hours preparaticn, including a minimum of 5 
hours of health, physiology, first aid, or hygiene, and a minimum 
of 10 hours in physical education, including teaching methods in 
physical education. 
Major: Required-P. E. 111,115, 117,212,225,329, 330,433, and 
444. Also P. E. 101, 102, 103, and 104 (service courses) will be 
required of all majors. In addition to these courses one of the fol- 
lowing options must be completed. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 241 
Options 

 In addition to the Professional Core requirements, the following 
options for women are offered: 
( A )  (Secondary Physical Education) (Women) P. E. 203W, 
204 IV, 324, 350W, 351W and electives chosen from the Profes- 
sional course offering to complete 40 hours. 
( B )  (Dance) (Women) P. E. 204W, 212, 223, 324, 350 W or 
351IV, 446 and electives chosen from the following to complete 40 
hours: P. E. 202,203W, 400,424, and 331. 
( C )  (Men) P. E. 204M, 218M, 311M, 312M, 331, 335M, 336M, 
and 337M. Men Physical Education majors must pass a Sports Skills 
Proficiency Examination before being permitted to enroll in P. E. 
311M or P. E. 312M. 
341~0~:
The following courses are required in order to complete 
a minor in Physical Education: P. E. 111, 115, 329, and 330. In 
acldition one of the following options must be completed. 
Options 

 ( A )  (Physical Education) (Women) P. E. 212,225,203W, 204W, 
35017 or 351W. Prerequisite for 203W and 204W: Sports in specific 
areas. Prerequisite for 350W and 351W: Service courses in sports 
included in each course. 
( B )  (Dance) (Women) P. E. 212, 223, 324, 412, 424, 446. Pre-
 requisite for professional courses are listed in the catalog. Dance 
101 courses are recommended. 
( C )  (Men) P. E. 204M, 218M, 225, 311M, 312M, 331, and 3 
hours of electives. Men Physical Education minors must pass a 
Sports Skills Proficiency Examination before being permitted to 
enroll in P. E. 331M or P. E. 312M. 
( D )  (Men and women-Recreation) 202,212, 225,226, and 426. 
Minors with this option may be elected in the College of Liberal 
Arts in accordance with transfer regulations. 
PROFESSIONAL COURSES 
Professional courses for physical eclucation, health, and recreation 
are offered in the College of Education and, unless otherwise indi- 
cated, are open to both men and women. Course numbers followed 
by M are for men only; by W for women only. 
Lower Division Courses 
111. Introduction to Physical Education. (2). Prerequisite for professional 
sequence-A survey study of health, physical education, and recreation as to 
their identification, purpose, and inter-relationship in the total field of education. 
115. Personal and Community Health. (3). 
117. First Aid. (2). Standard and/or advanced first aid with certification by 
the American Red Cross. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 242 
202. Camp Leadership. (2). 3R. General camping standards and skills. 
203W. Officiating Techniques for Women's Sports. (3). Includes the study 
of the philosophies and standards of D. G. W. S., officiating techniques, basic 
skills, testing procedures, and lal~oratory work. Prerequisite: P. E. 101 Basket- 
ball and Volleyball or consent of Department. 
204M. Body Mechanics and Gymnastics. (2). A fundamental skills and con- 
tent laboratory course in gymnastics, designed to aid the physical education 
major in his ability to teach and coach t!!is activity. Prerequisite: P. E. 101 
Gymnastics or consent of Department. 
204W. Body Mechanics and Gymnastics. (3). 2R; 3L. Principles of body 
mechanics and application to gymnastics including free exercise, tumbling, 
apparatus, and trampoline. Prerequisite: P. E.  101 gymnastics, or consent. 
210. Safety Education. (2). A general survey of the field of safety education. 
Emphasis on the selection ancl organization of instructional materials for class- 
room use. 
212. Folk and Square Dance. (2). 1R; 2L. Materials from different countries 
and teaching methods for high school and recreational groups. Prerequisite: 
Sophomore standing or department consent. 
218M. Fundamentals of Major Sports. (3). The elementary funclamentals of 
major sports. Emphasis on materials, techniques, theory, and coaching methocls. 
Prerequisite: P. E. 111. 
220M. Rules and Mechanics of Officiating. (2). 2R; 1L. Theory, rules, and 
mechanics of officiating major sports common to the high school and college 
athletic program. 
223. Introduction to Dance. (2). 2R; 2L. History, philosophy, and basic 
background work in the field of dance. Prerequisite: One activity course in 
moclern dance. 
225. Methods in Elementary School Physical Education. (3). 2R; 2L. A 
study of the curriculum and methods of teaching physical activities to ele-
 mentary children. Includes practice in playing and teaching games in the 
normal progression used in elementary physical education; and fielcl work with 
children of elementary school age. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 
226. Introduction to Community Recreation. (2). A stucly of the philosophy, 
origin and development of moclern recreation programs. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Basic Driver Education and Training I. (3). 
301. Advanced Driver Training 11. (3). 
311M. Techniques in Physical Education I. (3). 2R; 3L. Emphasis upon 
development of skill and assimilation of teaching techniques. Activities covered 
are soccer, golf, bowling, and badminton. Prerequisites: Pass thc Sports Skills 
Proficiency Examination in the above activities. 
312M. Techniques in Physical Education 11. (3). 2R; 3L. Emphasis upon 
development of skill ancl assimilation of teaching techniques. Activities covered 
are wrestling, tennis, ancl volleyball. Prequisite: Pass the Sports Skills Profi- 
ciency Examination in the above activities. 
324. Methods in Modem Dance. (2). Teaching techniques and compilation 
of materials for teaching dance in educational programs. Prerequisite: One 
semester modem dance or equivalent. 
COLLEGE O F  EDUCATION 
329. Applied Human Anatomy. (3). 3R; 1L. A study of the structure and 
function of the skeletal ancl muscular systems of the human body with direct 
application to body movements in physical activities. Prerequisite: C or better 
in Biol. 100 or consent of department. 
330. Kinesiology. (3). 3R; 1L. The study of human motion by means of 
muscular and mechanical analysis. Prerequisite: P. E. 329 with a grade cf C 
or better or department consent. 
331. Athletic Injuries and Training Techniques. (2). 2R; 1L. Injuries com-
 mon to athletic activities, emphasizing prevention, first aid, treatment and care 
as prescribed by the team physician. 
335M. Football Theory and Organization. (2). Advanced theory of team 
play, organization and management of competition, rtc. Prerequisite: Phys. 
Ed. 118 or concurrent enrollment. 
336M. Basketball Theory and Organization. (2). Theory of basketball, includ- 
ing methods of teaching fundamentals, individual and team offense ancl defense, 
various styles of play, and methods of coaching. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 218 
or concurrent enrollment. 
337M. Theory and Organization of Track and Field Athletics. (2). Selection 
of personnel, conditioning, training, and techniques. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 
218 or concurrent enrollment. 
350TV. Methods in Team Sports. (3). 3R; 2L. Techniques and teaching pro- 
gressions in basketball, softball, hockey, volleyball, and soccer. Organization 
of classes and contests, practical experience in officiating. Prerequisite: Satis-
 factory completion of 101 courses in the above sports or consent of instructor. 
351'CV. Methods in Individual Sports. (3). 3R; 2L. Techniques and teaching 
progressions in golf, tennis, badminton, and archery. Organization of classes 
and contests, practical experience in oficiating. Prerequisite: Satisfactory 
completion of 101 courses in the above sports or consent of instructor. 
400. Health Education. (2 or 3). Health problems and organization of mate- 
rials for health instruction. Inclividual projects for graduate students. 
412. Methods and Materials in Folk and Square Dance. (2). 2R. Materials 
selected from American and European countries and teaching methods for 
school ancl recreational groups. Will include outside preparation dealing with 
source materials ancl methods. Prerequisite: P. E. 212 or consent of department. 
424. Creative Dance in the Schools. (2). Discussion and laboratory work with 
emphasis on appropriate and sincere expression. Class work, reading, and 
observation of selected groups. Prerequisite: Modem Dance I or P. E. 223 or 
consent of department. 
426. Community Recreation. (2). The orqanization and administration of 
community recreation. Prerequisite: P. E. 226. 
433. Tests and ?rfeasurcments in Physical Education. (3). Methods of test 
construction, critical analysis of published devices, utilization of tests. 
436. Cnmp Alministration. (3). htodern practice in camp organization, 
program-building, business practices, staff training and guidance. Prob!ems in 
camping administration. 
444. History, Philosophy, Curriculum, and Adminiskation. (4). History, phi- 
losophy and objectives of physical education. The organizational ancl adminis- 
trative problems of the health and physical education programs, and the 
management of the physical plant and curriculum. 
446. Dance Composition and Production. (2). Prerequisite: Modem Dance I 
or P. E. 223 or P. E. 424 or consent of department. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 244 
450. Workshop in Education. (1-4). 
455. Perspectives on Human Design and Behavior. (3). Survey of concepts 
from anatomy, medicine, biology, anthropology, neuropsychology--concerned 
with human form and behavior. Discussion of individual differences. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. (Also Anthro. 455.) 
495. Applied Health I. (2). Introduction to public health problems and 
practices. Field excursions arranged. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
496. Applied Health 11. (2). Intensive study of selected health problems with 
regard to illness prevention and the present state of worlcl health. Prerequisite: 
Phys. Ed. 495 or department consent. 
Graduate Courses 
500. Recent Literature in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. (3). 
Survey and critical analysis of research and other pertinent materials in the 
field. 
510. Adapted Physical Education. (3). Philosophy, principles, and methods 
of adapting physical education and recreation activities to the needs of the 
handicapped and the exceptional individual; laboratory experience. Pre-
 requisite: P. E. 330 or consent of department. 
512. Advanced Techniques in P. E. (3). Comprehensive coverage of selected 
physical activities with special emphasis on class procedures. Laboratory 
experiences. 
515. Problems in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. (1-4). Directed 
reading and research under supervision of a graduate instructor. Prerequisite: 
Department consent. 
520. Foundations of Physical Education. (3). Examination of the philosophi- 
cal and I~iological basis for physical education. 
525. Physical Education in Elementary Schools. (2). New concepts, recent 
trends, methodology, programming, and supervision. For the elementary 
teacher and physical education specialist. 
540. Seminar in Advanced Methods. (2). Practical solutions for special prob- 
lems in grading, discipline, programming administration, and motor learning. 
550. Analysis of Motor Skills. (3). Techniques of analyzing fundamental 
motor skills. Selected mechanical principles; fundamental motor skills analyzed 
in ternls of the stated mechanical principles. Prerequisite: P. E. 330. 
557. Seminar in Physical Education Problems. (3). Seminar in major prob- 
lems in health, physical education, ancl recreation. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 
361 and P. E. 500. 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manl~script 
forni. Prerequisite: P. E. 557. May be repeated for a maximum total of 2 
hours credit. 
SECONDARY EDUCATION 
Upper Division Courses 
322. Inclividual Studies in Education. (2-3). 
442. Special Methods in Teaching. (4). Cannot be counted for graduate 
credit. Prercquisite: Fd. Ed. 232 and Ed. Psych. 333. 
A-Art Edrication in  the Secondary Schools. (Same as -4rt Ed. 442.) 

 B-Field and Laboratory Methods in Biology. 

 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
D-Methods of Teaching Speech and Dramatic Art. 
E-The Teaching of English. Preparation for student teaching of English 
composition, grammar, and literature. Required of all English majors expecting 
to teach in junior and/or senior high schools, and strongly recommended for all 
English minors expecting to teach English in junior and/or senior high schools. 
Prerequisite: Con~pletion of the requirements of the English Department for 
Eng!ish majors and minors planning to teach English in junior and/or senior 
high schools. 
EL-The Teaching of Foreign Langtrages. hlethods of teaching foreign 
languages, based on the audio-lingual approach and applied linguistics con-
 basted with traditional methods. Laboratory techniques, transition into reading 
and writing, planning, evaluation of student progress. 
Required of all foreign language majors expecting to teach in junior and 
senior high schools; strongly recommendecl for all minors expecting to teach. 
H-Methods of Teaching the Social Studies in Secondary Schools. Prepara-
 tion for student teaching in history, political science, economics, sociology and 
psychology. Meaning and content of the broacl fielcl of the social studies, 
materials for instruction, preparation of teaching units, and evaluating instruc- 
tion and student progress in the social studies. 
I-Methods of Teaching Industrial Education. Selection and arrangement 
of teaching content, methods of teaching, lesson planning, courses of study, 
testing and grading shop work, evaluating pupil progress, securinq industrial 
education positions, and professional responsibility of the shop teacher. 
P-Methods in Physical Education. Presentation and participation in 
methods of teaching ph sical education. Emphasis on techniques, skills, orga- 
nization of activities, anlclassroom procedure. 
R-Methods in Teaching Science and Mathematics. Preparation of the 
student for teaching in biological science, physical science, or mathematics. 
Materials for instruction, preparation of teaching units and evaluating in-
 struction and student progress in the sciences or in mathematics. 
S-Special Methods of Business Education. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 234 or 
Data Processing, Sec. Tr. 237, Acctg. 113 and 114. 
443. Methods of Teaching in the Comprehensive General Shop. (3). 2R; 3L. 
Preparation for teaching industrial arts in the comprehensive general shop. 
Emphasis is placed upon theory, organization, and operation of a compre-
 hensive general shop program. Prerequisite: Departmental consent. 
447. 
 Student Teaching. 
The student teaching semester is required of all those who are 
working toward a Secondary Certificate, and is a full-time assign- 
ment. Applications for approval to enroll in this program must be 
made to the Coordinator of Student Teaching by March 1 of the 
semester prior to the year in which the student intends to enroll. 
In addition, students must obtain approval from the representative 
of the subject area in which they wish to student teach before 
placement will be considered. 
It is expected that students will student teach in their field of 
major interest. However, individuals who are well prepared in 
more than one field may apply to student teach in a second field. 
Those desiring to student teach in two fields must take the special 
methods course in the second field before entering the student 
teaching semester. 
The assignment for student teaching begins with the opening of 
the public school semester, and enrollees must arrange to meet from 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 246 
8 to 5 daily and to be available for selected evening pro, drams 
throughout the semester. 
Credit for the student-teaching semester will be entered on the 
transcript according to the following distribution: 
Fd. Ed. 428.* Social Aspects of the Teaching Process. (2 or 3). 
Ed. Psych. 433. Psychological Aspects of the Teaching Process (2 or 3). 
Sec. Ed. 442. Methods in Teaching (4). 
Sec. Ed. 447. Student Teaching. (7). Prerequisite: Senior standing, Fd. 
Ed. 232, Ed. Psych. 333, and departmental consent. 
Total-16 or 17 semester hours. 
* Fd. Ed. 427 may be selected in lieu of Fd. Ed. 428 in order to reduce the load in 
the student teachlng semester. 
450. Workshops in Education. (1to 4). 
452. Special Studies in Education. (1-5). (a) Mathematics, (b) health and 
physical education, (c) language arts, (d) reading, (e) recent innovation, (f) 
science, (g) social studies, (h) other areas. Course designed for secondary 
school teachers. Only one pre-selected area will be emphasized during a 
semester. (Prerequisite: Teacher certification or consent of instructor.) This 
course may be repeated with advisor's consent. 
455. Aerospace-Aviation Education. (3). For those who have an interest in 
aviation education and particularly for those who plan to teach aviation in 
the secondary schools. There are two parts: (1)Aeronautical knowledge of the 
airplane and of flight and (2) general knowledge about aviation and aerospace. 
Part I will include the basic ground school subjects of aerodynamics, structures 
and propulsion, meteorology, navigation, communication and Fecleral Aviation 
Regulations. Part I1 will present information concerning occupational op-
 portunities and the influence of powered flight on modern society. 
Graduate Courses 
529. Secondary School Cumculum. (3). Basic curriculum concepts neces-
 sary to meet the needs of high school ~ o u t h  are studied. Major emphasis upon 
the conversion and improvement of high school curriculum to comprehensive 
designs, college preparatory and vocational, with studies of methods of cur-
 riculum evaluation. 
530. Trends and Innovations in Secondary Education. (3). Emphasis is placed 
upon the factors bearing upon the development of a qualitative learning en- 
vironment in the secondary school and the evaluation of current trends in the 
secondary school. Modular scheduling, team teaching, educational television, 
and inter-action analysis are indicative of topics presented. 
535. Problems in Teaching at the Secondav Level. (3). A course d e s i y d  
to study in depth new curricular designs and emphases in specific discip lnes 
a t  the secondary level. Particular attention will be devoted to examining the 
latest curricular developments, new techniques in teaching, research in second- 
ary education and new materials available in secondary disciplines. Students 
will be encouraged to place emphasis in their study upon the disciplines in 
which they teach. 
536. Problems in Teaching Social Studies at the Secondary Level. (3). A 
course designed to study in depth new curricular designs and emphases in 
secondary social studies. Particular attention will be devoted to examining 
the latest social studies curriculum developments, new techniques for teaching 
the social studies, research in social studies education, and new materials avail- 
able to the secondary social studies teacher. 
537. Problems in Teaching Science at the Secondary Level. (3). A course 
designed to study in de th new curricular designs and emphases in secondary 
school science. Particuyar attention will be devoted to examining the latest 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
science curriculum developments, new techniques for teaching the sciences, 
methods of conducting reseach in science education, and new materials avail- 
able to the secondary science teacher. 
538. The Core Cumculurn. (3). The study of the theory and philosophy 
of the core curriculum with ractical application of aspects of this curricular 
organization to various fields of study. 
548. Teaching Reading in the Secondary School. (3). Emphasis upon the 
teaching of reading in the content areas. Secondary teaching experience or 
consent. 
550. Special Problems in Education. (1 to 4). Directed reading and research 
under supervision of a graduate instructor. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
557. Seminar in Secondary Education. (3). 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manu-
 script form. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 560. May be repeated for a maximum of 
2 hours credit. 
575-576. Master's Thesis. (2-2). Required for Master of A r t s  Degree. Pre-
 requisite: Ed. Psy. 560. 
FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION 
Lower Division Courses 
232. Introduction to the Study of Teaching. (4). Public education in the 
Unitecl States: History, trends, organization and finance, curriculum, and 
purpose. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Grade of "C" or better in 
English 111. 
Upper Division Courses 
435. History of Education. (3). Education's career in relation to other institu- 
tions (political, religious, etc.) in promoting and inhibiting social change. 
Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 232. 
426. Comparative Education. (3). Education systems of selected nations in 
terms of their unique structures and pervasive problems. 
427.' Educational Sociology. (3). Attention is given to the contributions of 
sociology and anthropology to the understanding of the school and its position 
in relation to contemporary social problems. Prerequisite: Fd. Ecl. 232. May
 be substituted for 428 in student teaching semester. (Not open to those who 
have had Fd. Ed. 428.) 
428. Social Aspects of Education. (3). (Part of the Secondary Student Teach- 
ing Block. For description, see Fd. Ed. 427 above. 
429." Philosophy of Education. (3). Introduction to the analysis of concepts 
such as mind, experience and knowledge in their relationship to educational 
problems and practices and to philosophical systems. Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 
232 or Philos. 121. 
449. Education Anthropology. (3). A course dealing with the basic concepts 
of anthropology and their application to social science units in elementary 
and secondary school. Explores the nature of sub-cultures in American society 
and the problems they pose for the classroom teacher. A course for education 
majors and graduate students. (Also listed as Anthropology 449.) 
486.' Education and Cultural Change. (3). The role of education in the 
cleveloping nations of Africa, Asia and Latin America. Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 
426. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
489.' Theories of Knowledge and the Curriculum. (3). What does it mean 
to ' b o w "  in the various curriculum areas, ancl what methods and measure-
 ments are implied? Prerequisite: Fd. Ed. 429 or consent. 
Graduate Courses 
526. Humanistic Foundations of Education. (3). The philosophic, historic 
and literary foundations of modem education. Emphasis will be on recent 
scholarship in these areas. 
529.' Educational Classics. (3). Depth stucly of master works, ancient and 
modern, in education. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: 
6 hours of Fd. Ed. 
534.' Basic Concepts of Citizenship. (3). Basic principles of citizenship as 
found in great treatises are discussed in the context of the democratic American 
tradition. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Fr. Ed. 
O Prerequisites may be waived for equivalent experience by department consent. 
STUDENT PERSONNEL AND GUIDANCE 
Upper Division Courses 
450. Workshop in Education. (1-4). 
452. Special Studies in Education. (1-5). (e) recent innovations, (h)other 
areas. Course designed for students with personnel and guidance interests. 
Different pre-selectcd areas may be emphasized during a semester. This 
course may be repeated with advisor's consent. 
structor. 
Prerequisite: consent of in- 
Graduate Courses 
501.' Principles and Philosophy of Guidance. (3). The development of a 
guidance philosophy and a survey and study of the several guidance services 
that are part of the modern elenlentary and secondary school guidance pro- 
gram. Not open to students with credit in SPG 423. 
502. Introduction to Interaction Processes. (1). A labcratory approach to an 
examination of the counselor's role in the counseling process. Designed to aid 
the prcspective counselor increase r r s o n a l  understanding of self as a variable 
in the counseling process. (Limite to SPG majors. To be taken concurrently 
with SPG 501. Not open to students with credit in SPG 424. May not be 
taken concurrently with SPG 525.) 
503.' Counseling Theory. (2). A study of selected theories of counseling. 
Prerequisite: SPG 501 or concurrent enrollment. 
505. Educating the Poorly Adjusted Individual. (3). Perceptual approach to 
the problems of emotionalIy disturbed and/or delinquent children and youth 
in both elementary and secondary schools. 
506. Children of Poverty. (3). A perceptual approach to children and youth 
whose adjustment problems appear to be related to poverty in the affluent 
society. 
510. Guidance Services for the Elementary School. (2). Examination of the 
role of the guidance counselor and techniques appropriate to guidance services 
in an elementary school setting. Prerequisite: SPG 501. Recommended: SPG 
505 or SPG 506. 
520." Occupational Information. (2). The classification, collection, evalua- 
tion, and use of information materials in a guidance program. Study of cur-
 rent occupational trends and developments, and theories of occupational choice. 
Prerequisite: SPG 501 or concurrent enrollment. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
523.' Psychometric Procedures in Counseling. (3). Survey and study of 
standardized tests and their application in counseling with an emphasis on their 
selection, use, and interpretation. Study of the basic concepts ertaining to 
the interpretation of ~ychological  tests and inventoies inc&ding basic 
measurement theory an the factors involved in the selection of tests. Pre-
 requisite: SPG 501, Ed. Psy. 504 or concurrent enrollment. 
524. Techniques of Counseling. (3). Through simulated counseling situations 
and extensive examination of counseling case studies, techniques of counseling 
are examined and practiced. Prerequisite: SPG 503. 
525. Group Techniques in Guidance. (2). Laboratory ap roach to the study of 
group formation, process, and communication as a tool &r guidance services. 
Prerequisite: SPG 501 or concurrent enrollment. 
533. Administration of Guidance Services. (3). Administration theory with 
emphasis for the SPG major on relating theory to the problem of administration 
of guidance services. Prerequisite: 15 hours SPG. 
550. Special Problems in Guidance. (1-4). Directed reading and research 
under supervision of a graduate instructor. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
555. Individual Intelligence Testing in the Public School. (3). Use of 
individual tests for appraisal of intelligence. Prerequisite: SPG 523 or con-
 current enrollment and consent of department. 
556. Practicum in Individual Counseling. (3). (May be repeated.) Supervised
 practice in individual counseling. Prerequisite: SPG 524 and consent of 
instructor. 
557. Seminar in Guidance. (2). Prerequisite: 15 hours in SPG sequence. 
558. Diagnostic Testing. (3). Practice in the interpretation and evaluation of 
commonly used test results and student records to develop an educational 
diagnosis and a remediation program for individual students in the public 
schools. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 501 SPG 555 and consent in instructor. 
562. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manuscript 
form. Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 560. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 hours 
credit. 
566. Practicum in Guidance Services. (3). Supervised work in administration, 
test interpretation, group counseling, and other activities of the guidance coun- 
selor. Prerequisite: SPG 533 and consent of instructor. 
567. Practicum in Group Guidance and Counseling Methods. (3) Supervised 
practice in group guidance and group counseling. Prerequisite: SPG 525 and 
SPG 556 and consent of instructor. 
575-576. Master's Thesis. (2-2). Required for a Master of Arts Degree. 
Prerequisite: Ed. Psy. 560. 
Prerequisites may be waived for equivalent experience by department consent. 
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
College of Engineering 
CHARLES V. JAKOWATZ, Ph. D., Dean 
The many recent technological developments in engineering have 
resulted in considerable modification of engineering curricula. To 
meet such technological needs, the College of Engineering is dedi- 
cated to providing a vigorous and challenging experience to all 
students admitted to engineering. In particular, the curriculum 
includes a great breadth of subject material covering a broad spec- 
trum of fundamental technical knowledge. In addition to such 
technical material, the engineering programs contain a sufficient 
number of courses in humanities, social sciences, communications, 
mathematics and physical sciences. A proper balance in the cur- 
riculum prepares the students to hold professional positions in the 
scientific-industrial community after the B. S. degree, or prepares 
him by means of additional graduate offerings for a more active 
participation in research and advanced study. 
The faculty provides the student with a basic core of knowledge, 
including a large portion of scientific and analytical tools which 
will be required for the complex problems he is likely to face as an 
engineering leader. Thus, the student is being prepared for real- 
world problems which he will continually encounter throughout 
his professional career. 
Because of the diverse nature of engineering subject material, the 
College of Engineering is organized into several degree granting 
departments. Curricula offerings in Aeronautical, Electrical, Indus- 
trial, and hliechanical Engineering are available at the Bachelor of 
Science level. The Master of Science degree is offered in Aeronauti- 
cal, Electrical, Engineering Mechanics and Mechanical Engineering. 
The curricula of the various departments at the undergraduate 
level contains a large portion of common courses (two years being 
common) with provisions for specialized departmental offerings 
in the following years. The student is allowed ample flexibility 
within a chosen major field to study select areas outside the 
"engineering core subjects." Detailed program requirements for 
the majors in the various engineering fields are given under depart- 
mental offerings. 
The programs in Engineering are offered in daytime and evening 
classes. The courses are the same whether they are taught in the 
daytime or at night. The curricula on the following pages are ar-
 ranged for full-time sequences and contain all the requirements for 
the various undergraduate degrees. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 251 
The curricula of the Departments of Aeronautical Engineering, 
Electrical Engineering and hiIechanica1 Engineering are accredited 
by the Engineers' Council for Professional Development. 
Programs leading to the Master of Science Degree are offered in 
the Departments of Aeronautical, Electrical and Mechanical En- 
gineering. 
The Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Aeronautical Engineering 
is offered in cooperation with the University of Kansas. 
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 
Students may enter the College of Engineering from University 
College, other degree granting colleges within the university, 
or other universities and colleges, provided they have completed 
24 semester credit hours and are not on probation, as defined by 
this school. 
Particular attention is called to Mathematics 142 as a first 
semester offering in the engineering sequence of courses. A pre- 
requisite for Math 142 is Math 141 or equivalent. 
Mathematics 141. Algebra and Trigonometry. (5). Functions, theory of 
equations and inequalities, complex numbers, the trigonometric functions, es- 
ponential and logarithmic functions, and other standard topics prerequisite 
to a beginning study of analysis. Prerequisite: One and one-half units of 
high school algebra or Mathematics 52, and one unit of high school geometry 
or Mathematics 60. (For those students who doubt the adequacy of their 
mathematical preparation, a placement examination is available for advisory 
purposes). 
Mathematics 142. Introductoy Analysis I. (5). Analytic geometry and th- 
Calculus in an inter-related form. Prerequisite: Mathematics 141 with a C 
or better or two units of high school alqebra, one unit of high school geom- 
etry, and one-half unit of high school trigonometry. (For those students 
who doubt the adequacy of their high school preparation, a placement es-
 amination is available for advisory purposes). 
Engineering students having physics prerequisites for Physics 
2443 will not be required to take Physics 243E. (Prerequisite to 
Physics 244: Math. 243 with a grade of C or better and, Physics 123 
with consent of the department, or Physics 243.) Engineering 
students will normally be required to take 2443 if Physics 123 with 
a grade of B of better or equivalent has been satisfied. 
Engineering students having Physics prerequisites for Physics 311 
will not be required to take Physics 244E. (Prerequisite: The 
sequence of 123-124 with a grade of B or better in both, or Physics 
244. Corequisite: Math. 244.) 
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS 
PROBATION 
A student will be placed on probation for the next term in which 
he enrolls if his cumulative grade point index falls below the follow- 
ing levels : 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 252 
(1)  1.700 if the student has earned 24 to 63 credit hours. 
(2 )  2.000 if the student has earned 64 or more credit hours. 
The student remains on probation if he earns at least a 2.000 
grade point index in the term during which he is on probation and 
his cumulative grade point index does not yet meet the minimum 
standards. 
Probation is removed when the cumulative grade point index 
reaches the required level. 
A student also will be placed on probation for the next term in 
which he enrolls if his engineering major grade point index falls 
below the following levels (the engineering major consists of the 
43 hours of engineering core courses and the courses required by 
the student's engineering department) : 
( 1 )  1.700 if the student has earned 24 to 63 total credit hours 
and 12 or more credit hours in his engineering major. 
( 2 )  2.000 if the student has earned 64 or more total credit 
hours and 12 or more credit hours in his engineering major. 
The student remains on probation if he earns at least a 2.000 
engineering major grade point index in the term cluring which he 
is on probation and his cumulative engineering major grade point 
index does not yet meet the minimum standards. 
Probation is removed when the engineering major grade point 
index reaches the required level. 
A student on probation for not meeting either the required cumu- 
lative or the required engineering major grade point index may not 
enroll for more than 12 semester hours in an eighteen week term 
or hvo-thirds as many hours as the number of weeks for which he 
is enrolled in the summer term, plus one hour of military or air 
science, physical education, or marching band. Exceptions to this 
limitation may be made on recommendation of the student's advisor 
with the approval of his Dean. Such exception is to be recorded 
by the Committee on Admission, Advanced Standing, and Excep- 
tional programs. 
ACADEMIC DISMISSAL 
A student is subject to academic dismissal from the College of 
Engineering if he fails to satisfy the following criteria: 
(1) if he is on probation because of his cumulative grade point 
index and if his grade point index for the term during which he is 
on probation falls below 2.000." 
( 2 )  if he is on probation because of his cumulative engineering 
O No student on probation because of a deficient cumulative grade point index shall be 
placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise this index until he accuniulates 9 or more 
hol~rs. TVhen such a student hus accumulated 9 or more hours, thc cumulative grade point 
index including these hours shall be used to determine whether he shall be academically 
dismissed. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 253 
major grade point index and if his engineering major grade point 
index for the term during which he is on probation falls below 2.000.f 
READMISSION 
A student who has failed to meet the necessay scholastic re-
 quirements and has been academically dismissed may apply to the 
College of Engineering Exceptions Committee for readmission con- 
sideration. It is the student's respon.sibility to supply the committee 
u:ithsuficient reason for readmission consideration. 
Students are expected to maintain a "C" average in all work for 
which they are registered for credit during any semester. Failure 
to maintain this standard implies the advisability of limiting the 
student's program. 
No student shall be allowed credit toward graduation for D 
grade work in excess of one-quarter of total hours. 
At the end of the &st 8 weeks in each semester, reports of un-
 satisfactory grades are sent to the student. 
CURRICULA 
The curriculum in engineering is common for the first two years. 
For administrative purposes, the student is requested to choose a 
departmental curriculum in which to study. Change to another 
curriculum may be made during this period without loss of credit 
toward graduation. 
Each of the curricula consists of three parts: (1)The General 
Requirements of the University, ( 2 )  an "Engineering Core" Pro- 
gram, and ( 3 )  specialized department courses. 
As a portion of the general requirements of the University, the 
student must elect 4 hours of University Core Electives, as specified 
on page 59 under ( V )  Electives. 
Every engineering student is required to complete a total of 
43 hours of courses from the following "Engineering Core Courses." 
Some of these courses are required as departmental prerequisites 
for the departmental offerings; the remainder of courses should be 
selected in consultation with a faculty advisor. 
43 Hours 
Engineering Core Reqrrired 
IE 110, Graphics I 2 
IE 213, Graphics I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 
IE 254, Engr. Probability and Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 AE 223, Engr. Mech. I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 AE 227, Engr. Dig. Comp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 ME 298, Thermodynamics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 EE 382, Elec. Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .  4 

 AE 373, Engr. Mech. I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .... 3 

 EE 392, Elec. Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Engr. 361, Fluid and Heat Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 AE 398, Systems Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 t No student on probation because of a deficient engineering major grade point index 
shall be placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise this index until he accumulates 2 
or more engineerinn major courses. U'hen such a student has accumulated 2 or more 
engineering major Gurses the cumulative engineering major grade point index, including 
the hours for the last 2 b more courses, shaU be used to determine whether he shall be 
academically dismissed. 
254 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
Engr. 363, E. M. Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 ME 369, Energy Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 AE 333, Mech. of hlatls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 AE 347, Sci. Engr. Matls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Engr. 464, Field Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 AE 399, Exp. Mech. Lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 

 The recommended sequence of courses for all engineering stu-
 dents is outlined below. This sequence has been planned for com- 
pletion of the program in the minimum time and to satisfy all 
university course requirements and prerequisites for engineering 
students. Any deviation from this sequence should be discussed 
with the faculty advisor. 
A student may elect to take courses outside his major under the 
credit-no credit option. Under this option the grade for the course 
is recorded as "credit" if the student performs at a C or better level, 
and "no credit" if class performance is below the C level. A course 
major is defined as follows: "All courses in the Catalog SEQUENCE 
OF COURSES (courses required for graduation designated by a 
course number) are considered as required courses for a student's 
major. In technical elective courses, a course will be considered a 
major if taken in the department in which the student is majoring." 
Credit-no credit courses are allowed up to a 24 hour maximum 
and not more than two courses per semester. 
SEQUENCE OF COURSES 
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 
Rapid progress in the development of airplanes, missiles, and 
space vehicles presents challenging opportunities for engineers 
interested in research, development, design, and teaching. A strong 
fundamental knowledge in mathematics, physics, and the engineer- 
ing sciences is required of those persons who will contribute to 
future developments in aeronautical and astronautical engineering. 
The curriculum in this field offers students an opportunity to 
develop this foundation and acquire competence in professional 
fields such as aerodynamics, flight and orbital mechanics, propul- 
sion, control systems, and structural mechanics. Emphasis is placed 
on the fundamental principles involved in aeronautical engineering 
so that graduates will be prepared to contribute to this rapidly 
changing and growing field with its wide variety of engineering 
applications. Engineers trained in this field also may find chal- 
lenging careers in other industries which are making use of many 
advanced concepts similar to those developed in the aeronautical 
field. 
The program requires the completion of 132 semester hours for 
graduation, less hours commensurate with Honors and Advanced 
Placement credit. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 255 
Course FIRST SEMESTER Hrs. Course S ~ c 0 . w  SEMESTER Hrs. 

 Engl. 111, College En lish Communications Elective . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Math 142 Intro. ~na7ysisi .  : :: : : : Math. 243 Intro. Analysis I1 . . . . . . . . .  5 

 I. E. '110, hngr. Graphics I . . . . . . . .  I. E. 213, b n  Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 
Chem. 111, General Chemistry . . . .  Phys. 2433 &n. College Physics . . . . .  4 
University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . .  ~umanit ies 'or  Social Science . . . . . . . .  2 
University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
 -
 1 7  
SOPHOMORE 
Course FIRST SEMESTER Hrs. Course SECOND SEMESTER Hrs. 
Speech 111 Extern. Speaking . . . . . .  2 Math 346 Dserential Equation . . . .  3 
Math. 244, fntro. Analysis 111 . . . . . . . .  3 I. ~ . ' 2 5 4 ,  kngr. Prob. and Statistics . . .  3 
Phys. 244E, Gen. College Physics . . . .  4 A. E. 373, E n g .  Mechanics I1 . . . . . .  3 
A. E. 223 E n g .  Mechanics I . . . . . . .  3 M. E. 298, Thermodynamics.. . . . . . . .  3 
~umani t i e s  or Social Science . . . . . . . .  4 Fiumnnitics or Social Scicnze . . . . . . .  3 
University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 
JUNIOR 
Corrrse FIRST SEMESTER Hrs. Course SECOND SEMESTER Hrs. 
A. E 333 Mechanics of Matrls. . . . . . .  3 A. E. 347. Sci. of Engr. Matrls. . . . . . .  3 
~ n g r '  36; Fluid and Heat Flow . . . .  4 A E 324 Aerodynamics Theory . . . . .  3 
E. E: 382,'~lectrical Dynamics . . . . . . .  4 311' XIodern Physics . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E n g .  Core Elective 3 
Humanities or Social Science . . . . . . . .  3
 -
 En&. ~o;e 
Humanities 
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Elective 4 
. . . . . . . .or Social Science 3
 -
 17  1 6  
SENIOR 
Course FIRST SEMESTER Hrs. Coirrse SECOSDSEMESTER Hrs. 
A. E. 425 Flight Struc. I . . . . . . . . . .  4 A E 426 Flight Struc. Lab. . . . . . . . .  1 

 A. E. 4 1 2 ' ~ x p e r .  Methods in A. E. . . . .  2 A: E: 411' Projects in A. E. . . . . . . . .  2 

 A. E. 414, Flight hlechanics . . . . . . .  3 A. E. ~echn ica l  Electives t . . . . . . . . .  4 

 A.E. 416, Super. A:rody. . . . . . . . . . .  2 E n s .  Core Electiveo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 E n g .  Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 Humanities or Social Science . . . . . . . .  6 

 Humanities or Social Science . . . . . . . .
 -
 3 
-

 17 18 
Engineering Core Electives totaling a t  least 1 3  hours must be chosen from the 
following courses: 
Course HIS. Course Hrs. 
A. E. 227, Engr. Digital Comp. . . . . . .  2 A. E. 398, System Dynamics. . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Engr. 363, Electrornag. Fields . . . . . . .  2 A. E. 399, Exper. Mechanics Lab. . . . .  1 

 Engr. 464 Field Analysis . . . . . . . . . .  3 E. E. 393, Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . .  4 

 M. E. 369: Energy Conversion . . . . . .  3 
+ Technical Electives may be chosen from any course numbered 300 or above in Engi- 
neering, Math., or any of the physical sciences, with the exception of B. S. A. E. required 
courses. 
ELECTRIC& ENGINEERING 
In the Electrical Engineering Department emphasis is placed on 
the intensive study of physical laws as appropriate to the study of 
modem electrical devices, including electrical machines. The laws 
governing the individual behavior as well as behavior in the inter-
 connection of devices is particularly emphasized. Analysis and 
synthesis of electrical networks, or systems, is of particular concern 
in specialized courses. The undergraduate program in Electrical 
Engineering is sufficiently flexible so that a student may choose a 
program particularly appropriate to communication systems, mod-
 ern control theory, computers, energy conversion, network and 
system theory, and microwave electronics. 
Students in this curricula are required to have a strong interest
 -
 in mathematics and physics. As a part of the curriculum, students 
256 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
- - 
at the senior level are required to take a senior project of their own 
choosing under the supervision of a faculty member. The choice 
of subject material is varied, and represents a challenge to the 
student to exercise jud-pent and creativity in the analysis or design 
of an appropriate equipment. This program requires the completion 
of 133 semester hours for graduation, less hours commensurate with 
Honors and Advanced Placement credit. 
The speciiic requirements and suggested semester breakdown 
for the electrical engineering program is as follows: 
FRESEMAN 
FIRST SEMESTER Hrs. SECONDSEMESTER Hrs. 
Course Course 
Engl. 111, College Enjlish : .. I . . . .  8 Engr. Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Math. 142 Intro. An ysls 5 Communications Elective . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Chem. 111 General chemistry' 1 .  : : :: 5 Math. 243, Intro. Analysis I . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Speech l lf .  Ext. Speaking . . . . . . . . . .  2 Physics 243E. Gen. Coll. Phys. . . . . . .  4 

 Humanities or Social Science . . . . . . . .  3 

 15 17 
SOPHOMORE 
FIRST SEMESTER Hrs. Hrs. 
Crnrr.vn ............. 

 A E 227 Engr. Digital Comp. . . . .  2 A. E. 373, Engr. Mech. I1 . . . . . . . .  

 A: E: 223: Engr. Mech. I . . . . . . . . . .  3 E. E. 382. Electrical Dynnmics . . . .  

 Human~t~esor Social Science . . . . . . . .  2 M. E. 298, Thermodynamics . . . . . .  

 I. E. 2.54, Engr. Prob. and Statistics . . 3 Math. 346, Differential Eq. . . . . . . . .  

 Math. 244. Intro. Analysis I11 . . . . . . . .  3 Humanities or Social Science . . . . . .  

 Physics 2443, Gen. Coll. Phys. . . . . . .  4 
-
 17 1 8  
JUNIOR 
FIRST SEMESTER Hts. SECOND SEMESTER Hrs. 
Course Course 
Engr. 361 Fluid and Heat Flow . . . .  4 Engr. 363 E. M. Fields . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Engr. ~ o r 6  Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 Enm. ~ o r 6  Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 E E 392 Electronic Circuits . . . . . . .  4 E. E. 480, Trans. and Freq. Anal. . . . . .  4 

 ~hys'ics 311 Topics in Mod. Phya. ... 3 M.E. 369, Energy Conversion . . . . . .  3 
Humanities 'and Social Science . . . . . .  3 Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Humanities and Social Science ...... 3 
SENIOR 
FIRST SEMESTER HTS. SECOND S E M E S ~ R  Hrs. 
Course Cmrrse
 ~--~ 
Engr. Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 E. E. 495, Elec. Design Proj. I1 . . . .  

 E. E. 485 Elec. Design Proi. I . . . . . .  1 Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

 E. E.  486' Information Proc. . . . . . . . .  4 Humanities and Social Science . . . . .  

 Technical '~lectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . .  

 Humanities and Social Science . . . . . .  4 
University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .
 -
 2 
-

 17 17 
Technical electives may be chosen from (a)any 400 level E. E. course which was not 
required (at  least six hours of technical electives must be selected from E. E. courses) ( b )
 any 300 or 400 level Engineering Core course over and above the basic core requirement, 
( c )  selected courses in hiathematics and Engineering outside the E. E. Department with 
the approval of the studenfs advisor. 
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 
The Department of Industrial Engineering is concerned with 
instruction and research in the design, analysis, and operation of 
integrated systems of men, material, equipment, and money. In 
9-7247 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 257 
addition to a strong interest in the solution of current, real prob- 
lems found in industry, the curricula is devoted to the preparation 
of students who can examine and analyze problem areas that are 
amenable to a system's engineering approach. 
Sixteen (16) hours of Industrial Engineering electives allows the 
student to tailor his program in one of the following primary 
options: ( 1) Operations Research, (2 ) Manufacturing Systems, 
and ( 3 )  Information Systems. This scheme is completely flexible 
so that a student may specialize in a specific aspect of Industrial 
Engineering. A student's program is determined by his own spe- 
cial interests and in consultation with his major advisor. 
A modem, well equipped laboratory is also available to supple- 
ment classroom theory in human factors engineering, manufactur- 
ing processes, work measurement, and factory planning. In addition, 
the Industrial Engineering Department has the responsibility for 
teaching all engineering graphics courses. To accomplish this end, 
the Department maintains modern drafting rooms and drafting 
facilities. Also, the Department is seeking to develop a modem 
sequence of engineering graphics courses oriented toward digital 
computer applications. 
The Industrial Engineering program requires the completion of 
133 semester hours for graduation, less hours commensurate with 
Honors and Advanced Placement credit. 
FRESHMAN 

 FIRSTSEMESTER Hrs. SECOND SEXESTER Hrs. 

 Course Cmrrse 

 Engl. 111, College En lish 3 Communications Elective . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Math. 142 Intro. ~naTysis1.:::::: : : 5 Speech 111,Extemp. Speaking . . . . . . .  2
Chem. lli General Chemistry . . . . . . .  5 Math 243 Intro. Analysis I1 . . . . . . . .  5

 ~umanities'or Social Sciences . . . . . . .  3 I. E.'110,' ~ n g r .Graphics I . . . . . . . . .  2 

 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 Phys. 2433. Gen. Col. Physics . . . . . . .  4 

 -
 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .
 -
 1 

 17 17 

 SOPHOMORE 
FIRSTSEMESTER Hrs. SECOND SEMESTER Hrs. 
Course Course 
A. E. 227, Engr. Dig. Comp. . . . . . . . .  2 I. E. 254, Engr. Prob, and Statistics . .  3 

 A. E. 223 Engr. Mechanics I . . . . . . . .  3 Math. 346 DiE. Equations . . . . . . . . .  3
Phys. 244k Gen. Col. Physics . . . . . . .  4 M.E. 298 '~he rmod~namicsI . . . . . . . .  3
I. E. 213, dngr. Graphics I1 . . . . . . . . .  2 A. E. 333' hfech, of Materials . . . . . . . .  3 

 Math. 244, Intro. Analysis I11 . . . . . . . .  3 A. E. 373' Engr. hIechanics I1 . . . . . . .  3 

 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . . .  2 ~nman i t i<sor Social Sciences . . . . . . .  2 

 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .
 -
 1 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  
-
 1 

 17 18 

 JUNIOR 
FIRSTSEMESTER Hrs. SEXIESTERS E C O A ~  Hrs. 
Course Courso 
Engr. 361, Fluid and Heat Flow . . . .  4 I. E. 355 Engineering Economy . . . . .  3 

 E. E. 382, Elecbical Dynamics . . . . . .  4 Phys. 31i Topics in Mod. Physics . . .  3 

 I. E. 3.52, Work Measurement . . . . . . .  3 I. E. ~leciives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . .  2 Engr. Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 

 Engr. Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 -
 4 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . .
 -
 2 

 17 17 

 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
SENIOR 
FIRSTSEMESTER Hrs. SECOND SEMESTER Hrs. 
Course Course 
I. E. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 I. E. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 

 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . .  5 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . .  8 

 Engr. Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 -
 3 
-

 14 18 

 Engineering Core Electives may be selected from the following courses in consultation 
with the major advisor. 
Engr. 383 E. M. Fields . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 A.E. 398 Systems Dynamics . . . . . . .  3A.E. 347' Science of Engr. Matrls. . .  3 A. E. 399' Exp. Mechanics Lab . . . . . .  1 
M. E. 366, Energy Conversion . . . . . .  3 Engr. 466, Field Analysis . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 E. E. 392, Electronics Circuits . . . . . .  4 
Industrial Engineering electives may be selected from the following courses with the 
approval of the student's major advisor. 
I. E. 257 Tool Design I . . . . . . . . . . .  3 I. E. 452 Factory Planning . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 I. E. 356 Intro. to Num. Control . . . .  2 I. E. 453 Production Control . . . . . . .  3 

 I. E. 357 Safety Engineering . . . . . . . .  2 I. E. 454 Statistical Quality Control . .  3 

 I. E. 401 Probabilistic Methods in I. E. 455 Num. Control and Parts 
Operations Research . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 Prog. I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 I. E. 435 Project Engineering . . . . . . .  2 I. E. 456 Intro. to Information Systems 3
I. E. 449 The Human Factor in Engr. I. E. 458 Production Design . . . . . . . .  3 

 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 I. E. 465 Management Inform. 

 I. E. 450 Applied Operations Research Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 I. E. 490 Senior Projects in Ind. 

 I. E,451 Applied Operations Research - Engr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1-3)

 I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Electives taken in other departments may be selected with the approval of the student's 
major advisor. 
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 
The curriculum in Mechanical Engineering is based upon three 
central parts of an integrated program of study. The first part pro- 
vides the student with a basic series of courses in physics, mathe- 
matics, and appropriate humanities. This is followed by a core 
of engineering science subjects embracing the concepts and tech- 
niques which are judged to be fundamental to the requirements of 
the modern Mechanical Engineer. The third part of the program 
permits the student to choose from a series of specialized Me- 
chanical Engineering Department electives in addition to choosing 
from a series of engineering core courses which best suit the needs 
and desires of the student. Study in all three of these fields is dis- 
tributed throughout the entire curriculum in order to provide a 
fully integrated program. The undergraduate program in Mechani- 
cal Engineering is sufficiently flexible so that a student may choose 
a program which is appropriate to the fields of design, heat transfer, 
systems, thermodynamics, instrumentation, and experimentation. 
The objective of this program is to provide a modern engineering 
education and a strong stimulus for continued learning which will 
enable the student to take an active and meaningful part in the 
technical and social community of today and tomorrow. 
The program includes the technical and conceptual fundamentals 
which are necessary to permit the student to contribute to the 
technical or scientific community and/or continue his education at 
the graduate level. At the same time, the program is broad enough 
to help the student find an appreciation and concern for the social 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 259 
- - 
problems which he will encounter in his professional and personal 
life. 
The technical portion of the program will provide the background 
for a career in design, research, development, production and 
technical management in a wide variety of industries and fields. 
The course of study will equip the student for the development of 
systems and processes involving mechanical, thermal, and electrical 
energy, including the generation, conversion, metering, control, and 
utilization of these energy sources. 
The student will be prepared to accept the challenges of the 
entire industry, including those concerned with food products, air- 
craft, chemical products, automotive products, aerospace systems, 
agriculture, petroleum, electrical products and consumer products, 
to mention a few. In fact, many employers seek the mechanical 
engineer because of his versatility. 
The faculty and laboratory facilities of the Department provide 
the elements for a well-balanced, coherent program. In the senior 
year, the program provides for a selection of specialized electives, 
where the student may emphasize the study of design, fluid flow, 
heat transfer, instrumentation, or systems and controls. The student 
is urged to work out a suitable program of study with consultation 
of the faculty. The program requires the completion of 135semester 
hours for graduation, less hours commensurate with Honors and 
Advanced Placement credit. 
FRESHMAN 
Course FIRSTSEMESTER H .  Course SECONDSEMESTER Hrs. 
Engl. 111 College English . . . . . . . .  3 Communications Elective . . . . . . . . . . .  3 
Math. 142: Intro. Analysis I . . . . . . . . .  5 	 Math. 243, Inko. Analysis I1 . . . . . . . .  5 

 I. E. 110 Engr. Graphics I . . . . . . . . .  2 	 I. E. 213, Engr. Graphics I1 . . . . . . . .  2 

 ~umani t iLsor Social Science . . . . . . . .  6 	 Phys. 2433. Gen. Colleee Physics . . .  4 

 Humanities .or Social Ssence . . . . . . . .  3 

 16 17 
SOPHOMORE 
Course F ~ T  Hrs. SECOND SEMESTER Hrs.SEMESTER Course 
Speech 111 Ext. Speaking . . . . . . . . . .  2 M. E. 298, Thermodynamics I . . . . . . . .  3 
Math. 244, kntro. Analysis I11 . . . . . . . .  3 	 Chem. 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . .  5 

 Phys 2443 Gen. CoUege Physics . . . .  4 	 Math 346 Diff.Equations . . . . . . . . .  3
A.E: 223, kngr. Mechanics I... . . . . . .  3 	 I. E. '254, 'Engr. Prob. and Stat. . . . . .  3 

 4. E. 227, Dig. Computation . . . . . . . .  2 	 A. E. 373 Engr. Mechanics I1 . . . . . . .  3 

 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . . .
 -
 3 	 M. E. 300; Prof. Development . . . . . . . .
 -
 0 

 17 
 17 
JUNIOR 
Corlrse FIRSTSEMESTER Hrs. Course SECONDSEMESTER Hrs. 
E. E. 382, Electrical Dynamics . . . . . .  4 	 Phys. 311. Topics in Mod. Physics . . .  3 
A. E. 333, Mech. of Materials . . . . . . .  3 	 A. E. 398, Systems Dynamics . . . . . . . .  3
Engr. 361, Fluid and Heat Flow . . . . . .  4 	 M.E. 301, Mech. Engr. hleas. . . . . . . .  3 

 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . . .  6 	 h.1. E. 439, hlech. Engr. Dcslgn I . . . . .  3 

 It.E. 300, Prof. Development . . . . . . . .  0 
 Enpr. Core Elective f . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 University Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 SENIOR 
Course FIRSTSEMESTER Hrs. Course SECOSD SEMESTER Hrs. 
M.E. 402, Thermodynamics I1 . . . . . .  3 	 M.E. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 

 H. E. 441, hlech. Engr. Des. I1 . . . . . . .  4 	 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . .  3 

 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
- - 
M.E. Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 M. E. 448,O Mech. Engr. Proj.. .O, 1 or 2 

 Humanities or Social Sciences . . . . . . .  3 Engr. Core Elective t . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 h1. E. 448 Mech. Engr. Proj.. .O, 1 or 2 M.E. 300 Prof. Development . . . . . . . .  0 

 En core  Elective f . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 ~nivers i ty 'Core Elective . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 >I.%: 300, Prof. Development . . . . . . . .  3 

 16, 17, or 18 15, 16, or 17 
Mechanical Engineering electives may be selected from the following: M. E. 404, 
405 421 422 443 458 459, hlath. 335, 447. Appropriate courses from other engineer- 
ing 'depdtmenjs may be 'selected if they suit the academic needs of the student. Electives 
must have the approval of the student's departmental advisor. 
O Total of 2 hours required for graduation. 
t Engineerinq core electives must be selected from the following list: A. E. 347, 
Engr. 363, M: E. 369, E.E. 392, A.E.. 399, Engr. 464. A minimum of 11 hours of 
these engineerlug core elect~ves a r e  requued for gradunhon, and must have the approval
 of the student's departmental adv~sor. 
OTHER ENGINEERING FIELDS 
Students desiring to specialize in other fields of engineering may 
complete two years at Wichita before transferring. I t  is suggested 
that the student planning to transfer at the end of two years make 
the selection of his school as soon as possible in order to permit his 
program to be planned to meet the requirements of that school. 
GRADUATE WORK 
The departments of Aeronautical Engineering, Electrical Engi- 
neering, and Mechanical Engineering supervise graduate programs 
leading to the degree of Master of Science as offered by the Grad- 
uate School. A notation on the diploma identifies the department 
of study. Various specializations are available in each of the 
departments. 
The Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Aeronautical Engineering 
is offered in cooperation with the University of Kansas. 
Students must be accepted for graduate standing before any 
graduate work can be scheduled. Prospective students should ob- 
tain a Graduate Bulletin and the Engineering Graduate Regulations 
prior to application for graduate standing. 
ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
Majors and Specialized Curricula. See appropriate departmental 
offerings. 
Lower Division Courses 
125. Engineering Concepts. Analysis. Design and Synthesis. (3). 2R: 2L. 
The use of the sficle rule-and computers in &e study of engineering concepts, 
analysis, design and synthesis. Available to Electrical Endneering freshmen 
students on an electiv& basis. 
127. Introduction to Digital Computing. (3). 3R. Programming operation 
and utilization of the digital computing facilities. Not open to engineering
 students. 
225. Digital Computer Programming. (3). Programming concepts with empha- 
sis upon analysis of classes of problems and the design of algorithms for 
effecting their solution. Material coverage on computer systems, data struc-
 tures, and design of computer-based information systems. Problem orientation 
dependent upon class background and interest. Not open to students with 
Engr. 127 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Math. 121 or equivalent. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 261 
228. Computer Programming and Procedures. (3). 3R. An introduction to 
programming in a symbolic assembler type language and a continued study of 
the Fortran procedure oriented language. Prerequisite: Engr. 127 or equiva- 
lent. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Engineering Science in Society. (3). A course to demonstrate and ex- 
plain-in clepth but without technical jargon-developments in engineering
 science in the past century which have influenced large portions of society. 
Emphasis will be placed upon conceptual understanding of scientific phenom- 
ena ancl devices. Guest lecturers and demonstrations will be used extensively. 
Prerequisite: Upper division standing. 
361. Fluid and Heat Flow. (4). 3R; 3L. Pressure and velocity fields, kine- 
matics of perfect and real fluids; similarity; temperature fields and heat transfer, 
conduction, convection, radiation; introduction to gas dynamics. Prerequisites: 
Physics 244E, Math. 346, and M. E. 298. 
363. Electromagnetic Fields. (2). 2R. A vector development of electric and 
magnetic fields including experimental laws, polarization phenomena and Max- 
well's equations. Prerequisites: Physics 2443 and Math. 346. 
400. System Modeling. (3). Interdisciplinary subjects are considered to ana-
 lytically develop simple models of real systems. These models are then fully 
exploited, to show similarities between systems performance and analysis tech- 
niques. Examples are taken from anthropology, sociology, economics, and 
technology. Senior or graduate standing recommended. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 
464. Field Analysis. (3). 3R. Potential theory: applications of the equations 
of Poisson and Helmholtz and of the diffusions and wave equations to various 
field and flow phenomena; analysis of representative problems. Prerequisites: 
Engr. 361 and 363. 
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 
Lower Division Courses 
223. Engineering Mechanics I. (3). 3R. Composition and resolution of vector 
quantities, conditions of equilibrium, friction, and the statics of lumped and 
distributed systems including internal force systems. Prerequisite: Math. 243 
and Phys. 2433 or concurrent. 
227. Engineering Digital Computation. (2). 2R. Fortran programming and 
utilization of the Digital Computing Center facilities. Selected numerical 
methods including functional approximation, matrix algebra and systems of 
equations. Prerequisite: Math. 243 or concurrent. 
Upper Division Courses 
324. Aerodynamic Theory. (3). Dynamics of compressible and incompressible 
flow. Two- and three-dimensional airfoil theory. Viscous flow and drag. Intro-
 duction to performance. Prerequisite: Math. 346, Engr. 361 and A. E. 373. 
327. Numerical Methods in Engineering. (2). 2R. Error analysis. Polynomial 
approximations and power series, iterative solutions of equations, matrices and 
systems of linear equations, numerical differentiation and integration, approxi- 
mate solution of differential equations by divided differences. Prerequisites: 
A. E. 227 and Math. 346 or concurrent. 
333. Mechanics of Materials. (3). 3R. Theories of stress and strain. Analysis 
of structural elements. Selected laboratory demonstrations. Prerequisites: 
A. E. 223 with C or better and Math. 244 or concurrent. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 262 
347. Science of Engineering Materials. (3). 3R. Theory and structure of 
materials with reference to engineering properties. Selected laboratory demon- 
strations. Prerequisites: Chem. 111,A. E. 223 with C or better, and Math. 244 
or concurrent. 
373. Engineering Mechanics 11. (3). 3R. The laws of motion and the dy- 
namics of particles and systems of particles. Prerequisites: A. E. 223 with C 
or better and Math. 244. 
398. Systems Dynamics. (3). 3R. Mathematical modeling and analogies of 
electrical, mechanical, fluid and other lumped parameter systems. Classical and 
transform methods of solution. Theory and use of analog computers. Pre-
 requisites: A. E. 373, E. E. 382 and Math. 346 or concurrent. 
399. Experimental Mechanics Laboratory. (1) 3L. Selected experiments in 
mechanics of material and materials science. Experiment design, measurement 
and data interpretation. Prerequisite: A. E. 333, A. E. 347 or concurrent. 
412. Experimental Methods in Aerodynamics Engineering. (2). 4L. Experi-
 mental methods and test planning, error analysis and propagation, model de- 
sign, instrumentation, flow visualization. Use of subsonic and supersonic wind 
tunnels, shock-tube, etc. Prerequisite: A. E. 324 or concurrent. 
414. Flight Mechanics. (3). Fundamentals of analysis of flight vehicle trajec- 
tories, performance, stability, and control. Prerequisite: A. E. 324. 
416. Supersonic Aerodynamics. (2). 2R. One-dimensional flow of a perfect 
gas, shock and expansion waves; applications to nozzles, wind tunnels, and air- 
foils in two-dimensional supersonic flow. Hypersonic flow. Prerequisite: A. E. 
324. 
417. Projects in Aeronautical Engineering. (1-2). Design, analysis, or research 
problems under supervision of faculty advisor. May be taken for 1 hour 
credit in each of two consecutive semesters. Department consent. 
418. Missile and Space Dynamics. (2). Fundamentals of space vehicle trajec- 
tory and performance analysis. Prerequisite: A. E. 373. 
425. Flight Structures I. (4). Stress analysis and strength analysis of flight 
vehicle components. Prerequisite: Math. 346 or concurrent, A. E. 333. 
426. Flight Structures Laboratory. (1). 3L. Special projects in the design 
and analysis of flight vehicle structures. Prerequisite: A. E. 425. 
427. Computer Solution of Engineering Equations. (2). Numerical solution of 
ordinary and partial differential equations utilizing computer methods and 
machinery. Prerequisite: Math. 346. 
428. Airplane Design. (2). 6L. Preliminary design procedure. Systems
 analysis. Prerequisite: A. E. 414. 
429. Flight Structures 11. (2). Energy methods in structural analysis with 
emphasis on the unit load method. Prerequisites: Math. 346, A. E. 333. 
432. Aerodynamics of Propulsion. (2). Theory and performance of propellers; 
reciprocating, turbo-jet turbo-shaft, ram-jet and rocket engines. Prerequisites: 
A. E .  324. 
433. Advanced Strength of Materials. (3). Limitations and usefulness of basic 
concepts of resistance of materials. Advanced concepts, including theories of 
failure and stresses and deformation in thin plates, cylinders, non-symmetrical 
and curved flexural members, non-circular bars in torsion, etc. Stress concen- 
trations. Energy methods. Prerequisite: A. E. 333. 
474. Physical Metallurgy. (3). Properties of pure metals. Constitution and 
properties of alloys. Mechanical and thermal treatment of metals and alloys. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 263 
Physical metallurgy principles and reference to specific alloy systems. Pre-
 requisite: A. E. 347. 
475. Selected Topics in Aeronautical Engineering. (1-3). Prerequisite: De-
 partment consent. 
476. Selected Topics in Engineering Mechanics. (1-3). Prerequisite: Depart-
 ment consent. 
477. Vibrations Analysis. (3). Free, forced, damped and undamped vibrations 
for one and two degrees of freedom. Classical, numerical and energy solutions 
for multi-degree freedom systems. Introduction to continuous systems. Pre-
 requisite: A. E. 398. 
498. Computer Aided Design. (3). An introduction to the concept of man-
 computer coupling in an active environment and its relationship to the analysis, 
design and synthesis of engineering problems. Prerequisite: Department con-
 sent. 
Graduate Courses 
There are two separate programs leading to the Master of Science degree- 
one in Aeronautical Engineering and the other in Engineering Mechanics. For 
details, see the Graduate School Bulletin. 
Graduate Courses in Aeronautical Engineering 
Prerequisite for all graduate courses is Department consent. 
500. Structural Dynamics I. (3). Matrix methods for the analysis of the free 
and forced vibrations of multiple degree of freedom structures. Prerequisite: 
A. E. 477. 
501. Structural Dynamics 11. (3). Vibration of strings and membranes. Longi-
 tudinal, torsional and lateral vibration of bars. Lateral vibration of plates and 
shells. Classical, numerical, and energy solutions. Introduction to problems in 
aeroelasticity. Prerequisite: A. E. 477. 
502. Jet Propulsion. (3). Analysis of jet propulsion devices, study of cycles, 
effect of operating variables, problems of installation, operation, and instru- 
mentation. Prerequisite: A. E. 432 or equivalent. 
505. System Optimization. (3). Analytical and numerical techniques for mini- 
mizing or maximizing functions and the functionals occurring in engineering 
problems. 
506. Analysis of Non-linear Systems. (3). Perturbation techniques. Describing 
function methods. Liapunov stability. Phase plane analysis. Other mathe- 
matical methods. 
507. Random Processes in Engineering. (3). Concepts from probability theory. 
Statistical description of random processes. Variance and power spectral analy- 
sis for stationary and nonstationary linear systems. Analog and digital computer 
techniques. 
509. Flight Stability and Control. (3). 3R. Comprehensive analysis of flight 
dynamic stability and control. Introduction to the analysis of closed-loon flight 
systems. 
511. Aerodynamics of Non-Viscous Fluids. (3). Equations of motion; potential 
flow, conformal transformations; finite wing theory; non-steady airfoil theory. 
512. Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids. (3). Viscous fluid flow theory and 
boundary layers. 
516. Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids I. (3). Analysis of compressible 
fluid flow for one- and two-dimensional cases. Moving shock waves. One-
 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 264 
dimensional flow with friction and heat addition, linearized potential function. 
Method of characteristics. Conical shocks. Subsonic similarity laws. Pre-
 requisite: A. E. 416 or equivalent. 
520. Theory of Elastic Stability. (3).Buckling and bending of columns, beams, 
plates, and shells. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
521. Finite Element Analysis of Structures I. (3). Development of basic stiff- 
ness matrices from elastic consideration. Analysis of statically indeterminate 
structures by force and displacement methods. 
522. Finite Element Analysis of Structures 11. (3). Analysis of structures by 
the direct stiffness method. Comparison of methods and selected topics in 
finite element analysis. Prerequisite: A. E. 521. 
524. Theory of Thermal Stresses. (3). Thermal stress analysis of elastic 
systems. Prerequisite: A. E. 530. 
530. Theory of Elasticity. (3). Elements of the common theory of elasticity
 with emphasis on two-dimensional problems in strain and stress. 
532. Theory of Plates. (3). Small deflections of thin elastic plates. Classical 
solutions for rectangular and circular plates. Approximate solutions for plates 
of various shapes. Introduction to vibration and stability of plates. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
533. Continuum Mechanics. (3). A unified development of the basic theories 
and equations of solids and fluids in invariant tensor notation. Formulation of 
problems of elasticity, plasticity and fluid mechanics. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 
535. Experimental Stress Analysis. (3). The theoretical bases and techniques 
of the common methods of experimentally determining stress and strain in 
structural and machine parts. Selected laboratory demonstrations. 
537. Advanced Engineering Dynamics. (3). Kinematics and kinetics of par- 
ticles and rigid bodies for two and three dimensional motion. Introduction to 
vibratory motion. Lagrange's equations. 
538. Random Vibration. (3). Characterization, transmission and failure of 
mechanical systems subjected to random vibration. Analysis and measurement 
methods for random data. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
539. Energy Methods in Mechanics. (3). The principles of virtual work, 
potential energy, and potential coenergy applied to static equilibrium of rigid 
and deformable, discrete, and distributed mass bodies. Also, energy methods 
extended to the dynamics of discrete mass systems. 
541. Transform Methods in Mechanics. (3). The LaPlace, Hankel, Legendre, 
Fourier, and Jacobi transform solutions of differential equations arising in 
engineering mechanics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
543. Advanced Materials Science. (3). Interaction and motion of dislocations 
of metal properties in terms of dislocation theory. Point and surface defects 
and radiation damage in solids. Nucleation and growth in solid state reactions. 
Corrosion and oxidation. Prerequisite: 347 or equivalent. 
560. Selected Topics in Engineering Mechanics. (1-3). Supervised study or 
research. hlay be repeated to a total of 3 hours. 
561. Selected Topics in Aerodynamics and Fluid Mechanics. (1-3).Supervised 
study or research. May be repeated to a total of 3 hours. 
562. Selected Topics in Propulsion. (1-3). Supervised study or research. May 
be repeated to a total of 3 hours. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
563. Selected Topics in Guidance and Control. (1-3). Supervised study or 
research. May be repeated to a total of 3 hours. 
576. Thesis. (1-4). 
613. Aerodynamics of Aeroelasticity. (3). Thin airfoils and finite wings in 
steady flow. Thin airfoils oscillating in incompressible flow. Extension to 
compressible and three dimensional airfoils. Modem methods for low aspect 
ratio lifting surfaces. Prerequisite: A. E. 511. 
616. Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids 11. (3). Perfect gas flows past 
bodies of revolution. Axisymmetric method of characteristics. Hypersonic and 
transonic similarity; Newtonian theory. High temperature ases in equilibrium 
and frozen flows. One- and two-dimensional moving shocf waves. Introduc-
 tion to separated flows and jet mixing. Prerequisite: A. E. 516. 
636. Theory of Plasticity. (3). Criteria of yielding. Plastic stress-strain rela- 
tionships. Stress and deformation in thick-walled shells, rotating discs and 
cylinders, bending and torsion of prismatic bars for ideally plastic and strain 
hardening materials. Two dimension ancl axially symmetric problems of finite 
deformation. Variational and extremum principles. Prerequisite: A. E. 530. 
676. Thesis. (1-16). May be repeated to a maximum of 36 hours. 
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 
Upper Division Courses 
382. Electrical Dynamics. (4). 3R; 3L. Electric circuit analysis with emphasis 
on the time varying case: sinusoidal excitation, frequency response, network 
theorems, coupled circuits, polyphase circuits. Prerequisite: Math. 244, Physics 
2443. 
392. Electronic Circuits. (4). 3R; 3L. Physical electronics, electron beams; 
semi-conductor, vacuum, and gaseous devices and their equivalent circuits; 
application to the field of information processing, power modulation, and 
simulation. Prerequisite: E. E. 382, Math. 346. 
394. Logic Design and Switching Theory. (3). 2R; 3L. An introduction to 
the theory and application of switching devices with particular emphasis on 
computer applications. Combinational, sequential, and threshold logic con-
 cepts and realizations; network minimization methods, hazards, codes, com-
 puterized logic design. Prerequisite: E. E. 392 or Department consent. 
477. Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. (1-4). New or special courses 
are presented under this listing on sufficient demand. May be repeated for 
credit. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
480. Transient and Frequency Analysis. (4). 3R; 3L. Review of classical 
transient analysis and Fourier Series. Introduction to LaPlace and Fourier 
Transforms with emphasis on network response; complex frequency concepts; 
signal spectra. Prerequisite: E. E. 392 or concurrent. 
481. Pulse Electronics. (4). 3R; 3L. An investigation of active and passive 
circuits, including integrated circuits, for the generating and processing of 
pulse waveforms. Topics covering other nonlinear electronic circuits will be 
included. ( e .g., class C amplifiers; nonlinear feedback; adaptive selection of 
linear circuits.) Prerequisite: E. E. 480 or department consent. 
482. Energy and Information Transmission. (4). 3R; 3L. Transmission line 
parameters power, signal and high frequency transmission lines; wave propa- 
gation in tree space and bounded media; wave guides and antennas. Pre-
 requisite: Engr. 464, E. E. 486 or concurrent enrollment. 
483. Network Theory. (3). Matrix algebra, generalized theory and analysis 
of lumped parameter networks; introduction to network synthesis; symmetrical 
components. Prerequisite: E. E. 480. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
484. Introductory Control System Concepts. (4). 3R; 3L. System modeling 
and simulation, dynamic response, feedback theory, stability criteria, compen- 
sation design. Prerequisite: E. E. 48G, A. E. 398. 
485. Electrical Design Project I. (1). 3L. A design project under faculty 
supervision chosen according to the student's interest. Prerequisite: Depart-
 ment consent. 
486. Information Processing. (4). 3R; 3L. Properties of signals and noise; 
introduction to information theory; AM, FM, and pulse modulation and detec- 
tion. Principles of sampling, coding and multiplexing, organization of analog 
and digital systems for information processing. Prerequisite: E. E. 480. 
487. Electro-Mechanical Energy Convertors I. (4). 3R; 3L. Theory and 
analysis of electro-mechanical energy conversion devices. Prerequisite: M. E. 
369. 
494. Digital Computer Design Fundamentals. (3). 3R. An introductory 
but reasonably detailed study of stored program digital computers from an 
integrated hardware-software approach. Consideration of computer logical 
design, arithmetic units and operation, large capacity storage systems, input- 
output units, and system integration. Prerequisite: E. E. 394, E. E. 480 or 
Department consent. 
495. Electrical Design Project 11. (1). 3L. Prerequisite: E. E. 485 or depart- 
ment consent. 
496. Electron Dynamics. (3). Electron ballistics in static and dynamic fields, 
electron optics, beam deflection devices, space charge effects, velocity modu- 
lation principles and applications. Prerequisite: Physics 311 and Engr. 363. 
497. Theory of Semiconductor Devices. (3). Principles of operation of semi- 
conductor devices with emphasis on underlying physical phenomena. Some 
treatment of integrated circuit geometries and associated problems. Prerequi-
 site: Physics 311 and E. E. 392. 
Graduate Courses 
573. Pulse, Digital and Switching Circuits. (3). Investigation of active and 
passive circuits used for the generation and processing of pulse, digital and 
switching waveforms. Such circuits are required in computers, control sys-
 tems, counting and timing, data-processing, instrumentation, communications, 
radar telemetry and television. Prerequisite: E. E. 481 or department consent. 
576. Thesis. (1-3). This course may be repeated for credit toward a thesis 
option up to 6 hours. Prerequisite: Prior consent of thesis advisor. 
577. Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. (3). New or special courses 
are presented under this listing on sufficient demand. May be repeated for 
credit. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
578. Directed Studies in Electrical Engineering. (2-4). This course may be 
repeated toward the directed studies option up to 4 hours. The student must 
write a paper and give an oral presentation on the study made. Prerequisite: 
Department consent. 
582. Methods of Systems Analysis. (3). Methods of analysis of both linear 
and nonlinear systems. Time-domain techniques; singularity functions, resolu- 
tion of signals from elementary functions, solution of difierential and difference 
equations. Transform techniques, LaPlace, Fourier and Z transforms, frequency 
spectra, complex frequency, complex integration, significance of sinylarities. 
Matrices and vector spaces as used in systems work. Prerequisite: E. E. 480 or 
department consent. 
583. Electromagnetic Field Theory I. (3). Introduction to advanced mathe- 
matical treatment of electric and magnetic fields; boundary value problems; 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 267 
Maxwell's equations and applications to waveguide and cavity resonators. 
Prerequisite: Engr. 363 or department consent. 
584. Electromagnetic Field Theory 11. (3). Special topics in static and elec- 
trodynamic fields: Special solution techniques; moving reference frames, 
radiation. Prerequisite: E. E. 583. 
587. Communication Theory. (3). Theory of information and noise; com-
 munication of information in presence of noise, channel capacity; modulation 
and multiplexing, sampling and coding; detection theory including effects of 
noise and non-linear circuits, correlation methods. Prerequisite: E. E. 582. 
588. Selected Topics in Antennas and Propagation. (3). Determination of 
characteristics of practical antenna systems; radiation patterns and antenna 
impedance; diffraction, horns, slots, etc.; wave propagation in the earth's en-
 vironment, including tropospheric and ionospheric phenomena. Prerequisite: 
E. E. 583. 
589. Advanced Electrical Laboratory. (2). GL. Training in fundamental 
experimental technology in some field of electrical specialization. This course 
will consist of selected experiments in various areas of electrical engineering. 
The general subject area will be a ~ o u n c e d  each semester the course is offered. 
May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
590. Topics in Control Systems. (3). A study of various concepts such as 
multiloop systems, multivariable systems and decoupling, nonlinear systems 
and sampled-data systems. Prerequisite: E. E. 484 or Department consent. 
592. State-Variable Techniques in Systems I. (3). Review of Mathematics 
fundamental to state-space concepts. Formulation of state-variable models for 
linear and nonlinear continuous and discrete systems, Liapunov and Lagranze 
stability, computational approximation techniques. Prerequisite: E. E. 582 or 
department consent. 
593. State-Variable Techniques in Systems 11. (3). A continuation of the study 
of state-space concepts in the areas of nonlinear systems, optimal and sub- 
optimal control of systems with wide classes of performance measures. Pre-
 requisite: E. E. 592 or deparbnent consent. 
596. Passive Network Synthesis. (3). A detailed study of the direct approach 
to network synthesis from the functional description. Topics include realiz- 
ability conditions for passive networks, synthesis of LC, RL, RC and RLC 
driving point impedances, synthesis of LC transfer impedances. Buttenvorth 
and Chebyshev filters and time domain synthesis. Prerequisite: E. E. 582 or 
consent of instructor. 
597. Special Topics in Physical Electronics. (3). 3R. Special studies selected 
from the general topics: electron optics, space-charge waves, plasmas, quantum 
electronics. Prerequisites: E. E. 496 and 497. 
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 
Lower Division Courses 
The following six (6 )  courses are devoted to concepts in engi-
 neering graphics. 
110. Engineering Graphics. I. (2). 4L. Basic special relationships involving 
lines and planes, auxiliary views of solids, and problems in intersections. 
Prerequisite: Math. 141 with a C or better. 
115. Architectural Drawing. (3). 9L. The study of materials and constmction 
details pertaining to the design of simple buildings including preparation of 
working drawings ancl specifkations. Prerequisite: I. E. 110 or department 
consent. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 268 
213. Engineering Graphics 11. (2). 4L. The application of descriptive geom- 
etry, standards in graphical communications and conventions to engineering 
design and analysis. Prerequisite: I. E. 110 with a C or better. 
250. Topics in Engineering Graphics. (2). 4L. The application of Engineering 
Graphics to the study of special problems and to methods of conveying infor- 
mation. Prerequisite: Speech 244 or department consent. 
254. Engineering Probability and Statistics. (3). Basic theory of probability 
and statistics with emphasis on applications to engineering. Prerequisite: h4ath. 
244 or concurrent. 
257. Tool Design I. (3). 2R; 4L. Design of workholding devices for locating 
and holding workpieces for metal removal by machining processes, the design 
of small assembly jigs, and the design for pressworking tools. Prerequisite: 
Department consent. 
260. Production Illustration. (2). 6L. The study of the graphical methods of 
presenting engineering information in the form of rendered pictorial (three 
dimensional) drawings. Prerequisite: I. E. 110 or department consent. 
Upper Division Courses 
352. Work Measurement. (3). 2R; 3L. Work measurement, motion and time 
study, biomechanics, work sampling, predetermined time standards and time 
formula derivation. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
355. Engineering Economy. (3). Economic comparisons of engineering alter- 
natives. Limiting factors of economic return. Prerequisite: Department 
consent. 
356. Introduction to Numerical Control. (2). An introduction to the concepts 
and techniques of the operation of machine tools from numerical data; includ- 
ing open and closed loop systems, point to point and continuous path process- 
ing, and a discussion of the various means of data representation. Prerequisite: 
Department consent. 
357. Safety Engineering. (2). Design for safety. Environmental aspects of 
accident prevention. Industrial compensation and safety legislation. Pre-
 requisite: Department consent. 
401. Probabilistic Methods in Operations Research. (3). A development of the 
probabilistic techniques necessary for the study of the following topics: queues, 
inventory systems with stochastic demand, forecasting, semi-Markov and 
Markov processes. Prerequisite: I, E. 254. 
435. Project Engineering. (2). Principles and practices of critical path 
methodology under conditions of certainty and uncertainty. Prerequisite: 
I. E. 254. 
449. The Human Factor in Engineering Design. (2). The synthesis of human 
physiological, psychological, sociological and legal limitations and influence on 
design of consumer, public and experimental products. Prerequisite: Depart-
 ment consent. 
450. Applied Operations Research I. (3). Linear, dynamic, geometric, ancl 
parametric programming. The uses of schematic models. Prerequisites: 
I. E. 254, 355, if applied toward major. Department consent for others. 
451. Applied Operations Research II. (3). A continuation of I. E. 450. In-
 dustrial experimentation, dynamic programming. Monte Carlo analysis, use of 
random numbers, queuing theory. Prerequisite: I. E. 450. 
452. Factory Planning. (3). 2R; 3L. Determination of methods and capacities 
to meet production requirements economically. Principles and techniques of 
plant layout. Prerequisites: I. E. 352, 355, 458. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 269 
453. Production Control. (3). Techniques of production planning, scheduling, 
and dispatching. Applications to automation and computer control. Prerequi-
 site: Department consent. 
454. Statistical Quality Control. (3). A continuation of I. E. 254 with special 
emphasis on quality and process control. Prerequisite: I. E. 254. 
455. Numerical Control and Parts Programming I. (3). The study and a pli
 cation of the various parts programming languages with particular empfasid 
on the APT language. Prerequisite: I. E. 356 or department consent. 
456. Introduction to Information Systems. (3). An introduction to the concepts 
and techniques of information systems; including open and closecl loop systems, 
conventional control components and a discussion of the various means of 
data representation. Prerequisite: A. E. 227. 
458. Production Design. (3). A general survey of the manufacturing and 
fabricating methods employed in industry. Special emphasis is placed on 
the latest manufacturing techniques. 
465. Management Information Systems. (3). The design of systems to collect 
and display data for use in managerial decision models, production standards, 
engineering evaluations and reliability predictions, and real time systems. Pre-
 requisite: I. E. 456 or department consent. 
490. Senior Projects in Industrial Engineering. (1-3). Selection and research 
of a specific Industrial Engineering topic. 
Graduate Courses 
530. Advanced Linear Programming. (3). This course covers Stochastic Pro- 
gramming,, Integer Programming, Sensitivity Analysis and the application of 
these tec niques to specific ~rob lem areas. Numerical techniques or geometric 
programming may also be included. Prerequisite: I. E. 450 and I. E. 451 or 
Department consent. 
531. Classical Optimization Techniques. (3). An extensive treatment of those 
optimization techniques which do not require the use of Linear Programming. 
A development of variational methods, direct search and numerically based 
techniques will be given. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
533. Queuing and Inventory Theory. (3) .  An analytical analysis of the 
transient and steady-state behavior of queus and queuing systems. The 
relationship between queuing and inventory systems will be developed. Op-
 timum inventory policies and optimum queuing system configurations will 
be discussed. Prerequisite: I. E. 450 and I. E. 451 or Department consent. 
535. Forecasting an1 Scheduling. (3).. Analysis of prediction techniques in 
Forecasting and Scheduling by time serles and probability models, smoothing 
techniques, error analysis. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
540. Analysis of Decision Processes. (3). Time value of money; economics 
of equipment selection and replacement; engineering estimates; evaluation of 
proposals; computer analysis and solution of economic problems. Prerequisite: 
I. E. 355 or department consent. 
542 System Simulation with Digital Computers. (3). Develops the methods 
and techniques for simulating large-scale systems with digital computers using 
FORTRAN and GASP programming languages. Prerequisites: A. E. 227, I. E. 
254, or Department consent. 
543. Operations Research. (3). A study of the theory and application of model 
building techniques for the problems found in industry. Linear and dynamic 
programming; queuing theory; allocation processes, inventory theory; experi- 
mental designs; utilization of digital computers. Prerequisite: I. E. 450 or 
department consent. 
270 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
545. Production Engineering. (2). The organization, design and control of 
production and associated staff functions; formulation of manufacturing pol- 
icies; case studies in production design. 
549. Industrial Engineering Problems. (1-3). Analysis, research and solution 
of a selected problem. 
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 
Lower Division Courses 
298. Thermodynamics I. (3). The First and Second Laws. Thermodynamic 
analysis as applied to thermal, mechanical and fluid systems. Prerequisites: 
Math 244, Physics 2433. 
Upper Division Courses 
300. Professional Development. (0). A colloquium to acquaint the student 
with the practice of Mechanical Engineering. One meeting per month. 
301. Mechanical Engineering Measurements. (3). 2R; 3L. An introduction 
to modem measurement techniques in Mechanical Engineering. Prerequisites: 
Math 346, Phys. 244E. 
369. Energy Conversion. (3). Energy Conversion principles and their irnple- 
mentation in engineering devices; consideration of all main areas of con-
 verting energy from one form to another. Prerequisites: M. E. 298, Engr. 361, 
E. E. 382. 
402. Thermodynamics 11. (3). Continuation of M. E. 298 with emphasis on 
availability, irreversibility, Maxwell's equations, and thermodynamics prop-
 erty relations. Prerequisite: M. E. 298. 
404. Instrumentation. (3). 2R; 3L. A more complete treatment of the 
measurement problem. Careful examination of modern instrumentation sys-
 tems including dynamic behavior and non-linearities. Criteria for design, syn- 
thesis and selection of instrumentation systems. Prerequisites: M. E. 301. 
405. Design of Engineering Experiments. (3). Study of theoretical, analytic 
and statistical aspects of basic engineering experimentation. Theories of test 
planning, data checking, analysis and synthesis, and evaluation are considered. 
Prerequisite: Department consent. 
421. Intermediate Fluid Mechanics. (3). Steady and transient flow of ideal and 
real fluids. Includes study of non-Newtonian fluids and an introduction to 
boundary layer theory. Prerequisite: Engr. 361. 
422. Intermediate Heat Transfer. (3). A rigorous treatment of heat transfer 
including transient and multidimensional conduction, free and forced con-
 vection, radiation and combined heat transfer. Various analogies, numerical 
methods and approximate solutions are considered. Prerequisite: Engr. 361. 
439. Mechanical Engineering Design I. (3). Application of strength of ma-
 terials, dynamics, materials science, statistics, and optimization techniques 
to the design of machine elements. Prerequisites: A. E. 333, A. E. 373, Math. 
346, I. E. 254. 
441. Mechanical Engineering Design 11. (4). 3R; 3L. Continuation of M. E. 
439, with emphasis on kinematic analysis, design of mechanical elements and 
other advanced topics in mechanical design. Prerequisite: M. E. 439. 
443. Mechanical Engineering Design 111. (3). Kinematic synthesis and dy-
 namic analysis as applied to machine design. Introduction to mechanical 
control theory. Prerequisite: M. E. 441. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
448. Mechanical Engineering Projects. (1 or 2). 3L or GL. A design, analysis 
or research project under faculty supervision. Problems are selected according 
to the student's interest. Student may take one hour for two semesters or 
two hours in a single semester. Prerequisites: M. E. 301 and senior standing. 
450. Topics in Mechanical Engineering. (1-3). Investigation of selected phases 
of Mechanical Engineering. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
456. Analysis in Engineering. (3). Analytical techniques applied to engineer- 
ing problems. Prerequisite: Math. 346. 
459. Mechanical Control I. (3). Theory and analysis of the dynamic be- 
havior of mechanical, thermal, fluid and electro-mechanical control systems 
as based on the laws of physics and linear mathematics. Prerequisite: A. E. 
S98 or department consent. 
Graduate Courses 
501. Boundary Layer Theory. (3). Development of the Navier-Stokes E ua 
tion, laminar boundary layers, transition to turbulence, turbulent bornla; 
layers, introduction to homogeneous turbulence. Prerequisites: M. E. 557 and 
Math 447, or department consent. 
530. Cryogenic Engineering I. (3). Study of cryogenic problems in Mechani- 
cal Engineering involving production of low temperatures; properties of solids 
and liquids; fluid flow; heat transfer; insulation and applications at  low tem- 
peratures. Prerequisites: Math 447, M. E. 555, or department consent. 
546. Fatigue and Wear. (3). A study of the phenomena of fatigue and wear 
of engineering materials and reliability as applied to problems of engineering 
design. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
549. Advanced Mechanical Engineering Design. (3). Studies of current Me- 
chanical Engineering design problems which involve high speed, vibrations and 
dynamic loading. Prerequisites: Math 447, or department consent. 
551. Heat Transfer-Conduction. (2). Theory and measurement. Fourier's 
Equation. Steady and unsteady state with and without heat sources and sinks. 
Numerical methods. Prerequisites: M. E. 422, Math 447, or department 
consent. 
552. Heat Transfer-Convection. (2). Free and forced convention in laminar 
and turbulent flow. Analysis and synthesis of heat transfer equipment. Pre-
 requisites: M. E. 422 or department consent. 
553. Heat Transfer-Radiation. (2). Anal sis and synthesis of radiant heat 
transmission systems and components, anarogous and approximate method of 
solutions. Prerequisites: M. E. 422 or department consent. 
555 & 556. Advanced Thermodynamics. (3-3). Laws of thermodynamics, 
steady and unsteady flow, availability, Maxwell's relations, kinetic theory, statis- 
tical concepts of thermodynamics, introduction to ionized gas theory, Boltzmann 
statistics, and other selected topics of interest. Neither course is prerequisite 
for the other. Prerequisites: M. E. 402 or department consent. 
557. Advanced Fluid Dynamics. (2). Steady and transient flow of ideal, real 
and heterogeneous liquids and gases in simple and complex passages. Pre-
 requisites: M. E. 421 or department consent. 
559. Mechanical Control 11. (3). Application of feedback methods to mechan- 
ical and combined control systems. Prerequisites: M. E. 459 or equivalent. 
560. Electromechanical Control Systems. (3). Description, analysis, and de- 
sign of electro-mechanical control systems with an emphasis on actual devices. 
Prerequisite: M. E. 459 or department consent. 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
561. Similitude in Engineering. (2). Critical analysis of models and analogies 
as aids to engineering design. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
563. Advanced Transport Phenomena. (2). Combination of heat transfer, 
dBusion, and fluid dynamics theories in the determination of transport of mass, 
momentum, and energy. Prerequisite: Math 447 or department consent. 
567. Theory of Rational Design. (3). Design decision techniques including: 
freauencv. axiomatic and Bavsian formulation. statistical inference techniaues. 
~ a s e s 'maximum entropy p;inciple, error andysis. Prerequisite: Department 
consent. 
568. Rational Design Methods. (3). The principles of creativity, decision 
theory, modeling, optimization and reliability as applied to problems of engi- 
neering design. Prerequisite: Department consent. 
570. Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering. (3). New or special courses 
are presented under this listing on sufficient demand. Prerequisite: Depart-
 ment consent. May be repeated for credit when subject material warrants. 
576. Thesis. (1-4). 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 273 

College of Fine Arts 
CHARLES 1. SPOHN, Ph. D., Dean 
DEPARTMENT OF ART 
ROBERTKISKADDEN,Chairman 
The Department of Art forms a portion of the College of Fine 
Arts. The curriculum has developed to meet the opportunities and 
challenges of new generations. While not breaking with the past, 
the Department of Art looks toward the future. Drawing, color, 
two- and three-dimensional design are taught as fundamentals. 
Based on this background and experience students are encouraged 
to develop their own idiom to employ a constantly enlarging array 
of tools and materials. The Department its students staff and 
graduates prides itself in their professional attainment as pro-
 ductive researchers and creative and exhibiting artists. Visiting 
artists contribute through guest lectures and studio demonstrations. 
The Department of Art offers professional courses designed to 
train and educate art students who are planning careers in the 
arts and to allow students in other colleges to gain an understand- 
ing and appreciation of art. 
Two undergraduate degrees are offered by the Department of 
Art: (1)The Bachelor of Fine Arts with major study in the follow- 
ing areas: Painting, Printmaking, Ceramics, Metalsmithing, Sculp- 
ture, Graphic Design, Art History. Minor study is available in 
Fashion Illustration. ( 2 )  The Bachelor of Art Education which 
meets state requirements for teacher certification. 
ADMISSION 
All entering freshmen will be enrolled in the University College. 
Upon completing 24 semester hours of specified courses with a 
minimum grade point average of 1.7 or upon completing 64 or 
more semester hours with a minimum grade point average of 2.000 
the student is eligible to enroll in the Department of Art. 
Transfer students may enroll in the Department of Art if tran- 
script indicates that student has completed a minimum of 24 se-
 mester hours with a grade point average of 2.000 or higher. Trans-
 fer students unable to meet this minimum requirement will be 
enrolled in University College until this requirement is met. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 275 
Freshmen who elect to major in art should indicate this on the 
application for admission form by placing a mark opposite the words 
"College of Fine Arts" and by writing the word "Art" directly below. 
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 
A student will be placed on probation for the next teim in which 
he enrolls if his cumulative grade point index falls below the follow- 
ing levels: ( 1 )  1.700 if the student has earned 24-63 credit hours. 
( 2 )  2.000 if the student has earned 64 or more credit hours. The. 
cumulative grade point index must reach the above required level 
for probation to be removed. 
No student on probation who enrolls in fewer than seven hours. 
shall be dismissed for failure to raise the cumulative grade point 
index to the required level; however, if such a student has earned 
12 or more hours in two or more terms, the cumulative grade point 
index including these hours shall be used to determine whether he 
shall be dismissed. 
A student on probation will be dismissed if his cumulative grade 
point index fails to meet the required minimum standards and if his. 
grade point index for the term during which he is on probation falls- 
below 2.000. Exception to this limitation may be made on recom- 
mendation of the student's adviser with the approval of his Dean. 
A student on dismissal must apply for readmission to the Comrnit- 
tee on Admissions, Advanced Standing, and Exceptional Programs. 
If, upon readmission, the student on final probation does not achieve- 
the required cumulative grade point index and his grade point in- 
dex for that term falls below 2.000, he shall again be dismissed. 
Any further applications for readmission will be considered on the  
merits of the individual case, after a lapse of at least one calendar- 
year. 
REQUIREMENTS 
No student shall be allowed credit toward graduation for D grade 
work in excess of one-quarter of the total hours. A grade average of 
2.000 or better must be earned on all work taken at this University 
which could be applied to the degree sought. 
The Department will accept the transfer of only one credit hour 
per semester of studio work totaling not more than six hours of the 
last thirty or ten hours of the total number of hours required for 
graduation in nonresident work, such as extension or correspon-
 dence courses, provided these are from accredited institutions. 
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 
The art courses which will fulfill the core curriculum requirements 
for graduation are: All Art History courses except 463. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 276 
The Department controls all art work or essays submitted for 
credit by the student and reserves the right to select certain pieces 
for the permanent Art Department Collection. 
All art materials, with the exception of certain non-expendable 
equipment, are furnished by the individual student. 
GRADUATE ART STUDIES 
The Graduate School offers a program leading to a Master of Fine 
Arts, or a Master of Arts in Art Education, in Art History, and in 
.Graphic Design. For information concerning requirements for 
entrance and curriculum see Art section in the Graduate School 
Bulletin. 
ART COLLECTIONS OF T m  UNIVERSITY 
The Department of Art manages four collections of paintings, 
drawings, and prints. The Art Department Collection, to date, in- 
cludes works by Albers, Friedlander, Gottlieb, Levine, Piza, Roualt, 
Trova, as well as graduate and undergraduate student work. The 
University Collection of American Prints and Drawings, to which 
acquisitions are added every year, contains a wide range of works 
of the 19th and 20th century; a few of the artists represented are 
Calder, Cassatt, Lichtenstein, 5lothelwel1, Reinhart, Sloan, and 
Whistler. The Vermillion Collection, to date, includes a Krushenick, 
Rayo, Summers, Tobey, and a Vasarely. The Bloomfield Collection 
comprises an important group of paintings from such masters as Sir 
William Beechy, Thomas Cole, Sir Peter Lely, and examples from 
the schools of Hubert Robert and Jacob Van Ruisdail. 
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE 
In addition to the scholastic and residence requirements for 
graduation from this University, candidates for this degree in 
Painting, Printmaking, Ceramics, Metalsmithing, Sculpture, or 
Graphic Design will complete a total of 126 semester hours. These 
hours will be distributed as follows: 45 Core Curriculum hours * 
and 81 Art Curriculum hours. The student majoring in Art History 
will complete a total of 124 semester hours. These hours will be 
distributed as follows: 45 Core Curriculum hours * and 79 Art 
History Curriculum hours. Specific curriculum for each of these 
areas of the degree are listed on the pages which follow. Electives 
will be selected in consultation with advisor. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
CORE CURRICULUM (45hours recommended for the B. I?. A. degree) 
I. 
 Natural Sciences: 9 hours required. 
Elect one course from each area. A minimum of 4 hours must be a 
laboratory science. 
physical 
( 1) 
Geology 111 (5hours with lab). 
( 2 )  Physical Science 101 ( 5  hours without lab). 
Biological: 
( 1) Biology 100 ( 4  hours with lab). 
( 2 )  Biological Science 102 (5hours without lab). 
11. Communications: 8 hours reauired. 
English 111 ( 3 hours). 
English 211 or 225 (3  hours). 
Speech 111 ( 2  hours). 
111. Humanities: 1 5  hours required. 
Required: 
History of World Art I 101 ( 3 hours).
 History of World Art I1 102 ( 3 hours).
 Elect one course in each of the following areas: 
History ( 3 or 4 hours).
 Literature ( 3 hours). 
Philosophy or Religion ( 3 hours).
 IV. Social Sciences: 9 hours required. 
Elect one course in three of the following areas: 
Anthropology, all courses ( 3 hours).
 Economics 221 ( 3 hours). 
Political Science: 100, 121, or 211 ( 3 hours) 
Psychology 111 ( 3 hours).
 Sociolow 111 13 hours ).
 ' 
V. 
 ~lect ives:4 Giurs reiuired. 
Credit courses offered by
 . 
any department except 
. 
the student's
 . 
major
 department. 
PAINTINGCURRICULUM 
Based on a thorough preparation in drawing and painting, the 
major progresses through a structured program leading to the 
development of a personal style. Museums, galleries, and traveling 
shows form the basis of environmental exposure. 
Requirements: 
81 Art Curriculum Hours. 
9 Art History hours. 
21 Painting hours. 
21  Drawing hours. 
6 Printmaking hours. 
24 Art Elective hours. 
45 Core Curriculum hours.* 
Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
FIRSTSEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
165 3 Drawing I 
101 / 3  1 History of World Art I0 
-
 175 ( 3  Printmaking I 
102 ( 3  History of World Art 11° ( 3  Enghh, 211 or 225O ( 3  Humanities0 
(3 Social Science0 i
 -
 15 Total hours 
 15 Total hours 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
- - 
SOPHOMORE 
SECOSDSEXIESTER 
272 ( 3 )  Painting I1 
268 ( 3  Llfe Drawing I1 
229 (31 bcthods & Media of Painting
 I.? \ Sncial Sr i~nceo-. - .-.> ., ..- - .. ( 5 )  Physical Science0 
16 Total hours 17 Total hours 
JUNIOR 
FIRSTSEMESTER SECOSDSEMESTER 
371 ( 3  Palntlng Studio 371 ( 3  Paintlng Studio 
367 ( 31 Life Drawing Studio 367 3 1 Life Drawing Studio 
g , t i v e  13) ~ r telective{ i1 Istory elective ( 3  Art elective ( 4 )  Biological Science0 (31 Art History elective 
-
 . . 
16 Total hours 17 Total hours 
SENIOR 
Advanced Painting Studio 471 ( 3 )  Advanced Painting Studio 
Advanced Drawing Studio 
Art elective 
Art elective 3 Art elective 
-
 . . 
Art Histow elective 
-
 (31 Art elective 
15 Total hours 15 Total hours 
PRINTMAKING CURRICULUM 
Exploration of the etching process and exposure to tools and 
techniques of the graphic arts. Emphasis is placed on creativity 
plus encouragement to investigate new and traditional craftsman 
like techniques and methods. 
Requirements: 
81 Art Cumculum hours. 

 6 Art History hours. 

 21 Printmaking hours. 

 3 Design hours. 

 15 Drawing hours. 

 6 Painting hours. 

 30 Art Elective hours. 

 45 Core Curriculum hours.' 

 Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
FIRSTS E ~ ~ E S T E R  SECONDSEMESTER 
- -
 ( 3 ) Social Science0. . 
15 Total hours 15 Total hours 
SOPHOMORE 
FIRSTSEX~ESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
275 ( 3 )  Printmaking I1 268 ( 3  Life Drawing I1 
272 ( 3  Painting I1 
2I Humanities0)s l  Soci+ SciepeO( 5  Physlcal Scienceo 
17 Total hours 16 Total hours 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
FIRST SEMESTER 
375 ( 3 )  Printmaking Studio 
367 3 Llfe Drawing Studio { 3 1 History elective 
-
 ~~ ~ 
375 ( 3{ Printmaking Studio 
( 3  Art Hlstory elective 
( 3 ) Art elective 
( 3 )  Art elective ( 3) Art elective ( 2 )  Humanitieso 
. . 
-
 16 Total hours 17 Total hours 
SENIOR 
FIRST SEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
475 ( 3  Advanced Prinhnaking Studio 
467 ( 3  Advanced Drawing Studio 
I 3 Art electlve 3 Art elective 	
 -
 ( 3) Art elective 
-

 I 	
 1 5  Total hours 
 15 Total hours 
CERAMICS CURRICULUM 
The ceramics major is exposed to his materials: building, throw-
 ing, clays, and glazes. Students investigate problems of glaze fonn-
 ulation, firing the kiln, and characteristics of clays and production. 
Requirements: 
81 Art Curriculum hours. 	
 3 Art History hours. 	
 24 Ceramic hours. 	
 3 Metalsmithing hours. 	
 3 Sculpture hours. 	
 12 Drawing hours. 	
 3 Painting hours. 	
 3 Printmaking hours. 	
 30 Art Elective hours. 	
 45 Core Curriculum hours.* 	
 Model Program 
FRESHMAN 	
 F m s ~SEMESTER 	
 -
 13 / 	 Drawing I 3 Ceramics I 	3 History of World Art  	3 English*	3 1 Humanities-
 15 Total hours 
 1 5  Total hours 
SOPHOMORE 
281 3 Ceramics I1 
267 13 Life Drawin I 
( 31 Painting (2?1 or 272) 111 ( 2  Speecha 3 Humanities0 
-
 3 ) Social Science* 

 -
 17  Total hours 
 17  Total hours 
JUNIOR 
FIRST SEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
381 3 Ceramics Studio 
131 Study of Ceramic Materials 	
 ( 284 or 484 )

 367 
( 3 )  Life Drawing Studio 
(31 Aft elective ( 4  Blolog~cal Science* 
-
 ( 2 )  Humanities" 

 -
 18 Total hours 
 17 Total hours 
280 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
FIRST SEMESTER 
481 ( 3 )  Advanced Ceramics Studio ( 3 )  
Art elective 

 3 )  Art elective 

 3 Art elective 

 -
 3 Art elcctive1 1  
15 Total hours 
SENIOR 
SECONDSEMESTER 
481 ( 3 )  Advanced Ceramics Studio ( 3 )  Art elective ( 3  ) Art elective ( 3 )  Art elective 
-
 12 Total hours 
METALSlWTHING CURRICULUM 
Exploration of methods of forming, constructing, and casting silver 
and other metals. Emphasis is placed on design and craftsmanship. 
Requirements: 

 81 Art CurricuIum hours. 
6 Art History hours. 
21 h,fetalsmithing hours. 
6 Ceramic hours. 
6 Sculpture hours. 
3 Design hours. 
6 Drawing hours. 
6 Painting hours. 
6 Printrnaking hours. 
21 Art Elective hours (includes a minor area of 12 hours). 
45 Core Curriculum hours." 
Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
175 ( 3
 18.5 ( 3
 102 ( 3( 3( 31
 . . 
FIRST SEMESTER 
-
 15 Total hours 
FIRST SEMESTER 
-
 17Total hours 
FIRST SEMESTER 
379 ( 3 ) Metalsmithing Studio 
(3 ) Art elective 
-
 5) Physical Science* 
17 Total hours 
F m s ~SEMESTER 
SECONDSEMESTER 
Printrnaking I 
Sculpture I 
History of World Art ZIP 
English 211 or 225' 
Humanities*
 -
 15 Total hours 
SOPHOMORE 
SECONDSEMESTER 
272 ( 3  Painting I1 
275 (31 Prinhnaking I1 
281 ( 3  Ceramics I1 
285 3 1 Sculpture I1 [ 3  Social Science* 
(21 Humanitiese
 -
 17Total hours 
SECONDSEMESTER 
(3 Metalsmithing Studio ( 3  Art elective 
4 Biological Science' 
3 Humanities0 
-
 2 Humanities'I I 
15 Total hours 
SECONDSEMESTER 
JUNIOR 
379 
SENIOR 
479 ( 3 )  Advanced Metalsmithing Studio 
( 3 ) Art History elective 
elective 
-
 15 Total hours 
479 ( 3 )  Advanced Metalsmithing Studio 
479 ( 3) Advanced Metalsmithing Studio 
-
 15 Total hours 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
- - 
SCULPTURE CURRICULUM 
The program is designed to provide a solid grounding in basic 
techniques and materials and to expose students to the past and 
present directions in sculpture. A professional attitude is empha-
 sized with the exploration of traditional and experimental methods 
and media. 
Requirements: 
81 Art Curriculum hours. 

 9 Art History hours. 

 21 Sculpture hours. 

 3 Ceramics hours. 

 3 Metalsmithing hours. 

 15 Drawing hours. 

 3 Painting hours. 

 3 Printmaking hours. 

 24 Art Elective hours. 

 45 Core Cuniculum hours." 

 Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
185 3) Drawing I Metalsmithing I 

 185 13) Sculpture I Printmaking ( 175 or 275)

 101 (3) History of World Art Io History of World Art 11° 

 111 (3) Engl~shO English, 211 or 225* 
( 3) Humanities 
-
 . . -
 15 Total hours 16 Total hours 
SOPHOMORE 

 FIRST SEMESTER 

 285 (3 Sculpture I1 

 267 (31 Life Drawn I 
13) Cuamirr (161or 281)
 5 Physical Science* 
(2) Humanitiesa 
16 Total hours 17 Total hours 
JUNIOR 
F ~ S TSEMESTER SECONDS E ~ S T E R  

 385 (3) Sculpture Studio 385 3 ) Sculpture Studio 

 367 (3 ) Life Drawing Studio 386 13 Sculpture Studio 

 (3 Art elective (3 Art History elective 
(31 Humanities0 3 Art elective 
(3 Social Scienceo I3I Social Scienceo 111 (21 Speech0 
-
 17Total hours 15 Total hours 
SENIOR 
FIRSTSEMESTER SECO~-DSEMESTER 

 485 (3 ) Advanced Sculpture Studio t85 (3) Advanced Sculpture Studio 

 467 (3 ) Advanced Drawing Studio 

 ( 3  Art History elective 

 (31 Art elective 
-
 (3 ) Art electwe 
-
 15 Total hours 15 Total hours 
GRAPHIC DESIGN (Commercial Art) CURRICULUM 
Professional program for students interested in a career in the 
field of visual communication. Conceptual and practical problem- 
solving in various media: photography, typography, design, and 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
- - 
drawing directed toward the development of design skills for com-
 munication purposes. 
Requirements: 
81 Art Curriculum hours. 
3 Philosophy of Art hours. 	
 36 Graphic Design hours. 	
 11 Drawing hours. 	
 3 Basic Design hours. 	
 3 Color hours. 	
 3 Painting hours. 	
 22 Art Elective hours (Graphic Design and related areas). 	
 45 Core Curriculum hours.' 	
 Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
FIRST SEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 	
 165 3 )  Drawing I 	
 171 3 Basic Two-dimensional Design 	
 101 3 History of World Art I D  	
 111 3 English*	
 3 
 Humanities*i 
15 Total hours 
 15 Total hours 
SOPHOMORE 
FIRST SEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
. . 
-
 ( 3) Social Science* 

 -
 16 Total hours 
 17 Total hours 
JUNIOR 
FIRST SEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
394 ( 3) Graphic Design 11 
388 ( 3  Fashlon Illustrahon I1 
397 ( 3  Advertis$g Illustration ( 3I Art electlve (41 Biologiqa! Science0 
-
 -
 ( 2  Humamheso 
14 Total hours 
 18 Total houn 
SENIOR (select one area---Graphic Design or Fashion Illustration) 
F ~ S T  DESIGN SEMESTER-GRAPHIC DESIGN SEMESTER--GRAPHIC SECOND 	
 493 ( 3 ) Graphic Design 111-Media 	( 3  Art 497 or 487 
3 1 ielective 
3 Art elective 
-
 (31 Art elective 
-
 15 Total hours 16 Total hours 
FIRST SEMESTER-FASHION ILLUSTRATION SECONDSEMESTER-FASHIONILLUSTRATION 
487 ( 3 )  Advanced Fashion Illustration 
3 
 Ad elective 
Art elective 
-

 [34 )  Art elective 
-
 15 Total hours 
 16 Total hours 
ART HISTORYCURRICULUM 

 The program is designed to prepare students for the whole range 
of activities related to the art of the past: criticism, both college and 
secondary level teaching, and conservation. Students are exposed 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 283 
- - 
to a view of art from earliest times to the present. The language 
of art as well as the historical framework is emphasized. 
Requirements: 
79 Art Curriculum hours. 
33 Art History hours. 
13 Foreign Language hours. 
33 Liberal Arts hours. 
45 Core Curriculum hours.* 
Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
FIRSTSEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
-
 15 Total hours 15  Total hours 
SOPHOMORE 
. .  -
 17 Total hours 16 Total hours 
JUNIOR 
FIRSTSEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 
3 Art History elective [3 1 Humanities: Foreign Literature 
in major language0 
in major language* major Foreign Language 
-
 17 Total hours 14 Total hours 
SENIOR 
FIRSTSEMESTER SECONDSEXESTER 
3 Art History elective 
463 13 1 Seminar: Techniques of Art 
History
 I3 Liberal Arts elective 3 Liberal Arts elective 
- -
 ( 3 )  Liberal Arts elective 
15  Total hours 15 Total hours 
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION DEGREE 
In addition to the scholastic and residence requirements for 
graduation from this University, candidates for this degree will 
complete a minimum of 131 semester hours. These hours will be 
distributed as follows: 51 Core Curriculum hours,* 48 Art Cur-
 riculum hours, 20 Art Education hours, and 12 Education hours. 
Electives will be selected in consultation with advisor. 
The following program fulfills both the University general re- 
quirements for graduation and the Kansas State certification re-
 quirements for teaching art at the Secondary and Elementary levels. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
CORE CURRICULUM (51hours recommended for the B. A. E. degree) 
I. 	Natural Sciences: 12 hours required. 
Elect in at least two areas. A minimum of 4 hours must be a laboratory 
science. 
Physical: 
( 1) 
Geology 111 ( 5  hours with lab). 
( 2 )  Physical Science 101 ( 5  hours without lab). 

 Biological: 

 ( 1) 
Biology 100 (4  hours with lab). 
( 2 )  Biological Science 102 ( 5  hours without lab). 
Engineering: 
( 1) 
Engineering Sicence in Society 300 ( 3  hours). 
11. Communications: 8 hours required. 

 English 111 ( 3  hours). 

 English 211 or 225 ( 3  hours). 

 Speech 111 ( 2  hours). 

 111. 
 Humanities: 15  hours reauired. 
Required: 

 Art History (6  hours).

 Literature / 6 hours l . 	
 Elect one course from the following areas: 

 History ( 3  or 4 hours ) . 	
 Philosophy or Religion ( 3  hours). 

 IV. 	 Social Sciences: 12 hours required. 
Required : 
Psychology 111 ( 3  hours). 
Elect in two of the followine areas: 

 Anthropology, all courses ( 3  hours). 

 Economics 221 ( 3  hours). 

 Political Science 100, 121, or 211 ( 3  hours).

 Sociology 111 ( 3  hours). 

 V. 	 Electives: 4 hours required. 
Credit courses offered by any department except the student's major 
department. 
ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM 
A professional program for students interested in art teaching. 
A structured program preparing majors to teach and supervise at 
various education levels. All majors are encouraged to specialize 
in either studio or art history offerings. 
Requirements: 
80 Art Curriculum hours. 

 48 Art hours. 

 20 Art Education hours. 

 12 Education hours. 

 51 Core Curriculum hours." 
Model Program 
FRESHMAN 
165 ( 3 )  Drawing I 

 179 ( 3  hletalsmithing I 

 101 (31 History of World Art I' 

 111 (3) Englisho 

 -
 ( 3) 
Humanities0 
-
 . . 
15Total hours 	 15Total hours 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
- - 
SOPHOMORE 
Fmsr SEMESTER SECOXD SEMESTER 
267 ( 3  Life Drawing I 
271 ( 3  Painting I ( 3  Ceramics (181 or 281) ( 4  Natural Scienceo (Biological) ( 3  Art Specialization elective I	( 3 )  Humanities0 	 (31  Art Ed. in Elem. (241 or 341) 
(Art Ed.) 
-

 111 
-
 ( 2 )  Speech* 
16 Total hours 	 17 Total hours 
JUNIOR 

 FIRSTSEMESTER SECONDSEMESTER 

 ( 3  Art Specialization elective 

 ( 31 Art History elective 
18 Total hours 	 17 Total hours 
SENIOR 
Fmsr SEMESTER SECO~VSEMESTER(Teachinz Block 
( 3 ) Art Specialization elective 406 4 Art curricula; (Art ~d )
 3 Art History elective 428 131 Social Aspects Teaching (Ed.) 
343 131 Fiber & Fabric (Art Ed.) 433 ( 2  Psych Aspects Teaching (Ed.)  
131 Natyal Sciellce" 447 (71 student Teaching (Art Ed. ) 
3 Soclal Sc~ence* 
-
 ( 2 )  Humanitieso 	
 -
 17 Total hours 	 I 6  Total hours 
STUDENT TEACHING 
Admission into the student teaching semester requires senior 
standing (90 hours-200 credit points); a minimum cumulative 
grade-point index of 2.25 and 2.50 in art courses at the time of 
application for student teaching; grade of C or better in English 111 
or its equivalent; a grade of C or better in Speech 111; completion 
of Ed. 232, 333; Art Education 241, 343, 442; satisfactory physical 
examination; recommendation by the Department of Art Education. 
Applications for student teaching must be on file with and approved 
by the Director of Art Education by mid-term of the spring semester 
prior to the academic year in which student teaching is anticipated. 
ART CURRICULUM 
Lower Division Courses 
101. History of World Art I. (3). A survey of world art from prehistoric 
origins to the 15th century. 
102. History of World Art 11. (3). A survey of world art from the 14th century 
to the mid 19th century. 
161. Introduction to the Visual Arts. (3). An introduction to the under-
 standing of images and materials in the visual arts in relation to the geo-
 graphical, historical, religious, social, and economic conditions of the Western 
world. Designed for the non-art major. 
165. Drawing I. (3). Introduction to the principles of drawing; theory and 
practice for beginning art students in various drawing media. Work dealing 
in still life, landscape and human figure. Problems in composition, projects 
and sketch books. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
171. Basic Two-Dimensional Design. (3). Introduction to the principles of 
design and practice in various media. A study of the two-dimensional surface 
in relation to the formal elements of space, form, color and consequent structure. 
172. Basic Three-Dimensional Design. (3). Introduction to the principles of 
three-dimensional design. A study of relationships of mass and space using 
diverse media. 
175. Printmaking I. (3). An introduction to ~rintmaking. Exploratory work 
in woodcut, relief, mixed techniques, and collage intaglio. 
179. Metalsmithing I. (3). An introduction to metalsmithing. Stress placed 
on jewelry design, basic processes of construction, soldering, finishing, and 
stone setting. 
181. Ceramics I. (3). Introduction to hand building, wheel throwing, and 
glazing methods. Basic howledge involving the physical characteristics of 
clay and glazes. Reading assignments. 
185. Sculpture I. (3). An introduction to basic sculpture techniques and 
materials. Direct work in plaster, clay, wood and metal; casting in plaster and 
concrete. 
193. Color, (3). A study of the qualities of color in design and art expression. 
211. Greek Art. (3). An introductory study of Greek art from the Archaic to 
Hellenistic periods. The course will cover architecture, sculpture, and vase 
painting, with emphasis on the art of Pericles' Athens. 
212. Roman Art. (3). An introduction to the art of Rome from the age of 
Augustus to the age of Constantine. 
221. Italian Renaissance. (3). A study of the architecture, sculpture, and 
painting from the 13th century to the 16th. Emphasis will be given to early 
developments in Florence and Siena and late developments in Rome. 
222. Italian Baroque. (3). A study of Baroque painting, sculpture, and archi- 
tecture in Rome, Venice, and Bologna from 1600 till 1750, with emphasis on 
the Carracci, Bernini, and Tiepolo. 
229. Introduction to Methods and Media of Painting. (3). Survey of painting 
methods from the 12th to 20th century. History and nature of materials. In-
 cludes encaustic, tempera, oil, oil-resin, synthetic media, grounds, supports, 
and surface protection. Prerequisite: Prior or concurrent enrollment in painting, 
or art history major. 
238. Design Media I. (3). Introductory course in photography and related 
materials (color-key, orthro film for process and plate-making). Prerequisite: 
Art 171 and consent of instructor. 
239. Design Media 11. (3). Introductory course in motion picture photography 
and television. Prerequisite: Art 238 and consent of instructor. 
240. Art Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3). For students without 
previous art background who plan to teach in the elementary school classroom. 
Study of fundamental methods, materials, and concepts used to develop art 
knowledge and skills in the elementary age levels. 
241. Art Education in the Elementary School. (3). Study of philosophy, psy- 
chology, and sensory growth of the elementary age student with emphasis on 
the development of the art program for this level. Prerequisite: Art Education 
major, or Art 240, or consent of instructor. 
267 and 268. Life Drawing I & II. (3-3). Drawing from life with emphasis 
on figure construction. Anatomy sketchbooks and portfolios required. Pre-
 requisite: Art 165. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 287 
271. Painting I. (3). An introduction to oil painting. Emphasizing studio 
practices, fundamental principles, and techniques. Prerequisite: Art 165. 
272. Painting IT. (3). An introduction to watercolor painting in both trans- 
parent and opaque media. Prerequisite: Art 165. 
275. Printmaking II. (3). Basic intaglio methods (etching, engraving, soft 
ground, aquatint, and mived techniques). Prerequisite: Art 165. 
279. Metalsmithing II. (3). Forging and casting problems in metalsmithing. 
Stress placed on craftsmanship and design. Prerequisite: Art 179. 
281. Ceramics 11. (3). Experience in hand building, wheel throwing, glazing 
methods. Lecture periods involving general knowledge of clays, glazes, kilns, 
historical and contemporary pottery. 
282. Ceramic JII. (3). Experience in hand building, wheel throwing, glazing 
methods, and firing procedures. Lecture periods involving special studies of 
glazes and glaze materials, historical and contemporary pottery. Prerequisite: 
Art 281. 
284. Study of Ceramic Materids I. (3). Lectures and research covering clays, 
glazes, and refactory materials. Reading assignments concerning physical and 
chemical characteristics of pottery materials. 
285. Sculpture II. (3). An introduction to sculptural techniques in welded 
steel, assemblage, and vacuum formed plastic. Prerequisite: Art 185. 
295. Basic Typography. (3). Lettering as related to type families and applied to 
advertisements. A study of type and its use. Prerequisite: Art 165 and 171. 
297. Layout and Production Techniques. (3). Introduction to advertising 
theory and visual communication. Fundamentals of respective functions of 
copy, art, plans and media in advertising. A study of studio practices and art 
production problems. Prerequisite: Art 295. 
299. Drawing for Commercial Art. (1). Directed practice in drawing in 
various media for Commercial Art. Outside assignments with weekly critique. 
Maximum credit 2 hours by re-enrollment. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
Upper Division Courses 
302. 18th and 19th Century European Art. (3). A history of European art 
from Watteau through Post-Impressionism. 
303. 18th and 19th Century American Art. (3). A history of American art 
from the colonial period through the 19thcentury. 
304. American and European Art. (3). Study of American and European 
artists and trends of 18th and 19th centuries. Simultaneous directions and in- 
fluences in Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture. 
305. Primitive and Oriental Art. (3). A survey of architecture, painting, and 
sculpture. 
307. Medieval Art I. (3). A study of the art of Europe and Byzantium from 
the time of Constantine to Charlemagne. An emphasis will be put on style 
and iconography as it develops in mosaics and illustrated manuscripts. 
308. Medieval Art II. (3). A study of Romanesque and Gothic architecture 
.and sculpture with special attention being given to the developments in France. 
313. Art of the Ancient Near East. (3). Survey of the arts of ancient Egypt 
and Mesopotamia, concludin with a consideration of the interaction between 
Near Eastern art and classics? art. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 288 
338. Design Media Studio. (3). Advanced study of photography. May be 
repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 238 and consent of instructor. 
341. Art Education Curriculum in the Elementary School. (3). Study of 
developmental characteristics of the elementary age student and the develop- 
ment of the art program with respect to materials, skills and knowledge con- 
tent. Prerequisite: Art Education major. 
343. Fiber and Fabric Processes. (3). Fiber processing and structuring in 
traditional and experimental processes in woven forms and other structural 
techniques using natural and man-made fiber. Prerequisite: Art 241 or con- 
sent of instructor. 
367. Life Drawing Studio. (3). Emphasis on individual development, figura- 
tive observation and interpretation. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 
Art 267 and 268. 
371. Painting Studio. (3). Emphasis on individual development, personal 
interpretation and creativity. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 
271 and 272. 
375. Printmaking Studio. (3). Introduction to lithography, printing from the 
stone in black and white. May be repeated for creclit. Prerequisite: Art 163. 
379. Metalsmithing Studio. (3). Exploration of processes of fabrication of 
hollowware and jewelry. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 179. 
381. Ceramics Studio. (3). Advanced studio roblems involving forming 
methods. Experience in glaze formulation and filn firing. Lecture periods 
of advanced studies of ceramic materials, historical and contemporary pottery. 
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 282. 
385. Sculpture Studio. (3). Special emphasis on the main approaches to 
sculpture. Stress is placed on the form, conce t and construction of sculpture. 
Carving techniques in wood, stone, and/or pPastic. Construction and assem-
 bla e techniques selected from wood, lastic, metal (welded, brazed, riveted, 
a t c i  and/or combined materials. May %e repeated once for credit. Prerequi-
 site: Art 285. 
386. Sculpture Studio. (3). Plaster investment, sand, and vitrified shell cast- 
ing techniques for sculpture in bronze and aluminum. Prerequisite: Art 285. 
387. Fashion Illustration I. (3). Development of the fashion figure for use 
in fashion illustrating. Prerequisite: Art 267. 
388. Fashion Illustration 11. (3). Development of the fashion figure. In-
 terpretation of varied textures of furs, fabrics, leathers, etc. Problems in lay-
 out peculiar to fashion advertising. Work in media for newspaper and maga- 
zine reproduction. Prerequisite: Art 387. 
393. Graphic Design I-Theory. (3). . Experimentations with visual phe-
 nomena and its use in the communication of ideas through visual means. 
Studio practice coordinated with discussion of art theory, philosophy, and his- 
tory of design. Prerequisite: Art 297. 
394. Graphic Design II. (3). Introduction to printing processes; letterpress, 
offset printing, and photo-silk screen. Prerequisite: Art 239 and 393. 
397. Advertising Illustration. (3). Development of skills used in stating a 
pictorial idea. The application of these skills to the needs of editorial ad- 
vertising illustration. Blank and white media. Prerequisite: Art 267 and 272. 
399. Advanced Drawing for Commercial Art. (1). Directed. practice in draw- 
ing for Commercial Art. Outside assignments with weekly critique. Maximum 
credit 4 hours by re-enrollment. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
401. 20th Century Art Before 1945. (3). A history of American and European 
art in the first half of the 20th century. 
406. Art Curriculum and Supervision Method. (4). The construction of cur-
 riculum for elementary, junior and senior high levels; techniques of supervision 
and administration of an art program. 
421. Northern Renaissance. (3). -4 study of French, Flemish, and German 
painting from Parisian illumination in the 14th century to Durer. 
422. Northern Baroque. (3). A study of the art of Flanders and Holland 
during the 17th century. While a variety of artistic expression is shown with 
examples from a great many artists, the discussion culminates in an extensive 
study of the two dominant figures, Peter Paul Rubens and Rembrandt Van 
Rijn. 
442. Art Education in the Secondary School. (3). The study of philosophy, 
objectives, ancl classroom procedures directed toward the development of in-
 formational and studio skills at the secondary level. 
450. Art Workshop . (1-3). May be repeated for creclit. 
(The area to be covered will be inserted at the time course is offered.) 
455. Color and Design. (3). The psychology and optics of color perception 
and expression in design. Application of color theory to film making, exhibition 
design, and advertising. 
462. Seminar: Philosophy of Art. (3). Survey of the field of aesthetics and 
philosophy of art. A critical examination of ideas. 
463. Seminar: Techniques of Art History. (3). A culminating stucly for seniors 
majoring in art history in which will be considered the history of the discipline, 
its research methods and theory. Extensive readings and reports. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
467. Advanced Drawing Studio. (3). Drawing with a variety of media. 
Graphic problems relative to individual technical and aesthetic development. 
Group critiques. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 3 semesters of 
Life Drawing. 
471. Advanced Painting Studio. (3). For the professionally oriented student. 
Emphasis on inclcpendent achievement ancl preparation for graduate study. 
May be rcpeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 371 and consent of the painting/ 
drawing faculty. 
475. Advanced Printmaking Studio. (3). For the student interested in pro- 
fessional printmaking. Printmaking from the individual viewpoint with options 
in technique. Specialization in combined methods in color printinq or black 
and white. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 175 or 275. 
479. Advanced Mctalsmithing Studio. (3). Raising, forging, ancl casting pol)-  
lems in silver and other nonferrous metals. Stress placed on craftsmanship and 
design. hlaybe repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 170. 
481. Advanced Cerzmics Studio. (3). Advanced studio problems ir.volving 
forming methods, glaze forniulation and firing procedures. Lecture periods 
involving advanced studies of ccramic materials and glaze formulation. l i ay  
be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 381. 
481. Study of Ceramic Materials 11. (3). Lectures and research covering clays, 
glazes, and refactory materials. Reading assignments concerning physical and 
chemical characteristics of pottery materials. 
485. Advanced Sculpture Studio. (3). Sculpture in any medium with an 
emphasis on personal development and creativity. May be repeated for credit. 
Prerequisite: Art 355. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 290 
487. Advanced Fashion Illustration. (3). Fashion drawings of costumed mod- 
els for newspaper and magazine layouts. Merchandising and fashion elements 
analyzed in black and white and color. Consideration of reproduction require- 
ments. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 388. 
493. Graphic Design 111-Media. (3). Application of clesign media in the 
applied arts. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 394. 
494. Graphic Design IV. (3). A comprehensive study of the corporate image. 
Development, coordination, and esecution of a corporate design program. This 
course emphasizes conceptual aspects of Graphic Design. May be repeated for 
credit. Prerequisite: Art 394. 
497. Advanced Advertising Illustration. (3). Continuation of Art 397. Color 
media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 397. 
Graduate Courses 
501. Seminar in Art. (3). Supervised study and research in the following art 
areas: (a) Painting, (b) Printmaking, (c) Ceramics, (cl) Sculpture, (e) Metalsmith- 
ing, (f) Art Education, (g) Art History, (h) Crafts, (i) Drawing, (j) Graphic 
Design. Weekly consultation and reports. Individual areas may not be re-
 peated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
505 & 506. Special Problems in Painting. (3 or 5, 3 or 5). Professional and 
experimental painting with emphasis on the development of maturity, ideas, 
independent thinking, and personal expression. Mecli~~ms: oil, watercolor, 
synthetic media. May be repeated for credit. 
507 & 508. Special Problems in Printmaking. (3 or 5, 3 or 5). Advanced 
printmaking on an individual basis; encouragement given to investigation and 
an experimental attitude combined with a craftsmanlike approach. Techniques 
include all intaglio methods, lithography ancl relief, black ancl white, and color. 
May be repeated for credit. 
509 & 510. Special Problems in Sculpture. (3 or 5, 3 or 5). Advanced sculpture 
with emphasis on experimentation ancl high quality work on an incliviclual basis. 
Special projects in casting, architectural sculpture, mixed media, or new mate- 
rials and techniques will be stressed. May be repeated for credit. 
511 & 512. Special Problems in Ceramics. (3 or 5, 3 or 5). Research in ad- 
vanced problems in ceramics. May be repeated for credit. 
513 & 514. Special Problems in Metalsmithing. (3 or 5, 3 or 5). Large raising 
and/or forging problems in silver ancl other nonferrous metals. Stress placed on 
craftsmanship ancl design. Maybe repeated for credit. 
517 & 518. Research Problems in Art Education. (3-3). Oricntntion in research 
methods, findings and designs related to the analysis of studies and current 
problems in art eclucation. May he repeated once for credit. Prereqnisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
519. Development of Art Understanding in the Educational Propam. (3). 
Readings, observation and evaluative techniques in the development of con-
 cepts and materials for art understanding. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
521 & 522. Special Problems in Drawing. (1 or 3, 1or 3). Advanced clrawing 
in various media with emphasis on independent work and development of per- 
sonal expression. May be repeated for credit. 
523. Fiber and Fabric Processes. (3). Fiber processing and structuringr in 
traditional and experimental processes in woven forn~s and other structural 
techniques using natural ancl man-made fibers. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
531. Seminar: Art of the 18th and 19th Centuries. (3). Selected readings 
and problems in 18th and 19th centilry art, emphasizing aesthetic theory and 
the history of ideas. 
532. Seminar: Art since 1945. (3). Selected readings and problems in con- 
temporary art. 
548. Advanced Research of Ceramic Materials. (3). Lectures and advanced 
research covering clays, glazes, and refactory materials. Reading assignments 
concerning physical and chemical characteristics of pottery materiais. Note-
 book and outside lab work required. 
551. Graphic Design Media. (3). Application of design media in the applied 
arts. hlay be repeated for credit. 
553. Typography. (3). The study of typography in visual communication 
and its use in graphic design. Laboratory work in designing, setting, printing, 
and binding original design. 
555. Graphic Design Theory. (3). Experimentation in visual phenomena and 
its uye in the communication of ideas through visual means. Studio practice 
coordination with discussion on design theory, phi!osophy and history of de- 
sign. May be repeated for credit. 
557. Production Techniques. (3). Laboratory problems in planning and exe- 
cuting design work for the various graphic medla. A study of oftice practices 
related to the operation of a studio and the production of art. 
551. hlethods and Mcclia of Paintifig. (3). Painting methods from the 12th 
to 20th century. History and nature of materials. Includes encaustic, tempera, 
oil, oil-resin, synthetic media, grounds, supports, and surface protection. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. 
565. Museum Techniques I. (3). Primarily for the graduate student in-
 terestcd in museum work. Specialized research related to administrative re- 
sponsibilities of a museum: collection, exhillition, recording, preservation, and 
financial activities. 
567. Special Problems in Life Drawing. (1 or 3). Drawing from life. 
Sketchbooks and portfolios required. May be repeated for credit. 
575-576. Thesis. (2-2). 

 577-578. Terminal Project. (3or 5, 3 or 5). 

 SCHOOL O F  MUSIC 
HOTVAPDE. ELLIS, Ph. D., Assistant Dean 
The School of Music provides courses, programs, and curricula 
which are designed to train and educate serious music students who 
are planning careers in the music profession, ancl to allow students 
in other colleges to gain an understanding of music as a humanistic 
study. Recitals by students, faculty, and guests, augment the over- 
all community programs in the Fine Arts. The School of hlusic is 
an accredited member of the National Association of Schools of 
Music. Requirements for entrance and graduation are in accord- 
ance with its published regulations. 
Two undergraduate degrees are offered by the School of Music: 
(1)The Bachelor of Alusic Edzlcation-containin;: a minor in edu- 
cation mpeting the state requirements for the secondary three-year 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 292 
certificate and degree three-year elementary certificate. There are 
two options within this degree: ( a )  the Bachelor of Music Edu- 
cation General degree (Instrumental Emphasis) which is offered 
to satisfy the needs of the student whose chief performing medium 
is instrumental or keyboard, and who plans to enter the field of 
instrumental music teaching in the public schools; ( b )  the Bachelor 
of Music Education degree (Vocal Emphasis) which is offered to 
satisfy the needs of the student whose chief performing medium 
is voice or piano, and who plans to enter the field of vocal music 
teaching in the public schools. 
(2 )  The Bachelor of Music in Performance may emphasize either 
a performing medium (piano, organ, voice, strings, wind or percus- 
sion), or theory-composition as the major area of concentration. 
REQUIREMENTS 
ADMISSION 
All entering freshmen will be enrolled in the University College. 
Upon completing 24 semester hours of specified courses with a 
minimum grade point average of 1.700 the student is eligible to 
enroll in the School of Music; students transferring with 64 or more 
semester hours must have earned a 2.000 grade point average. 
Transfer students may enroll in the School of Music if transcript 
indicates that student bas completed a minimum of 24 semester 
hours with a grade point average of 2.000 ( C )  or higher. Students 
with grade average of 1.700 and less than 2.000 may petition for 
admittance to the School of hlgsic. Transfer students who do not 
meet this minimum requirement will be enrolled in the University 
College until this requirement is met. 
Majors in music must demonstrate performance ability on one 
instrument or voice to the satisfaction of the music examining com- 
mittee following registration. Entering students unable to meet 
applied music requirements will be enrolled in Applied Music 9 or 
10 until they attain proficiency necessary to meet the requirements 
of Applied Music 11. Prospective students are urged to contact the 
School of Music office with regard to dates when ACT and other 
tests will be administered. The result of these tests are utilized for 
counseling purposes. 
Freshmen who elect to major in music should indicate this on 
the Application for Admission form by placing a mark opposite the 
words "College of Fine Arts," and by writing the word "Music" 
directly below. This will provide the student with a faculty advisor 
from the School of Music staff. 
For additional details write to the School of Music, Wichita State 
University, Wichita, Kansas 67208. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 293 
PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS 
In order to determine the status of all students in applied music, 
proficiency examinations will be given following the registration 
period. Thereafter, repertoire cards will be maintained, recording 
the student's progress each semester. The piano proficiency exami- 
nation for all music degree students may be taken by entering stu- 
dents whose background indicates they may pass this requirement 
without enrolling in class or private piano (non-piano majors). If 
the requirement is met, the student may elect other interest areas 
or additional private study in piano courses designed for the non- 
piano major. Transfer students who submit proof, by official tran- 
script or letter from the Dean, of completion of a comparable piano 
proficiency examination will be exempt. Proficiency examinations 
in music theory will also be given new students. Those deficient 
will be required to enroll concurrently in remedial work until 
competency has been attained. All proficiency examinations must 
be passed before the student will be allowed to practice-teach. 
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS 
It is expected that students will make satisfactoly progress in their 
studies. A student who fails to do so may be placed on pro-
 bation at any time and ultimately dismissed from the University. 
Students who have earned up to 63 hours will be required to 
earn a Grade Point Average of at least 1.7 each semester. Students 
who have completed more than 63 hours will be required to earn 
an average of at least 2.000 each semester. 
A student with less than 64 hours not on probation who fails to 
earn a Grade Point Average of at least 1.7 in any semester will be 
placed on probation for the following semester. At the end of 
the semester in which the student has been placed on probation, 
and was required to earn at least a 2.000 grade point average, his 
transcript will be reviewed. Students who failed to earn the re- 
quired average will be dismissed. Students who live up to the 
probation requirements will be continued on this status as long 
as they earn at least a 2.000 average and until their accumulative 
Grade Point Average has reached the minimum level commensurate 
to their hours of college credit earned. 
A student with more than 63 hours not on probation who fails 
to earn a Grade Point Average of 2.000 in a semester will be placed 
on probation for the following semester. At the end of the semester 
in which the student has been on probation, he will be continued 
on probation if his Grade Point Average for the semester is at least 
2.000 and until he reaches a cumulative GPA of 2.000. If he fails 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 294 
-- 
to earn at least a 2.000 for any semester on probation, he will be 
dismissed for poor scholarship." 
A student who has been dismissed for poor scholarship may enroll 
only with special permission of the Committee on Admissions and 
Exceptional Programs. 
STUDENT TEACHING 
Admission into the student teaching semester requires a minimum 
c~cmnulativegrade-point index of 2.25; a minimum grade-point index 
of 2.50 in music courses; senior standing (90 hours-200 credit 
points); a grade of C or better in English 111or its equivalent; a 
gracle of C or better in Speech 111; completion of Ed. 232, and Ed. 
333; physical examination passed; transfer student must satisfy Edu- 
cation department requirements for Ed. 232 if not taken at Wichita 
State University; application on file with, and approval of, The 
Admissions Committee of the College of Education; application 
filed with the Chairman of the Music Education Department by 
mid-term of the spring semester prior to the academic year in which 
student teaching is requested; recommendation of Music Education 
department; must have passed piano proficiency; must have com- 
pleted sequence of Music Education methods (Elementary vocal 
major 201, 301; Elementary instrumental major 202, 302 plus Meth- 
ods 135 through 140; Secondary vocal major 203, 303; Secondary 
instrumental major 204, 304, plus Methods 135 through 140); instru- 
mental majors must have completed Music 142. 
APPLTED MUSIC REGULATIONS 
( 1 )  A minimum of 10 hours practice per week is required for 
2 semester hours credit for applied music in the chief performing 
medium. Practice rooms are available to all students in the School 
of Music who are enrolled for any phase of applied music. For 
practice room fee see departmental fees, page 48. 
( 2 )  Applied music instruction at the college level shall be  on 
the University campus with approved music faculty staff. 
( 3 )  Any credit for applied music requested on the basis of trans- 
fer from other institutions shall be subjectecl to the normal routine of 
the Committee on Admissions, Advanced Standing, and Exceptional 
Programs. 
( 4 )  Music major applied classifications are: 9-10, pre-major or 
secondary; 11-12, freshman; 21-22, sophomore; 31-32, junior; 41-42, 
senior. These classifications are determined during jury examina-
 tions of appropriate semesters. 
* NOTE: No student on probation who enrolls in fewer than 7 hours shall 
be placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise the cumulative grade point 
index to the required level; however, if such a student has earned 7 or more 
hours in two or more terms, the cumulative grade point inclex inclucling these 
hours shall be used to determine whether he shall be academically clismissed. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 295 
Secondaries will take class or private lessons until proficiency 
requirements are met. 
(5)  Prior to graduation, candidates in various phases of applied 
music must pass an examination on the List of materials from the 
outline below: 
Candidates for any degree in music must pass an examination in 
keyboard proficiency and pass an examination on materials in the 
chief performing medium, e, g., requirements listed under Piano 20 
or Voice 20. 
(6 )  Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music must, before 
graduation, be classified as follows: 
Vocal majors-Voice 42 and Piano 20. 
Keyboard majors-Piano or Organ 42, and Secondary Medium 
20 or 22 as appropriate. 
Iwfrumental majors-Major instrument 42, and Secondary Me- 
dium 20 or 22. 
Theory-composition majors-Piano or Organ 22, chief performing 
medium 22. If chief performing medium is that elected to fulfill 
the Piano and Organ requirement, level 32 is required. 
(7 )  A specsed number of ensembles is required of all students 
according to degree requirements described in the catalog. Specific 
ensembles must be scheduled in consultation with faculty adviser. 
RECITALS 
Each student shall be required to declare a performance medium, 
and in this major area he shall be required to present a public or 
jury recital. A jmy recital is performed before at least 3 faculty 
members. 
Each student is to present to an examining committee, at the 
end of the semester preceding the recital semester, a projected 
senior recital program. It shall be the function of the examining 
committee to determine at this time: (1)The suitability of the 
projected program; ( 2 )  the capability of the student to perform 
this program publicly; or whether this program shall be performed 
before a faculty jury. 
A selection of student compositions representing large and small 
forms, totaling a minimum of twenty minutes in duration shall be 
performed publicly as the senior recital for the theory-composition 
major. In addition the student may elect to present a recital in his 
chief performing medium with the permission of his applied music 
instructor and achievement of junior standing in that instrument- 
applied level 31. 
No graduating senior may prepare or perform the graduation 
recital without the guidance of a full-time staff member. In the 
event the required credit hours in applied music are earned prior 
COLLEGE O F  FINE ARTS 296 
to the recital presentation, the student is expected to elect the 
applied major during the preparation for recital performance. 
When a stuc'eilt attains an Applied Music classification of 11 
or above, he must perform each semester in a studio rccital or its 
equivalent. 
Attendance is required at 18 specified recitals and concerts each 
semester sponsored by the School of Music. The recital require- 
ments are outlined at the first Tuesday afternoon recital follo~ving 
registration. 
Seniors are required to attend 9 recitals during the semester in 
which they are enrolled in student teaching. 
GRADUATE MUSIC STUDIES 
The Graduate School offers a program leading to a Master of 
Music Education or a blaster of Music degree in Performance or 
Theory. This program may be pursued during the summer session 
or during the regular fall and spring terms. For information 
concerning requirements for entrance and curriculum consult the 
Director of Graduate Music Studies, School of Music, Wichita State 
University. 
MUSIC MAJOR IN THE COLLEGE OF 
LIBEML ARTS AND SCIENCES 
Students in the College of Libcral Arts and Sciences who wish 
to major in music are required to elect 41 hours as specified in the 
follon-ing areas and course listings: 
GROUP I 
Music Literature ancl History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 hours 
113, 331-332. 
GROUP I1 
Music Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 hours 
127-128, 129-130, 227-228,229,323. 
GROUP I11 
Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 hours 
361. 	
 GROUP IV 	
 Conducting, Orchestration and Choral Arranging 
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
217 or 218 and 441 or 445. 
GROUP V 
Applied Music ( 4  semesters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
Voice, Piano, Organ or Orchestral Instrument. 
GROUP VI 
Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 hours 
Select in consultation with adviser. 
GROUP VII 
Electives from the areas of Music Literature, Music Theory, Counter- 
point, Conducting, Orchestration, and Choral Literature . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 297 
Competence in performance in one medium in applied music 
must equal performance of music major at termination of Freshman 
year. 
MUSIC MINOR IN THE COLLEGE OF 
LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 
A music minor in Liberal Arts consists of 18 hours selected from 
the following: hilusic 127-128, 129-130, 113, 227-225, 229-230, 323, 
331, 332, a maximum of 4 hours of ensembles and a maximum of 
2 hours (2  semesters) in applied music. Students who choose to 
utilize 2 hours of applied music must meet the requirements of 
Applied Music 11. 
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 
(1) General graduation requirements of the University, see 
page 58. 
( 2 )  Music requirements for Bachelor of Music in Theory-Com- 
position: 
Applied Music: 
Chief performing medium (piano, organ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 hours 
Other performing media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
or 
Chief performing medium (non-keyboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 hours 

 Keyboard performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 hours 

 Other performing media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 

 Theory and Composition: 
Music, 127-128, 129-130, 227-228, 229-230, 323, 359, 360, 361 
371, 372, 441, 459-460, and 461 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36 hours 
History and Literature of Music: 
Music 113-114 and 331 and 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 
Conducting: 
Music 217 or 218, and 451 or 491 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 

 Ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 

 Electives (Music or non-music courses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11 hours 

 Recital attendance for seven semesters plus senior recital. The 

 theory-composition major is required to present for public per- 

 formance a selection of his con~positions representing large and 

 small forms, totaling a minimum of twenty minutes. In addition 

 the student may elect to present a recital in his chief performing 

 medium with the permission of his applied music instructor and 

 achievement of junior standing in that instrument-applied level 

 31. 
( 3 )  Music requirements for Bachelor of Music in Perfonnance 
( Instrumental major). 
Applied Music: 
Chief performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 hours 
Second performing medium ( 4  semesters). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
Theory: 
Music 127-128, 129-130, 227-228,229-230, 323, 361, and 441 . . .  22 hours 
History and Literature of Music: 
Music 113-114 and 331-332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 298 
Conducting: 
Music 217 or 218 and 451 or 491 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours 	
 Ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 hours 	
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11 hours	Electives (either music or non-music c o ~ r s e s ) ~  
Senior Recital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 hour 
Attendance at  specified number of recitals per semester for 7 semes-
 ters plus senior recital. 
( 4 )  Requirements for Bacllelor of Music Performance (Vocal 
major). 
Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 hours 
French 111-112 
German 111-112 
Italian 111-112 
(10 hours in each of 2 of the above 3 languages.) 
A stuclent with 2 units of a foreign language from high school 	
 may continue this language for elective credit, but is required to 	
 take, in aclclition to this language, 10 hours in each of 2 of the 3 	
 languages listed above. 	
 Applied Music: 
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24 hours 
Piano ( 2  semesters). . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 hours 
Study in another instrument may be substituted if student meets 
proficiency in Piano 10. 
Theory: 
Music 127-128, 129-130, 227-228, 229-230, and 323. . . . . . . . . . . .  18 hours 
History and Literature of Music: 
Music 113-114, 331-332.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 
(Above courses count in the Core under Humanities) 
Conducting: 
Music 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 hours 
Voice Pedagogy and Repertoire: 
Music 425, 426 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 hours 
Ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 
Electives in upper division Theory, Conducting, Choral Materials, 
or Music Theater Directing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
Senior Recital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 hour 
Attendance at specified number of recitals per semester for 7 scmes-
 ters plus senior recital. 	
 O Music 381 and 382 required of piano majors. Music 397 and 398, 497 and 498 	
 required of organ majors. 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 
(1) The following program fulfills both the University require- 
ments for graduation and the Kansas State Certification require- 
ments and is required of all Bacllelor of Music Education degree 
candidates: 
Mathematics and Natural Sciences 
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 hours 
A minimum of 4 hours must be a laboratory science. Courses 
must be taken in at least 2 of the following 3 subdivisions: 
( 1 )  Mathematics; ( 2 )  Physical Science; ( 3 )  Biological Science. 
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 hours 
English 111& 211, or equivalent; Speech 111 
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 hours 
Fine Arts: Music 113, 331 & 332 
Literature (English or Foreign Language) 
Electives from History, Philosophy, Religious Education, or 
American Civilization as listed in the University Requirements 
for Graduation 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9-12 hours 
Economics 221 or Political Science 121 or 211 
Psychology 111 
Sociology and Anthropology 111or 124 
(For state Certification, History may be added to this area.) 
Electives in non-music courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 hours 
To be selected from Mathematics and Natural Sciences, 

 Communications, Humanities or Social Sciences; 1-4 hours of 

 Marching Band, P. E., or Aerospace Studies may apply. 

 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25-31 hours 
Ed. Psych. 233, or 333, and 423 
Fd. Ed. 232 and 427, or 428 
Elementary Education 447M " 
Secondary Education 447M ' 
(Additional courses required in this category are listed below 

 under instrumental/vocal emphasis programs.) 

 * These courses must be tnken concurrently during the student-teaching semester. 
Bachelor of Music Education-General Degree 
(Instrumental Emphasis) 
The following additional courses are required of all Bachelor of 
34usic Education degree candidates (Instrumental Emphasis) : 
Applied Music 
Chief performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 hours 
Second performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 hours 
Third performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 hours 
The above must include completion of keyboard proficiency 
and must include 2 hours of voice ( 1  semester of applied voice 
and 1semester of Music 142). The above minimums are subject 
to requirements of the chief pelforming medium 22 and secondary 
performing medium 10. Keyboard majors with an inskumental 
background who elect the Instrumental Emphasis program must 
include 2 semesters of one orchestral instrument as the third 
performing medium. 
Theory: Music 127-128, 129-130, 227-228, 229-230, 323, 441 
or 445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20 hours 
Conducting: Music 217 or 218 and Music 451 or 491 . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
Ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 
Wind and Percmsion mujors are required a minimum of 6 hours 

 in Music B and 2 hours of Music M. The exceptions are: ( 1 )  2 

 hours of Music B will be waived if the student elects 4 hours of 

 X4usic M; ( 2 )  Women with elementary instrumental emphasis are 

 not required to elect Music M; and ( 3 )  Upperclass transfer stu- 

 dents, except women with elementary emphasis, are required only 

 1hour of Music M. 

 Ker~board Majors following the Instrumental emphasis program 
are required a minimum of 4 hocrs of instrumental ensembles. 
Recital attendance for 7 semesters plus senior recital. 
Music Education: 
Music 202, 302 and 402 " (elementary instrumental emphasis) or 
h4usic 204, 304 and 404 " (secondary instrumental emphasis). . 7 hours 
Music 135, 136, 137, 138, 139 and 140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  G hours 
These courses must be taken concurrently during the student-teaching semester. 
Bachelor of Music Education-General Degree 
(Vocal Emphasis) 
The following additional courses are required of all Bachelor of 
Music Education degree candidates (Vocal Emphasis) : 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 300 
Applied Music 
Chief erforming medium, minimunl Piano 22 or Voice 22 . . . . . .  8 hours 
~ e c o n f  
-
 . . . .  2 hours~erforming medium. minimum Piano 10 or Voice 10.lied*Music Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 hours 

 Keyboard majors must elect 2 hours of voice ( 1  semester of ap- 
plied voice and 1 semester of Music 142) and complete the 
keyboard proficiency examination 
Theory: 
Music 127-128, 129-130, 227-228, 229-230, 323, 445 . . . . . . . . . .  20 hours 
Conducting: 
Music 217 or 218 and 451 or 491 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 hours 
Ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 hours 
Voice majors, secondary emphasis, are required to enroll for 
2 hours of small vocal ensemble and 2 hours of opera workshop. 
Keyboard mujors are required to enroll for 5 hours of vocal 
ensemble; it is recommended that 2 of the remaining hours be in 
Piano Accompaniment or Chamber Music Performance. 
Music Electives (May not be in applied music). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 hours 
Piano majors in vocal emphasis program must elect Music 381. 
h4usic 142 may apply here. 
Recital Attendance for 7 semesters plus senior recital. 
Music Education: 
Music 201, 301, 401' (element~ryvocal emphasis) or Music 203, 
303, 403" (secondary vocal emphasis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 hours 

 Q These courses must be taken concurrently during the student-teaching semester. 
CURRICULUM FOR PIANO 
Piano 9-10. (1-1). Group instruction is designated for music majors who have 
not passed the requirements for the piano proficiency examination.' Private 
instruction by departmental consent only. Prerequisite: Theory 127 or con-
 current. 
Piano 9a10a. (1-1). Material from technical studies and standard repertoire 
assigned by the instructor to fit the needs of the individual non-music major 
student. 
Piano 19-20. (1-1). Course designed for secondaries. (Non-music majors and 
non-piano majors who have passed the piano proficiency.) Special emphasis 
is placed on developing skills in sight reading. May be re-elected. 
Piano Majors 
Piano 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4. First course for the student who enrolls with 
piano as a major study. Suggested level of material: Bach, Two-Part Inuen- 
tions; a complete Sonata in Classic Style; Character Pieces from the Romantic 
Period; Bartok, A.likrokosmos, Book N .  Students who fail to achieve this level 
of accomplishment will be placed on probation by the Keyboard Departnient 
and required to repeat Piano 12 until this level is satisfactorily attained. All 
Piano Majors are expected to complete the Piano Proficiency ' examination 
during the F:eshman year. 
Piano 21-22. (2 to 4 -2  to 4). Technical materials and studies adopted to the 
individual needs of the student.* Suggested level of material: Bach, French 
or English Suites; Beethoven, Sonatas, Op. 14, No. 2, Op. 26; Schubert, Im -
 promtm; Chopin, Noctrrrnes; Kabalevsky, Preludes. 
Piano 31-32. (2 to 6 2  to 4). Technical materials and studies adapted to 
the needs of the student.' Suggested level of materials: Bach, Well-Tempe~ed 
Clader; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, h70. 2; Chopin, Etudes; Brahms, shorter 
works; Debussy, Preludes; Copland, Passacaglia. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 301 
Piano 41-42. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Senior Recital. The Senior recital program 
should be representative of as many historical periods as scheduling time 
permits. 
* See Departmental Handbook for speci6c requirements. 
CURRICULUM FOR ORGAN 
Organ 9-10. (1-1). The student must demonstrate a preparatory piano pro- 
ficiency. Harold Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, Manual Technique, Pedal 
Technique, Compositions for Manuals, Studies and Compositions for Manuals 
and Pedal; Bach, Orgelbuchlein, Zch ruf' nu dir, Christ lag i n  Todesbanden, 
Short Prelude and Frrgue in G Minor. 
Organ 19-20. (1-1). Harold Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, Pedal Exercises, 
Pedal Scales, Compositions for Manuals and Pedal; selected compositions of 
appropriate difficulty by pre-Bach composers; Bach, Orgelbzcchlein, Chorale 
Preludes, Short Preludes and Fugues; Brahms, Chorale Preludes; selected Con- 
temporary compositions of appropriate difficulty. May be re-elected. 
Organ Majors 
Organ 11-12. (2 to 4-4 to 4). Emphasis is placed on a strong piano pro- 
ficiency for students who wish to enroll as Organ majors. Students admitted 
by examination only, and must continue piano study if so advised by the in- 
structor. Harold Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, h4anual Technique, Pedal 
Technique, Con~positions for hlanuals, Studies and Compositions for h4anuals 
and Pedal; Bach, Orgelbuchlein, Chorale Preludes, Short Preludes and Fugues 
in G hlinor, C hlajor, B-flat Major, Prelude and Fugue in E Minor (Cathedral); 
selected easy Contemporary compositions. 
Organ 21-22. (2 to 6 2  to 4). Harold Gleason, Method o f  Organ Playing, 
Pedal Exercises, Pedal Scales, Compositions for Manuals and Peclal; selected 
compositions of appropriate dificulty by pre-Bach composers; Bach, Orgel-
 buchlein, Chorale Preludes, Fugue in G Minor (Little), Fantasie and Fugue in 
C Minor, Trio Sonata No. 1; Brahms, Chorale Preludes; Franck, Cantabile; 
selected Contemporary compositions of appropriate dscu l ty .  
Organ 31-32. (2 to 6 2  to 4). Harold Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, 
Pedal Scales, Advanced Exercises; conlpositions by pre-Bach composers; Bach, 
Prelude and Fugue in B hlinor, Toccata (Dorian), Toccata and Fugue in D 
Minor, Prelude and Fttgrre in A Minor, Trio Sonata No. 3, selected Chorale 
Preludes from the Great Eighteen and Schubler collections; Franck, Piece 
Heroique; Mendelssolm, Sonata No. 6 in D hlinor; compositions by Contempo- 
rary composers. 
Organ 41-42. (2 to 4-42 to 4). Senior Recital. The Senior Recital program 
should be representative of pre-Bach works, compositions of Bach, and of 
Romantic and Contemporary composers. Suggested material: Boehm, Prelude 
and Fugue in C Major; Bruhns, Prelude and Fugue i n  E Minor; Buxtehude, 
Prelzcaks and Fugues; Bach, Prehcde and Fugue i n  G hlajor, Toccata in F 
Major, Fantasie and Fugue in G Minor, Passacaglia and Frcgrte in C X4inor, 
Chorale Preludes from the Great Eighteen, Cla~ierubung, Part 3, Trio Sonata 
No. 4; Franck, Chorals; compositions by Dupre, Messiaen, Langlais, Hinclemith, 
Sowerby and Alain. 
CURRICULUM FOR BAND AND ORCHESTRAL 
INSTRUMENTAL MAJORS 
CnrricuEum for Flute Majors 
Flute 10. (1). 13nsic instruction in flute and tone production. Ernest Wagner: 
Fol~ndation to Flute Plauing or Rubank Elementary Method; selected easy 
solos; supplementary exercises and duets. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 302 
Flute 11-12. (2 to 6 2 to 4). Review of basic principles of tone production, 
articulation, breathing, intonation, phrasing, and general musicianship; orienta- 
tion toward college level performance; all scales, major and harn~onic minor 
through two octaves; Andersen, Etudes, op. 33; Boehm, Studies, op. 26; 
sonatas by Handel, Bach, or Telemann; concertos by hfozart, Haydn, or 
Boccherini; other standard solos, sight reading and ensemble performance. 
Flute 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Further instruction in musicianship and inter- 
pretation. Knowledge of all major and minor scales, arpeggios, and all trills. 
Anderson: Etudes, op. 15, 63, and studies by Marguarre or Barrere. Bach: 
sonatas; solos from the French literature. Sight reading and ensemble per- 
formance. 
Flute 31-32. (2 to P 2  to 4). More clifficult etudes of Anderson, Jeanjean, 
Karg-Elert, and the works of Marcell hioyse; scales in thirds, fourths, chromatic 
and whole-tone scales; unaccompanied solos; contemporary solos and ensem-
 bles; emphasis on advanced performance. 
Flute 41-42. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Progressively difficult sonatas, solos, and con- 
certos; orchestral excerpts; concentration on interpretation. Senior recital. 
Curriculum for Oboe Majors 
Oboe 10. (1). Preparatory study for Oboe 11. Materials will be selected 
to fit individual needs. Emphasis will be placed on tone production, playing 
position and embouchure. Study of major and minor scales and arpeggios. 
Sight reading and reed making. 
Oboe 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies selected from Andraud, Ferling and 
Vade-Mecum. Solo literature selected from works of Core!li, Pieme, Valentine, 
Schumann and others of comparable clifficulty. Major and minor scales and 
arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes at 88 M.hl. Sight reading and reed 
making. 
Oboe 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Continuation with studies from above tests and 
others such as Prestini and Barret. Solo literature selected from works of 
Cimarosa, Telemann, Handel and others of comparable difficulty. Major and 
minor scales and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes at  120 hl. M. Sight 
reading and reed making. 
Oboe 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies selected from Vade-Mecum, Labate, 
Iasilli and Gillet. Solo literature selected from works of Britten, All~inoni, 
Guihaud, Marcello, Hindemith, and others of comparable difficulty. Study of 
English horn. Advanced work with increased speeds on all scales. Sight 
reading ancl reecl making. 
Oboe 41-42. (2 to 4 - 2  to 4). Orchestral studies ancl advanced studies such 
as those by Gillet. Solo literature selected from works of Ilaydn, Mozart, 
Strauss, Vaughn Williams ancl others of comparable difficulty. Advanced exer-
 cises on scales, arpeggios, and intervals. Senior recital. Sight reading and 
reed nlnking. 
Curriculum for Clarinet Majors 
Clarinet 10. (1). Preparatory study for those who do not qualify for Clarinet 
11. Emphasis will be placed on aspects of tone procluction, musicianship, 
articulation, and technique. Studies from Voxman, Klose, ct al. Selected solos. 
Major scaies memorized. 
Clarinet 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Principles of tone production, musicianship, 
technique, and rced adjustment. Traditional studies from Rose, Baerrnann, 
Thurston, Voxman. Introduction to contemporary technique in studies by 
Bozza and Perier. Standard solos from various periods including Wanhal, 
Sonatas, IVeber, Concertos, and solos from the French Conservatory School. 
hlajor and minor scales and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes at 80 M. hl. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS. 303 
Clarinet 21-22. (2 to 6 2  to 4). Studies by Thurston, Bitsch, Perier, and Uhl. 
Baermann Method, Parts 111, and IV. Solos from all periods, such as Hinde- 
mith, Sonata, Schumann, Fantasy Pieces, and Crusell, Concerto. Orchestral 
studies. Major and minor scales and arpeggios to be played in eightll-notes at 
120 M. hl. 
Clarinet 31-32. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Continuation of studies by Baermann and 
Uhl. Jeanjean, 16 Etudes Modernes, Perier, Rccueils tlcs sonata. Standard 
solo Literature like Brahms, Sonatas, Mozart, Concerto, Milllaud, Sonatine. 
Orchestral studies. 
Clarinet 41-42. (2 to b 2  to 4). Studies by Perier, Zitek, and Rueff. Advanced 
solo literature by Stravinsky, Poulenc, Debussy, Berg, and Spohr. Orchestral 
studies. Senior recital. 
Curriculum for Saxophone Majors 
Saxophone 10. (1). Materials selected to fit individual deficiencies in the 
student's preparation for Saxophone 11stancling. Aspects such as embouchure, 
articulation, and other basic facilities. 
Saxophone 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies selected from tests such as Ferlins, 
Bozza, Allard, Rascher. Solo literature selected from works of Bozzo, hiilhaud, 
Handel, Bach, Ravel, Ibert. Emphasis on embouchure, flexibility, facility, and 
development of meloclic control. All major and minor scales and arpeggios. 
Saxophone 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Continuation of Freshman o!-jectives. 
Increase in perfo~mance application and expansion of repertory. Etudes froill 
texts above and others such as Perrin and Massis. 
Saxophone 31-32. ( 2  to 4-2 to 4 ) .  Advanced studies from above nlentioned 
etudes and any other texts fitting needs of the individual student. Performance 
literature will involve the major concerti and chamber works such as those of 
Creston, Ibert, Bonneau, Glazounov. 
Saxophone 41-42. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Continuation of advanced study. Materials 
and problems regarding pedagogy and other areas of practical application. 
Senior recital. 
Curriculum for Bassoon Majors 
Bassoon 10. (1). Studies from Weissenborn, Book I; development of em-
 bouchure, articulation, tone quality and control; easier major and minor scales. 
Bassoon 11-12. (2 to 6 2  to 4). Studies from Weissenborn: Book  I and 11; 
solos by Gailliard, Telemann, or from Boyd and Garfield; further development 
of embouchure, articulation, technique, tone control; major and minor scales; 
reed-making and adjustment. 
Bassoon 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies from \Veissenborn: Book I I ,  hlilde 
Scales and Arpeggios; orchestral excerpts; solos by Cailliard, Vivalcli, hlozart, 
Weber; highest range, trills, alternate fingerings; tenor and treble clefs; a11 
major and minor scales; reed-making and adjustment. 
Basso011 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies from 3lilde Concert Studies Book 1 
and Gambaro Eighteen Etudes; orchestral excerpts; solos by Bach, Vivaldi, 
Saint-Saens, Ibert, Phillips, Hindemith; development of range, scales, technical 
problems, clefs, articulation and phrasing. 
Bassoon 41-42. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Studies from h4ilde Conceit Studies Book IT, 
Bozza Fifteen Daily Studies, Bertoni Twelve Modern Etudes; orchestral ex-
 cerpts; solos by Jacob, Bozza, Mozart, Grunclahl; concentration on scales, 
arpeggios, articulation, technical problems and phrasing. Senior recital. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
Curriculum for French Horn Majors 
Horn 10. (1). Studies selected from: Farkas, Hauser, Franz ancl Kopprasch (I); all scales and arpeggios, two octaves. Compositions by hlozart, ~ore l l i ,  
Glazunov, Purcell and Butterworth. 
Horn 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Etudes selected from: Farkas, Kopprasch (I), 
Alphone (I), Pottag and Hauser; all scales and arpeggios, two octaves. Com-
 positions by Mozart, Franz, Corelli, Gipps, Cohen, Tillotson and Saint-Saens. 
Orchestra studies. 
Horn 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Etudes selected from: Farkas, Cugnot, Alphonse 
( I I ) ,  Kopprasch ( I  8( 11), Mueller. All scales and arpeggios (120 M.M., eighth-
 note pattern). Orchestra studies, Pottag (I, 11, 111). Compositions by Mozart, 
Hermann, Corelli, Saint-Saens, Poulenc, Beethoven, Strnuss and Franz. 
Horn 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Etudes selectcd from: Farkas, Alphonse (III), 
Kopprasch, Kling, Gallay and hlueller. Three octave scales and arpeggios 
(where possible); Orchestra studies, Pottag and Gumbert. Compositions by 
Mozart, Hermann, Beethoven, Dukas, Heiden, Sanders, Poulenc, Haydn, Saint- 
Saens and Strauss. 
Horn 41-4.2. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Etudes selected from: Farkas, Gallay, Alphonse 
(IV-VI), Kling, Reynolds and Schuller; Orchestra studies Pottag, Gumbert, 
Strauss, TTragner and Farkas. Compositions by Mozart, Hindemith, Heiden, 
Bozza, Dukas, Jacobs, Porter, Sanders, I-Iaydn, Strauss, Schumann, Drahms 
and Britten. Senior recital. 
Curriculum for Trumpet Majors 
Trumpet 10. (1). Materials selected to individual needs in preparation for 
class 11 requirements. Emphasis on proper embouchure techniques and de- 
velopment. Fundamentals of attack and release, tone quality, flexibility, 
rhythmic understanding. All major and minor scales and arpeggios to be 
played in eighth-notes at 60 M. M. 
Trumpet 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies selected from Schlossberg, Clark, 
Concone, Arban, Vosman, and Small. Solo literature of Handel, Purcell, Fitz- 
erald, Barat, Corelli, and Tuthill. Emphasis on tone quality, articulation, 
Beribi~ity, lyrical concept, and an introduction to transposition. All major and 
minor scales and arpeggios, to be played in eighth-notes at 80 M. h1. 
Trumpet 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies selected from Schlossberg, Clark, 
Nagel, Concone, Brandt, Bousquet, Bozza, and Bartold. Solo literature selected 
from Frankenpohl, Persichetti, Mozart, Purcell, Bozza, Emmenuel, and Handel. 
Concentration on styles, transposition, and an introduction to orchestral ex-
 cerpts. All major and minor scales and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes 
at 120 M. M. 
Trumpet 31-32. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Etudes selected from Schlossber Nagel,
 Sache, Gates, Charlier, Tomase, Erailes, Dubois, and Bartold. Solo fiterature 
of Barat, Bloch, Thome, Haydn, Enesco, Hummel, Latham, and Riisager. Em-
 phasis on transposition, orchestra style and contemporary literature. 
Trumpet 41-42. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Etudes selected from Schlossberg, Negal, 
Bitsch, Smith, Chaynes, Caffarelli, Bartold, and Neuhaus. Solo literature of 
Giannini, Honegger, Kennan, Sowerby, Chaynes, Darcy, Hindemith, and 
Stevens. Emphasis on advanced orchestral technics and modem composers. 
Senior recital. 
Curriculum for Trombone (Euphonium) Majors 
Trombone 10. (1). Studies selected from Arban, Bleger, Cornette, Pares and 
Reinhardt-Concone. Basic development of embouchure, articulations, tone 
quality and control. Familiarity with major and minor scales. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
Trombone 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies by Kopprasch and Rochut. Or-
 propriate solos. Formation of a strong and flexible embouchure, control of 
the tongue, double and triple tonguing, tenor clef, sight reading. All major 
and minor scales and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes at 80 h4. M. 
Trombone 21-22. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Studies by Kopprasch and Rochuet. Or-
 chestral excerpts and appropriate solos. Range extension, rapid single and 
multiple tonguing, alto and tenor clef, sight reading. All major and minor 
scales and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes at 120 h.1. M. 
Trombone 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies by Blazhevich and Couillaud. Or-
 chestral excerpts and solos by Cowell, Hindemith, McKay, Rimsky-Korsakov, 
Sanders, or their equivalent. Continued technical development and sight 
reading. 
Trombone 41-42. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Stuclies by Bitsch. Orchestral excerpts 
and solos by Bach, Creston, Hindcniith, Martin, Milhaud, Saint-Saens, or their 
equivalent. Sight reading and advanced legato studies. Senior recital. 
It  is recommencled that all trombone (euphonium) majors have some playing 
experience on the companion instrument. 
Curriculum for Tuba Majors 
Tuba 10. (1). Studies selected from Arban, Bell, Cimera, Cornette and Pares. 
Basic development of embouchure, articulations, tone quality ancl control. 
Familiarity with major and minor scales. 
Tt:ba 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies by Kopprasch and Rochut. Appro-
 priate solos. Formation of a strong and ficxible embouchure, control of the 
tongue, double and triple tonguing, octave transposition, sight reading. All 
major and minor scales and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notcs at 80 hl. h1. 
Tuba 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies by Kopprasch and Rochut. Orchestral 
excerpts and appropriate solos. Range extension, rapicl single and multiple 
tonguing, treble clef transposition, sight reading. All major and minor scales 
and arpeggios to be played in eighth-notes at 120 h4. M. 
Tuba 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies by Blazhevich. Orchestral excerpts 
and solos by Frackenpohl, Hartley, McKay, or their equivalent. Continued 
technical clevelopment and sight reading. 
Tuba 41-42. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Studies by Bernaid and Blazhevich. Orchestral 
excerpts and solos by Hindemith, Perischetti, Stevens, TVilder, or their equiva- 
lent. Sight reading. Senior recital. 
It is recommended that all tuba majors have some playing experience on F 
and CC tubas as well as BB fiat. 
Curriculum for Percussion Majors 
Percussion 10. (1). Studies selected from Sewrey, Leavitt, Goldenberg, 14ott, 
Price, and McXlillan. Emphasis on physical, technical, and musical factors in 
orchestral snare drumming, small concert percussion instruments, and orchestral 
bel!s. Compositions of intennediate difficulty taken from rudimentnry and 
orchestral repertoire. 
Percussion 11-12. (2 or 4-2 or 4). Studies selected from hlcblillan, Golden- 
berg, Feldstein, Bailey, and Firth. Emphasis on physical, technical, ancl 
musical factors on marimba and .xylophone. Composi:ions of beginning to 
intermediate diEculty taken from selected stanclard repertoire. 
Percussion 21-22. (2 or 4-2 or 4). Further study of marimba and xylophone 
pursued with s:udies se!ectecl from Torrcobruno: Books I-11. All major and 
minor scales, arpeggios, in double thirds, sixths, octaves, to be played in quar- 
ter notes at 100 M. M.; additional study of vibraphone ancl chimes. Composi-
 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 306 
tions of advanced di5culty taken from selected standard repertoire. Studies 
selected from Goodman, McMillan and Knauer, Book I. Emphasis on physical, 
technical, and musical factors on two timpani. Compositions of beginning to 
intermediate difficulty taken from selected standard repertoire. 
Percussion 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Further study of timpani pursued with 
studies selected from Seitz, Goodman, Firth and Knauer: Book I I .  Emphasis 
on timpani. Compositions of intermediate to advanced difficulty taken from 
orchestral and solo repertoire. The study of multi-percussion will be empha- 
sized. Selected compositions from the repertoire will be used. 
Percussion 41-42. (2 to 4). Emphasis placed on the review of previous study 
and preparation of the senior recital; program to include a multi-percussion 
solo, a two-mallet marimba/sylophone or vibraphone solo, a timpani solo 
(3-6), a three- or four-mallet marimba solo. The study of the Latin-American 
instruments will be emphasized. 
Curriculum for Harp Majors 
Harp 10. (1). Studies selected from Dilling, Paret, Salzedo, Grandjany, 
and Grossi. Reasonable facility on the harp, including use of pedals. 
Harp 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies selected from Bochsa-Oberthuer, Sal- 
zedo, Vito, and Lawrence. Selected solos by Grandjany, Salzedo, Hasselmans, 
and Tournier. Transcriptions of major composers. Selected orchestral and 
chamber music. 
Harp 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Technical studies by Vito, Nademan, and 
Boch-David or Boch-Renie. Selected solos and ensemble literature. 
Harp 31-32. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Technical studies of Naderman and Dizi. Ad-
 vanced works by Toumier, Piern&, Renie, Grandjany, and Salzeclo. Selected 
solos and ensemble literature. 
Harp 41-42. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Concentrated study of major works by Ravel, 
Debussy, Mozart, Handel, and Hindemith. Other selected solos and ensemble 
literature. 
Curriculum for Violin Majors 
Violin 10. (1). Studies selected from the following: Kayser, Wohlfahrt, 
Laoreaus, Dont; scales and arpeggios in all keys in the first position; detailed 
study of shifting and positions; special bowing studies; concertos by Sitt, 
Rieding, Seitz, De-Beriot. Compositions of intermediate difficulty in the lower 
positions. 
Violin 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies chosen from the following: Seveik, 
Schradieck, Dont Op. 37, Kreutzer; advanced scale and arpeggio technique; 
detai!ed study of double stops; sonatas by Handel, Tartini, Corelli Veracini: 
concertos by Kreutzer, Rode, Viotti; single compositions of a more advanced 
nature. 
Violin 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Rode and Fiorillo Etudes, Flesch Scn!e St~tdic.~; 
concertos by Spohr, hlendelssohn, Bach, Vivaldi; sonatas by Beethoven, hlozart; 
short numbers by romantic and modern composers. 
Violin 31-32 (2 to 4-2 to 4). Etudes by Dont Op 35, Rode, Wieniawski, 
continuation of Flesch; concertos by Mozart, Wieniawski, Vieuxtemps; sonatas 
by hlozart, Beethoven, Grieg; concert pieces of Sarasate, Wieniawski, Vieus- 
temps, Brahms, and modern composers. 
Violin 41-42 (2 to 4--2 to 4). Bach solo sonatas; sonatas by Schumann, 
Brahms, nloclern American composers; concertos by Saint-Saens, Lalo, Bruch, 
Tschaikowskv, Brahms; estensive study of contemporary program material. 
Senior recital. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
Curriculum for Vio!a Majors 
Viola 10. (1). Carse: Viola School, Book I; Wohlfahrt: Fortndation strtdis~ 
for the viola; Booh 1-2. Scales using 1st and 3rd positions. Representative 
compositions using 1st and 3rd positions. Schubert: 3 Afinuefs; Mozart: 
Sonutine in C; Music for Church and Concert; bowing studies. 
Viola 11-12. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Mazas, Op. 36, Book 1,Special Studies; Double- 
stops; Bowing and Shifting studies. Sonatas by Ecc!es, Marcello; Haydn, 
Divertimento; Dumas, Lamento; Concerti by Telemann and EIoffmeister. 
Viola 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Mazas: Op. 36, Book 2, Brilliant Studies; Bach: 
6 Suites; Bruni: School for Viola; Orchestral Studies. Sonatas by Francouer, 
Vivaldi, Schubert; Concertos by Stamitz, hlozart. Short modem viola com-
 positions by Jacobs, Kabalevsky. 
Viola 31-32. ( 2  to 4-2 to 4 ) .  Schloming; Op 15, Book I; Advanced Scale 
and Arpeggio Technique; Vieux: Six Etudes Notcuelle; Bach: 6 Suites; Sonatas. 
py Juon, Nardini, Locatelli, Clarke. Concerti by J. C. Bach, Forsyth. Pieces 
oy Hindemith, Ibert, Albeniz, Roussel, Vaughan-Williams. 
Viola 41-42. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Schloming: Op. 15, Book 2; Reger: Suites, Op. 
131 D. Sonatas by Brahms, Bowen, Benjamin, Verrall. Concertos by Walton, 
Rubbra, Antuifeyev. Works by Hindemith, Vaughan-Williams, Bloch, Cooley. 
Senior Recital. 
Curriculum for Cello Majors 
CclIo 10. (1). Studies selected from Feuillard, Som!o, Friss, Dofzauer; scales 
and arpeggios through hvo actaves; shifting and bowing techniques; composi- 
tions in lower positions by Romberg, Krane, StutschewsLy. 
Cello 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies chosen from Schroeder 170 Foundatiorl 
Studies, Feuillard 60 Studies; scales and arpeggios in thrce octaves; sonatas by 
Corelli, Vivaldi, Vandini; shorter pieccs using neck positions; concerti by 
Vivaldi, Bach. 
Cello 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Continuaticn of studies from Schroeder, 
Feuillard, and Popper High School of Cello Playing; scales and arpeggios iri 
three octaves in all keys; thumb position techniques; sonatas by Eccles, 
Ilandel, Sammartini, Beethoven op. 5; concerti by Saint-Saens, Romberg; Suites 
by Bach. 
Cello 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies chosen from Popper and Duport; scales 
and arpeggios with a variety of bowing techniques; sonatas of Beethoven, 
Breval, Hindemith; concerti of Boccherini, Haydn, Kabalevsky; pieces by 
Popper, Bloch; Suites by Bach. 
Cello 41-42. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Studies chosen from Duport, Piatti, Grutzmacher; 
traditional and synthetic scale materials in three octaves; sonatas by Brahms, 
Beethoven, Shostakovitch; concerti by Tschaikowsky, Shostakovitch, Schumann, 
Dvorak; contemporary pieces by Brown, Davidovsky; review of program
 materials. Senior recital. 
Curriculum for String Bass Majors 
String Bass 10. (1). Studies selected from Simandl's 30 Etudes for the String 
Bass; Shmuklovsky's Scales, Triads and Exercises; solos by Wagner, Handel; 
Bach, and Bakaleinikoff. 
String Bass 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Study of positions through Simandl's 
New Afethod for the Double Bass, Book I; one- and two-octave scales and 
arpeggios; etudes by Slama, Hrabe, and Sturm; solos by Marcelo, Vivaldi, and 
Corelli. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
String Bass 21-22. ( 2  to 4-2 to 4) .  Etudes from 57 Stzcdies, Vol. I ,  by Storch- 
Hrabe; bowing studies from Special Stirdies f o ~  Double Bass, Vol. I, by hlochel; 
two and three octaves scales and arpeggios; orchestral passages; solos by Faure, 
Stevens, and Bach. 
String Bass 31-32. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Study of the thumb position through 
Simandl's New Method for the Dot~ble Bass, Vol. 11; three octave scales and 
arpeggios; orchestral solos; etudes by Kreutzer; solos by Eccls, Koussevitzky, 
Dittersdorf, and Stein. 
String Bass 41-42. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Simandl's Gradus ad Pa~.nassum; advanced 
orchestral repertoire; sonatas by Hindemith, Schubert, Handel, and Birkenstock; 
concerti by Bottesini, Dragonetti, and Koussevitzky. Senior recital. 
CURRICULUM FOR VOICE MAJORS 
Voice 9-10. (1). The student must demonstrate an ability to sight read simple 
melodies, produce a pleasing tone quality with good intonation, and sing a 
prescribed number of songs with proper interpretation. 
Voice 11-12. (2 to 4--2 to 4). Posture, breathing, tone production, diction, 
interpretation, ability to sin required songs with a well-produced tone, good 
intonation, clear diction, a n 1  musical interpretation. Repertoire in Italian and 
English songs. 
Voice 19-20. (1). Designed for piano majors in Music Eclucation. Emphasis 
on techniques of teaching rather than performance. Repertoire includes music 
suitable for teaching at  the elementary and secondary levels. Prerequisite:
 Voice 10. 
Voice 21-92. (2 to 6 2  to 4). Mgre advanced technical studies; remedial 
training as needed. Repertoire in Italian, English, and German songs. 
Voice 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Continued technical development. Repertoire 
in Italian, English, German, and French songs. 
Voice 41-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Higher standards of performance in technique 
and interpretation. Bachelor of Music students will prepare a full recital pro- 
gram. Bachelor of Music Education students will prepare a half recital pro- 
gram. 
MUSIC CURRICULUM 
MAJOR:Prescribed courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Music and Bachelor of Music Education are found on page 298. 
These schedules must be follojved without deviaiian except by 
permission of the Dean of the College of Fine Arts. 
Music 111-112,211-212, 311-312, 411-412 (Ensemble), either vocal 
or instrumental, is a laboratory requirement. Each music student is 
required to participate in a minimum of specified ensembles. 
Lower Division Courses 
60. Rudiments of Music. (2). Intensive stucly of music fundamentals and 
elementary aural skills. Required of students not achieving a satisfactory score 
in departmental placement examination for music 127 or music 129. 
107-108, 207-30s. Piano Repertoire. (1-1). Designed to give performing and 
listening experience to Piano majors. 
111-112, 211-212. Enscmble. (1-1). (A) Orchestra, (3)Band, (C) University 
Chorus, (E)Chamber h!usic Performance, (P)University Singers and A Cappella 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
Choir, (G) String Ensemble, (H) Brass Ensemble, (J) Piano Accompaninlent, 
(K) Opera Theater, (L) Small Vocal Ensemble, (M) Football Band, (N) Wood-
 wind Ensemble, (0 )  Saxaphone Quartet, (Q) Percussion Ensemble. 
113. Introduction to Music. (2). Development of skills and techniques used 
in critical analysis and comparison of the contrasting styles of music literature. 
Designed for music majors or students with advanced musical background. 
Concurrent enrollment in Music 127-129 or consent of instructor. 
114. Music Literature Survey. (2). A survey of representative works from the 
vocal and instrumental repertoire. Prerequisite: Music 113 or consent of 
instructor. 
121. Italian Diction. (1). A course designed for the vocal performer includ- 
ing a comprehensive study of Italian consonant and vowel sounds. 
122. English Diction. (1). A course designed for the vocal performer includ- 
ing a comprehensive study of English consonant and vowel sounds. 
127. Theory I. (2). Review of music fundamentals, including notation of 
pitch, rhythm, scales, intervals and triads; introduction to melodic organization 
and harmony with emphasis on analysis and creative writing. Prerequisite: 
Concurrent enrollment in Music 60 or satisfactory score on departmental place- 
ment examination, and concurrent enrollment in Music 129. 
128. Theory 11. (2). Study of diatonic harmony, including cadence and 
phrase structure, melody harmonization and non-harmonic usage, with em-
 phasis on analysis of related literature and creative writing. Prerequisite: 
Music 127, and concurrent enrollment in Music 129 or Music 130. 
129. Aural Skills I. (2). Recognition, singing, and dictation of rhythms in 
simple and compound meters, scales, and diatonic melodies. Prerequisite: 
Concurrent enrollment in Music 60 or satisfactory score on departmental place- 
ment examination. 
130. Aural Skills 11. (2). Continuation of Music 129. Introduction of modu- 
lating melodies and elementary halmonic dictation. Prerequisite: Music 129. 
135. Methods of Teaching Orchestral Instruments (violin and viola). (1). (See 
Music Education 135.) Band and Orchestra Laboratory. 
136. Methods of Teaching Orchestral Instruments (cello and string bass.) (1). 
(See X4usic Education 136.) Band and Orchestra Laboratory. 
137. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (clarinet and saxo- 
phone). (1). (See Music Education 137.) Band and Orchestra Laboratory. 
138. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (flute and double 
reeds). (1). (See h4usic Education 138.) Band and Orchestra Laboratory. 
139. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (brass). (1). (See 
Music Education 139.) Band and Orchestra Laboratory. 
140. Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (percussion). (1). 
(See Music Education 140.) Band and Orchestra Laboratory. 
142. Survey of Choral Techniques and Literature. (1). A study of basic tech- 
niques of singing and examination of literature for solo voice, large and small 
ensembles. Prerequisite: One hour of applied voice. 
146. Double Reed Making and Adjusting. (1). Making and adjusting oboe, 
English horn and bassoon reeds. Prerequisite: Mus. 138 or consent of in-
 structor. May be repeated for credit. 
161. Music Appreciation. (2). Intended to develop a capacity for critical 
listening and an appreciation for the various musical styles. Special attention 
given to works from the standard musical repertoire. Designed exclusively for 
the non-music major. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 310 
162. Afro-American Music. (2). A survey of Afro-American music, its origins 
and development, and the influence of Afro-American music in the United 
States to the present time. 
201. Fundamentals of Vocal Music for Elementary School. (2). (For the 
elementary vocal major-see: Music Education 201.) 
202. Fundamentals of Instrumental Music for Elementary School. (2). (For 
the elementary instrumental major-see: Music Eclucation 202.) 
203. Fundamentals of Vocal Music for Secondary Schoois. (2). (For the 
secondary vocal major-see: Music Education 203.) 
204. Fundamentals of Instrumental Music for Secondary Schools. (2). For 
the secondary instrumental major-see: Music Education 204.) 
217. Instrumental Conducting. (2). Fundamentals of baton technique, ele- 
mentary score-reading, and musical leadership. Practical experience in con-
 ducting laboratory and classroom groups. 
218. Choral Conducting. (2). Fundamentals of conducting, score reading, 
and rehearsal techniques. Practical experience conducting classroom groups. 
Prerequisite: Music 128, 130. 
221. German Diction. (1). A course designed for the vocal performer includ- 
ing a comprehensive study of German consonant and vowel sounds. 
222. French Diction. (1). A course designed for the vocal performer including 
a comprehensive study of French consonant and vowel sounds. 
227. Theory 111. (2). Review of diatonic harmony; introductory study of 
chromatic harmony, with emphasis on analysis of related literature and creative 
writing. Prerequisite: Music 128. 
228. Theory IV. (2). Introductory study of contemporary musical techniques 
with emphasis on analysis of related literature and creative writing. Pre-
 requisite: Music 227. 
229. Aural Skills 111. (2). Recognition, singing, and dictation of advanced 
rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic materials. Prerequisite: Music 130. 
230. Aural Skills IV. (2). Continuation of Music 229. Introcluction of con-
 temporary rhythmic, meloclic, and harmonic materials. Prerequisite: hlusic 
229. 
251. Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3). (See: Music Edu- 
cation 251.) 
252. Music Methods for the Classroom Teacher. (3). (See: Music Educa-
 tion 252.) 
Upper Division Courses 
301. Survey of Vocal Music for Secondary School. (3). (For the elementary 
vocal major-see: Music Education 301.) 
302. Survey of Secondary School Music. (3). (For the elementary instru-
 mental major-see: Music Education 302.) 
303. Survey of Vocal Music for Elementary Schools. (3). (For the secondary 
vocal major-see: Music Education 303.) 
304. Survey of Elementary School Music. (3). (For the secondary instru-
 mental major-see: Music Education 304.) 
305. Advanced Techniques in Elementary School Music. (2) (See: Music 
Education 305.) 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 31 1 
306. Music Methods for the Kindergarten Teacher. (3). (See: hIusic Edu- 
cation 306.) 
307-308, 407-408. Piano Repertoire. (1-1). Designed to give performing and 
listening experience to piano majors. 
310. Inter-related Arts. (3). Inter-departmental course presenting an aesthetic 
analysis of three arts. The course will emphasize style in the three arts. (See: 
English 310.) 
311-312, 411-412. Ensemble. (1-1). (A) Orchestra, (B) Band, (C) University 
Chorus, (E) Chamber Music Performance, (F) University Singers and A Cappella 
Choir, (G) String Ensemble, (13) Brass Ensemble, (J) Piano Accompaniment,
 (K) Opera Theatre, (L) Small Vocal Ensemble, (M) Football Band, (N) Wood-
 wind Ensemble, ( 0 )  Saxophone Quartet, (Q) Percussion Ensemble. 
315. Music of the Twentieth Century. (2). An aesthetic approach to music 
of this century, its major composers, stylistic and formal characteristics. De-
 signed primarily for the non-music major who has musical interest ant1 back- 
ground. Prerequisite: Music 113, or 161, or Humanities 102, or consent of 
instructor. 
316. Symphonic Literature. (2). An advanced course in the great orchestral 
literature covering the development of the symphony orchestra and its music 
from the eighteenth-century Mannheim School to the present. Designed 
primarily for the non-music major who has musical interest and background. 
Prerequisite: Music 113, or 161, or Humanities 102, or consent of instructor. 
323. Form and Analysis. (2). The elements of structure, form, and design 
in musical composition. Prerequisite: Music 227. 
331. History of Music from Antiquity through the Eighteenth Century. (3). 
An intcnsive survey of the development and evolution of musical styles and 
practices in Western civilization from ancient times to the eighteenth century. 
Lectures, reference readings, and the study of representative music of the 
various periocls and composers. Fall semester only. Prerequisite: &lusic 113 
and 228 or consent of instructor. 
332. History of Music from the Eighteent!! Century to the Present. (3). A 
continuation of Music 331. (Spring semester only.) Prerequisite: Music 113 
and 228 or consent of instructor. 
337. Advanced Techniques in Woodwind Methods. (1). Special problems 
and techniques in the teaching of woodwind instruments. Survey of current 
materials. Prerequisites: Music 137 and 138, or equivalent. 
339. Advanced Techniques in Brass Methods. (1). Special problems and 
techniques in the teaching of brass instruments. Survey of current materials. 
Prerequisite: h4usic 139 or equivalent. 
340. Advanced Techniques in Percussion Methods. (1). Special problems 
and techniques in the teaching of percussion instruments. Survey of current 
materials. Prerequisite: Music 140 or equivalent. 
359 K 360. Applied Composition. (2-2). Individual stucly in fundamentals 
of musical composition with emphasis on the development and expansion of 
music materials. Prerequisite: Music 323 or instructor's consent. 
361. 18th Century Counterpoint. (2). Contrapuntal devices of the 18th cen- 
tury as found in the works of J. S. Bach. Prerequisite: Music 228. 
371. Chromatic Harmony. (2). Advanced stucly of chromatic harmonic mate- 
rials of all periods with special attention to the 19kh century. Analysis and 
creative writing will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Music 227. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 312 
372. Contemporary Techniques. (2). Advanced study of music from impres- 
sionism to the present, with emphasis on related literature and creative writing. 
Prerequisite: Music 228. 
351. Piano Materials and Pedagogy. (2). Discussion and analysis of suitable 
materials and methods for teaching at elementary, intermediate, and early 
advanced levels. 
382. Piano Literature. (2). Survey of the historical eras of professional piano 
repertoire. 
397-398. Organ Literature and Practice. (1-1). Performance and discussion of 
works for the instrument of all periods, study of organ design and construction, 
practice in aspects of service playing such as hymn playing, modulation, 
accompanying, and improvisation. Prerequisite: Music 228 and Organ 22 or 
departmental consent. Required of all Organ majors. May be re-elected. 
401. Advanced Techniques of Vocal Music for Elementary School. (2). Con-
 sideration of special problems related to preparation for student teaching: de- 
velopment of lesson plans, examination of materials, consideration of activities 
appropriate at  each grade level. Includes audio-visual instruction and materials. 
Prerequisite: Music 201 and 301. 
402. Advanced Techniques of Elementary School Music. (2). Emphasis o n  
special problems related to preparation for student teaching; consideration 
of the instrumental and the general music programs at the elementary level. 
Includes audio-visual instruction and materials. Prerequisite: Music 202 and 
302. 
403. Advanced Techniques of Vocal Music for Secondary Schools. (2). Con-
 sideration of special problems related to preparation for student teaching: de-
 velopment of plans, examination of materials, consideration of activities ap-
 propriate in Junior and Senior high school music classes. Includes audio- 
visual instruction and materials. Prerequisite: Music 203 and 303. 
404. Advanced Techniques of Secondary School Music. (2). Consideration 
of special problems related to r p a r a t i o n  for student teaching. Considera-
 tion of instrumental and genera music programs at the secondary level. In-
 cludes audio-visual instruction and materials. Prerequisite: Music 204 and 304. 
406. Comparative Arts for Teachers. (3). Emphasis on the related arts of 
music; visuaI art and literature from two approaches; an approach that shows 
the elements the arts have in common, with an emphasis on creativity; an 
approach that examines the relationships of the three areas according to basic 
philosophies. Attention will be given to materials and activities suitable for 
use in the classroom at various levels. 
423. Opera Literature. (2). A comprehensive survey of Italian, German, 
French, Russian, English, and American opera literature from the seventeenth 
century to the present. Not limited to music majors. 
424. Oratorio and Cantata Literature. (2). A study of the solo vocal litera- 
ture of the larger sacred and secular forms from the seventeenth century to 
the present. Not limited to music majors. 
425. Voice Pedagogy. (2). Designed to acquaint the voice major with vocal 
techniques, concepts, and materials of private and class instruction. 
426. Voice Literature. (3). A comprehensive survey of early Italian arias, 
French chansons, German Lieder, contemporary English songs, and Russian. 
and Spanish literature. Open to non-voice majors. 
427. Music Theatre Directing. (2). Coaching, mounting, and staging music- 
drama productions, with emphasis on acting and directing techniques. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
432. (Music or Music Education). Teaching of Music Literature. (2). De-
 signed for the teacher preparing to teach music literature or appreciation. Aes-
 thetic principles in music listening related to the other fine arts, and their appli- 
cation to various levels of teaching. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
441. Orchestration. (2). The study of instrumentation, emphasizing idiomatic 
scoring for various instrumental combinations, with an approach to the prob- 
lems of full orchestra and band scores. Prerequisite: Music 227. 
445. Choral Arranging. ( 2 ) .  Scoring for women's, men's, and mived choruses. 
Performance and analysis of students' arrangements in class. (Fall semester 
only). Prerequisite: Music 223, 230. 
448. Double Reed Making and Adjusting. (1). Making and adjusting oboe, 
English horn and bassoon reeds. Prerequisite: Music 138 or consent of in-
 structor. May be repeated for credit. 
450. hlusic Education Workshop. (1-4). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 
451. Advanced Conducting and Score Reading. (2). Baton technique, score 
reading, musicianship. Prerequisite: Music 217 or 218. 
452. Choral Materials. (2). A historical survey of choral literature from the 
Renaissance to the Twentieth Century with emphasis on availability of editions 
for performance. (Spring semester only.) Prerequisite: Music 331, 332, or 
consent of instructor. 
459 & 460. Applied Composition. (2-2). Individual study in musical compo- 
sition with emphasis on writing for both small ensembles and large groups 
in the larger forms. Prerequisite: Music 360 or instructor's consent. 
461. 16th Century Counterpoint. (2). Analysis and application of thc contra- 
puntal composition-techniques of the 16th century. Prerequisite: Music 227. 
472. Contemporary Musical Thought in Music Education. (2). A consideration 
of imaginative ant1 effective techniques of presenting contemporary musical 
concepts to all age levels in public school music. Prerequisite: Music 323 
and consent of instructor. 
484. Siring Teaching Seminar. (2). Historical development of string instrument 
teaching. Problems involving traditional ancl recent techniques. Private study 
versus class study. School class methods, studio methods, ctc. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 
485. Siring Literature and Materials. (2). A survey and stylistic analysis of 
music for solo strings and chamber combinations, beginning with the early 
Baroque period. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
491. Advanced Choral Conducting. (2). A comprehensive study of conducting 
and rehearsal techniques, analysis ancl ear training, and types of choral com-
 position for the advanced student. Prerequisite: 217 or 218, 228, 230, 323. 
493. American Music. (2). A survey of music in the United States from 1620 
to 1920. 
Graduate Courses 
501, 502, 503, 504. Applied Music. (2 to 4). Taken in fulfillment of graduate 
music degree. 
507-508. Piano Repertoire. (1-1). Designed to give performing and listening 
experience to piano performance majors. 
509-510. Contemporary Music Education. (2-2). A consideration of new ap- 
proaches to the teaching of music with emphasis on expansion of students' con- 
cepts and practical knowledge of music. Study of the linear, vertical, dura- 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 314 
tional, textural, and dynamic parameters of music. Experimentation with new 
ways of involving public school students in similar study. 
511-512. Ensemble. (1-1). (A) Orchestra, (B) Band, (C) University Chorus, 
(E) Chamber Music Performance, (F)University Singers and A Cappella Choir, 
(G) String Ensemble, (H) Brass Ensemble, (J) Piano Accompaniment, (K) Opera 
Theater, (L) Small Vocal Ensemble, (hi) Football Band, (N) Woodwincl Ensem- 
ble, (0)Saxophone Quartet, (Q) Percussion Ensemble. 
521. Elementary Music Supervision. (3). (See: Music Education 521.) 
530. Seminar in Music Theory. (3). An analytical stucly of the materials used 
in musical composition from antiquity to the present. The student will analyze 
music in his own medium, culminating in a presentation to the class; from these 
presentations a comprehensive synthesis of the compositional proceclures in 
various style periods will be made. The course is designed to develop analytical 
perspective rather than compositional skills. 
531. Developing the Child's Musical Understanding. (3). Definition of under- 
stanclings necessary for the attainment of musical awareness in the child. Es-
 ploration of classroom experiences directed townrd the successful clevelopmcnt 
of those understandings through the application of basic learning principles. 
532. Music in the Junior High School. (3). To include administrative struc- 
tures, the curriculum, adolescent development, teaching as behavior, and 
competencies needed for successful teaching. 
535. Seminar in Music Education Materials (Vocal). (2). Critical analysis of 
new materials and literature for vocal organizations. Current bibliography. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
541-542. (Music or Music Education). Special Project in Music. (1-3-1-3). 
Individually supervised study or research with emphasis upon the personal 
needs of the student. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
545. Seminar in Music Education Materials (Instrumental). (2). Critical 
analysis of new materials and literature for band, orchestra, and small ensem- 
bles. Current bibliography. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
551. (Music or Music Education). Psychology of Music. (2). Adapted to 
the viewpoint of the music educator. Emphasis on physics of sound, psy-
 chology of performance, and teaching. Aesthetic principles of listening. Pre-
 requisite: Consent of instructor. 
552. Introduction to Graduate Study. (3). Techniques of research and devel- 
opment of bibliography in music and music education. Must be elected the 
first available semester of enrollment. 
554. Research Seminar in Music Education. (3). Continued application of 
techniques of research. Completion of a major research project. Prerequisite: 
Music 552. 
559-560. Advanced Composition. (2-2). Original work in the large forms. 
Continuation and expansion of 459-460. Prerequisite: Music 460 or equivalent. 
571. Philosophy of Contemporary Music Education. (2). A stucly of historical 
trends and contemporary philosophies relevant to music education, behavioral 
objectives, and curriculum planning. 
573. Graduate Recital. (2). Performance of a full recital featuring the chief 
performing medium. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
575. (Music or Music Education). Thesis Research. (2). 
576. . (Music or Music Education). Thesis. (2). 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 
584. Instrumental Music in the Elementary and Junior High School. (2). An 
examination of recent clevelopments in instrumental music education and their 
implications for methods of teaching. 
585. Instrumental Music Organization and Administration. (3). Problems of 
developing secondary school instrumental music programs. 
591-592. Seminar in Music History. (3-3). Areas of interest in music history 
will be developed as fully as time permits. No effort at a chronoloqical survey 
will be made. Ideas evoking the most interest, and considered by the instructor 
to be of the greatest professional benefit, will be taken when interest warrants. 
Prerequisite: 331 and 332 or consent of instructor. 
593. Music of Antiquity through the Renaissance. (3). 
594. Music of the Baroque Era. (3). 
595. Music of the Eighteenth Century. (3). 
596. Music of the Nineteenth Century. (3). 
597. Music of the Twentieth Century. (3). 
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 316 
College 0 4  69eaEtA Related 
Professions 
D. CRAMER REED, M. D., Dean 
The Collcge of Health Related Professions was established in 
1970 by action of the Kansas Board of Regents and the Kansas leg- 
islature. There are four programs of study presently offered. Two 
lead to the Bachelor of Science Degree: Nursing and Medical 
Technology. The two-year Certificate of Applied Science is 
awarded in Dental Hygiene and Inhalation Therapy. Cytotechnol- 
ogy is planned for implementation by the Fall of 1971. Physical 
therapy is being considered for possible program implementation 
by the Fall of 1972. Other programs of professional study will be 
added as they are developed, based on student interest, area re- 
quirements, faculty availability, funding capabilities and Board of 
Regents approval. 
All formal health-related programs leading to a degree or cer-
 tificate from Wichita State University are administered through the 
College of Health Related Professions. This college is also respon- 
sible for the administration and advising of students admitted to 
the university for the first academic year of the diploma nursing 
programs conducted by St. Francis and St. Joseph Hospitals and 
Wesley Medical Center Schools of Nursing. 
Counseling: Health Related Programs 
The Dean of the College of Health Re!ated Professions and the 
staff provide general counseling and help in career planning for all 
health-related professions including medicine, veterinary medicine, 
dentistry, optometry, pharmacology, osteopathy, physical therapy, 
occupational therapy, radiologic technology, mortuary science, etc. 
All premedical and predental students entering this university after 
1909 are required to maintain a transcript in the office of the dean 
of Health Related Professions (request your present Dean to for- 
ward a copy). An interview with the dean of the College of 
Health Related Professions is also required one time each semester. 
Students interested in professional study in health-related fields 
will enroll through the University College for their first year, and 
in most cases will complete undergraduate study in the College of 
Liberal Arts. Faculty in University CoIIege and the respective de- 
partments of Liberal Arts advise students regarding specific course 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 317 
selection and scheduling to facilitate counseling offered by the Col- 
lege of Health Related Professions pertaining to a specific health- 
related career. 
REQUIREMENTS 
Admission 
A student may be admitted to the College of Health Related Pro- 
fessions after he has completed 24 semester hours at Wichita State 
University with an overall grade point avcrage of 2.000 or above, 
and preferably after he has been accepted by the chairman of one 
of the departments. 
Students who transfer to Wichita State University from other in- 
stitutions may enter the College of Health Related Professions if 
they are not on probation, and if their academic record meets the 
above requirements. 
Probation and Dismissal Standards 
It is expected that students will make satisfactory progress in 
their studies. A student who fails to do so may be placed on pro- 
bation at any time and ultimately dismissed from the University. 
(1)A student will be placed on probation for the next semester 
in which he enrolls if his cumulative grade point index falls below 
2.000. 
(2) The student remains on probation if he earns at least a 2.000 
index in the first semester during which he is on probation and his 
cumulative grade point index does not yet meet the minimum 
standards. 
(3) No student on probation who enrolls in fewer than 7 hours 
shall be placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise the cumu- 
lative grade point index to the required level; however, if such a 
student has earned 7 or more hours in two or more semesters, the 
cumulative grade point index including these hours shall be used 
to determine whether he shall be academically dismissed. 
(4) A student on probation shaIl be subject to academic dismissal 
if his cumulative grade point index fails to meet the required mini- 
mum standards; and a student on probation will be dismissed for 
poor scholarship if he fails to earn at least a 2.000 for any semester 
on probation. 
(5) A student who has been dismissed for poor scholarship may 
enroll only with special permission of the Committee on Admissions 
and Exceptional programs. 
(6) Probation is removed when the cumulative grade point index 
reaches the required level. 
31 8 HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 
Transfer of Credit Within the University 
Hours completed in other colleges at WSU shall be transferred 
for credit to the College of Health Related Professions under the 
follo\ving general rules: 
(1)Credit shall transfer when the work offered is applicable to 
the curriculum as specified and if it constitutes progress toward the 
student's degree goal. 
( 2 )  Not more than eight hours maximum credit shall transfer for 
applied music and/or art. 
Degree Requirements 
The Bachelor of Science degrees and Associate of Applied Science 
Certificates are conferred in this college. The general requirements 
for graduation as listed on page 58 of the Catalog will apply, 
combined with requirements specified in the curriculums for Medi- 
cal Technology and Nursing. The Certificate is awarded to students 
who fulfill all of the specific requirements of the curriculums of 
Dental Hygiene and Inhalation Therapy. 
HEALTH PROFESSIONS 
A survey course is being offered for the first time in the Fall 
of 1971, and is open to anyone interested in the health-related 
fields. This course is structured primarily for freshmen and is 
especially recommended for all College of Health Related students. 
100. Introduction to Health Professions. (1). 1R. An examination of the 
health team concept, the role and relationship of the various providers of 
health care and the criteria for the selection of a health career. Emphasis 
will be placed on the health team concept. 
208. Pharmacology. (2). Therapeutic tenns; drug actions dosage; toxicolog.; 
and the application of all drugs used in the treatment og oral disease. 
230. Nutrition. ( 3 ) .  3R. Service Course. A study of human nutrition; com- 
position and classif%ation of foods; vitamins and their function; food and pub- 
lic health laws; disaster and space nutrition; detailed application of nutrition 
knowledge to various conditions (prenatal, child, adult, aged). 
DENTAL HYGIENE 
In addition to fulfilling all requirements for admission to the Uni-
 versity, students wishing to enroll in the Dental Hygiene program 
must apply for and obtain approval of the Admissions Committee, 
Dental Hygiene Program, 324 N. Emporia, Wichita, Kansas, 67202. 
An application for admission must be on file in the Dental Hygiene 
office no later than April 1. A maximum number of 21 students may 
be admitted to the program each Fall semester. 
A college biology (zoology) course, general chemistry, and a 
college algebra or equivalent course are recommended as founda- 
tion classes and may be taken during the summer session or school 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 319 
year prior to entering the Dental Hygiene program. Olle year of 
college is highly recommended prior to applying for admission to 
the Dental Hygiene Program. 
The Dental Hygiene curriculum includes the following thirty-six 
hours of work, plus the forty-one hours of Dental Hygiene clinical 
courses. Upon completion of these seventy-seven hours, the student 
is eligible for the two-year certificate in Dental Hygiene after which 
the state licensure examination may be taken. 
Hrs. 
English 111, College English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Sociology 211, Introductory Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Biology 223, Human Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Health Professions 230, Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Social Work 214, Social Welfare Institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Chemistry 103, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Psychology 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Biology 120, Introduction to ?vlicrobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Speech 111, Extemporaneous Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Physical Education 115, Pers. & Comm. Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Physical Education 117, First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 DENTAL HYGIENE (Clinical Curriculum) 
100. Dental Anatomy. (4). 2R; 4L. A study of the development, eruption, 
arrangement, function, structure and characteristics of the teeth is presented 
through lectures, visual aids and drawing and carving of the teeth. Included 
is a study of the Anatomy of the Head and Neck. Reproduction of the adult 
permanent dentition is done in tFle laboratory. 
101. Introduction to Dental Hygiene. (4). 2R; 6L. The student is presented 
with the basic philosophy of dentistry, dental hygiene and their related arts. 
Consideration is given to measures which can be employed to prevent oral 
disease and promote the health of the teeth and adjacent tissues. Laboratory 
instruction is given in instrumentation for removal of accretions from the teeth. 
The latter part of the semester is devoted to orientation in clinical procedures. 
102. Clinical Dental Hygiene I. (3). 1R; 6L. Initial instruction ulill relate 
to typical emergency medical problems which might be encountered in the 
dental office. The student comes in contact with the patient for the first time. 
Here the principles taught in the laboratory are applied to both children and 
adults. Emphasis is placed on instrument techniques and overall treatment of 
the patient. Lectures and demonstrations are designed to augment the stu- 
dent's clinical practice. 
104. Dental Roentgenology. (2). 1R; 3L. The theory and practice of ex-
 posing, processing and mounting X-ray films is presented. The laboratory 
penocls are used to gain proficiency in X-ray techniques. Care of the equip- 
ment is stressed. 
106. Oral Pathology. (2). Normal conditions followed by general pathology 
as an introduction to dental pathosis of the teeth, dental pulp and periodontium, 
and a consideration of the si s, symptoms, and manifestations of oral lesions 
will be accomplished throuRhgctures and visual aids. 
107. Principles of Chairside Assisting. (3). 2R; 2L. Lectures present use and 
care of dental instruments and equipment, asepsis and antiseptic techniques. 
The study of dental materials is included. Instruction is given in practical 
laboratory phases of modern technique and the n~anipulation of materials used 
in dental practice. 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 
201-202. Clinical Dental Hygiene I1 B- ILT. (3-3). 1R; 8L. Stuclents spend 
three-fifths of their time completing a required amount of work in oral prophy- 
laxis on patients in the dental clinic. The rest of the time is used for (1) field 
training in hospitals, in public health institutions and private offices (2) in the 
radiographic laboratory until the student has gained proficiency. One lecture a 
week is devoted to analyzing interesting cases observed in the clinic. 
203. Clinical Dental Hygiene IV. (6). 1R; 15L. Stuclents spend three-fifths 
of their time completing a required amount of work in oral prophylaxis on 
patients in the dental clinic. The rest of the time is used for (1) field training 
in hospitals, in public health institutions and private offices (2) in the radio- 
graphic laboratory until the student has gained proficiency. One lecture a 
week is devoted to analyzing interesting cases observed in the clinic. 
205. Histology and Embryology. (2). Developmental and microscopic anatomy 
of the elementary tissues and organs. Comprehensive study of the teeth, their 
-
 supporting tissues and adjacent structures. 
206. Preventive Dentistry. (2). The preventive aspects of dental caries, its 
epidemiology and control; the preventive aspects of n~alocclusion inclucling a 
description of the development of the dentition and preventive, interceptive, 
and palliative orthodontic treatment. 
207. Dental Ethics. (2). Laws governing the practice of dentistry and dental 
hygiene; types of professional work for which students may qualify, the eco- 
nomics and ethics of the professions, the essentials of banking, bookkeeping, 
office and personnel management, and patient records. History of dentistry and 
the dental hygiene professions. 
209. Dental Health Education. (3). 2R; 2L. Methods and materials used in 
dental health education for children and adults. Lectures in related public 
health problems. The history of the public health movement is developed and 
the place of the dental hygienist within this farmework is emphasized. The 
course is a workshop with the student participating in the class activity as 
various aspects of this service are presented. Field work in connection with 
the schools. 
DIPLOMA NURSING 
This program is under the administration of the College of 
Health Related Professions. The student interested in diploma 
nursing, in addition to fulfilling all requirements for admission to 
the University, should apply to the hospital School of Nursing of 
their choice. The affiliating hospitals are St. Francis Hospital, St. 
Joseph Hospital and Rehabilitation Center, and Wesley Medical 
Center. Curriculum requirements for the various programs are 
established jointly by the three hospital Schools of Nursing and the 
College of Health Related Professions. During the first year the 
student should acquire a minimum of 30 hours of credit, including 
all of the required courses and electives prescribed by the partic- 
ular school of nursing to which the student plans to transfer. 
The above one year of college credit, followed by two additional 
years of professional experience and study at a hospital school of 
nursing, will qualify a student for a diploma from the school of 
nursing after which she will be eligible to take the state registered 
nurse (RN) examination. 
It is recommended that prenursing students enroll in Chemistry 
or Biology during the summer term follo~ving high school gradua- 
11-7247 HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 321 
tion. This allows more adequate preparation for the required 
science courses. Biology 100 or 112 is prerequisite to Biology 223. 
Suggested prenursing program: 
S u a r s r ~ ~  Hrs. 
Chemistry 103, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 
F m s ~SEMESTER Hrs. 

 Biology 100 or Biology 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Psychology 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3-3 

 English 111, College English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Sociology 211 ( 3 )  or Anthropology 124 ( 4 )  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3-4 

 SECOSD SEMESTER Hrs. 

 Biology 223, Human Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Psychology 260 or Ed. Psychology 219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Speech 111, Extemporaneous Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Biology 120, Introcluction to h.Iicrobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 INHALATION THERAPY 
In addition to fulfilling all requirements for admission to the 
University, students planning to enroll in the Department of Inhala- 
tion Therapy should request a personal interiew with the hospital's 
inhalation therapy program director and obtain approval for enroll- 
ment in the inhalation therapy courses. The hospital School of 
Inhalation Therapy requires the student to submit three letters of 
recommendation. The cooperating hospitals are St. Francis Hospital, 
St. Joseph Hospital and Rehabilitation Center, and Wesley 34edical 
Center. 
The Inhalation Therapy curriculum includes the following 40 
hours of Liberal Arts and Sciences courses: 
Hrs. 
Chemistry 103 or 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Physics 103, Introcluctory Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Biology 120, Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Biology 223, Human Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Mathematics 140" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .  3 

 English 111, College English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Speech 111, Extemporaneous Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Psychology 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Electives, Humanities and Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 

 O Or hlath 121 if taken prior to Spring 1970. 
In addition to successful completion of the above courses, a student 
is required to take 208 Pharmacology (from the Health Professions 
curriculum), and the following 28 hours in the Inhalation Therapy 
clinical curriculum: 
INHALATION THERAPY (Clinical curriculum) 
111. Introductory Inhalation Therapy Procedures. (4). 3R; 7L. Introduces 
the student to the hospital environment. Basic Equipment and Procedures: 
Cylinders, pipecl systems, humidifying devices, oxygen cannulas, oxygen nasal 
catheter, oxygen masks and tents, oxygen analyzers, oxygen diluting devices, 
humidification principles, and administration of gas mixtures; history, ethics 
and nursing arts. 
322 HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 
112. Advanced Inhalation T h e r a ~ v  Procedures. (6). 3R: 13L. Advanced
 . , 
Equipment and Procedures: ~ e & e t t  respirators. PV-3, 'PR-1, PR-2, and 
MA-1; Bird respirators, Mark 11, Mark 111, Mark VII, Mark VIII, Mark X and 
Mark XIV: MGrch respirator; Engstrom respirator; and ventilator spirometers. 
Resuscitators, airway management and ultra-sonic nebulizer therapy. 
122. Introductory Clinical Application. (3). 2R; 6L. Clinically oriented pro- 
gram of ward conferences, lectures, case studies and clinical ractice. This 
program is designed to familiarize the student with treatment ofcardiopulmo- 
nary disorders. Includes rotation through: Surgery, pulmonary function, and 
obstetrics. Prerequisite: Advanced Inhalation Therapy Procedures-112. 
202. General Clinical Application. (4). 3R; 5L. Emphasis on pharmacology 
of aerosolized h g s ;  inclucles a rotation through: Pediatrics, emergency areas, 
and positive pressure equipment. Prerequisite: Introductory Clinical Applica- 
tion-122. 
225. Advanced Pulmonary Physiology. (2). 2R. Lectures from Respiratory 
Physiology, J. Comroe. Lectures and application in the Pulmonary Function 
Laboratory. Lectures and application of blood gas and acid-base analyzers. 
Prerequisite: Human Biology-223, Chemistry-103 or 111. 
226. Pathology and Pulmonary Diseases. (3). 3R. Lectures and clinical 
olxewation of pulmonary disorders. Causes and mechanisms of development 
of disease; general and special toxic and pathologic influences of natural and 
induced agents. A knowledge of pathology recognizes those characteristics 
of the sick that difFer from the norm. 
232. Advanced Care of Critically 111. (4). 3R; 5L. Clinical application for the 
management of the critical cardiopulmonary patient. Clinical work will be 
carried out primarily in the Intensive Care and Cardiac Care Units. The 
student will also be assigned a research problem in this area. Prerequisites: 
Genera1 Clinical Application-202, Advanced Pulmonary Physiology-225. 
261. Inhalation Therapy Ethics and Management. (2). 2R. An opportunity 
for the student to participate in departmental management; also the practice 
of developing insewice training concepts. 
INHALATION THERAPY CLINICAL EXPERIENCE INCLUDES 
14 WEEKS IN AN AFFILIATED HOSPITAL TO COMPLETE IACCREDITATION REQUIREMENTS 
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 
The curriculum in this Department is designed for men and 
women who wish to become professional medical technologists. 
The first three years of the medical technology curriculum are 
designed to provide a broadly-based background in chemistry and 
the biological sciences, as well as opportunity to elect courses in 
other fields of interest. The fourth academic year is spent in a 
combined tutorial-didactic experience in an affiliated, approved 
clinical laboratory. 
Upon completion of the academic course work and directed 
clinical laboratory experience, the student is eligible for a Bachelor 
of Science Degree in Medical Technology and is eligible to take 
the qualifying examination of the Registry of Medical Technologists 
-MT (ASCP). 
The general curriculum for this degree is indicated below: 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 
FRESI-IMAN YEAR 

 FIRST SEMESTER 

 Course Hrs. 

 Math. 141, Algebra ancl Trigonometry * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Chemistry 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Biology 112, Introductory Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Speech 111, Extemporaneous Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 SECOSD SEMESTER 
Cot~rse Hrs. 
Chemistry 112, General and Inorganic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 
Biology 201, Introductory Cellular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 
Biology 223, Human Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 
English 111, College English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 
SOPHOXlORE YEAR 
FIRSTSEMESTER 
Course Ilrs. 

 Chemistry 231, Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Biology 301, Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 English 211, Advanced Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Humanitiesf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 SECONDSELIESTER 
Course Hrs. 

 Chemistry 232, Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Biology 424, Immunobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Humanitiesf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Social Sciencesf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 

 JUNIOR YEAR 
FIRST SEMESTER 
Course Hrs. 

 Chemistry 323, Introductory Analytical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Biology 302, Pathogenic Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Biology 401, Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Humanitiesf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Social Sciencesf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 SECOSD SEMESTER 
Course Hrs. 
Electivesf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 
Humanities f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 
O Or Math. 121 ( 3 )  and Math. 122 (3) .  
f Electives chosen in the Humanities and Social Sciences must fulfill the University
 Core Curriculum. 
$ May be selected from the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and 
others as approved by adviser. 
SENIOR YEAR 
Courses prescribed by the ASCP will be taken in residence in the School of 
Medical Technology at  St. Francis Hospital, St. Joseph Hospital, or Wesley 
Medical Center, Wichita, Kansas. The student, through the agency of the 
hospital, will enroll a t  Wichita State University for this work. This fourth year 
may, however, be completed a t  any School of Medical Technology accredited 
by the Council on Medical Education of the American Meclical Association in 
collaboration with the Board of Schools of L,Iedical Technology of the American 
Society of Clinical Pathologists (revised to June 30, 1965). The student 
should make application to the hospital of his choice well in advance of the 
324 HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 
completion of his work at  the University. The clean of the College of Health 
Related Professions must be kept informecl by the student where the final 30 
credit hours of professional training are taken. 
CYTOTECHNOLOGY 
In anticipation of approval by the Board of Regents, the College 
of Health Related Professions will offer for the first time a two-year 
precytotechnology program. 
The cytotechnologist works in association with the pathologist 
in the detection of malignancy or cancer cells in various body fluids, 
or to identify changes in cast-off body cells. Such specialists be- 
come extremely proficient miscroscopists in the course of screening 
out slides with normal cells from those with abnormal cells. The 
cytotechnology student also learns the technique of preparing and 
staining slides to aid in identification of different forms of malig- 
nancy. 
Minimal requirements are two years of college or a total of 60 
semester credit hours, 12 of which should be in the biological 
sciences. At least 8 hours of those taken in biological sciences 
should include laboratory experience. 
The Wichita State University precytotechnology program is affil- 
iated with St. Francis Hospital and Wesley Medical Center's cyto- 
technology programs, which are approved by the Council of Medi- 
cal Education of the American h4edical Association. The following 
program sequence, while not obligatory for admission to an ap-
 proved School of Cytotechnology is recommended, because of the 
added emphasis on cellular biology and genetics which qualifies the 
student for a better understanding of the technical and clinical 
aspects of cytotechnology. 
Hrs. 
Biology 112, Introducto Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 
Biology 223, Human ~ i x o g ~  5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

 Biology 201, Introductory Cellular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Biology 401, Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Chemistry 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Chemistry 112, Gen. and Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5  

 121, Discrete Math 1 ( 3 )  or 
140, Algebra ( 3 )  or 
141, Algebra and Trig. (5) 
English 111, College English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 English 211. Advanced CVritine 
-
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

 Speech 111, Extemporaneous Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2 

 Psychology 111,General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Sociology 211, Introductory Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Electives, Including Humanities and Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 

 (P. E. not to exceed 4 hours.) 
The third year of training is spent in an approved hospital under 
the supervision of a specially-trained pathologist and includes formal 
lectures and laboratory experience in the field. Following this the 
student is awarded a certificate and the graduate is eligible to take 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 325 
the registry examination in cytotechnology and to qualify for cer- 
tification as a registered cytotechnologist-CT( ASCP). 
NURSING-BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM 
Persons interested in the degree nursing program should direct 
their inquiries to the Chairman, Department of Nursing, Wichita 
State University. 
Wichita State University core curriculum requirements must be 
satisfactorily completed as \veil as the following required prenurs- 
ing courses : 
Hrs. 
Chemistry 103 or 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Biology 100 or 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Biology 223, Human Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5 

 Biology 120, Introduction to Microbiolgy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4 

 Mathematics 121 or 140 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Sociology 211, Introductory Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Psychology 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Psychology 260, Child Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 Anthropology 202, Cultural Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3 

 O Or another math course acceptable to the Department of Nursing. 
The stuclent may transfer from a junior or senior college to the 
Department of Nursing if the above requirements are met. 
Application for admission to the Department of Nursing may be 
submitted after satisfactory completion of the first three semesters 
of college work, but must be received by May 1of the year in which 
enrollment is anticipated. In order to be permitted to enroll in the 
professional nursing curriculum as a generic baccalaurate candidate, 
the student must fulfill the follouing requirements: 
(1) Have completed or be enrolled in the fourth semester com- 
pleting the required lower division requirements. 
(2 )  Have an overall grade point average of 2.0 or above in all 
collegiate work completed. 
( 3 )  Receive consent of the Admission and Progression Committee 
of the Department of Nursing. 
The registered professional nurse who is interested in completing 
the baccalaureate degree in nursing must fulfill the following 
requirements prior to aclmission to the Department of Nursing: 
( 1 )  Must have completed all of the Wichita State University 
core curriculum requirements and the required pre-nursing courses. 
( 2 )  Must have an overall grade point average of 2.0 or above 
in all college work completed. 
( 3 )  h4ust submit a photocopy of his current license to practice 
as a registered professional nurse. 
( 4 )  Must submit an official transcript from his school of nursing. 
(5)  Must submit references from the last two employers. 
(6)  Receive consent of the Admission and Progression Committee 
of the Department of Nursing. 
326 HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 
Advanced Credit 
Registered nurses who have met all of the aforementioned re-
 a ions quirements ~vill be allowed to take advanced standing examin t' 
for credit in some of the required nursing courses. In no instance 
will the candidate be allo\ved to obtain more than 33 hours in the 
nursing major by examination. Credit will be granted only if a 
grade of C or better is obtained in the examination. A total of 124 
hours of credit will be required of all candidates for the degree in 
nursing. 
The Major in Nursing 
The baccalaureate degree in nursing is designed to prepare a 
practitioner for beginning roles in nursing. With additional gradu- 
ate study the nurse may build upon this basic professional founda- 
tion to prepare for clinical specialization, teaching, administration, 
and/or research. Unless indicated, all courses with a nursing 
prefix are required. The student in nursing is encouraged to develop 
a minor in a related fielcl. Recommended minor fields are Anthro- 
pology, Biology, Chemistry, Psychology and Sociology. A minor 
usually consists of fifteen hours, but requirements for the minor 
should be checked with the specific department. 
Courses Open to Non-Nursing Majors 
Courses in the Department of Nursing open to non-nursing 
students are: 
Nursing 250 Workshop in Health Related Professions 

 Nursing 311 Community Health Concepts 

 Kursing 314 Pathophysiology 

 Nursing 315 Human Communication in the Health Disciplines 

 Kursing 450 Workshop in Health Related Professions 

 The following courses from the Nursing Professional Curriculum 
are required for the B. S. Degree in Nursing: Nursing 301, 311, 
312, 314,322,411, 413,421,432, 442, and 460. 
NURSING (Professional Curriculum) 
250. \Vorkshop in Health Related Professions. (1-4). Elective. Current con- 
cepts, practices and problems relevant to the delivery of health care service. 
301. Core Concepts of Nursing. (6). 3R, 3L. A combined theory ancl practice 
course in which the beginning professional student is provided the opportunity 
to develop those beginning knowledges, understandings and skills requisite 
to professional nursing practice. Emphasis will be given to the professional 
role and responsibilities, technical skills requisite to non-complex nursing care, 
communication and interpersonal relationships, the community concept of 
health care, rehabilitation and health teaching. Prerequisite: Departmental 
consent. 
311. Comlnunity Health Concepts. (3). This course provides an introduction 
to the foundations of public health, biostatistics, epidemiology, ecology, 
community organizations and organization for health services. Prerequisite: 
Departmental Consent. 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 327 
312. Nursing Care of the Adult. (6). 3R, 3L. A combined theory ancl practice 
course in which the student is assisted in acquiring those knowledges and 
skills requisite to assessing the nursing needs of adult patients with medical 
and/or surgical roblems and planning for, giving, and evaluating the nursing 
care based on $is assessment. Special consicleration is given to prevention 
of illness, patient teaching, rehabilitation and the effect of individual differences 
and pathophysiology upon the therapeutic plan of nursing care. Learning 
experiences will be provided in a variety of health care agencies. Prerequisite: 
Departmental Consent. 
314. Pathophysiology. (3). Knowledges gained from the basic sciences are 
utilized in anticipating the physiologic changes associated with gross pathology. 
The principles underlying selected therapeutic measures are studied as they 
relate to various pathologic conditions. The student uses this information in 
predicting health care needs of patients and in planning to meet these needs. 
Prerequisite: Departmental consent. 
318. Human Communication in the Health Disciplines. (3). Elective. The 
pragmatics of human communication theories and concepts relevant to provid- 
ing health care. Verbal and non-verbal aspects of intrapersonal and inter-
 personal communication. Included are professional-patient relationships, teach- 
ing and interviewing techniques, and health team concepts. Prerequisite: 
Departmental consent. 
320. Directed Study in Nursing. (1-3). Elective. Individual study of the 
various aspects and/or problems of professional nursing. Repeatable. Pre-
 requisite: Departmental consent. 
322. Psychiatric Nursing. (6). 3R, 3L. Theories, principles and concepts of 
psychodynamics are studied in relation to behavioral manifestations of stress 
involving major and minor emotional illnesses. Emphasis is placed on thera- 
peutic use of self in interpersonal processes. Prerequisite: Departmental 
consent. 
411. Nursing Care of the Child. (6). 3R, 3L. A combined theory and practice 
course in which the student has opportunity to study the child's growth and 
development from infancy through adolescence with emphasis on the effects 
of various health problems on the child and his family. The total family 
organization is studied in relation to its influence on both the well and ill 
child. Opportunity for nursing practice is provided in selected hospital or 
community settings. Prerequisite: Departmental consent. 
413. Nursing Care of the Mother and Infant. (6). 3R, 3L. A combined theory 
and practice course which is designed to present the childbearing continuum 
as it involves the entire family. Specific emphasis is placed on the mother and 
newborn including both the normal and deviations from the normal. The 
student has opportunity to work with families in selected hospital and 
community settings. Prerequisite: Deparbnental consent. 
421. Ecology of the Profession. (2). The evolution of nursing as a profession 
and current perspectives appraised historically within the social, cultural, eco- 
nomic and political developments of the times. Prerequisite: Departmental 
consent. 
432. Community Health Nursing. (6). 3R, 3L. A combined theory and 
practice course in which the student has opportunity to apply concepts and 
principles of community health previously acquired, utilizing a family-centered 
approach within the framework of both private and public community health 
care agencies. Emphasis will be given to helping the student develop an 
understanding ancl appreciation of an interdisciplinary approach to meeting 
community health needs. Prerequisite: Nursing 311. 
442. Nursing Leadership. (6). 3R, 3L. A combined theory and practice 
course in which the senior student studies and applies nursing management 
and leadership principles in a variety of nursing situations. Included in the 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 328 
course are styles of leadership, performance appraisal techniques, and adminis- 
trative functions necessary to prepare for independent and creative participation 
in the community's changing health problems. 
450. Workshop in Health Related Professions. (1-4). Elective. The course 
will focus on relevant topics directly and/or indirectly related to the delivery of 
health care service. 
460. Nursing Research Seminar. (2). Introductory research methodology is 
presented as a basis for investigating special nursing problems. The course 
also includes critical evaluation of selected nursing studies, and utilizes the 
research process as a basis for developing a questioning attitude toward 
nursing practices and implementing change. Prerequisites: Senior standing or 
consent. 
HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 329 

The Summer School 
GORDON B. TERWILLIGER, Ed. D., Director 
SUMMER SCHOOL 
The University maintains its summer session as an extension of 
the regular scholastic year. All work is offered by regularly quali- 
fied instructors, and the standards of achievement are identical with 
those required in the academic year. Credits earned in the summer 
session are accepted by all colleges accredited by or belonging to 
the associations which accredit the University or in which it has 
membership. 
All the colleges and divisions of the University function during 
the summer session. Credit toward both undergraduate and gradu- 
ate degrees may be earned during the summer. A variety of short 
term workshops and special institutes is also a feature of the summer 
session. 
SUMMER SESSION BULLETIN 
The bulletin of the summer session lists dates of enrollment, 
housing information, fees, and the availability of cultural and 
recreational opportunities. This bulletin will be mailed to those 
requesting it. 
For the bulletin or information not covered by it, please write to 
the Director of the Summer Session, Wichita State University, 
Wichita, Kansas 67208. 
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND ENROLLMENT 
The Rules governing admission to the summer session are the 
same as those for the regular session. 
The student may enroll in as many credit hours as the number of 
weeks for which he is enrolled. Dates for registration are published 
in the Bulletin of the Summer School. 
FEES 
For information regarding fees, see page 47. 
CENTER FOR URBAN STUDIES 
The Center for Urban Studies is an interdisciplinary organization 
which was established to give special attention to the problems 
of metropolitanism and to carry on both independent and contract 
SUMMER SCHOOL 331 
research. The staff work with the faculty and graduate students 
in making studies of economic, sociological, and cultural problems, 
as well as governmental problems. A central library of specialized 
materials on urban and regional problems is being established at 
the Center, and the staff is available to assist in conducting semi- 
nars, workshops and conferences for officials and interested citizens. 
The role of the Center for Urban Studies is to stimulate Univer- 
sity faculty members, graduate students, and other informed and 
interested citizens to investigate, analyze, and report upon metro- 
politan problems; to develop explanatory hypotheses, alternative 
solutions, and the probable consequences of such proposals; to pro- 
vide seminars and conferences for the study of problems; and to 
provide information on the areas that have been considered. 
SUMMER SCHOOL 332 
A 
PAGE 

 Academic Appeals. Court of Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 

 Accounting Department: 

 Certificate of Public Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  192 

 Curricular Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  189 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 

 Administration Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  194 

 Curricular Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  189 

 Educational Administration and Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  219 

 Administration of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  117 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  117 

 Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 

 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42 

 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44 

 College of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  187 

 College of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 College of Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275. 293 

 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  108 

 Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 

 School of Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  252 

 SummerSchool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 

 University College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  97 

 Advanced Placement Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45 

 Advanced Standing. Admission to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44 

 Advanced Standing Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45 

 Aeronautical Engineering Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262 

 Requirements 255 

 Aerospace Studies Department: 

 AirForceROTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  215 

 AFROTC College Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 

 Courses 217 

 Extracurricular Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 

 Flight Instruction Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 

 Four-Year Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  216 

 General Military Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  216 

 Pay and Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 

 Professional Officer Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216 

 Two-Year Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216 

 INDEX 333 

PACE 

 Afro-American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  113 

 Aid. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 American Studies Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 

 Anthropology Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 

 Applied Music Instructors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38 

 Applied Music Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  295 

 Art Collections of the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  277 

 Art Department: 

 Bachelor of Art Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 

 Bachelor of Fine Arts Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 

 Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275 

 General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 

 Major. Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 

 Minor. Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 

 Art Education: 

 Bachelor of. Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 

 Assistantships: 

 Clerical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 

 Departmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 

 Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 

 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 Technical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 

 Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 

 Audit Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 

 Auditor. Regulations Concernning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72 

 Sorority and Fraternity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66 

 B 
Bachelor of Art Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 

 Bachelor of Arts in Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 

 Bachelor of Business Administration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  188 

 Bachelor of Fine Arts Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 

 Bachelor of Music Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 

 Bachelor of Music Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  298 

 Bachelor of Science: 

 Aeronautical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .  255 

 Biology 123 

 Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 

 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127 

 Electrical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  256 

 Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136 

PAGE 

 Industrial Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  257 

 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  150 

 Mechanical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  259 

 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 

 Band and Orchestral Majors Curriculunl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  302 

 Biology Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123 

 Boardof Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 

 Bulletin: 

 Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 

 Summer School 331 

 Business Administration ( See College of) 

 Business Administration. Transfer of Credit to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  187 

 Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  213 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  213 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 

 Business Education Department: 

 Certificate of Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  190 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 

 Eligibility for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 

 Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  200 

 C 
Calendar: 1970-1971 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6 

 Campus Activities Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Catalog, Graduation Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 

 Center for Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  331 

 Certificates : 

 Certified Public Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  191 

 Dental Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  320 

 Police Science (Administration of Justice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102 

 Secretarial Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 

 Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 Change of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

 Chemistry Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127 

 hlajor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127 

 hfinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127 

 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Clerical Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 

 College of Business Administration: 

 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 

 Course Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  192 

 Curricular Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 

 Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 

 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  185 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  187 

 INDEX 335 

College of Education: PACE 

 Accreditation and Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 

 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 

 Baccalaureate Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .  208 

 Combined Curricula 213 

 Courses 217 

 Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . .  208 

 Department Majors and Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  215 

 Elementary Teaching Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  209 

 Junior High School. Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  212 

 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  207 

 Requirements 208 

 Secondary Teaching Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  211 

 Specialized Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 Teaching Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  212 

 College of Engineering: 

 Admission 252 

 Aeronautical Engineering Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  262 

 Common Sequence of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  254 

 Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 

 Electrical Engineering Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  266 

 Engineering Graphics Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  268 

 Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  252 

 Industrial Engineering Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  268 

 Mechanical Engineering Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  271 

 College of Health Related Professions: 

 Advising 317 

 Cytotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 

 Dental Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....  .  .  319 

 Inhalation Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .  322 

 Department of Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 

 Diploma Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  321 

 MedicalTechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 

 Dental Hygiene Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  320 

 Inhalation Therapy Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 

 Nursing Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 

 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (See Fairmount, College of) 

 Combinned Curricula, College of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 

 Combined Student Loan Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 

 Communications Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Continuing Education, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  104 

 "Core" Curriculum Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Correspondence Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .... 58. 104 

 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Course Numbers Explained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Courses: 

 Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

 Dropping of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

 Eligibility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 336 INDEX 
PAGE 

 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54 

 Honors Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54 

 Numbers Explained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 

 Court of Student Academic Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 

 Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45 

 Credit-No Credit Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Credit Point Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 In Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 For Graduation 57 

 Credit Points: 

 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 For Class Standing 52 

 For Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 D 
Dean's List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60 

 Degree Requirements, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Dental Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  319 

 Denta1,Pr e- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 

 Departmental Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 

 Departmental Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 

 Departmental Hono~s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 

 Departmental 3lajors and Minors, Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  215 

 Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49 

 Description of the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41 

 Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Dormitories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Dropping of Course 56 

 D-Work, Credit Toward Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 E 
Economics Department: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  201 

 Curricula Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  190 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 

 Education, Bachelors of Arts in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 

 Education, Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 

 Educational Administration and Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 

 Educational Psychology Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 

 Electrical Engineering: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256 

 Elementary Education: 

 Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 

 Eligibility for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Employment Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70, 62 

Engineering (See School of) PAGE 
Engineering Graphics Courses (Industrial Engineering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  268 
English. Language and Literature Department: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  131 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  131 

 Enrollment Summary (Inside Back Cover) 

 Entrance Physical Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Examination, Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45 

 Examinations, Proficiency (School of Music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  294 

 Examinations, Rules Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Excess Hours, Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 

 Exemptions for Superior Achievement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54 

 Extension Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 104 

 F 
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 
Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences: 
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .  108 
Curriculum 116 
Degrees 109 
Field Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 
Xiajor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111 
hlinor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111 
Requirements 109 
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111 
Transfer of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109 
Fees: 
Campus Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 

 Departmental 48 
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49 

 Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 

 Fellowships, Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88 

 Field hlajor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  112 

 Fielcls of Study Prescribed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 

 Financial Aids and Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 Fine Arts, Bachelor of, Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  277 

 Fine Arts, College of (See Art Department and School of Music) 

 Foreign Students, Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Foundations for Religious Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  96 

 Fraternities, Social and Honorary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66 

 French: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  171 
Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  170 
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  170 
Freshman Courses: 
Definition 52 
Eligibility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 

 G 
General Music Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  293 

 338 INDEX 
PAGE 

 General Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 
General Requirements. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42 
General Requirements for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47 
Geography: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 
Geology and Geography Department: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 

 hlinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 
German Department: 
Courses 141 
Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 
Grading Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 
Graduate Art Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 
Graduate Assistantships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 
Graduate Courses: 
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 

 Eligibility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 

 Graduate Xlusic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  297 

 Graduate Scholarships 88 
Graduate School: 
Admisssion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 
Assistantships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 
Bulletin 46 
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88 

 Graduation Requirements. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Graduation with Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55. 60 

 Graduation. Catalog Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 

 Greek Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  174 

 H 
Health and Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
High School Preparation. Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  98 
History Department: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 

 Alajor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  142 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 

 Honorary Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67 

 Honors and Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 Honors. Graduation with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55. 60 

 Honors Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  116 

 Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Hours: 

 Credit Point Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Excess 53 
For Graduation. D-work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
INDEX 339 
PACE 

 For Graduation. Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Maximum per Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 

 Residence. Required in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Upper Division. Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Housing 63 

 Humanities Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Human Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . .  60 

 I 

 Incomplete. Regulations Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Inndustrial Education Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  226 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  226 

 Industrial Engineering: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  268 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  257 

 Inhalation Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .  322 

 International Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Italian Courses . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  172 

 J 

 Job Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62, 70 

 Journalism Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 

 Major 1.17 

 Junior Courses: 

 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 

 L 
Laboratory Science Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Language Requirements, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109 

 Latin American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 

 Latin and Greek: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  173 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  173 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  173 

 Law,Pr e- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 

 Liberal Arts and Sciences (See Fairmount, College of) 

 Library Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 Library Science Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  229 

 Linguistics: 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  149 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  149 

 Living Accommodations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . .. . .  63 

 Loan Fund: 

 Combined 88 

 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90 

 340 INDEX 
Logopedics Department: PAGE 

 Corrective Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  231 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  231 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  230 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  231 

 M 

 Major (See Various Colleges and Departments) 

 Make-up Examinations, Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . . .  57 

 Mathematics Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  151 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  150 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 

 Mathematics Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
Mathematics Requirement, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109 
hlechanical Engineering: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  271 

 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  259 
Medical Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
l~ledical Technology: 
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 
Medicine, Pre- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 
h4ilitary Science Department: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  237 

 Description 235 
Summer Camp 236 
Minors (See Various Colleges and Department) 
Miscellaneous Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49 
Yliscellaneous Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67 
Music, Bachelor of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  298 
Xlusic Deparknent: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  301 
h4ajor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  297 
(See, also, School of Music) 
Music Education: 
Bachelor of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  237 

 Music Instructors, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38 

 N 

 Natural Science Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Non-Credit Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Son-Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 

 Kmsing Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  326 

 0 
Officers, Administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 

 Officers, Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 

 Optometry, Pre- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 

 Orchestral Instrument Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  302 

 Organ Majors Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  302 

 INDEX 341 
Organizations: PAGE 

 Honorary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67 

 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .....  .  .  .  67 

 Regulations Concerning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66 

 Social . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66 

 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60 

 P 
Personal Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Pharmacy. Pre- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 

 Philosophy Department: 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 

 Physical Activities Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 

 Physical Education Department: 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242 

 Professional Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .  242 

 Service Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 

 Physical Examination Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Physics Department: 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 

 Piano Major. Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  301 

 Police Science (Administration of Justice): 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  117 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 

 Political Science Department: 

 Courses 161 

 blajor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 

 h~linor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  161 

 Portuguese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .... . . . .  174 

 Pre-Dental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 

 Pre-Freshman Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .... . . . . . . . .  98 

 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 

 Pre-Medical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 

 Pre-Optometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 

 Pre-Pharmacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 

 Prescribed Fields of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Pre-Theological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  115 

 Pre-Veterinary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  114 

 Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72 

 Probation. Rules Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Psychology Department: 

 Courses 165 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 

 342 INDEX 
PAGE 

 Public Accountant. Certificate of Certified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  191 
Public Service 115 
R 
Reading Improvement Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Recommended High School Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  98 

 Refund of Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 

 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7 
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47 
Regulations : 
Admission to Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45 
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . . . .. . . .  44 
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  295 

 Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 

 Auditors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Catalog for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 

 Change of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45 

 Credit-No Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Credit Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Dropping of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

 Eligibility for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .  52 

 Entrance Physical Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . .... . . . . .  57 

 Honors Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  116 

 Hospitalization. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . .  65 

 Hours of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37 

 Housing. Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Incomplete. Make-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Loans to Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88 

 Majors and Minors. Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 

 Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 

 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Repetition of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 

 Residence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47 

 Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 

 Student Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 

 Transfer Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 

 Upper Division Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .  ... 58 

 Withdrawal from University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

 Religion Department: 
courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 
Requirements: 
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 

 INDEX 343 
PAGE 

 Graduation. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... 57 
Prescribed Fields of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 
(See. also. various Colleges. Schools and Departments) 
Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48 
R.0.T.C. (See Aerospace Studies and Military Science) 
Romance Languages Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  170 

 Rules Regarding Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 

 Rules Regarding Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 

 S 
Scholarships. Rules Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 

 Scholarships: 
Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88 
Undergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73 
School of Music: 

 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  293 

 Applied Music Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  295 

 Bachelor of Music Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  298 

 Bachelor of Music Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  299 

 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  301 

 General Music Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  298 

 Music Major. Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  297 

 Music hlinor. Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  298 

 Proficiency Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  294 

 Secondary Education Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  245 
Secondary Teaching Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  211 
Secretarial Training: 
Certificate of Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  190 

 Senior Courses: 
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 
Eligibility 53 
Social Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67 
Social Science Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 
Social Studies: 
Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  215 

 Social Work: 
Courses 180 
Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  180 
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  180 
Sociology Department: 
Courses 177 
Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  177 
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  177 
Sophomore Courses: 
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Eligibility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Sororities. Social . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67 
Spanish: 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  175 
344 INDEX 
PAGE 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  174 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  175 

 Special Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . .  57 

 Special Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90 

 Special Programs. Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111 

 Speech. Language. and Hearing Disorders (See Logopedics) . . . . . . . . . . .  229 

 Speech Defects. Corrective Training for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  231 

 Speech Department: 

 Courses 181 

 Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  180 

 Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  181 

 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  154 

 Student Academic Appeals. Court of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 

 Student Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 

 Student Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62. 70 

 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 

 Student Health and Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Student Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Student Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88 

 Student Personnel and Guidance Courrses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  249 

 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60 

 Student Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 

 Student Services: 

 Campus Activities Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62, 70 

 Health and Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 

 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Reading Improvement Laborato~y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 

 Teacher Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62 

 Veteran's Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 Students, Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 

 Summer School: 

 Bulletin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  331 

 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  331 

 Superior Achiement, Exemptions for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54 

 T 
Teacher Education Courses: 

 Aerospace Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  217 

 Art Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  218 

 Educational Administration and Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  219 

 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 

 Elementary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  223 

 Foundations of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  248 

 Industrial Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  226 

 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 

 Logopedics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  229 

 INDEX 345 

PAGE 

 Military Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 

 Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 

 Physical Education. Health. and Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  241 

 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 

 Student Personnel and Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  249 

 Teacher Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62 

 Teaching. Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  116 

 Teaching Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 Teaching Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . . . . .  212 

 Technical Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .  70 

 Technology. Medical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  110 

 Testing Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 

 Theology, Pre- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  115 

 Transfer of Credit: 

 College of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  187 

 College of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  208 

 College of Liberal Arts & Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . ... 109 

 From Other Collegiate Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44 

 University College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 

 Transfer S tuclents, hlajor and Minor Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 
u 
University: 
Description 41  
University College: 
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .  97 
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  105 

 Division of Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  104 

 Extension Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 

 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .  97 

 Recommendecl High School Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  98 

 Residence Credit 104 
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ...... . . 99 

 Transfer of Credit to a Degree-Granting College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 
University Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ... . . . . . . . .  8 
Upper Division Courses: 
Eligibility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 

 Hours Required for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 

 Urban Studies, Center for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 

 v 
Veteran's Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 

 Veterinary, Pre- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 

 Violin Major Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .... 307 

 VocalEmphnsis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 

 Voice Major Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .  309 

 W 
Withdrawal from Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 

 Withdrawal from University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 

PRINTED BY 
ROBERT R. ( 8 0 8 )  SANDERS, STATE PRINTER 
TOPEKA. KANSAS